See in Reader
Removes duplicate words from the original quote (#1077)
This commit is contained in:
Joel
Gogs
parent
8e6b2394ea
commit
99dfb249d5
216
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
216
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι
|
|||
MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they were no more "because the children were gone and would never return." Here "were no more" is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: "because they were dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 19 kt2i 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.
|
||||
MAT 2 19 r4yu ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν τοῦ παιδίου' ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who sought the child's life Here "sought the child's life" is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. "Alternate translation: "those who were looking for the child in order to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν τοῦ παιδίου' ψυχὴν 1 those who sought the child's life Here "sought the child's life" is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. "Alternate translation: "those who were looking for the child in order to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 y6r6 οἱ ζητοῦντες 1 those who sought This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 kg7u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 2:1](../02/01.md) about Herod's attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 uq8p ἀκούσας δὲ 1 But when he heard "But when Joseph heard"
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ MAT 3 3 hxb6 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of
|
|||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ποιεῖτε,' τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, ἑτοιμάσατε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ εὐθείας.'" 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background 0 Now ... wild honey The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καμήλου' καὶ ζώνην ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου' καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε Ἱεροσόλυμα πᾶσα ἡ, Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words "Jerusalem," "Judea," and "the region" are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They were baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 gi4r ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 They This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1
|
|||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command these stones to become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "say to these stones, 'Become bread.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ οὐκ ἐπ’ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here "word" and "mouth" refer to what God says. Alternate translation: "but by listening to everything that God says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus' own benefit. Alternate translation: "Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down" or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: "Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down"
|
||||
|
|
@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ MAT 4 15 egx6 0 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali ... Galilee of th
|
|||
MAT 4 15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 toward the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MAT 4 16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 The people who sat These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with "The land of Zebulun" (verse 15). Alternate translation: "In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali ... where many Gentiles live, the people who sat"
|
||||
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light Here "darkness" is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And "light" is a metaphor for God's true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here "those who sat in the region and shadow of death" is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here "those who sat in the region and shadow of death" is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "the kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yrx7 0 General Information: This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus' ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yfh5 figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 casting a net into the sea The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "throwing a net into the water to catch fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω, δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow me Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: "Be my disciples"
|
||||
MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω, μου 1 Come, follow me Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: "Be my disciples"
|
||||
MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God's true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 21 pcg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 21 utn4 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 He called them "Jesus called John and James." This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 22 dlk3 εὐθέως ἀφέντες ἀφέντες 1 they immediately left "at that moment they left"
|
||||
MAT 4 22 dlk3 εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 they immediately left "at that moment they left"
|
||||
MAT 4 22 gr2i 0 left the boat ... and followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 y3qe writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus' ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues "teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans" or "teaching in the synagogues of those people"
|
||||
|
|
@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ MAT 5 14 wgh5 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσ
|
|||
MAT 5 14 bn28 figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city set on a hill cannot be hidden At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill" or "Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 15 s5sb 0 Neither do people light a lamp "People do not light a lamp"
|
||||
MAT 5 15 c8el τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον 1 put it under a basket "place the lamp under a basket." This is saying it is foolish to create light only to hide it so people do not see the light of the lamp.
|
||||
MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Let your light shine before people This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God's truth. Alternate translation: "Let your lives be like a light that shines before people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Let your light shine before people This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God's truth. Alternate translation: "Let your lives be like a light that shines before people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 16 iiu8 τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in heaven It is best to translate "Father" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
|
||||
MAT 5 17 p63n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
|
||||
MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ MAT 5 27 mj3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he ha
|
|||
MAT 5 27 jxg5 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 27 yn7m μοιχεύσεις 1 commit This word means to act out or do something.
|
||||
MAT 5 28 qfl6 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 k7sc πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 to lust after her "and lusts after her" or "and desires to sleep with her"
|
||||
MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "in his mind" or "in his thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς 1 If your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of "you" and "your" are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ MAT 5 30 zx8x figs-metonymy εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλ
|
|||
MAT 5 30 hk9z figs-idiom ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ 1 right hand This means the most important hand, as opposed to the left hand. You may need to translate "right" as "better" or "stronger." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 30 qs74 figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν 1 cut it off This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 fdr8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.
|
||||
MAT 5 31 dh23 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη ἐρρέθη δέ 1 It was also said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also said" or "Moses also said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 quq9 figs-euphemism ὃς ὃς ἂν ἂν ἀπολύσῃ ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 sends his wife away This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 dh23 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη δέ 1 It was also said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also said" or "Moses also said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 quq9 figs-euphemism ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 sends his wife away This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 tp9l δότω 1 let him give "he must give"
|
||||
MAT 5 32 q6aq ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 32 j2aq ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 makes her an adulteress It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who "causes her to commit adultery." In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ MAT 6 2 d8kw figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1
|
|||
MAT 6 2 dk6u ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 3 z4c1 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 3 te4n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples about alms.
|
||||
MAT 6 3 vca2 figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to "know" what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 3 vca2 figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to "know" what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 4 h4we figs-activepassive ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your gift may be given in secret This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can give to the poor without other people knowing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 m54u figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" in verses 5 and 7 are plural; in verse 6 they are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 a7z4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
|
||||
MAT 6 5 e12v figs-explicit ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by people It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that people will see them and give them honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν λέγω λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 6 dqv4 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου. κλείσας τὴν θύραν 1 enter your inner chamber. Shut the door "go to a private place" or "go where you can be alone"
|
||||
MAT 6 6 vdr7 0 Father who is in secret Possible meanings are 1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: "Father, who is invisible" or 2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: "Father, who is with you in private"
|
||||
MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -409,8 +409,8 @@ MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive 0 they will be heard This can be stated in acti
|
|||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words "you" and "your" are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words "you" and "your" are singular and refer to God, "Our Father in heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy Here "your name" refers to God himself. Alternate translation: "make everyone honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "May you rule over everyone and everything completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy Here "your name" refers to God himself. Alternate translation: "make everyone honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "May you rule over everyone and everything completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 pdc5 figs-activepassive 0 May your will be done on earth as it is in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 njr9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of "we," "us," and "our" refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 daily bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ MAT 6 19 z9wd ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει 1 where
|
|||
MAT 6 19 tqc9 σὴς 1 moth a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
|
||||
MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
|
||||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here "heart" means a person's thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here "heart" means a person's thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of "you" and "your" are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor 0 The eye is the lamp of the body ... with light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase "bad eye" to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: "Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ MAT 7 2 mt3d ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 measure Possible meanings are 1) this is t
|
|||
MAT 7 2 wgh2 figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured out to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will measure it out to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 hzb4 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of "you" and "your" are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 em5r figs-rquestion 0 Why do you look ... brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people's sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: "You look ... brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye." or "Do not look ... brother's eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ' ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου σου 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ' ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 r9jf κάρφος 1 tiny piece of straw "speck" or "splinter" or "bit of dust." Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person's eyes.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 d2qc τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 brother All occurrences of "brother" in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 q1z4 figs-metaphor 0 the log that is in your own eye This is a metaphor for a person's most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person's eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person's less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -540,14 +540,14 @@ MAT 7 22 m9py figs-rquestion 0 did we not prophesy ... drive out demons ... do
|
|||
MAT 7 22 t5j7 figs-exclusive ἐπροφητεύσαμεν 1 we This "we" does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name Possible meanings are 1) "by your authority" or "by your power" or 2) "because we were doing what you wanted us to do" or 3) "because we asked you for the power to do it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds "miracles"
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k πᾶς οὖν 1 Therefore "For that reason"
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους 1 my words Here "words" refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile 0 like a wise man who built his house upon a rock Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 dy1f πέτραν 1 rock This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
|
||||
MAT 7 25 bv81 figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο γὰρ 1 it was built This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he built it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 26 asf4 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of Jesus' Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
|
||||
MAT 7 26 nw97 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 26 nw97 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 27 a7mj ἔπεσεν 1 fell Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.
|
||||
MAT 7 27 k4hi ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 its destruction was complete The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
|
||||
MAT 7 28 jrh7 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus' teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 the servant was heale
|
|||
MAT 8 13 ln7p ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 at that very hour "at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant"
|
||||
MAT 8 14 s6g4 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ja31 ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus had come The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 - τὴν τὴν' τὴν- τὴν πενθερὰν πενθερὰν πενθερὰν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Peter's mother-in-law "the mother of Peter's wife"
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 - τὴν'- πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter's mother-in-law "the mother of Peter's wife"
|
||||
MAT 8 15 w7nh figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, this can be translated as "she became better" or "Jesus healed her." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 15 r9lt ἠγέρθη 1 got up "got out of bed"
|
||||
MAT 8 16 bpx7 0 General Information: In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus' healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ MAT 8 29 gr2p figs-rquestion 0 What do we have to do with you, Son of God? The
|
|||
MAT 8 29 jcq6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 8 29 u4jr figs-rquestion ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come here to torment us before the set time? Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. Alternate translation: "You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 30 v91c writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 8 31 tf32 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 If you cast us out It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: "Because you are going to cast us out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 31 tf32 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 If you cast us out It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: "Because you are going to cast us out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 31 cgf7 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This is exclusive, meaning the demons only. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 32 h86e αὐτοῖς 1 to them This refers to the demons inside the men.
|
||||
MAT 8 32 gtx2 0 The demons came out and went into the pigs "The demons left the man and entered the pigs"
|
||||
|
|
@ -670,8 +670,8 @@ MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 knew their
|
|||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 qg52 πονηρὰ 1 evil This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here "hearts" refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται,' ἢ εἰπεῖν,' ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται,' ἢ εἰπεῖν,' ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται ἢ εἰπεῖν ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται ἢ εἰπεῖν ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here "your" is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 that you may know "I will prove to you." The "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat ... your house Here "you" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house
|
|||
MAT 9 7 uwq4 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given "because he had given"
|
||||
MAT 9 8 x71s ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην 1 such authority This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 fkr2 παράγων παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν 1 As Jesus passed by from there This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 fkr2 παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν 1 As Jesus passed by from there This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 g4r4 παράγων 1 passed by "was leaving" or "was going"
|
||||
MAT 9 9 jc18 0 Matthew ... him ... He Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from "him" and "He" to "me" and "I."
|
||||
MAT 9 9 t5ip λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He said to him "Jesus said to Matthew"
|
||||
|
|
@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ MAT 9 10 ksr5 τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 the house This is probably Matthew's house,
|
|||
MAT 9 10 c751 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 f9lh ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
MAT 9 11 ge2u 0 When the Pharisees saw it "When the Pharisees saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people"
|
||||
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν 1 Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν 1 Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 xz13 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 m7fm 0 When Jesus heard this Here "this" refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 tl42 writing-proverbs 0 People who are strong in body do not need a physician, only those who are sick Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 Whe
|
|||
MAT 9 25 mm3q ἠγέρθη 1 got up "got out of bed." This is the same meaning as in [Matthew 8:15](../08/15.md).
|
||||
MAT 9 26 rxs4 0 The news about this spread into all that region "The people of that whole region heard about it" or "The people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it"
|
||||
MAT 9 27 b1h6 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
|
||||
MAT 9 27 a8nm παράγοντι παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 As Jesus passed by from there As Jesus was leaving the region
|
||||
MAT 9 27 a8nm παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 As Jesus passed by from there As Jesus was leaving the region
|
||||
MAT 9 27 nwe9 παράγοντι 1 passed by "was leaving" or "was going"
|
||||
MAT 9 27 suc1 ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 followed him This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 27 d8bu figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 Have mercy on us It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -769,10 +769,10 @@ MAT 9 32 v9tr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person i
|
|||
MAT 9 32 kr24 figs-activepassive 0 a mute man ... was brought to Jesus This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought a mute man ... to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 32 sh32 κωφὸν 1 mute not able to talk
|
||||
MAT 9 32 n6fs figs-activepassive δαιμονιζόμενον 1 possessed by a demon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom a demon had possessed" or "whom a demon was controlling" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d6zs figs-activepassive ἐκβληθέντος ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 When the demon had been driven out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had forced the demon out" or "After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d6zs figs-activepassive ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 When the demon had been driven out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had forced the demon out" or "After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 r8ce 0 the mute man spoke "the mute man began to speak" or "the man who had been mute spoke" or "the man, who was no longer mute, spoke"
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d1lf ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι 1 The crowds were astonished "The people were amazed"
|
||||
MAT 9 33 y4l5 figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 This has never been seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This has never happened before" or "No one has ever done anything like this before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 33 y4l5 figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 This has never been seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This has never happened before" or "No one has ever done anything like this before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 34 z2r7 ἐκβάλλει δαιμόνια 1 he drives out demons "he forces demons to leave"
|
||||
MAT 9 34 q623 ἐκβάλλει 1 he drives The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 z6ya 0 General Information: Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
|
||||
|
|
@ -789,9 +789,9 @@ MAT 9 37 h3a2 ἐργάται 1 laborers "workers"
|
|||
MAT 9 38 vz8y δεήθητε τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 pray to the Lord of the harvest "pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest"
|
||||
MAT 10 intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The sending of the twelve disciples<br><br>Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>##### "The kingdom of heaven has come near"<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the "kingdom of heaven" was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase "at hand," but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases "is coming near" and "has come near."<br>
|
||||
MAT 10 1 nhp2 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers προσκαλεσάμενος προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 called his twelve disciples together "summoned his 12 disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 called his twelve disciples together "summoned his 12 disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x1er ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 gave them authority Be sure that the text clearly communicates that this authority was 1) to drive out unclean spirits and 2) to heal disease and sickness.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 pq8k ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ 1 to drive them out "to make the unclean spirits leave"
|
||||
MAT 10 1 pq8k ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ 1 to drive them out "to make the unclean spirits leave"
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x29j 0 all kinds of disease and all kinds of sickness "every disease and every sickness." The words "disease" and "sickness" are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. "Disease" is what causes a person to be sick. "Sickness" is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 yt7a 0 General Information: Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 t59v writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -831,9 +831,9 @@ MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι εἰς τὴν οἰκί
|
|||
MAT 10 12 k1xk figs-you εἰσερχόμενοι 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you 0 your ... your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy 0 the house is worthy ... not worthy Here "the house" represents those who live in the house. A "worthy" person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is "not worthy," a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: "the people who live in that house receive you well" or "the people who live in that house treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word "it" refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "let them receive your peace" or "let them receive the peace that you greeted them with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word "it" refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "let them receive your peace" or "let them receive the peace that you greeted them with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 if it is not worthy The word "it" means the house. Here "house" refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "if they do not receive you well" or "if they do not treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace come back to you Possible meanings are 1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or 2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace come back to you Possible meanings are 1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or 2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 0 As for those who do not receive you or listen "If no people in that house or city will receive you or listen"
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you 0 you ... your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ MAT 10 15 sg3c figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 the
|
|||
MAT 10 15 zmm2 figs-metonymy τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 that city This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: "the people of the city that does not receive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 lf4i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 ggp6 ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω 1 See, I send The word "See" here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: "Look, I send" or "Listen, send" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you. I send"
|
||||
MAT 10 16 c9bi ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς 1 I send you out Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 c9bi ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς 1 I send you out Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 b262 figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 as sheep in the midst of wolves Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: "as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves" or "as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 s21a figs-simile 0 be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: "act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 17 a55q writing-connectingwords προσέχετε ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων! παραδώσουσιν 1 Watch out for people! They will You can translate with "because" to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: "Watch out for people because they will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ MAT 10 18 pe3d figs-activepassive ἀχθήσεσθε 1 you will be brought This
|
|||
MAT 10 18 p74k ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because you belong to me" or "because you follow me"
|
||||
MAT 10 18 u5wc 0 to them and to the Gentiles The pronoun "them" refers either to the "governors and kings" or to the Jewish accusers.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ksi4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν παραδῶσιν παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 When they deliver you up "When people take you to the councils." The "people" here are the same "people" as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 When they deliver you up "When people take you to the councils." The "people" here are the same "people" as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you 0 you ... you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 do not be anxious "do not worry"
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you will speak "how you are to speak or what you are to say." The two ideas may be combined: "what you are to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -906,16 +906,16 @@ MAT 10 27 fc49 figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 what you h
|
|||
MAT 10 27 t9u9 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 proclaim upon the housetops Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here "housetops" refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: "speak loudly in a public place for all to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 s6wq 0 General Information: Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 p3fn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα τὴν τὴν δὲ δὲ ψυχὴν ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 lc56 τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα 1 kill the body This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as "kill you" or "kill other people."
|
||||
MAT 10 28 ei7y σῶμα 1 body the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e4de τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 kill the soul This means to harm people after they have physically died.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e76n τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν 1 soul the part of a person that cannot be touched and that lives on after the physical body dies
|
||||
MAT 10 28 pk7k writing-connectingwords 0 fear him who is able You can add "because" to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: "fear God because he is able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 tm3s writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται πωλεῖται? 1 Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin? Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 tm3s writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? 1 Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin? Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 q22l translate-unknown στρουθία 1 sparrows These are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: "small birds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 i399 ἀσσαρίου 1 a small coin This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. It refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day's wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: "very little money"
|
||||
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ' ἄνευ τοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς Πατρὸς ὑμῶν ὑμῶν 1 not one of them falls to the ground without your Father's knowledge This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ' τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 not one of them falls to the ground without your Father's knowledge This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 fe8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 cih3 figs-activepassive 0 even the hairs of your head are all numbered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows even how many hairs are on your head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 nb7b ἠριθμημέναι 1 numbered "counted"
|
||||
|
|
@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ MAT 10 34 l5ad figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 upon the earth This refe
|
|||
MAT 10 34 jq6d figs-metonymy 0 a sword This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 35 xx5m 0 to set ... against "to cause ... to fight against"
|
||||
MAT 10 35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a man against his father "a son against his father"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 τοῦ ἀνθρώπου' ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 A man's enemies "A person's enemies" or "A person's worst enemies"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 τοῦ ἀνθρώπου' ἐχθροὶ 1 A man's enemies "A person's enemies" or "A person's worst enemies"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 those of his own household "members of his own family"
|
||||
MAT 10 37 ju1k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 37 x1xg figs-gendernotations 0 He who loves ... is not worthy Here "he" means any person in general. Alternate translation: "Those who love ... are not worthy" or "If you love ... you are not worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -956,9 +956,9 @@ MAT 10 40 ir49 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve
|
|||
MAT 10 40 pf1j ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 He who welcomes you welcomes me Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: "When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me" or "If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me"
|
||||
MAT 10 40 y9ck 0 he who welcomes me also welcomes him who sent me This means that when someone welcomes Jesus, it is like welcoming God. Alternate translation: "When someone welcomes me, it is like he is welcoming God the Father who sent me" or "If someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me"
|
||||
MAT 10 41 g43d 0 because he is a prophet Here "he" does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου' μισθὸν προφήτου 1 a prophet's reward This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου' 1 a prophet's reward This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 gjf3 0 he is a righteous man Here "he" does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου' μισθὸν δικαίου 1 a righteous man's reward This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου' 1 a righteous man's reward This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx4a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ποτίσῃ 1 Whoever gives "Anyone who gives"
|
||||
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 one of these little ones "one of these lowly ones" or "the least important of these." The phrase "one of these" here refers to one of Jesus' disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ MAT 12 18 yv4f 0 my beloved one, in whom my soul is well pleased "he is my bel
|
|||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "with whom I am very pleased" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles The means that God's servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun "justice" can be expressed as "what is right." Alternate translation: "he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 me7p 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει ἀκούσει τις τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: "he will not speak loudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: "he will not speak loudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 gj1p 0 He ... his All occurrences of these words refer to God's chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets This is an idiom that means "publicly." Alternate translation: "in the cities and towns" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 ii4c οὐ κατεάξει 1 He All occurrences of "he" refer to God's chosen servant.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα κ
|
|||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here "city" refers to the people who live there, and "house" refers to a family. Being "divided against itself" represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: "it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 gm6j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees' accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει 1 If Satan drives out Satan The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: "If Satan works against his own demons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: "If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!" or "If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: "If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!" or "If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 nvv9 Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name refers to the same person as "Satan" (verse 26).
|
||||
MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion 0 by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: "then you must say your followers also drive out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase "your sons" refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: "your followers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit 0 While hearing you will hear, but you will in no
|
|||
MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit 0 while seeing you will see, but you will in no way perceive You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: "you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 e8r5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor 0 For this people's heart ... I would heal them In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people's spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God's truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ τοῦ' λαοῦ λαοῦ τούτου τούτου 1 this people's heart has become dull Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "these people's minds are slow to learn" or "these people can no longer learn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ' λαοῦ τούτου 1 this people's heart has become dull Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "these people's minds are slow to learn" or "these people can no longer learn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 they are hard of hearing They are not physically deaf. Here "hard of hearing" means they refuse to listen and learn God's truth. Alternate translation: "they refuse to use their ears to listen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they have closed their eyes They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: "they refuse to use their eyes to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fl93 0 so they should not see with their eyes, or hear with their ears, or understand with their hearts, so they would turn again "so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ MAT 13 20 e3hm 0 the person who hears the word In the parable, the seed repres
|
|||
MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This represents God's message. Alternate translation: "the message" or "God's teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receives it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: "joyfully believes it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-metaphor 0 yet he has no root in himself and he endures for a while "Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while." The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God's message. Alternate translation: "But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται σκανδαλίζεται 1 he quickly falls away Here "falls away" means stops believing. Alternate translation: "immediately he falls away" or "he quickly stops believing the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 he quickly falls away Here "falls away" means stops believing. Alternate translation: "immediately he falls away" or "he quickly stops believing the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 sis7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ σπαρείς 1 What was sown This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that was sown" or "The seed that fell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 What was sown among the thorn plants "The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1382,13 +1382,13 @@ MAT 13 26 jgv9 0 produced their crop "produced grain" or "produced the wheat c
|
|||
MAT 13 26 tu4q τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια 1 then the weeds appeared also "then people could see there were weeds in the field also"
|
||||
MAT 13 27 hz3q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: "you sowed good seed in your field!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ ἔσπειρας ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: "did we not sow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: "you sowed good seed in your field!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: "did we not sow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "The landowner said to the servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word "us" refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 shs3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc 0 The landowner said "The landowner said to his servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ."'" θερισταῖς," πρῶτον συλλέξατε τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τοῖς κατακαῦσαι αὐτά, τὸν δὲ συναγάγετε τὸν δὲ σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου τὸ 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ."'" θερισταῖς," πρῶτον συλλέξατε τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τοῖς κατακαῦσαι αὐτά, τὸν δὲ συναγάγετε σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου τὸ 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην μου 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1399,8 +1399,8 @@ MAT 13 32 um9k 0 it is greater than "it is larger than"
|
|||
MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 becomes a tree A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
|
||||
MAT 13 32 c9te 0 birds of the air "birds"
|
||||
MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour Say "a large amount of flour" or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 c35r figs-explicit ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 until all the dough had risen The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 f9gl 0 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus' teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ MAT 13 54 j6vb ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν 1 in their synagogue
|
|||
MAT 13 54 it1f ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 they were astonished "they were amazed"
|
||||
MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit 0 Where does this man get his wisdom and these miracles from? The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. They use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: "How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?" or "It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion 0 Is not this man the carpenter's son? Is not his mother called Mary? Are not his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rpj9 ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός' ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 the carpenter's son A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If "carpenter" is not known, "builder" can be used.
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rpj9 ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός' ὁ 1 the carpenter's son A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If "carpenter" is not known, "builder" can be used.
|
||||
MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 Are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "And all his sisters are with us, too." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion 0 Where did he get all these things? The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. Alternate translation: "He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!" or "We do not know where he got these abilities!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 56 pqf1 0 all these things This refers to Jesus' wisdom and ability to do miracles.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1487,10 +1487,10 @@ MAT 14 2 vve7 0 Therefore these powers are at work in him Some Jews at that ti
|
|||
MAT 14 3 y57m 0 General Information: Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist's death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 zgp9 figs-events 0 Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν, αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: "Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names Φιλίππου' τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 Philip's wife Philip was Herod's brother. Herod had taken Philip's wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names Φιλίππου' τὴν γυναῖκα 1 Philip's wife Philip was Herod's brother. Herod had taken Philip's wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 d3gp figs-events 0 For John ... as your wife If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations 0 For John had said to him, "It is not lawful for you to have her as your wife." This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: "For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν ἔλεγεν γὰρ γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John had said to him "For John had kept saying to Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John had said to him "For John had kept saying to Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 4 nb2j figs-explicit 0 It is not lawful Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared "Herod feared"
|
||||
MAT 14 5 w7uv αὐτὸν εἶχον 1 they regarded him "they regarded John"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or
|
|||
MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The "traditions of the elders"<br><br>The "traditions of the elders" were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus' time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman's daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ? παραβαίνουσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου τί τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων παραβαίνουσιν 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ? παραβαίνουσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου τί τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 yn6l παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 traditions of the elders This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
|
||||
MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit ἐσθίωσιν 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: "they do not wash their hands properly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion 0 Then why do you violate the commandment of God for the sake of your traditions? Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: "And I see that you refuse to obey God's commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you ha
|
|||
MAT 15 6 yq5a διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 for the sake of your traditions "because you want to follow your traditions"
|
||||
MAT 15 7 t4fq 0 General Information: In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 tn3b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you "Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you"
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you "Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you"
|
||||
MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 when he said It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: "when he told what God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy 0 This people honors me with their lips Here "lips" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "These people say all the right things to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με τιμᾷ 1 me All occurrences of this word refer to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1604,18 +1604,18 @@ MAT 15 19 rg59 φόνοι 1 murder the act of killing innocent people
|
|||
MAT 15 20 bme7 ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν 1 to eat with unwashed hands This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one's hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: "eating without first washing one's hands"
|
||||
MAT 15 21 e5gv 0 General Information: This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
|
||||
MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples went away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ γυνὴ Χαναναία ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a Canaanite woman who came"
|
||||
MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a Canaanite woman came out from that region "a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came." The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a Canaanite woman who came"
|
||||
MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a Canaanite woman came out from that region "a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came." The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 f4k2 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 Have mercy on me This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: "Have mercy and heal my daughter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "Descendant of David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται δαιμονίζεται- δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A demon is controlling my daughter terribly" or "A demon is tormenting my daughter severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται- 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A demon is controlling my daughter terribly" or "A demon is tormenting my daughter severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 answered her not a word Here "word" refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "said nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive 0 I was not sent to anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not send me to anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [Matthew 10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ δὲ ἐλθοῦσα 1 she came "the Canaanite woman came"
|
||||
MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down before him This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs 0 It is not right to take the children's bread and throw it to the little dogs Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν τῶν τέκνων' ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the children's bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "the children's food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν τῶν τέκνων' ἄρτον 1 the children's bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "the children's food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 fe7n τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 the little dogs The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
|
||||
MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor 0 even the little dogs eat some of the crumbs that fall from their masters' tables The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 27 i5tt κυνάρια 1 little dogs Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [Matthew 15:26](../15/26.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ MAT 16 3 hek7 0 red and overcast "red and cloudy"
|
|||
MAT 16 3 r4em 0 You know how to interpret the appearance of the sky "You know how to look at the sky and understand what kind of weather you will have"
|
||||
MAT 16 3 gx5t 0 but you cannot interpret the signs of the times "but you do not know how to look at what is happening right now and understand what it means"
|
||||
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person 0 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign ... given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: "You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me ... given to you" See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "An unfaithful generation" or "A godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "An unfaithful generation" or "A godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of Jonah "except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet." See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 5 ii6j 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1694,8 +1694,8 @@ MAT 16 21 wl33 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells his disciples for the first
|
|||
MAT 16 21 xql7 figs-metonymy 0 suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes Here "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 es1l figs-activepassive 0 scribes, be killed, and be raised back to life on the third day Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: "scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 jjx5 translate-ordinal τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 third day "Third" is the ordinal form of "three." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background προσλαβόμενος προσλαβόμενος προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter took him aside "Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them"
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter took him aside "Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them"
|
||||
MAT 16 22 guz8 figs-idiom 0 May this be far from you This is an idiom that means "may this never happen." Alternate translation: "No" or "Never" or "May God forbid this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 f28i figs-metaphor 0 Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: "Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me" or "Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 ax7x 0 Get behind me "Get away from me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ MAT 16 25 ie7t ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because he trusts me" or
|
|||
MAT 16 25 xz98 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: "will find true life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eqe8 figs-rquestion 0 For what does it profit a person ... his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "It does not profit a person ... his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he gains the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "if he gains everything he desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν τὴν δὲ δὲ ψυχὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but forfeits his life "but he loses his life"
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but forfeits his life "but he loses his life"
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion 0 What can a person give in exchange for his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person 0 the Son of Man ... his Father ... Then he Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of man ... my Father ... Then I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 ie16 ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will come in the glory of his Father "will come, having the same glory as his Father"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1
|
|||
MAT 17 9 w4w9 0 Connecting Statement: The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus' transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 9 jz51 καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 As they "As Jesus and the disciples"
|
||||
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον 1 Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον 1 Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 0 restore all things "put things in order" or "get the people ready to receive the Messiah"
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I tell you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 0 they ... their All occurrences of these words may mean either 1) the Jewish leaders or 2) all the Jewish people.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1755,8 +1755,8 @@ MAT 17 17 su3r figs-rquestion 0 how long will I have to stay with you? How long
|
|||
MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the boy became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "immediately" or "at that moment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here "we" refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 Why could we not cast it out? "Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?"
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 Why could we not cast it out? "Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?"
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile 0 if you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard seed Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 17 20 x48i figs-litotes οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "you will be able to do anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 r2cu 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1770,9 +1770,9 @@ MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 third day "Third" is
|
|||
MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will raise him up" or "God will cause him to become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 24 jli6 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 24 t8qt ἐλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 When they "When Jesus and his disciples"
|
||||
MAT 17 24 b953 translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα- δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the temple tax" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 24 b953 translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα- 1 the two-drachma tax This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the temple tax" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house "the place where Jesus was staying"
|
||||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion γῆς," δοκεῖ σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς τί λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?" 1 "What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?" Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: "Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion γῆς," δοκεῖ σοι, Σίμων? ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς τί τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?" 1 "What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?" Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: "Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 fb1c 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 13:54](../13/54.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus' ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 j3g4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations 0 When he said, "From others," Jesus said If you translated Jesus' questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "When Peter said, 'Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,' Jesus said" or "After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you 0 your ... you All occurrences of these words are singul
|
|||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life "into eternal life"
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole 0 If your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here "stumble" is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: "causes you to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here "stumble" is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: "causes you to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you 0 your ... you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life "into eternal life"
|
||||
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive 0 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having both eyes This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ MAT 18 10 xdl9 figs-explicit 0 that in heaven their angels always look on the f
|
|||
MAT 18 10 y6n9 figs-idiom 0 always look on the face of my Father This is an idiom that means they are in God's presence. Alternate translation: "are always close to my Father" or "are always in the presence of my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 iq8j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 xhq2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God's care for people.
|
||||
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people's attention. Alternate translation: "Think about how people act." or "Think about this." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people's attention. Alternate translation: "Think about how people act." or "Think about this." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 dm8u figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 cv92 translate-numbers 0 a hundred ... ninety-nine "100 ... 99" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion 0 does he not leave ... astray? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "he will always leave ... astray." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ MAT 18 33 jw37 figs-rquestion 0 Should you not have ... you? The king uses a qu
|
|||
MAT 18 34 l7ks 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 mkm7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 His master "The king"
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e95u figs-explicit παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 handed him over "gave him over." Most likely the king himself did not take the first servant to the torturers. Alternate translation: "he ordered his servants to give him over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e95u figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 handed him over "gave him over." Most likely the king himself did not take the first servant to the torturers. Alternate translation: "he ordered his servants to give him over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers "to those who would torture him"
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that was owed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the first servant owed the king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γα
|
|||
MAT 19 11 h3a3 figs-activepassive 0 who are allowed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God allows" or "whom God enables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit 0 For there are eunuchs who were that way from their mother's womb You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: "For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there are men whom other men have made eunuchs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are 1) "men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts" or 2) "men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are 1) "men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts" or 2) "men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "so they can better serve our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 0 receive this teaching ... receive it "accept this teaching ... accept it"
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1940,13 +1940,13 @@ MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ καθήσεσθε 1 sits on his glorious throne Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: "sits as king on his glorious throne" or "rules gloriously as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 rx2u figs-metonymy 0 sit upon twelve thrones Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: "sit as kings on 12 thrones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the twelve tribes of Israel Here "tribes" refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: "the people of the 12 tribes of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός' ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because he believes in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός' 1 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because he believes in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 bzt3 translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται 1 receive one hundred times "receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means "God will bless them with eternal life" or "God will cause them to live forever." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here "first" and "last" refer to people's status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people's status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: "But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important"
|
||||
MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard<br><br>Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.<br>
|
||||
MAT 20 1 k7sw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία ὁμοία γάρ γάρ ἐστιν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 2 wd43 συμφωνήσας 1 After he had agreed "After the landowner had agreed"
|
||||
MAT 20 2 iwk5 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 one denarius This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: "one day's wages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 20 2 w9hq ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 he sent them into his vineyard "he sent them to work in his vineyard"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2079,21 +2079,21 @@ MAT 21 20 q81g figs-rquestion 0 How did the fig tree immediately wither away? T
|
|||
MAT 21 20 sk1g 0 wither away "dry up and die"
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 21 mwl5 figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 if you have faith and do not doubt Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: "if you truly believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations εἴπητε,' εἴπητε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ,' κἂν καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ἄρθητι 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations εἴπητε,' τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ κἂν καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ἄρθητι 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nxi3 figs-activepassive 0 it will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 yi7j 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus' authority.
|
||||
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 s1w6 0 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 0 from where did it come? "where did he get the authority to do that?"
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἡμῖν," εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,' ἐρεῖ ἐὰν,' διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἡμῖν," εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐρεῖ ἐὰν διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "Then you should have believed John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,' 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd "we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us"
|
||||
MAT 21 26 q1r1 0 they all view John as a prophet "they believe John is a prophet"
|
||||
MAT 21 28 u56n figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ δοκεῖ? 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: "Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: "Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 29 b96z figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 he changed his mind This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They said "The chief priests and elders said"
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to the chief priests and elders"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?
|
|||
MAT 22 19 cie7 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 denarius This was a Roman coin worth one day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here "them" refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 dr3d figs-rquestion 0 Whose image and name are these? Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: "Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος' Καίσαρος 1 Caesar's You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: "The coin has Caesar's image and name on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος' 1 Caesar's You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: "The coin has Caesar's image and name on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 0 things that are Caesar's "things that belong to Caesar"
|
||||
MAT 22 21 l3dh 0 things that are God's "things that belong to God"
|
||||
MAT 22 23 wqg2 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ MAT 22 28 s743 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection "when dead
|
|||
MAT 22 29 p1ae figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε 1 You are mistaken It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: "You are mistaken about the resurrection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 29 dax6 τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God "what God is able to do"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 ygr1 ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection "when dead people rise back to life"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry "people will not marry"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry "people will not marry"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 qkv1 figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 nor are given in marriage This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "nor will people give their children in marriage" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
|
||||
MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion 0 have you not read ... God, saying, Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: "I know you have read ... God. You know that he said," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@ MAT 22 41 r9ca 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult qu
|
|||
MAT 22 41 pj4a 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 42 xlf8 0 son ... son of David In both of these "son" means "descendant."
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just "the son of David."
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: "Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: "Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit "David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring." This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ αὐτὸν 1 call him Here "him" refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here "Lord" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2252,15 +2252,15 @@ MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 blind guides The Jew
|
|||
MAT 23 16 qgh8 0 by the temple, it is nothing "by the temple does not have to keep his oath"
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath "is tied to his oath." The phrase "bound to his oath" is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: "must do what he promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor μωροὶ τυφλοί 1 blind fools The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς? μείζων, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ἐστίν ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν ἁγιάσας ὁ 1 Which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: "The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that makes the gold holy "the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone"
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς? μείζων, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ἐστίν ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν ὁ 1 Which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: "The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that makes the gold holy "the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone"
|
||||
MAT 23 18 lr61 figs-ellipsis καί 1 And The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: "And you also say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 23 18 d331 τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 it is nothing "he does not have to do what he has sworn to do" or "he does not have to keep his oath"
|
||||
MAT 23 18 ngd2 τῷ δώρῳ 1 the gift This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God's altar.
|
||||
MAT 23 18 zg72 figs-metaphor τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath "is tied to his oath." Being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath is spoken of as if he is tied to the oath. Alternate translation: "must do what he promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 y6hk figs-metaphor 0 blind people The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 g7qr figs-rquestion 0 Which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the gift as if it were more important than the altar. Alternate translation: "The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ τὸ ἁγιάζον ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy "the altar that makes the gift special to God"
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy "the altar that makes the gift special to God"
|
||||
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything on it "by all the gifts that people have placed on it"
|
||||
MAT 23 21 m21b 0 the one who lives in it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 22 ejw9 τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 him who sits on it God the Father
|
||||
|
|
@ -2275,9 +2275,9 @@ MAT 23 24 l7fh figs-metaphor 0 you who strain out a gnat but swallow a camel Be
|
|||
MAT 23 24 sn3z οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα 1 strain out a gnat This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.
|
||||
MAT 23 24 whk2 κώνωπα 1 gnat a small flying insect
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ns27 0 Woe to you ... hypocrites! "How terrible it will be for you ... hypocrites!" See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor , ὅτι- καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας- ἀκρασίας 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence "they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self"
|
||||
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 You blind Pharisee The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor , ὅτι- καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας- 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence "they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self"
|
||||
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 You blind Pharisee The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς καθαρόν 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside may become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 kry1 figs-simile 0 you are like whitewashed tombs ... unclean This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewashed tombs "tombs that someone has painted white." The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2317,15 +2317,15 @@ MAT 24 2 l45q figs-explicit οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 not one stone wil
|
|||
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit 0 What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age Here "your coming" refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God's reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: "What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor 0 Be careful that no one leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "Be careful that no one deceives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here "name" refers to "in the authority" or "as the representative" of someone. Alternate translation: "many will claim that they have come as my representative" or "many will say they speak for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "will deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "will deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 6 hdz3 figs-activepassive 0 See that you are not troubled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let these things trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 8 q4gl figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 the beginning of birth pains This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you "people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you."
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you "people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you."
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 You will be hated by all the nations Here "nations" is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People from every nation will hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy 0 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will rise up "Rise" here is an idiom for "become established." Alternate translation: "will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "and deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "and deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns 0 lawlessness will increase The abstract noun "lawlessness" can be translated with the phrase "disobeying the law." Alternate translation: "disobeying the law will increase" or "people will disobey God's law more and more" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are 1) "many people will no longer love other people" or 2) "many people will no longer love God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save the person who endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end "the end of the world" or "the end of the a
|
|||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People will tell the good news that God will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 all the nations Here, "nations" stands for people. Alternate translation: "all people in all places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 17 iv2j 0 let him who is on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
MAT 24 19 kq12 figs-euphemism 0 those who are with child This is a polite way to say "pregnant women." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 19 f533 ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days "at that time"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2347,7 +2347,7 @@ MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέρα
|
|||
MAT 24 23 avv5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 0 do not believe it "do not believe the false things they have said to you"
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 τέρατα ὥστε πλανῆσαι, εἰ δυνατὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here "lead astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: "so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect" or "so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ,, οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν,' ἰδοὺ ἐὰν ἐστίν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,' μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the wilderness,' do This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ,, οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν,' ἰδοὺ ἐὰν ἐστίν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the wilderness,' do This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations 0 Or, 'See, he is in the inner rooms,' This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms "in a secret room" or "in secret places"
|
||||
MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile 0 as the lightning shines ... so will be the coming This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Five of them "Five of the virgins
|
|||
MAT 25 3 b37a 0 did not take any oil with them "had with them only the oil in their lamps"
|
||||
MAT 25 5 r458 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 25 5 pvh4 figs-activepassive 0 while the bridegroom was delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 they all got sleepy "all ten virgins got sleepy"
|
||||
MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 they all got sleepy "all ten virgins got sleepy"
|
||||
MAT 25 6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 there was a cry "someone shouted"
|
||||
MAT 25 7 a3mz figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 7 ni6u ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 trimmed their lamps "adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ MAT 25 43 g6ec figs-ellipsis 0 naked, but you did not clothe me The words "I wa
|
|||
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words "I was" preceding "sick" are understood. Alternate translation: "I was sick and in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 44 f3dc 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 23:1](../23/01.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 zyc5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer "those on his left will also answer"
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer "those on his left will also answer"
|
||||
MAT 25 45 nm2e ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least of these "for any of the least important ones of my people"
|
||||
MAT 25 45 whu5 0 you did not do for me "I consider that you did not do it for me" or "I was really the one whom you did not help"
|
||||
MAT 25 46 m6me ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 These will go away into eternal punishment "The King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ MAT 26 10 fg3v figs-you τί κόπους παρέχετε 1 Why are you All occ
|
|||
MAT 26 11 wsp9 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 12 vk5w τὸ μύρον τοῦτο 1 ointment This is oil that has a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:7](../26/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 13 xs1w ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 13 g45l figs-activepassive ὅπου ὅπου ἐὰν ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 wherever this good news is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever people preach this good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 13 g45l figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 wherever this good news is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever people preach this good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 13 s12m figs-activepassive 0 what this woman has done will also be spoken of in memory of her This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her" or "people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 14 i3dy 0 Connecting Statement: Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 15 es4b 0 to deliver him to you "to bring Jesus to you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2561,8 +2561,8 @@ MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the c
|
|||
MAT 26 28 bms3 figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 is poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will soon flow out of my body" or "will flow out of my wounds when I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 l556 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 29 h85b figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 fruit of the vine This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father's kingdom Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when my Father establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου' τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father's This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 in my Father's kingdom Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when my Father establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου' 1 my Father's This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nzy2 0 General Information: In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nkw2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 ed5k ὑμνήσαντες 1 hymn a song of praise to God
|
||||
|
|
@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μο
|
|||
MAT 26 38 c43t figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 even to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "and I feel as if I could even die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 kcz4 figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 fell on his face He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 nuv7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word "cup" is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word "cup" is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here "cup" is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 k5in figs-ellipsis 0 Yet, not as I will, but as you will This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: "But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you 0 he said to Peter, "What, could you not watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the "you" is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ MAT 26 58 isd4 αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 courtyard of the high
|
|||
MAT 26 58 v8th εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 He went inside "Peter went inside"
|
||||
MAT 26 59 i8jw 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 ὅπως θανατώσωσιν 1 so that they Here "they" refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν θανατώσωσιν 1 might put him to death "might have a reason to execute him"
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 might put him to death "might have a reason to execute him"
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two came forward "two men came forward" or "two witnesses came forward"
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations 0 This man said, 'I am able to destroy ... days.' If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: "This man said that he is able to destroy ... days." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 61 i5n4 0 This man said "This man Jesus said"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυ
|
|||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven "riding to earth on the clouds of heaven"
|
||||
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his clothes Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus' statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus' words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν χρείαν ἔχομεν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: "We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: "We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here "you" is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they Possible meanings are 1) "Then some of the men" or 2) "Then the soldiers."
|
||||
MAT 26 67 g1c2 ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 spit in his face This was done as an insult.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2674,7 +2674,7 @@ MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations 0 Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said
|
|||
MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Delivered him to Pilate the governor"<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, "Hail, King of the Jews!" ([Matthew 27:29](../../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 27 1 hvr4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' trial before Pilate.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 qe1s 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὥστε θανατῶσαι θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 plotted against Jesus to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 plotted against Jesus to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 3 vzf9 figs-events 0 General Information: This event happened after Jesus' trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus' trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 27 3 bk8i 0 Connecting Statement: The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus' trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself.
|
||||
MAT 27 3 qm12 τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας 1 Then when Judas If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ MAT 27 6 r5r9 0 It is not lawful to put this "Our laws do not allow us to put
|
|||
MAT 27 6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 put this "put this silver"
|
||||
MAT 27 6 gtp3 figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 the treasury This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 6 j2l8 figs-idiom τιμὴ αἵματός 1 price of blood This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: "money paid for a man to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 7 mtg6 Κεραμέως' τὸν Ἀγρὸν Κεραμέως 1 potter's field This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 27 7 mtg6 Κεραμέως' τὸν Ἀγρὸν 1 potter's field This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 27 8 nts8 figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 that field has been called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people call that field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 8 ag2n 0 to this day This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.
|
||||
MAT 27 9 g1gc 0 General Information: The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas' suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2701,21 +2701,21 @@ MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor "Pilate"
|
|||
MAT 27 11 a6cm figs-explicit 0 You say so Possible meanings are 1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "Yes, as you said, I am" or "Yes. It is as you said" or 2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "You yourself have said so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 12 vl3a figs-activepassive 0 But when he was accused by the chief priests and elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when the chief priests and elders accused him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 13 wn2r figs-rquestion 0 Do you not hear all the charges against you? Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 did not answer even one word, so that the governor was greatly amazed "did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor." This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
|
||||
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 did not answer even one word, so that the governor was greatly amazed "did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor." This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
|
||||
MAT 27 15 jjp8 writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [Matthew 27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 15 p1ha κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν 1 the feast This is the feast for the Passover celebration.
|
||||
MAT 27 15 pfk6 figs-activepassive 0 prisoner chosen by the crowd This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "prisoner whom the crowd would choose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον δέσμιον δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they had a notorious prisoner "there was a notorious prisoner"
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they had a notorious prisoner "there was a notorious prisoner"
|
||||
MAT 27 16 svr2 ἐπίσημον 1 notorious well known for doing something bad
|
||||
MAT 27 17 d8hv figs-activepassive συνηγμένων οὖν αὐτῶν 1 they were gathered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the crowd gathered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 17 wrl3 figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 Jesus who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom some people call the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 18 jq3c 0 they had handed Jesus over to him "the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him." They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 While he was sitting "While Pilate was sitting"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ τοῦ βήματος 1 sitting on the judgment seat "sitting on the judge's seat." This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sitting on the judgment seat "sitting on the judge's seat." This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word "sent a message"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today "I have been very upset today"
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background 0 Now ... Jesus killed Here "now" is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 21 x6vf 0 asked them "asked the crowd"
|
||||
MAT 27 22 zl85 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom some people call the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 has he done "has Jesus done"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱός 1 Son of God Th
|
|||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 e7z4 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 0 from the sixth hour ... until the ninth hour "from about noon ... for three hours" or "from about twelve o'clock midday ... until about three o'clock in the afternoon"
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν τὴν γῆν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word "darkness" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "it became dark over the whole land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word "darkness" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "it became dark over the whole land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried "Jesus called out" or "Jesus shouted"
|
||||
MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Possible meanings are 1) one of the soldiers or 2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2779,13 +2779,13 @@ MAT 27 57 sy9y translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Arimathea This is the nam
|
|||
MAT 27 58 c69n figs-activepassive 0 Then Pilate ordered it to be given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 59 kj7u σινδόνι 1 linen a fine, costly cloth
|
||||
MAT 27 60 hvs8 figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 that he had cut into the rock It is implied that Joseph had workers who cut the tomb into the rock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 60 lt4k figs-explicit προσκυλίσας λίθον λίθον μέγαν 1 Then he rolled a large stone Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 60 lt4k figs-explicit προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 Then he rolled a large stone Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb "across from the tomb"
|
||||
MAT 27 62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 the Preparation This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate "met with Pilate"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος ἔτι ζῶν 1 when that deceiver was alive "when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes 0 he said, 'After three days will I rise again.' This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "he said that after three days he will rise again." or "he said that after three day he would rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον ἀσφαλισθῆναι ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command that the tomb be made secure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "command your soldiers to guard the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command that the tomb be made secure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "command your soldiers to guard the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 hbh8 translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 the third day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples may come and steal him "his disciples may come and steal his body"
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes 0 his disciples may ... say to the people, 'He has risen from the dead,' and This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "his disciples may ... tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
224
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
224
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
|
|
@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ
|
|||
MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 They were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins They did these things at the same time. The people were baptized because they repented of their sins. Alternate translation: "When they repented of their sins, John baptized them in the Jordan River" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 7 l7jd ἐκήρυσσεν 1 He proclaimed "John proclaimed"
|
||||
MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-metaphor 0 the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie John is comparing himself to a servant to show how great Jesus is. Alternate translation: "I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 7 q5m4 τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν τῶν ὑποδημάτων ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the strap of his sandals At the time Jesus was on earth, people often wore sandals that were made of leather and tied to their feet with leather straps.
|
||||
MRK 1 7 q5m4 τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the strap of his sandals At the time Jesus was on earth, people often wore sandals that were made of leather and tied to their feet with leather straps.
|
||||
MRK 1 7 iz8v κύψας 1 stoop down "bend down"
|
||||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John's baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John's baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for "baptize" here as you used for John's baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John's baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John's baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for "baptize" here as you used for John's baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 It happened in those days This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove Possible meanings are 1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or 2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 e6ke figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 A voice came out of the heavens This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his "beloved Son" because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 12 yv6v 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus' baptism, he is in the wilderness for 40 days and then goes to Galilee to teach and call his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 1 12 gp1e αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει ἐκβάλλει 1 compelled him to go out "forced Jesus to go out"
|
||||
MRK 1 12 gp1e αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει 1 compelled him to go out "forced Jesus to go out"
|
||||
MRK 1 13 w3ct ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 He was in the wilderness "He stayed in the wilderness"
|
||||
MRK 1 13 k45w translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας 1 forty days "40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ 1 He was with "He was among"
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ MRK 1 21 d4mr εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 came i
|
|||
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes The idea of "teach" can be stated clearly when talking about "someone who has authority" and "the scribes." Alternate translation: "for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion 0 What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: "Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς? 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: "Do not destroy us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 threw him down Here the word "him" refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 while crying out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 threw him down Here the word "him" refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 while crying out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion 0 they asked each other, "What is this? A new teaching with authority! ... and they obey him!" The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: "they said to each other, 'This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! ... and they obey him!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 καὶ ἐπιτάσσει ἐπιτάσσει 1 He even commands The word "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 καὶ ἐπιτάσσει 1 He even commands The word "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 29 ybs7 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon's mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants - ἡ ἡ-' ἡ ἡ δὲ δὲ δὲ δὲ πενθερὰ πενθερὰ πενθερὰ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word "Now" introduces Simon's mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 qtw2 ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν 1 raised her up "caused her to stand" or "made her able to get out of bed"
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants - ἡ ἡ-' ἡ ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word "Now" introduces Simon's mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 qtw2 ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν 1 raised her up "caused her to stand" or "made her able to get out of bed"
|
||||
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-explicit ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her You may want to make explicit who healed her. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her of the fever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 i5br figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 she started serving them You may want to make explicit that she served food. Alternate translation: "she provided them with food and drinks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 32 b8sl 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and "he" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -61,16 +61,16 @@ MRK 1 32 d1i7 figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας
|
|||
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The whole city gathered together at the door The word "city" is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Here the word "whole" is probably a generalization to emphasize that most people from the city gathered. Alternate translation: "Many people from that city gathered outside the door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 35 zi68 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 z4kt 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus takes time to pray in the midst of his time of healing people. He then goes to towns throughout Galilee to preach, heal, and cast out demons.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 rbb9 ἔρημον τόπον τόπον 1 a solitary place "a place where he could be alone"
|
||||
MRK 1 35 rbb9 ἔρημον τόπον 1 a solitary place "a place where he could be alone"
|
||||
MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those who were with him Here "him" refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is looking for you The word "Everyone" is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: "Many people are looking for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 38 ve8a 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "I" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 38 plm9 ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Let us go elsewhere "We need to go to some other place." Here Jesus uses the word "us" to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went throughout all of Galilee The words "throughout all" are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: "He went to many places in Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 i2af 0 A leper came to him. He was begging him; he knelt down and said to him "A leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said"
|
||||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι καθαρίσαι 1 If you are willing, you can make me clean In the first phrase, the words "to make me clean" are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 If you are willing, you can make me clean In the first phrase, the words "to make me clean" are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 u9ew θέλῃς 1 are willing "want" or "desire"
|
||||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς, ἐκτείνας 1 Moved with compassion, Jesus Here the word "moved" is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another's need. Alternate translation: "Having compassion for him, Jesus" or "Jesus felt compassion for the man, so he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: "I am willing to make you clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word "him" used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 s
|
|||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word "yourself" here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: "show your skin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun "them," if possible, in your language. Possible meanings are 1) "a testimony to the priests" or 2) "a testimony to the people."
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word "he" refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο διαφημίζειν διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here "spread the news widely" is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: "began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done" (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here "spread the news widely" is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: "began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done" (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so much that The man spread the news so much that
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here "openly" is a metaphor for "publicly." Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: "that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly" or "that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 d5lw ἐρήμοις τόποις 1 remote places "lonely places" or "places where no one lived"
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ MRK 2 5 vd3i ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are f
|
|||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here "their hearts" is a metonym for the people's thoughts. Alternate translation: "were thinking to themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion 0 How can this man speak this way? The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "This man should not speak this way!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "Only God can forgive sins!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ τῷ πνεύματι πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in his inner being" or "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in his inner being" or "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 2 8 t87i διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 they were thinking within themselves Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking this in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: "What you are thinking is wrong." or "Do not think that I am blaspheming." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 this in your hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: "this inside yourselves" or "these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ MRK 2 13 t2sc τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the lake This is the Sea of Galilee, w
|
|||
MRK 2 13 iw43 ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the crowd came to him "the people went where he was"
|
||||
MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus Alpheus was Levi's father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 2 15 udb2 0 Connecting Statement: It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi's house for a meal.
|
||||
MRK 2 15 if3i αὐτοῦ' τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Levi's house "the home of Levi"
|
||||
MRK 2 15 if3i αὐτοῦ' τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Levi's house "the home of Levi"
|
||||
MRK 2 15 qf38 ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they followed him Possible meanings are 1) "for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus" or 2) "for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him."
|
||||
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει 1 Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus' hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: "He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ MRK 2 17 ba3n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to what the scribes had s
|
|||
MRK 2 17 q8r6 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them "he said to the scribes"
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs 0 People who are strong in body do not need a physician; only people who are sick need one Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 mk6x 0 strong in body "healthy"
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ca8h figs-irony οὐκ ἦλθον ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 I did not come to call righteous people, but sinners Jesus expects his hearers to understand he came for those who want help. Alternate translation: "I came for people who understand they are sinful, not for people who believe they are righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ca8h figs-irony οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 I did not come to call righteous people, but sinners Jesus expects his hearers to understand he came for those who want help. Alternate translation: "I came for people who understand they are sinful, not for people who believe they are righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words "I came to call" are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: "but I came to call sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 2 18 zkz9 figs-parables 0 Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 2 18 f1ds 0 the Pharisees were fasting ... the disciples of the Pharisees These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: "the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting ... the disciples of the Pharisees"
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ MRK 2 18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 came and
|
|||
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion 0 Can the wedding attendants fast while the bridegroom is still with them? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 c7ik 0 away from them ... they will fast The word "them" and "they" refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new cloth on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and old garment will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new cloth on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and old garment will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 dw15 figs-parables 0 Jesus begins to tell another parable. This one is about putting new wine into old wineskins rather than into new wineskins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 y7rw οἶνον νέον 1 new wine "grape juice." This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit juice.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 n7ha ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 old wineskins This refers to wineskins that have been used many times.
|
||||
|
|
@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit 0 they fell down ... cried out, and they said Here
|
|||
MRK 3 11 mcr9 προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 they fell down before him The unclean spirits did not fall down before Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him.
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xjy4 σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are the Son of God Jesus has power over unclean spirits because he is the "Son of God."
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 3 12 ay6j πολλὰ ἐπετίμα ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς 1 He strictly ordered them "Jesus strictly ordered the unclean spirits"
|
||||
MRK 3 12 ay6j πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς 1 He strictly ordered them "Jesus strictly ordered the unclean spirits"
|
||||
MRK 3 12 npi9 μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 not to make him known "not to reveal who he was"
|
||||
MRK 3 13 ue15 0 General Information: Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his apostles.
|
||||
MRK 3 14 xc5r 0 so that they might be with him and he might send them to proclaim the message "so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message"
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,19 +208,19 @@ MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Possible meanings for the w
|
|||
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 out of his mind Jesus' family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: "crazy" or "insane" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 22 yxd9 ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons "By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 ji69 figs-parables 0 Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 3 23 gcy5 προσκαλεσάμενος προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus called them to him "Jesus called the people to come to him"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 gcy5 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus called them to him "Jesus called the people to come to him"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 How can Satan cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Satan cannot cast out himself!" or "Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-metonymy ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 If a kingdom is divided against itself The word "kingdom" is a metonym for the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: "If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 k3bz figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 cannot stand This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: "cannot endure" or "will fall"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 3 25 zcr1 figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 house This is a metonym for the people who live in a house. Alternate translation: "family" or "household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 If Satan has risen up against himself and is divided The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan, and it is also a metonym for his evil spirits. Alternate translation: "If Satan and his evil spirits were fighting one another" or "If Satan and his evil spirits have risen up against each other and are divided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor ἐμερίσθη οὐ δύναται δύναται στῆναι 1 is not able to stand This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: "will cease to be united" or "cannot endure and has come to an end" or "will fall and has come to an end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor ἐμερίσθη οὐ δύναται στῆναι 1 is not able to stand This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: "will cease to be united" or "cannot endure and has come to an end" or "will fall and has come to an end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 27 mvr6 διαρπάσει 1 plunder to steal a person's valuables and possessions
|
||||
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important.
|
||||
MRK 3 28 p6sz τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the sons of men "those who have been born of man." This expression is used to emphasize peoples' humanity. Alternate translation: "people"
|
||||
MRK 3 28 rf7r 0 utter speak
|
||||
MRK 3 30 cm47 ἔλεγον 1 they were saying "the people were saying"
|
||||
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom πνεῦμα πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by an unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "is possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by an unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "is possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Then his mother and his brothers came "Then Jesus' mother and brothers came"
|
||||
MRK 3 31 h5zr ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν, καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 They sent for him, summoning him "They sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them"
|
||||
MRK 3 32 wms6 ζητοῦσίν σε 1 are looking for you "are asking for you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται 1 To you is given Thi
|
|||
MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις ἔξω 1 to those outside "but to those who are not among you." This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus' other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: "I have spoken everything in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit 0 when they look ... when they hear It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: "when they look at what I am doing ... when they hear what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: "they look and do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: "they look and do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn "turn to God." Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "they would repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 13 xc29 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||||
MRK 4 13 qzt4 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them "Then Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,20 +306,20 @@ MRK 4 37 sqj5 figs-idiom γίνεται λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου
|
|||
MRK 4 37 at6u figs-ellipsis 0 the boat was almost full of water It may be helpful to state that the boat was filling up with water. Alternate translation: "the boat was in danger of being filled with water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 mv7y figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 Jesus himself Here "himself" emphasizes that Jesus was alone in the stern. Alternate translation: "Jesus himself was alone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qy5l τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 the stern This is at the very back of the boat. "the stern of the boat"
|
||||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 They woke him up The word "they" refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, "He got up." "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 They woke him up The word "they" refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, "He got up." "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion 0 do you not care that we are about to die? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-inclusive 0 we are about to die The word "we" includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet 0 Peace! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm "a great stillness over the sea" or "a great calm over the sea"
|
||||
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm "a great stillness over the sea" or "a great calm over the sea"
|
||||
MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them "And Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν ὅτι καὶ, ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 05 General Notes<br>#### Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Talitha, koum"<br><br>The words "Talitha, koum" ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 5 1 fix1 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 gt8a ἦλθον 1 They came The word "They" refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 ahx8 τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names Γερασηνῶν 1 Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is "controlled" or "possessed" by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "controlled by an unclean spirit" or "that an unclean spirit possessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is "controlled" or "possessed" by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "controlled by an unclean spirit" or "that an unclean spirit possessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "People had bound him many times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "he shattered his shackles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 fk7t πέδαις 1 shackles pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners and attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ MRK 5 7 ux6u figs-events 0 General Information: The information in these two ve
|
|||
MRK 5 7 tt7a κράξας 1 He cried out "The unclean spirit cried out"
|
||||
MRK 5 7 ppu5 figs-rquestion 0 What do I have to do with you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 q8c8 0 Jesus ... do not torment me Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
|
||||
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 p768 0 I beg you by God himself Here the unclean spirit is swearing by God as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: "I beg you before God" or "I swear by God himself and beg you"
|
||||
MRK 5 9 p6ye ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 He asked him "And Jesus asked the unclean spirit"
|
||||
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-metaphor 0 He answered him, "My name is Legion, for we are many." One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: "And the spirit said to him, 'Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 Legion This was the name of the many de
|
|||
MRK 5 15 fb4b figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 in his right mind This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. Alternate translation: "of a normal mind" or "thinking clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 15 yv69 ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid The word "they" refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
|
||||
MRK 5 16 t4ez οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐγένετο 1 Those who had seen what happened "The people who had witnessed what had happened"
|
||||
MRK 5 18 mwg9 ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς- ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς 1 the demon-possessed man Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: "the man who had been demon-possessed"
|
||||
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But Jesus did not permit him What Jesus did not allow the man to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "But he did not allow the man to come with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 18 mwg9 ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς- ὁ 1 the demon-possessed man Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: "the man who had been demon-possessed"
|
||||
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But Jesus did not permit him What Jesus did not allow the man to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "But he did not allow the man to come with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 20 g8ed translate-names Δεκαπόλει 1 Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 20 y8vn figs-ellipsis πάντες ἐθαύμαζον 1 everyone was amazed It may be helpful to state why the people were amazed. Alternate translation: "all the people who heard what the man said were amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 21 wyl3 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man in region of the Gerasenes, Jesus and his disciples return across the lake to Capernaum where the one of the rulers of the synagogue asks Jesus to heal his daughter.
|
||||
|
|
@ -382,20 +382,20 @@ MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκ
|
|||
MRK 5 35 c5c1 τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the teacher This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 5 36 zei3 figs-events 0 General Information: The information in verses 37 and 38 may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 5 36 ge2r μόνον πίστευε 1 Just believe If necessary, you can state what Jesus is commanding Jairus to believe. Alternate translation: "Just believe I can make you daughter live"
|
||||
MRK 5 37 y884 οὐκ ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν 1 He did not permit Jesus did not permit
|
||||
MRK 5 37 y884 οὐκ ἀφῆκεν 1 He did not permit Jesus did not permit
|
||||
MRK 5 37 ed49 figs-explicit μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι 1 to accompany him "to come with him." It may be helpful to state where they were going. Alternate translation: "to accompany him to Jairus' house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 38 t154 θεωρεῖ 1 he saw Jesus saw
|
||||
MRK 5 39 m7pu λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them "Jesus said to the people who were weeping"
|
||||
MRK 5 39 a3ih figs-rquestion 0 Why are you upset and why do you weep? Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is not a time to be upset and crying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 39 g83c τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν ἀπέθανεν ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child is not dead but sleeps Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
|
||||
MRK 5 39 g83c τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child is not dead but sleeps Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 jm38 κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 They laughed at him Jesus used the common word for sleep (verse 39). The reader should understand that the people who hear Jesus laugh at him because they truly do know the difference between a dead person and a sleeping person and they think he does not.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 tkl7 ἐκβαλὼν ἐκβαλὼν πάντας 1 put them all outside "sent all the other people outside the house"
|
||||
MRK 5 40 tkl7 ἐκβαλὼν πάντας 1 put them all outside "sent all the other people outside the house"
|
||||
MRK 5 40 mi3u τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 those who were with him This refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 wca3 figs-explicit εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 went in where the child was It may be helpful to state where the child is. Alternate translation: "went into the room where the child was lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ 1 Talitha, koum This is an Aramaic sentence, which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. Write these words as is with your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was twelve years of age "she was 12 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο. καὶ 1 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. Then This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "He ordered them strictly, 'No one should know about this!' Then" or "He ordered them strictly, 'Do not tell anyone about what I have done!' Then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 ij1k διεστείλατο διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ 1 He strictly ordered them "He strongly commanded them"
|
||||
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο. καὶ 1 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. Then This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "He ordered them strictly, 'No one should know about this!' Then" or "He ordered them strictly, 'Do not tell anyone about what I have done!' Then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 ij1k διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ 1 He strictly ordered them "He strongly commanded them"
|
||||
MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations 0 Then he told them to give her something to eat. This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "And he told them, 'Give her something to eat.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Anointed with oil"<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.<br>
|
||||
MRK 6 1 mi7z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted.
|
||||
|
|
@ -425,10 +425,10 @@ MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι ἔλεγον," Ἠλείας ἐστί
|
|||
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word "I" to refer to himself. The word "I" is a metonym for Herod's soldiers. Alternate translation: "whom I commanded my soldiers to behead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-activepassive ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην καὶ ἔδησεν ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-activepassive ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 i7bw ἀποστείλας 1 sent to have "ordered to have"
|
||||
MRK 6 17 a5du διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα 1 on account of Herodias "because of Herodias"
|
||||
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ' τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 his brother Philip's wife "the wife of his brother Philip." Herod's brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ' τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother Philip's wife "the wife of his brother Philip." Herod's brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 because he had married her "because Herod had married her"
|
||||
MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 wanted to kill him, but she could not Herodias is the subject of this phrase and "she" is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: "she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 20 k8wa writing-connectingwords ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην; εἰδὼς 1 for Herod feared John; he knew These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: "for Herod feared John because he knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -446,16 +446,16 @@ MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit 0 because of the oath he had made and because of hi
|
|||
MRK 6 28 k51v ἐπὶ πίνακι 1 on a platter "on a tray"
|
||||
MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 When his disciples "When John's disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον τόπον 1 a deserted place a place where there are no people
|
||||
MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον 1 a deserted place a place where there are no people
|
||||
MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν ἐρχόμενοι καὶ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 many were coming and going This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 a8q1 0 they did not even The word "they" refers to the apostles.
|
||||
MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 So they went away Here the word "they" includes both the apostles and Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας 1 they saw them leaving "the people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving"
|
||||
MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going on foot by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat.
|
||||
MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd "Jesus saw a great crowd"
|
||||
MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd "Jesus saw a great crowd"
|
||||
MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep without a shepherd Jesus compares the people to sheep who are confused when they do not have their shepherd to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom 0 When the hour was late This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: "When it was getting late" or "Late in the afternoon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ὁ ὁ τόπος τόπος 1 a deserted place This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ὁ ὁ τόπος 1 a deserted place This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||||
MRK 6 37 am7m 0 But he answered and said to them "But Jesus answered and said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion 0 Can we go and buy two hundred denarii worth of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: "We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 two hundred denarii "200 denarii." The singular form of the word "denarii" is "denarius." A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ MRK 6 39 xgb6 χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 green grass Describe the grass with the
|
|||
MRK 6 40 e4cb translate-numbers πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 groups of hundreds and fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: "about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking up to heaven This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed "he spoke a blessing" or "he gave thanks"
|
||||
MRK 6 41 r49p καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 He also divided the two fish among them all "he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some"
|
||||
MRK 6 41 r49p καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 He also divided the two fish among them all "he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some"
|
||||
MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 They took up Possible meaning are 1) "The disciples took up" or 2) "The people took up."
|
||||
MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα, δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 broken pieces of bread, twelve baskets full "twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread"
|
||||
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 twelve baskets "12 baskets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,12 +472,12 @@ MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 fiv
|
|||
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 There were five thousand men who ate the loaves The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "And there were five thousand men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to the other side of the Sea of Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 When they were gone "When the people had left"
|
||||
MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 When they were gone "When the people had left"
|
||||
MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
|
||||
MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 fourth watch This is the time between 3 a.m. and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
|
||||
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism 0 Be courageous! ... Do not be afraid! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: "Do not fear me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐξίσταντο ἐξίσταντο 1 They were completely amazed If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: "They were completely amazed at what he had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐξίσταντο 1 They were completely amazed If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: "They were completely amazed at what he had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy 0 what the loaves meant Here the phrase "the loaves" refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: "what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread" or "what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their hearts were hardened Having a hard heart represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: "they were too stubborn to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας, οἱ διαλογισ
|
|||
MRK 7 22 y3md ἀσέλγεια 1 sensuality not controlling one's lustful desires
|
||||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come from within Here the word "within" describes a person's heart. Alternate translation: "come from within a person's heart" or "come from within a person's thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 24 k9bl 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
|
||||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν πνεῦμα πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 had an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "was possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 had an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "was possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 25 q47q προσέπεσεν 1 fell down "knelt." This is an act of honor and submission.
|
||||
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background 0 Now the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word "Now" marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman's nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ MRK 7 35 yg15 ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears wer
|
|||
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 his tongue was released This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking" or "Jesus loosened his tongue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο αὐτοὶ 1 the more he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: "the more he ordered them not to tell anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly "the more widely" or "the more"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 were extremely astonished "were utterly amazed" or "were exceedingly astonished" or "were astonished beyond all measure"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 were extremely astonished "were utterly amazed" or "were exceedingly astonished" or "were astonished beyond all measure"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy 0 the deaf ... the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: "deaf people ... mute people" or "people who cannot hear ... people who cannot speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 08 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Bread<br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>##### "Adulterous generation"<br><br>When Jesus called the people an "adulterous generation," he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it" ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).<br>
|
||||
MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,21 +584,21 @@ MRK 8 4 b7tn 0 loaves of bread Loaves of bread are lumps of dough that have be
|
|||
MRK 8 5 m56c ἠρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them "Jesus asked his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations 0 He commanded the crowd to sit down on the ground This can be written as a direct quote. "Jesus commanded the crowd, 'Sit down on the ground'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 8 6 x144 0 sit down Use your language's word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν εἶχαν 1 They also had Here the word "they" is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 They also had Here the word "they" is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 he gave thanks for them "Jesus gave thanks for the fish"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 They ate "The people ate"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up "the disciples picked up"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων, ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 the remaining broken pieces, seven large baskets This refers to the broken pieces of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: "the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 Then he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when he sent them away. Alternate translation: "After they ate, Jesus sent them away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 Then he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when he sent them away. Alternate translation: "After they ate, Jesus sent them away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 they went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: "they sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cqy5 0 Connecting Statement: In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
|
||||
MRK 8 11 f9y8 ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They sought from him "They asked him for"
|
||||
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus' power and authority were from God. Possible meanings are 1) The word "heaven" is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: "a sign from God" or 2) the word "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sign from the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 to test him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "to prove that God had sent him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ τῷ πνεύματι πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 He sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus' deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ τῷ πνεύματι πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This generation should not seek a sign." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 He sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus' deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This generation should not seek a sign." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation When Jesus speaks of "this generation," he is referring to the people who lived at that time. There Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: "you and the people of this generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται σημεῖον 1 no sign will be given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 he left them, got into a boat again Jesus' disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "he left them, got into a boat again with his disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -611,14 +611,14 @@ MRK 8 15 ya88 figs-metaphor ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆ
|
|||
MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit 0 It is because we have no bread In this statement, it may be helpful to state that "it" refers to what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: "He must have said that because we have no bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole 0 no bread The word "no" is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: "very little bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε νοεῖτε? οὐδὲ συνίετε συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive? Do you not understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Do you not yet understand?" or "You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε? οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive? Do you not understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Do you not yet understand?" or "You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become so dull? Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hearts become so dull" is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Your thinking has become so dull!" or "You are so slow to understand what I mean!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion , ὀφθαλμοὺς,? ἔχοντες? βλέπετε? ὦτα οὐ ἀκούετε οὐκ ἔχοντες βλέπετε μνημονεύετε οὐ μνημονεύετε ἀκούετε 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion , ὀφθαλμοὺς,? ἔχοντες? βλέπετε? ὦτα οὐ ἀκούετε οὐκ ἔχοντες μνημονεύετε οὐ 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the five thousand This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 5,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the four thousand This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 4,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα ἤρατε 1 how many basketfuls did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion οὔπω συνίετε συνίετε 1 Do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion οὔπω συνίετε 1 Do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 22 c92c 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
|
||||
MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 to touch him It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: "to touch him in order to heal him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -646,18 +646,18 @@ MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, κ
|
|||
MRK 8 34 zs3l figs-metaphor μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 follow me Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: "obey me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 35 d5rj ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants "For anyone who wants"
|
||||
MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to both physical life and spiritual life.
|
||||
MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel "because of me and because of the gospel." Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and the gospel. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because he follows me and tells others the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel "because of me and because of the gospel." Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and the gospel. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because he follows me and tells others the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion 0 What does it profit a person to gain the whole world and then forfeit his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 w7gm 0 to gain the whole world and then forfeit his life This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word "if." Alternate translation: "if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life"
|
||||
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "to gain everything he ever wanted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 forfeit To forfeit something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
|
||||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί δοῖ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life." or "No one can give anything in exchange for his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί δοῖ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 What can a person give If in your language "giving" requires someone to receive what is given, "God" can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: "What can a person give to God"
|
||||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life." or "No one can give anything in exchange for his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 What can a person give If in your language "giving" requires someone to receive what is given, "God" can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: "What can a person give to God"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 rvi6 ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 ashamed of me and my words "ashamed of me and my message"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this generation as "adulterous," meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: "in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful" or "in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 xd58 ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 when he comes "when he comes back"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vqk3 μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων 1 with the holy angels "accompanied by the holy angels"
|
||||
MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "transfigured"<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus' clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God's Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, "If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off" ([Mark 9:43](../../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so they would know that they should stay away from anything that caused them to sin, even if it was something they loved or thought they needed.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all" ([Mark 9:35](../../mrk/09/35.md)).<br>
|
||||
MRK 9 1 mt8p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus has just been talking to the people and his disciples about following him. Six days later, Jesus goes with three of his disciples up a mountain where his appearance temporarily changes to what he will look like one day in the kingdom of God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking The word "
|
|||
MRK 9 5 w6vs 0 Peter answered and said to Jesus "Peter said to Jesus." Here the word "answered" is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether "us" refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
|
||||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ, ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ, ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified "they were very frightened" or "they were very afraid"
|
||||
MRK 9 7 e3id 0 came and overshadowed "appeared and covered"
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Then a voice came out of the cloud Here "a voice came out" is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: "Then someone spoke from the cloud" or "Then God spoke from the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ MRK 9 12 i3j7 figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 be despised This may b
|
|||
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 they did whatever they wanted to him It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: "our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 14 qn7d 0 Connecting Statement: When Peter, James, John, and Jesus came down from the mountain, they found the scribes arguing with the other disciples.
|
||||
MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 When they came to the disciples Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain.
|
||||
MRK 9 14 cs1f εἶδον ὄχλον ὄχλον πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς 1 they saw a great crowd around them "Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples"
|
||||
MRK 9 14 cs1f εἶδον ὄχλον πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς 1 they saw a great crowd around them "Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples"
|
||||
MRK 9 14 wp9z γραμματεῖς συνζητοῦντας πρὸς αὐτούς 1 scribes were arguing with them The scribes were arguing with the disciples who had not gone with Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 9 15 lch5 figs-explicit ἐξεθαμβήθησαν 1 was amazed It may be helpful to state why they were amazed. Alternate translation: "was amazed that Jesus had come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 17 b7v8 0 Connecting Statement: To explain what the scribes and other disciples were arguing about, a father of a demon-possessed man tells Jesus that he has asked the disciples to send the demon out of his son, but they could not. Jesus then casts the demon out of the boy. Later the disciples ask why they were not able to send the demon away.
|
||||
|
|
@ -726,9 +726,9 @@ MRK 9 26 ry3l figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 came out It is implied that the s
|
|||
MRK 9 26 n7h8 figs-simile 0 The boy looked like one who was dead The boy's appearance is compared to that of a dead person. Alternate translation: "The boy appeared dead" or "The boy looked like a dead person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 so that many "so that many people"
|
||||
MRK 9 27 g2lt figs-idiom 0 took him by the hand This means that Jesus grasped the boy's hand with his own hand. Alternate translation: "grasped the boy by the hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up "helped him get up"
|
||||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up "helped him get up"
|
||||
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately This means they were alone.
|
||||
MRK 9 28 x1ej figs-ellipsis ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 cast it out "cast the unclean spirit out." This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "cast the unclean spirit out of the boy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 28 x1ej figs-ellipsis ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 cast it out "cast the unclean spirit out." This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "cast the unclean spirit out of the boy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ 1 This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer The words "cannot" and "except" are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "This kind can be cast out only by prayer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: "This kind of unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 30 q4iu 0 Connecting Statement: After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
|
||||
|
|
@ -748,37 +748,37 @@ MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit 0 who was the greatest Here "the greatest" refers t
|
|||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all Here the words "first" and "last" are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the "most important" as being "first" and of being the "least important" as being "last." Alternate translation: "If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων 2 of all ... of all "of all people ... of all people"
|
||||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in their midst "among them." The word "their" refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ 1 He took him in his arms This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ 1 He took him in his arms This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
|
||||
MRK 9 37 h242 0 such a child "a child like this"
|
||||
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: "because he loves me" or "for my sake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: "God, who has sent me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 idn7 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John said to him "John said to Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 9 38 tn6s figs-explicit ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια 1 driving out demons "sending away demons." This refers to casting demons out of people. Alternate translation: "driving demons out of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here "name" is associated with Jesus' authority and power. Alternate translation: "by the authority of your name" or "by the power of your name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-idiom οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he does not follow us This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: "he is not one of us" or "he does not walk with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-idiom οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he does not follow us This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: "he is not one of us" or "he does not walk with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us "is not opposing us"
|
||||
MRK 9 40 j8gq ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 is for us It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: "is trying to achieve the same goals that we are"
|
||||
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-metaphor 0 gives you a cup of water to drink because you belong to Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of water as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 not lose This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "definitely receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 z6k5 μύλος 1 millstone a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here "hand" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here "hand" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 iku4 κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life maimed "to be maimed and then to enter into life" or "to be maimed before entering into life"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g6ww figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: "to enter into eternal life" or "to die and begin to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 qjm9 κυλλὸν 1 maimed missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: "without a hand" or "missing a hand"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire "where the fire cannot be put out"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 If your foot causes you to stumble Here the word "foot" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 If your foot causes you to stumble Here the word "foot" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 vj49 εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame "to be lame and then to enter into life" or "to be lame before entering into life"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 r1dy figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: "to enter into eternal life" or "to die and begin to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 c2vw χωλὸν 1 lame "unable to walk easily." Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: "without a foot" or "missing a foot"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 tmd6 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 be thrown into hell This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for God to throw you into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word "eye" is a metonym for either 1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out" or 2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word "eye" is a metonym for either 1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out" or 2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes This refers to the state of a person's physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: "to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "for God to throw you into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will salt everyone with fire" or "Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here "fire" is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So "will be salted with fire" is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: "will be made pure in the fire of suffering" or "will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 its saltiness "its salty taste"
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε ἀρτύσετε? 1 how can you make it salty again? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you cannot make it salty again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 how can you make it salty again? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you cannot make it salty again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 t76n ἀρτύσετε 1 salty again "taste salty again"
|
||||
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt among yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were salt that people possess. Alternate translation: "Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Jesus' teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of "the cup which I will drink," he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant" ([Mark 10:43](../../mrk/10/43.md)).<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς 1 Jesus left that
|
|||
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and to the area beyond the Jordan River "and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River" or "and to the area east of the Jordan River"
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 He was teaching them again The word "them" refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 0 he was accustomed to do "was his custom" or "he usually did"
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: "What did Moses command your ancestors about this"
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: "What did Moses command your ancestors about this"
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations 0 "It was because ... this law," Jesus said to them. In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: "Jesus said to them, 'It was because ... this law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 0 because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus' time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words "your" and "you." Alternate translation: "because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law"
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,18 +811,18 @@ MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Th
|
|||
MRK 10 13 w5lm ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς 1 rebuked them "rebuked the people"
|
||||
MRK 10 14 lsq4 0 Jesus noticed it The word "it" refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 10 14 rv7x ἠγανάκτησεν 1 was very displeased "became angry"
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism , ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με καὶ μὴ κωλύετε κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: "Be sure to allow the little children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε κωλύετε 1 do not forbid This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "allow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism , ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: "Be sure to allow the little children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not forbid This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "allow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 je6w figs-metaphor 0 for the kingdom of God belongs to those who are like them The kingdom belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: "the kingdom of God includes people who are like them" or "because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 y3a2 0 whoever will not receive ... child will definitely not enter it "if anyone will not recieve ... child, he will definitely not enter it"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: "in the same manner as a child would" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 h8pt μὴ δέξηται δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not receive the kingdom of God "will not accept God as their king"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 h8pt μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not receive the kingdom of God "will not accept God as their king"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ αὐτήν 1 definitely not enter it The word "it" refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 he took the children into his arms "he hugged the children"
|
||||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 he took the children into his arms "he hugged the children"
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 to inherit eternal life Here the man speaks of "receiving" as if it were "inheriting." This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, "inherit" here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: to receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why do you call me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 good except God alone "good. Only God is good"
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely "do not testify falsely against anyone" or "do not lie about someone in court"
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely "do not testify falsely against anyone" or "do not lie about someone in court"
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you lack "There is one thing you are missing." Here "lack" is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: "One thing you need to do" or "There is one thing you have not yet done" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy 0 give it to the poor Here the word "it" refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: "give the money to the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -841,9 +841,9 @@ MRK 10 27 a7bi figs-ellipsis 0 With people it is impossible, but not with God T
|
|||
MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι 1 Look, we have left everything and have followed you Here the word "Look" is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Similar emphasis can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: "We have left everything and have followed you"
|
||||
MRK 10 28 cj3f ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 have left everything "have left everything behind"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands "or plots of ground" or "or the land that he owns"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "for my cause" or "for me"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "for my cause" or "for me"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 pf2g τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the gospel "to proclaim the gospel"
|
||||
MRK 10 30 zhx5 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ λάβῃ 1 who will not receive Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with the words "there is no one who has left" (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. "everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 zhx5 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who will not receive Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with the words "there is no one who has left" (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. "everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 heb4 0 this world "this life" or "this present age"
|
||||
MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα 1 brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word "fathers" is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
|
||||
MRK 10 30 ae92 figs-abstractnouns 0 with persecutions, and in the world to come, eternal life This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun "persecution" are expressed with the verb "persecute." Because the sentence is so long and complicated, "will receive" can be repeated. Alternate translation: "and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ MRK 10 34 xa5b ἀποκτενοῦσιν 1 put him to death "kill him"
|
|||
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: "he will rise from being dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive 0 we ... us These words refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory "when you are glorified." The phrase "in your glory" refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: "when you rule in your kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε 1 You do not know "You do not understand"
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know "You do not understand"
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 drink the cup which I will drink Here "cup" refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: "drink the cup of suffering that I will drink" or "drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor 0 endure the baptism with which I will be baptized Here "baptism" and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: "endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 r3pm figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 We are able They respond this way, meaning that they are able to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ MRK 10 42 zfr3 κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority "flaunt th
|
|||
MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit 0 But it shall not be this way among you This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "But do not be like them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 become great "be highly respected"
|
||||
MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first This is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: "to be the most important" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 For the Son of Man did not come to be served This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 For the Son of Man did not come to be served This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to be served, but to serve "to be served by people, but to serve people"
|
||||
MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 for many "for many people"
|
||||
MRK 10 46 n4i3 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit 0 Blessed is the one This is referring to Jesus. Th
|
|||
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord's authority. Alternate translation: "the authority of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 el81 0 Blessed is "May God bless"
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit 0 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David "Blessed is our father David's coming kingdom." This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word "blessed" can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: "Blessed be the coming of your kingdom" or "May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ τοῦ ἡμῶν Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David's descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: "of the greatest descendant of our father David" or "that David's greatest descendant will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ ἡμῶν Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David's descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: "of the greatest descendant of our father David" or "that David's greatest descendant will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Possible meanings are 1) "Praise God who is in heaven" or 2) "Let those who are in heaven shout 'Hosanna'."
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as "the highest." Alternate translation: "the highest heaven" or "heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 mz8r 0 the time being late "because it was late in the day"
|
||||
|
|
@ -968,14 +968,14 @@ MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of Jo
|
|||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men "was it authorized by heaven or by men"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men "from people"
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ," ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "If we say, 'It was from heaven,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ," ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "If we say, 'It was from heaven,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: "From God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 not believe him The word "him" refers to John the Baptist.
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,'...." 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'It was from men,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men "From people"
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,'...." 1 But if we say, 'From men,' ... . The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'From men,' that would not be good." or "But we do not want to say that it was from men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the people The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John's baptism was from men. This can be stated clearly. "They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people" or "They did not want to say that John's baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "We do not know where the baptism of John came from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "We do not know where the baptism of John came from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qa93 0 Then Jesus began to teach them The word "them" here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
|
||||
|
|
@ -989,16 +989,16 @@ MRK 12 4 f3f4 ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 he sent to them
|
|||
MRK 12 4 w1ge figs-explicit 0 they wounded him in the head This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 5 l1yw figs-ellipsis 0 yet another ... many others These phrases refer to other servants. Alternate translation: "yet another servant ... many other servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 5 p16h figs-explicit 0 They treated many others in the same way This refers to servants that the owner sent. The phrase "in the same way" refers to them being mistreated. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: "They also mistreated many other servants whom he sent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved son It is implied that this is the owner's son. Alternate translation: "his beloved son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved son It is implied that this is the owner's son. Alternate translation: "his beloved son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ὁ κληρονόμος 1 the heir This is the owner's heir, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: "the owner's heir" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-synecdoche ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance The tenants are referring to the vineyard as "the inheritance." Alternate translation: "this vineyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 8 gx6l 0 They seized him "The vine growers seized the son"
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion οὖν, τί ποιήσει ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion οὖν, τί ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 rde6 writing-connectingwords οὖν 1 Therefore Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 g4ce ἀπολέσει 1 destroy kill
|
||||
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word "others" refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: "he will give the vineyard to vine growers to care for it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 v6ta 0 General Information: This scripture was written long before in God's word.
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε ἀνέγνωτε?' 1 Have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read this scripture." or "You should remember this scripture." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε?' 1 Have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read this scripture." or "You should remember this scripture." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 jpa3 0 has been made the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord made into the cornerstone"
|
||||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord "The Lord has done this"
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here "in our eyes" stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people's opinion. Alternate translation: "we have seen it and think that it is marvelous" or "we think that it is wonderful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1011,21 +1011,21 @@ MRK 12 13 z2sf καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 Then they sent "Then the J
|
|||
MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as "trapping him." Alternate translation: "to trick him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν 1 When they came, they said Here "they" refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός' οὐδενός 1 you care for no one's opinion This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: "you do not care about people's opinions" or "you are not concerned with earning people's favor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός' 1 you care for no one's opinion This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: "you do not care about people's opinions" or "you are not concerned with earning people's favor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 Jesus knew their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: "Jesus knew that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 denarius This coin was worth a day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 ev6s 0 They brought one "The Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 likeness and inscription "picture and name"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis ?" οἱ εἶπαν," Καίσαρος' Καίσαρος." 1 They said, "Caesar's Here "Caesar's" refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: "They said, 'They are Caesar's likeness and inscription" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis ?" οἱ εἶπαν," Καίσαρος'." 1 They said, "Caesar's Here "Caesar's" refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: "They said, 'They are Caesar's likeness and inscription" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy 0 Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: "Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: "and give to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 They marveled at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "They marveled at him and at what he had said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "who say there is no resurrection from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations ἐάν, ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν,' Μωϋσῆς τινος' τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations ἐάν, ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν,' Μωϋσῆς τινος' ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote for us "wrote for us Jews." The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word "us" to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς' ἀδελφὸς τὴν γυναῖκα 1 the man should take the brother's wife "the man should marry his brother's wife"
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 raise up a descendant for his brother "have a son for his brother." The man's first son would be considered to be the dead brother's son, and the son's descendants would be considered to be the dead brother's descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother's son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς' τὴν γυναῖκα 1 the man should take the brother's wife "the man should marry his brother's wife"
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 raise up a descendant for his brother "have a son for his brother." The man's first son would be considered to be the dead brother's son, and the son's descendants would be considered to be the dead brother's descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother's son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: "Suppose there were seven brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 pj71 ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first the first brother
|
||||
MRK 12 20 af1t ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 the first took a wife "the first married a woman." Here marrying a woman is spoken of as "taking" her.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1036,12 +1036,12 @@ MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 The seven This refers to all the
|
|||
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-explicit 0 The seven left no children Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion , ἐν, τῇ ἀναστάσει ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή? 1 In the resurrection, when they rise again, whose wife will she be? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion 0 Is this not the reason you are mistaken ... power of God? Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God's law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are mistaken because ... power of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 you do not know the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
|
||||
MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 you do not know the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
|
||||
MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God "how powerful God is"
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they rise Here the word "they" refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-metaphor ἀναστῶσιν 1 rise Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 vh7r ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 p5ak οὔτε γαμοῦσιν γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage "they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage"
|
||||
MRK 12 25 p5ak οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage "they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage"
|
||||
MRK 12 25 h7ii figs-activepassive γαμίζονται 1 are given in marriage This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and no one gives them in marriage" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 pi8l τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "who rise" or "who rise to live again" [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to
|
|||
MRK 12 26 re82 0 I am the God of Abraham ... Isaac ... Jacob This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here "the dead" refers to people who are dead, and "the living" refers to people who are alive. Also, the words "the God" can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: "not the God of dead people, but the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: "When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: "When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 quite mistaken "completely mistaken" or "very wrong"
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 He asked him "The scribe asked Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj 0 The most important is "The most important" refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: "The most important commandment is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher "Good answer, Te
|
|||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: "there is only one God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis 0 that there is no other The word "God" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "that there is no other God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy 0 with all the heart ... all the understanding ... all the strength Here "heart" is a metonym for person's thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile ἀγαπᾶν τὸν' τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one's neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: "to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile ἀγαπᾶν τὸν' πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one's neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: "to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν πάντων 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: "is even more important than" or "is even more pleasing to God than" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: "You are close to submitting to God as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα 1 no one dared This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everyone was afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion 0 How is it that the scribes say the Christ is th
|
|||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David "a descendant of David"
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word "himself" refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: "It was David who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: "inspired by the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit τῷ,,' ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν εἶπεν Κυρίῳ μου τῷ Κυρίῳ," 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit τῷ,,' ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν εἶπεν Κυρίῳ μου," 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies your footstool In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as making them into a footstool. Alternate translation: "until I completely defeat your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν' Κύριον,' 1 calls him 'Lord,' Here the word "him" refers to the Christ.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1100,13 +1100,13 @@ MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit 0 the wonderful stones and wonderful buildings The
|
|||
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ λίθος 1 Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Look at these great buildings! Not one stone" or "You see these great buildings now, but not one stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 zu46 figs-explicit 0 Not one stone will be left on another which will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 e913 0 Connecting Statement: In answer to the disciples' questions about the temple's destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
|
||||
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καθημένου καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν, Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ Πέτρος 1 As he sat on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: "After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν, Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ Πέτρος 1 As he sat on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: "After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately when they were alone
|
||||
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit 0 these things happen ... are about to happen This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "these things happen to the buildings of the temple ... are about to happen to the temple buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν ταῦτα πάντα 1 when all these things "that all these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "deceives you" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "they will deceive many people" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "deceives you" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "they will deceive many people" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Possible meanings are 1) "claiming my authority" or 2) "claiming that God sent them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 0 I am he "I am the Christ"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars "hear of wars and reports about wars." Possible meanings are 1) "hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away" or 2) "hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1116,10 +1116,10 @@ MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται ἐπ’ 1 will rise against Th
|
|||
MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words "will rise" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "kingdom will rise against kingdom" or "the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor 0 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as the beginnings of birth pains because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: "These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 c2cl 0 Be on your guard "Be ready for what people will do to you"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 will deliver you up to councils "take you and put you under the control of councils"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 will deliver you up to councils "take you and put you under the control of councils"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will beat you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ σταθήσεσθε 1 You will stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: "You will be put on trial before" or "You will be brought to trial and judged by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 j5n2 ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because of me" or "on account of me"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 j5n2 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because of me" or "on account of me"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them This means they will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "and testify to them about me" or "and you will tell them about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 hand you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: "give you over to the authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1136,14 +1136,14 @@ MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 whoeve
|
|||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end Possible meanings are 1) "to the end of his life" or 2) "to the end of that time of trouble"
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: "the shameful thing that defiles the things of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit 0 standing where it should not be standing Jesus' audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple, where it should not be standing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers' attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: "may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers' attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: "may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 15 m1hq ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
MRK 13 16 y1e9 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω 1 not return This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "not return to his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 16 hv49 ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 to take his cloak "to get his cloak"
|
||||
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-euphemism 0 are with child This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: "are pregnant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε ἵνα γένηται 1 Pray that it "Pray that these times" or "Pray that these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w91r 0 the winter "the cold season" or "the cold, rainy season." This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν γέγονεν 1 such as has not been "greater than there has ever been." This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν 1 such as has not been "greater than there has ever been." This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 c5sz 0 no, nor ever will be again "and greater than there will ever be again" or "and after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it"
|
||||
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-explicit ἐκολόβωσεν τὰς ἡμέρας 1 had shortened the days "had shortened the time." It may be helpful to specify which "days" are referred to. Alternate translation: "had reduced the days of suffering" or "had shortened the time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word "flesh" refers to people, and "saved" refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: "no one would be saved" or "everyone would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1155,9 +1155,9 @@ MRK 13 22 yw81 πρὸς ἀποπλανᾶν 1 so as to deceive "in order to d
|
|||
MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis 0 so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect The phrase "even the elect" implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: "in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 eq7b τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 the elect "the people whom God has chosen"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 jq8p βλέπετε 1 Be on guard "Be watchful" or "Be alert"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you all these things ahead of time Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: "I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you all these things ahead of time Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: "I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: "the moon will not shine" or "the moon will be dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: "the moon will not shine" or "the moon will be dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit 0 the stars will fall from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: "the stars will fall from their places in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive 0 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the powers in the heavens will shake" or "God will shake the powers that are in the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 hge7 0 the powers that are in the heavens "the powerful things in the heavens." Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the sun, moon, and stars or 2) this refers to powerful spiritual beings
|
||||
|
|
@ -1176,11 +1176,11 @@ MRK 13 29 q53b figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the days
|
|||
MRK 13 29 aul8 0 he is near "the Son of Man is near"
|
||||
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom 0 close to the gates This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: "and is almost here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ παρέλθῃ 1 will not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: "will not die" or "will not end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: "will not die" or "will not end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 t66q 0 until all of these things The phrase "these things" refers to the days of tribulation.
|
||||
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Heaven and earth The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: "The sky, the earth, and everything in them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 bjr8 παρελεύσονται 1 will pass away "will cease to exist." Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
|
||||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: "my words will never lose their power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: "my words will never lose their power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: "that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return" or "the day or the hour that I will return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 btq5 figs-ellipsis 0 no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from the Father, who does know. Alternate translation: "no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father" or "neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here "heaven" refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Simon the l
|
|||
MRK 14 3 sh4s κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 he was reclining at the table In Jesus' culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||||
MRK 14 3 hk2p translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 alabaster jar This is a jar made from alabaster. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: "beautiful white stone jar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 fqa9 translate-unknown 0 of very costly liquid, which was pure nard "that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard." Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ τῆς τῆς κεφαλῆς κεφαλῆς 1 on his head "on Jesus' head"
|
||||
MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 on his head "on Jesus' head"
|
||||
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion 0 What is the reason for this waste? They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 This perfume could have been sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were more concerned about money. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We could have sold this perfume" or "She could have sold this perfume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 three hundred denarii "300 denarii." Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1211,8 +1211,8 @@ MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicate
|
|||
MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 wherever the gospel is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever my followers preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ljh1 ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη λαληθήσεται 1 what this woman has done will be spoken of "what this woman has done will also be spoken of"
|
||||
MRK 14 10 pdm5 0 Connecting Statement: After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests.
|
||||
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might deliver him over to them Judas did not deliver Jesus over to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: "in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ παραδοῖ 1 deliver him over "bring Jesus to them so they could capture him"
|
||||
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might deliver him over to them Judas did not deliver Jesus over to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: "in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ 1 deliver him over "bring Jesus to them so they could capture him"
|
||||
MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit 0 When the chief priests heard it It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: "When the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bn76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal.
|
||||
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they sacrificed the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: "when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1271,8 +1271,8 @@ MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father This is an
|
|||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 ha77 figs-ellipsis 0 But not my will, but yours Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: "But do not do what I want, do what you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word "them" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων? καθεύδεις? ἴσχυσας, οὐκ γρηγορῆσαι μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι 1 Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 that you do not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: "that you are not tempted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων? καθεύδεις? ἴσχυσας, οὐκ γρηγορῆσαι μίαν ὥραν 1 Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 that you do not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: "that you are not tempted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 xk5y 0 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: "You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do" or "You want to do what I say, but you are weak"
|
||||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy 0 The spirit ... the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. "The spirit" is his inmost desires. "The flesh" is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 39 l9nj 0 used the same words "prayed again what he prayed before"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ MRK 15 14 e55i Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Pilate said to
|
|||
MRK 15 15 qt8y 0 to satisfy the crowd "make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do"
|
||||
MRK 15 15 fwg6 0 He scourged Jesus Pilate did not actually scourge Jesus but rather his soldiers did.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 yzn5 φραγελλώσας 1 scourged "flogged." To "scourge" is to beat with an especially painful whip.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive καὶ παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 then handed him over to be crucified Pilate told his soliders to take Jesus away to crucify him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 then handed him over to be crucified Pilate told his soliders to take Jesus away to crucify him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς( ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον), 1 the courtyard (which is the government headquarters) This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the courtyard of the soldiers' barracks" or "the courtyard of the governor's residence"
|
||||
MRK 15 16 b5gs ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort of soldiers "the whole unit of soldiers"
|
||||
MRK 15 17 tn33 ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν 1 They put a purple robe on Jesus Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ MRK 15 22 w6c7 0 Connecting Statement: The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, w
|
|||
MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull "Skull Place" or "Place of the Skull." This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 22 m1dd Κρανίου 1 Skull A skull is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
|
||||
MRK 15 23 e9xd figs-explicit ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 wine mixed with myrrh It may be helpful to explain that myrrh is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: "wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh" or "wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour "Third" here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o'clock in the morning. Alternate translation: "nine o'clock in the morning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour "Third" here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o'clock in the morning. Alternate translation: "nine o'clock in the morning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 15 26 r2g6 figs-explicit 0 On a sign The soldiers attached this sign to the cross above Jesus. Alternate translation: "They attached to the cross above Jesus' head a sign on which" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him "the crime they were accusing him of doing"
|
||||
MRK 15 27 mgf3 figs-explicit 0 one on the right of him and one on his left This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ MRK 15 32 t1vm figs-irony 0 Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down The l
|
|||
MRK 15 32 r6c4 figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 believe The means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "believe in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 32 dcb9 ὠνείδιζον 1 taunted mocked, insulted
|
||||
MRK 15 33 zc37 0 Connecting Statement: At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o'clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 q1gh ὥρας ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour This refers to noon or 12 p.m.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 q1gh ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour This refers to noon or 12 p.m.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 jl1i figs-metaphor σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the darkness were a wave that moved over the land. Alternate translation: "the whole land became dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 34 r6tj τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 At the ninth hour This refers to three o'clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: "At three o'clock in the afternoon" or "In the middle of the afternoon"
|
||||
MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 Joses This Joses was not that
|
|||
MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive 0 the place where Jesus was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus' body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus' tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br>
|
||||
MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus' body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
|
||||
MRK 16 1 p61n διαγενομένου διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 When the Sabbath day was over That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
|
||||
MRK 16 1 p61n διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 When the Sabbath day was over That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
|
||||
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had rolled away the stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη! 1 He is risen! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "He arose!" or "God raised him from the dead!" or "He raised himself from the dead!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 9 mxj6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus appears first to Mary Magdalene, who tells the disciples, then he appears to two others as they walk in the country, and later he appears to the eleven disciples.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1374.
|
592
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
592
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
|
|
@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ LUK 1 6 uu87 ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God "in God's sight"
|
|||
LUK 1 6 csc9 πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all the commandments and statutes of the Lord "all that the Lord had commanded and required"
|
||||
LUK 1 7 c7cj καὶ 1 But This contrast word shows that what follows here is the opposite of what is expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children.
|
||||
LUK 1 8 jr7f ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it came about This phrase is used to mark a shift in the story from the background information to the participants.
|
||||
LUK 1 8 vyl8 figs-explicit ' ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ ἱερατεύειν, ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν ἔναντι ἔναντι τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Zechariah was in God's presence, carrying out the priestly duties It is implied that Zechariah was in God's temple and that these priestly duties were part of worshiping God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 wed9 ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς τῆς ἐφημερίας ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in the order of his division "when it was his group's turn" or "when the time came for his group to serve"
|
||||
LUK 1 8 vyl8 figs-explicit ' ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν, αὐτὸν ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Zechariah was in God's presence, carrying out the priestly duties It is implied that Zechariah was in God's temple and that these priestly duties were part of worshiping God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 wed9 ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in the order of his division "when it was his group's turn" or "when the time came for his group to serve"
|
||||
LUK 1 9 vq5g writing-background 0 According to the customary way of choosing which priest would ... burn incense This sentence gives us information about priestly duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 s2vv τὸ ἔθος 1 the customary way "the traditional method" or "their usual way"
|
||||
LUK 1 9 pa9c ἔλαχε 1 chosen by lot A lot was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help them decide something. The priests believed that God guided the lot to show them which priest he wanted them to choose.
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ LUK 1 11 c8ss ὤφθη αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him "suddenly came to him" or
|
|||
LUK 1 12 r3aa 0 Zechariah ... was terrified ... fear fell on him These two phrases mean the same thing, and emphasize how afraid Zechariah was.
|
||||
LUK 1 12 d1zm 0 When Zechariah saw him "When Zechariah saw the angel." Zechariah was afraid because the appearance of the angel was frightening. He had not done anything wrong, so he was not afraid that the angel would punish him.
|
||||
LUK 1 12 sfb1 figs-metaphor φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell on him Fear is described as if it was something that attacked or overpowered Zechariah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 13 ki8l μὴ φοβοῦ φοβοῦ 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid of me" or "You do not need to be afraid of me"
|
||||
LUK 1 13 ki8l μὴ φοβοῦ 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid of me" or "You do not need to be afraid of me"
|
||||
LUK 1 13 es4l figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου 1 your prayer has been heard This can be stated in active form. It is implied that God will give Zechariah what he has asked for. Alternate translation: "God has heard your prayer and will give you what you have asked for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 13 p98p γεννήσει υἱόν σοι 1 bear you a son "have a son for you" or "give birth to your son"
|
||||
LUK 1 14 n654 figs-doublet ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις 1 You will have joy and gladness The words "joy" and "gladness" mean the same thing and are used to emphasize how great the joy will be. Alternate translation: "you will have great joy" or "you will be very glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 1 14 q1p8 ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ 1 at his birth "because of his birth"
|
||||
LUK 1 15 td57 ἔσται γὰρ μέγας 1 For he will be great "This is because. he will be great" Zechariah and the "many" will rejoice because John will be "great in the sight of the Lord." The rest of verse 15 tells how God wants John to live.
|
||||
LUK 1 15 sz79 ἔσται μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 he will be great in the sight of the Lord "he will be a very important person for the Lord" or "God will consider him to be very important"
|
||||
LUK 1 15 hgb9 figs-activepassive Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται 1 he will be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit will empower him" or "the Holy Spirit will guide him" Make sure it does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 ie95 ἐκ μητρὸς αὐτοῦ' κοιλίας μητρὸς 1 from his mother's womb "even while he is in his mother's womb" or "even before he is born"
|
||||
LUK 1 15 hgb9 figs-activepassive Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται 1 he will be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit will empower him" or "the Holy Spirit will guide him" Make sure it does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 15 ie95 ἐκ μητρὸς αὐτοῦ' κοιλίας 1 from his mother's womb "even while he is in his mother's womb" or "even before he is born"
|
||||
LUK 1 16 x36x figs-metaphor 0 Many of the people of Israel will be turned to the Lord their God Here "be turned" is a metaphor for a person repenting and worshiping the Lord. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and worship the Lord their God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 c52s 0 will go before the face of the Lord Before the Lord comes, he will go and announce to the people that the Lord will come to them.
|
||||
LUK 1 17 wc9f figs-idiom 0 the face of the Lord Here "the face of" someone can be an idiom that refers to the that person's presence. It is sometimes omitted in translation. Alternate translation: "the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ LUK 1 23 duy9 ἐγένετο 1 It came about This phrase moves the story ahead
|
|||
LUK 1 23 sa5y ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he went to his house Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. He traveled to his home town.
|
||||
LUK 1 24 cda2 writing-newevent μετὰ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 After these days The phrase "these days" refers to the time Zechariah was serving in the temple. It is possible to state more clearly what this refers to. Alternate translation: "After Zechariah's time of serving at the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 24 hc8d ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his wife "Zechariah's wife"
|
||||
LUK 1 24 kpw1 περιέκρυβεν περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν 1 kept herself hidden "did not leave her house" or "stayed inside by herself"
|
||||
LUK 1 24 kpw1 περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν 1 kept herself hidden "did not leave her house" or "stayed inside by herself"
|
||||
LUK 1 25 z1xr οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1 This is what the Lord has done for me This phrase refers to the fact that the Lord allowed her to become pregnant.
|
||||
LUK 1 25 w8yq οὕτως 1 This is what This is a positive exclamation. She is very happy with what the Lord has done for her.
|
||||
LUK 1 25 pn2a figs-idiom 0 looked at me with favor "to look at" here is an idiom that means "to treat" or "to deal with." Alternate translation: "regarded me kindly" or "had pity on me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,17 +85,17 @@ LUK 1 28 i7h4 χαῖρε 1 Greetings This was a common greeting. It means: "Re
|
|||
LUK 1 28 bp2n κεχαριτωμένη! 1 you who are highly favored! "you who have received great grace!" or "you who have received special kindness!"
|
||||
LUK 1 28 jmq9 figs-idiom 0 The Lord is with you "with you" here is an idiom that implies support and acceptance. Alternate translation: "The Lord is pleased with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 29 ytx7 0 she was very confused ... wondered what kind of greeting this could be Mary understood the meaning of the individual words, but she did not understand why the angel said this amazing greeting to her.
|
||||
LUK 1 30 d3rx μὴ φοβοῦ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ 1 Do not be afraid, Mary The angel does not want Mary to be afraid of his appearance, because God sent him with a positive message.
|
||||
LUK 1 30 d3rx μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ 1 Do not be afraid, Mary The angel does not want Mary to be afraid of his appearance, because God sent him with a positive message.
|
||||
LUK 1 30 a3eb figs-idiom εὗρες χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 you have found favor with God The idiom "to find favor" means to be positively received by someone. The sentence can be altered to show God as the actor. Alternate translation: "God has decided to give you his grace" or "God is showing you his kindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 31 fi5q 0 you will conceive in your womb and bear a son ... Jesus Mary will bear "a son" who will be called "the Son of the Most High." Jesus is therefore a human son born of a human mother, and he is also the Son of God. These terms should be translated very carefully.
|
||||
LUK 1 32 z74z Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου 1 the Son of the Most High Mary will bear "a son" who will be called "the Son of the Most High." Jesus is therefore a human son born of a human mother, and he is also the Son of God. These terms should be translated very carefully.
|
||||
LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive κληθήσεται 1 will be called Possible meanings are 1) "people will call him" or 2) "God will call him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 hl55 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 lwd9 figs-metonymy δώσει αὐτῷ τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 give him the throne of his ancestor David The throne represents the king's authority to rule. Alternate translation: "give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 q516 figs-litotes τῆς τῆς βασιλείας βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end to his kingdom The negative phrase "no end" emphasizes that it continues forever. It could also be stated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: "his kingdom will never end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 1 34 cf3b πῶς ἔσται ἔσται τοῦτο 1 How will this happen Though Mary did not understand how it could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen.
|
||||
LUK 1 34 fqt7 figs-euphemism ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω γινώσκω 1 I have not known any man Mary used this polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: "I am a virgin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 nd3z Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ 1 The Holy Spirit will come upon you The process of Mary's conception would begin with the Holy Spirit coming to her.
|
||||
LUK 1 33 q516 figs-litotes τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 there will be no end to his kingdom The negative phrase "no end" emphasizes that it continues forever. It could also be stated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: "his kingdom will never end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 1 34 cf3b πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο 1 How will this happen Though Mary did not understand how it could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen.
|
||||
LUK 1 34 fqt7 figs-euphemism ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω 1 I have not known any man Mary used this polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: "I am a virgin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 nd3z Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ 1 The Holy Spirit will come upon you The process of Mary's conception would begin with the Holy Spirit coming to her.
|
||||
LUK 1 35 fty4 ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ 1 will come upon "will overtake"
|
||||
LUK 1 35 x53s δύναμις Ὑψίστου 1 the power of the Most High It was God's "power" that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. Make sure this does not imply any physical or sexual union—this was a miracle.
|
||||
LUK 1 35 mmw4 ἐπισκιάσει σοι 1 will come over you "will cover you like a shadow"
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ LUK 1 35 jwj3 τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the holy one "the holy child" or "the holy ba
|
|||
LUK 1 35 k866 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 36 lx9k ἰδοὺ, ἡ συγγενίς σου 1 See, your relative "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: your relative"
|
||||
LUK 1 36 ve23 Ἐλεισάβετ ἡ συγγενίς σου 1 your relative Elizabeth If you need to state a specific relationship, Elizabeth was probably Mary's aunt or great-aunt.
|
||||
LUK 1 36 f88l καὶ συνείληφεν συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς 1 has also conceived a son in her old age "Elizabeth has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old" or "Elizabeth, even though she is old, has also become pregnant and will bear a son." Make sure it does not sound as though both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived.
|
||||
LUK 1 36 f88l καὶ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς 1 has also conceived a son in her old age "Elizabeth has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old" or "Elizabeth, even though she is old, has also become pregnant and will bear a son." Make sure it does not sound as though both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived.
|
||||
LUK 1 36 hck2 μὴν ἕκτος αὐτῇ 1 the sixth month for her "the sixth month of her pregnancy"
|
||||
LUK 1 37 v42f ὅτι οὐκ 1 For nothing "Because nothing" or "This shows that nothing"
|
||||
LUK 1 37 g7yt figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 nothing will be impossible for God Elizabeth's pregnancy was proof that God was able to do anything—even enable Mary to become pregnant without her sleeping with a man. The double negatives in this statement can be stated with positive terms. Alternate translation: "God can do anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ LUK 1 41 ya5v ἐσκίρτησεν 1 jumped moved suddenly
|
|||
LUK 1 42 r4ka figs-doublet 0 raised her voice ... said loudly These two phrases mean the same thing, and are used to emphasize how excited Elizabeth was. They could be combined into one phrase. Alternate translation: "exclaimed loudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 f69c figs-idiom ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ 1 raised her voice This idiom means "increased the volume of her voice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 t5e8 figs-idiom εὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν 1 Blessed are you among women The idiom "among women" means "more than any other woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 bnl2 figs-metaphor ὁ καρπὸς τῆς τῆς κοιλίας κοιλίας σου 1 the fruit of your womb Mary's baby is spoken of as if it is the fruit that a plant produces. Alternate translation: "the baby in your womb" or "the baby you will bear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 k63f figs-rquestion πόθεν? τοῦτο ἵνα ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ μοι μου τοῦ Κυρίου ἔλθῃ πρὸς ἐμέ Κυρίου 1 Why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me? Elizabeth is not asking for information. She was showing how surprised and happy she was that the mother of the Lord had come to her. Alternate translation: "How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 tiu4 figs-123person ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου μου 1 the mother of my Lord It can be made clear that Elizabeth was calling Mary "the mother of my Lord" by adding the word "you." Alternate translation: "you, the mother of my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 1 42 bnl2 figs-metaphor ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου 1 the fruit of your womb Mary's baby is spoken of as if it is the fruit that a plant produces. Alternate translation: "the baby in your womb" or "the baby you will bear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 k63f figs-rquestion πόθεν? τοῦτο ἵνα ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ μοι μου Κυρίου ἔλθῃ πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me? Elizabeth is not asking for information. She was showing how surprised and happy she was that the mother of the Lord had come to her. Alternate translation: "How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 1 43 tiu4 figs-123person ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 the mother of my Lord It can be made clear that Elizabeth was calling Mary "the mother of my Lord" by adding the word "you." Alternate translation: "you, the mother of my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 uq3j ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For see This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth's surprising statement that follows.
|
||||
LUK 1 44 h54t figs-metonymy ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου 1 when the sound of your greeting came to my ears Hearing a sound is spoken of as if the sound came to the ears. Alternate translation: "when I heard the sound of your greeting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 h54t figs-metonymy ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου 1 when the sound of your greeting came to my ears Hearing a sound is spoken of as if the sound came to the ears. Alternate translation: "when I heard the sound of your greeting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 u9db ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 jumped for joy "moved suddenly with joy" or "turned forcefully because he was so happy"
|
||||
LUK 1 45 kf73 figs-123person 0 Blessed is she who believed ... that were told her from the Lord Elizabeth is talking about Mary to Mary. Alternate translation: "Blessed are you who believed ... that were told you from the Lord"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 gc1e figs-activepassive 0 Blessed is she who believed The passive verb can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless her because she believed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ LUK 1 50 pz6t τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ 1 His mercy "God's mercy"
|
|||
LUK 1 50 ijs2 εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς 1 from generation to generation "from one generation to the next generation" or "throughout every generation" or "to people in every time period"
|
||||
LUK 1 51 pb8u figs-metonymy ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ 1 displayed strength with his arm Here "his arm" is a metonym that stands for God's power. Alternate translation: "shown that he is very powerful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 51 s51c 0 has scattered those ... hearts "has caused those ... hearts to run away in different directions"
|
||||
LUK 1 51 nt8x figs-idiom ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 who were proud about the thoughts of their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's inner beings. Alternate translation: "who were proud in their thoughts" or "who were proud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 51 nt8x figs-idiom ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 who were proud about the thoughts of their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's inner beings. Alternate translation: "who were proud in their thoughts" or "who were proud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 ty2j figs-synecdoche καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων 1 He has thrown down princes from their thrones A throne is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol of his authority. If a prince is brought down from his throne, it means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: "He has taken away the authority of princes" or "He has made rulers stop ruling" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 ee3q figs-metaphor ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς 1 raised up those of low condition In this word picture, people who are important are higher than people who are less important. Alternate translation: "has has made humble people important" or "has given honor to people whom others have not honored" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 yuu2 ταπεινούς 1 of low condition "in poverty." See how you translated this in [Luke 1:48](../01/48.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -164,18 +164,18 @@ LUK 1 55 by4a τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 his descendants "Abraham's
|
|||
LUK 1 56 qi11 0 Connecting Statement: Elizabeth delivers her baby and then Zechariah names their baby.
|
||||
LUK 1 56 nt87 ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς 1 returned to her house "Mary returned to her (Mary's) house" or "Mary returned to her own house"
|
||||
LUK 1 57 hfk3 δὲ 1 Now This word marks the beginning of the next event in the story.
|
||||
LUK 1 57 dd2i τεκεῖν τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 deliver her baby "give birth to her baby"
|
||||
LUK 1 57 dd2i τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 deliver her baby "give birth to her baby"
|
||||
LUK 1 58 ep8k οἱ περίοικοι καὶ οἱ συγγενεῖς αὐτῆς 1 Her neighbors and her relatives "Elizabeth's neighbors and relatives"
|
||||
LUK 1 58 j2xc ἐμεγάλυνεν τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς 1 shown his great mercy to her "been very kind to her"
|
||||
LUK 1 59 f4ul writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Now it happened This phrase is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 gm1k translate-ordinal ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day Here "eighth day" refers to the time after the birth of the baby, counted from the first day, which was the day he was born. Alternate translation: "on the eighth day of the baby's life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 ya7d figs-explicit ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον 1 they came to circumcise the child This was often a ceremony where one person circumcised the baby and friends were there to celebrate with the family. Alternate translation: "they came for the baby's circumcision ceremony" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 ip8w ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ 1 They would have called him "They were going to name him" or "They wanted to give him the name"
|
||||
LUK 1 59 fzu1 ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 after the name of his father "his father's name"
|
||||
LUK 1 61 t4e7 τῷ τῷ ὀνόματι ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 by this name "by that name" or "by the same name"
|
||||
LUK 1 59 fzu1 ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 after the name of his father "his father's name"
|
||||
LUK 1 61 t4e7 τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 by this name "by that name" or "by the same name"
|
||||
LUK 1 62 y652 ἐνένευον 1 They This refers to the people who were there for the circumcision ceremony.
|
||||
LUK 1 62 ium2 ἐνένευον 1 made signs "motioned." Either Zechariah was unable to hear, as well as speak, or the people assumed that he could not hear.
|
||||
LUK 1 62 nf8w τῷ τῷ πατρὶ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 to his father "to the baby's father"
|
||||
LUK 1 62 nf8w τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 to his father "to the baby's father"
|
||||
LUK 1 62 w3kq ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό 1 how he wanted him to be named "what name Zechariah wanted to give the baby"
|
||||
LUK 1 63 gn28 figs-explicit αἰτήσας πινακίδιον 1 His father asked for a writing tablet It may be helpful to state how Zechariah "asked," since he could not speak. Alternate translation: "His father used his hands to show the people that he wanted them to give him a writing tablet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 63 qu93 πινακίδιον 1 a writing tablet "something on which to write"
|
||||
|
|
@ -188,18 +188,18 @@ LUK 1 65 pz97 figs-metaphor ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ τῆς Ἰου
|
|||
LUK 1 66 c7xf 0 All who heard them "All who heard about these matters"
|
||||
LUK 1 66 l6lt figs-metaphor 0 stored them in their hearts Thinking often about things that have happened is spoken of as putting those things safely in their hearts. Alternate translation: "thought carefully about these matters" or "thought a lot about these events" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 dj7y τῇ καρδίᾳ, λέγοντες 1 hearts, saying "hearts. They asked"
|
||||
LUK 1 66 dgq4 figs-rquestion ," τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται ἔσται?" 1 What then will this child become? "What kind of great person will this baby grow up to be?" It is also possible that this question was meant to be a statement of their surprise at what they had heard about the baby. Alternate translation: "What a great man this child will be!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 dgq4 figs-rquestion ," τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται?" 1 What then will this child become? "What kind of great person will this baby grow up to be?" It is also possible that this question was meant to be a statement of their surprise at what they had heard about the baby. Alternate translation: "What a great man this child will be!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 xm9c figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the hand of the Lord was with him The phrase "the hand of the Lord" refers to the Lord's power. Alternate translation: "the Lord's power was with him" or "the Lord was working in him powerfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 67 khf6 0 Connecting Statement: Zechariah tells what will happen with his son John.
|
||||
LUK 1 67 lvd6 figs-activepassive Ζαχαρίας ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ ἐπροφήτευσεν 1 His father Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit and prophesied This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled his father Zechariah, and Zachariah prophesied" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 67 lvd6 figs-activepassive Ζαχαρίας ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ ἐπροφήτευσεν 1 His father Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit and prophesied This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled his father Zechariah, and Zachariah prophesied" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 67 ibw6 ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 His father John's father
|
||||
LUK 1 67 fs5y figs-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν, λέγων 1 prophesied, saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotes in your language. Alternate translation: "prophesied and said" or "prophesied, and this is what he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 jx5n figs-explicit Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel "Israel" here refers to the nation of Israel. The relationship between God and Israel could be stated more directly. Alternate translation: "the God who reigns over Israel" or "the God whom Israel worships" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 d67v τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his people "God's people"
|
||||
LUK 1 69 g11u figs-metaphor ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 He has raised up a horn of salvation for us The horn of an animal is a symbol of its power to defend itself. To raise up here is to bring into existence or to enable to act. The Messiah is spoken of as if he were a horn with the power to save Israel. Alternate translation: "He has brought to us someone with the power to save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 fb9f figs-metonymy ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ Δαυεὶδ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David's "house" here represents his family, specifically, his descendants. Alternate translation: "in the family of his servant David" or "who is a descendant of his servant David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 fb9f figs-metonymy ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David's "house" here represents his family, specifically, his descendants. Alternate translation: "in the family of his servant David" or "who is a descendant of his servant David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 70 w7sf καθὼς ἐλάλησεν 1 as he spoke "just as God said"
|
||||
LUK 1 70 x1q1 figs-metonymy ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν τῶν ἁγίων ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος προφητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets from long ago God speaking by the prophets' mouths represents God causing his prophets to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: "he caused his holy prophets who lived long ago to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 70 x1q1 figs-metonymy ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος προφητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets from long ago God speaking by the prophets' mouths represents God causing his prophets to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: "he caused his holy prophets who lived long ago to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 71 d13g figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν 1 salvation from our enemies The abstract noun "salvation" can be expressed with the verbs "save" or "rescue." Alternate translation: "from long ago). He will save us from our enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 1 71 aye3 figs-parallelism 0 our enemies ... all who hate us These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are repeated to emphasize how strongly their enemies are against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 71 c6n9 figs-metonymy χειρὸς 1 hand The hand is a metonym for the power that the person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: "power" or "control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ LUK 1 76 i1z5 0 will go before the face of the Lord Before the Lord comes, he
|
|||
LUK 1 76 de7t figs-idiom 0 the face of the Lord "the face of" someone can be an idiom that refers to the that person's presence. It is sometimes omitted in translation. Alternate translation: "the Lord" See how you translated this in [Luke 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 z5fg figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 to prepare his paths This is a metaphor that means that John will prepare the people to listen to and believe the Lord's message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 77 t6d3 figs-metonymy 0 to give knowledge of salvation ... by the forgiveness of their sins The phrase "give knowledge" is a metaphor for teaching. The abstract nouns "salvation" and "forgiveness" can be expressed with the verbs "save" and "forgive." Alternate translation: "to teach his people salvation through the forgiveness of their sins" or "to teach his people how God saves people by forgiving their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 1 78 vnp1 figs-explicit διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the tender mercy of our God It might be helpful to state that God's mercy helps people. Alternate translation: "because God is compassionate and merciful to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 78 vnp1 figs-explicit διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the tender mercy of our God It might be helpful to state that God's mercy helps people. Alternate translation: "because God is compassionate and merciful to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 78 z861 figs-metaphor ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους 1 the sunrise from on high Light is often a metaphor for truth. Here, the spiritual truth the Savior will provide is spoken of as if it is a sunrise that lights up the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 sh2q figs-metaphor ἐπιφᾶναι 1 to shine Light is often a metaphor for truth. Here, the spiritual truth that the Savior will provide is spoken of as if it is a sunrise that lights up the earth (verse 78). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 bdp4 ἐπιφᾶναι 1 shine on "give knowledge to" or "give spiritual light to"
|
||||
|
|
@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ LUK 1 80 q2ax δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main st
|
|||
LUK 1 80 a8bz ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι 1 became strong in spirit "became spiritually mature" or "strengthened his relationship with God"
|
||||
LUK 1 80 eh9j ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις 1 was in the wilderness "lived in the wilderness." Luke does not say at what age John began to live in the wilderness.
|
||||
LUK 1 80 qu12 ἕως 1 until This does not necessarily mark a stopping point. John continued to live out in the desert even after he started preaching publicly.
|
||||
LUK 1 80 s1nm ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 the day of his public appearance "when he began to preach in public"
|
||||
LUK 1 80 s1nm ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 the day of his public appearance "when he began to preach in public"
|
||||
LUK 1 80 ie4l ἡμέρας 1 the day This is used here in the general sense of "the time" or "the occasion."
|
||||
LUK 2 intro dw6t 0 # Luke 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:14, 29-32.<br>
|
||||
LUK 2 1 u9xq 0 General Information: This gives background to show why Mary and Joseph have to move at the time of Jesus' birth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ LUK 2 6 yj96 0 Connecting Statement: This tells of the birth of Jesus and the
|
|||
LUK 2 6 qw6j writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it came about This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 6 w4is ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ 1 while they were there "while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem"
|
||||
LUK 2 6 zr62 ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 the time came for her to deliver her baby "it was time to give birth to her baby"
|
||||
LUK 2 7 qq48 figs-explicit ἐσπαργάνωσεν ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν 1 wrapped him in long strips of cloth In some cultures mothers comfort their babies by wrapping them tightly in cloth or a blanket. Alternate translation: "wrapped cloths firmly around him" or "wrapped him tightly in a blanket" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 7 qq48 figs-explicit ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν 1 wrapped him in long strips of cloth In some cultures mothers comfort their babies by wrapping them tightly in cloth or a blanket. Alternate translation: "wrapped cloths firmly around him" or "wrapped him tightly in a blanket" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 7 s97r ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ 1 laid him in a manger This was some kind of box or frame that people put hay or other food in for animals to eat. It was most likely clean and may have had something soft and dry like hay in it as a cushion for the baby. Animals were often kept near the home to keep them secure and to feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a room that was used for animals.
|
||||
LUK 2 7 yj6j writing-background οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 there was no room for them in the inn "there was no space for them to stay in the guest room." This was probably because so many people went to Bethlehem to register. Luke adds this as background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 9 x1y4 ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 An angel of the Lord "An angel from the Lord" or "An angel who served the Lord"
|
||||
LUK 2 9 u2di ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς 1 appeared to them "came to the shepherds"
|
||||
LUK 2 9 ca2k δόξα Κυρίου 1 the glory of the Lord The source of the bright light was the glory of the Lord, which appeared at the same time as the angel.
|
||||
LUK 2 10 hnr7 μὴ φοβεῖσθε φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid"
|
||||
LUK 2 10 hnr7 μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid"
|
||||
LUK 2 10 pw8t χαρὰν μεγάλην ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 that will bring great joy to all the people "that will make all the people very happy"
|
||||
LUK 2 10 adz8 παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people Some understand this to refer to the Jewish people. Others understand it to refer to all people.
|
||||
LUK 2 11 z9m2 πόλει Δαυείδ 1 the city of David This refers to Bethlehem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,13 +290,13 @@ LUK 2 19 reb7 figs-metaphor 0 treasuring them in her heart A person who thinks
|
|||
LUK 2 20 nqv7 ὑπέστρεψαν ποιμένες 1 shepherds returned "shepherds went back to the sheep"
|
||||
LUK 2 20 c9x5 figs-doublet δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν 1 glorifying and praising God These are very similar and emphasize how excited they were about what God had done. Alternate translation: "talking about and praising God's greatness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 y6ih 0 General Information: The laws God gave the Jewish believers told them when to circumcise a boy baby and what sacrifice the parents had to bring.
|
||||
LUK 2 21 ud24 writing-newevent ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 1 When it was the end of the eighth day This phrase shows the passing of time before this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 b2k2 ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 1 the end of the eighth day "the end of the eighth day of his life." The day he was born was counted as the first day.
|
||||
LUK 2 21 ud24 writing-newevent ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 1 When it was the end of the eighth day This phrase shows the passing of time before this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 b2k2 ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 1 the end of the eighth day "the end of the eighth day of his life." The day he was born was counted as the first day.
|
||||
LUK 2 21 u6sw περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 he was named Joseph and Mary gave him his name.
|
||||
LUK 2 21 km8b figs-activepassive 0 the name he had been given by the angel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the name the angel had called him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 a2t3 writing-newevent 0 When the required number ... had passed This shows the passing of time before this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 q9yb figs-activepassive αἱ ἡμέραι 1 the required number of days This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the number of days that God required" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 b65l figs-explicit τοῦ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 for their purification "for them to become ceremonially clean." You can also state God's role. Alternate translation: "for God to consider them to be clean again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 b65l figs-explicit τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 for their purification "for them to become ceremonially clean." You can also state God's role. Alternate translation: "for God to consider them to be clean again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 lr25 0 to present him to the Lord "to bring him to the Lord" or "to bring him into the Lord's presence." This was a ceremony acknowledging God's claim on the firstborn children who were male.
|
||||
LUK 2 23 vlb3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As Moses wrote" or "They did this because Moses wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 23 lnn1 figs-idiom πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν 1 Every male who opens the womb "open the womb" here is an idiom that refers to the first baby coming out of the womb. This referred to both animals and people. Alternate translation: "Every firstborn offspring who is a male" or "Every firstborn son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ LUK 2 25 st2e 0 Connecting Statement: When Mary and Joseph are at the temple,
|
|||
LUK 2 25 ytp9 writing-participants ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 n263 0 was righteous and devout These abstract terms can be expressed as actions. Alternate translation: "did what was right and feared God" or "obeyed God's laws and feared God"
|
||||
LUK 2 25 m5au figs-metonymy παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 consolation of Israel The word "Israel" is a metonym for the people of Israel. To "console" someone is to give them comfort, or "consolation." The words "consolation of Israel" are a metonym for the Christ or Messiah who would comfort or bring consolation to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "the one who would comfort the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 xxw9 Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Holy Spirit was upon him "the Holy Spirit was with him." God was with him in a special way and gave him wisdom and direction in his life.
|
||||
LUK 2 25 xxw9 Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Holy Spirit was upon him "the Holy Spirit was with him." God was with him in a special way and gave him wisdom and direction in his life.
|
||||
LUK 2 26 psf8 figs-activepassive ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 It had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit had shown him" or "The Holy Spirit had told him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 e6vu 0 he would not see death before he had seen the Lord's Christ "he would see the Lord's Messiah before he died"
|
||||
LUK 2 27 k53l figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 Led by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As the Holy Spirit directed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ LUK 2 27 y8la figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 into the temple "into th
|
|||
LUK 2 27 wt3r τοὺς γονεῖς 1 the parents "Jesus' parents"
|
||||
LUK 2 27 h444 τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου 1 the custom of the law "the custom of the law of God"
|
||||
LUK 2 28 y5g6 αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας 1 he took him into his arms "Simeon took the infant Jesus into his arms" or "Simeon held Jesus in his arms"
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg νῦν ἀπολύεις ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Now let your servant depart in peace "I am your servant; let me depart in peace." Simeon was referring to himself.
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Now let your servant depart in peace "I am your servant; let me depart in peace." Simeon was referring to himself.
|
||||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism ἀπολύεις 1 depart This is a euphemism meaning "die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 e8fk figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word "Word" here is a metonym for "promise." Alternate translation: "as you have promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 30 b7i6 figs-synecdoche εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου 1 my eyes have seen This expression means, "I have personally seen" or "I, myself, have seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ LUK 2 31 zv1j ὃ ἡτοίμασας 1 which you Depending on how you translat
|
|||
LUK 2 31 qa1y ἡτοίμασας 1 have prepared "have planned" or "caused to happen"
|
||||
LUK 2 32 n4k3 figs-metaphor φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν 1 A light for revelation to the Gentiles This metaphor means that the child will help people to understand God's will. The Gentiles understanding God's will is spoken of as if it were people using physical light to see a solid object. You may need to make explicit what it is that the Gentiles will see. Alternate translation: "This child will enable the Gentiles to understand God's will as light allows people to see clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 32 s5lu figs-explicit εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν 1 for revelation It may be necessary to state what is to be revealed. Alternate translation: "that will reveal God's truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 32 ur8y δόξαν λαοῦ λαοῦ σου Ἰσραήλ 1 glory to your people Israel "he will be the reason that glory will come to your people Israel"
|
||||
LUK 2 32 ur8y δόξαν λαοῦ σου Ἰσραήλ 1 glory to your people Israel "he will be the reason that glory will come to your people Israel"
|
||||
LUK 2 33 pp9f figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 what was said about him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Simeon said about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 34 xly1 εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ 1 said to Mary his mother "said to the child's mother, Mary." Make sure it does not sound like Mary is the mother of Simeon.
|
||||
LUK 2 34 p2cy ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Simeon used this expression to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her.
|
||||
|
|
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ LUK 2 42 d52y κατὰ τὸ ἔθος 1 at the customary time "at the normal
|
|||
LUK 2 42 g8aa τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 the feast This was another name for the Festival of the Passover, since it involved eating a ceremonial meal.
|
||||
LUK 2 43 e5en 0 After they had stayed the full number of days for the feast "When the entire time for celebrating the feast was over" or "After celebrating the feast for the required number of days"
|
||||
LUK 2 44 y77i νομίσαντες 1 They assumed "They thought"
|
||||
LUK 2 44 jcz4 ἦλθον ἡμέρας' ἡμέρας ὁδὸν 1 they traveled a day's journey "they traveled one day" or "they went as far as people walk in one day"
|
||||
LUK 2 44 jcz4 ἦλθον ἡμέρας' ὁδὸν 1 they traveled a day's journey "they traveled one day" or "they went as far as people walk in one day"
|
||||
LUK 2 46 llz4 ἐγένετο 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
LUK 2 46 yy11 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple This refers to the courtyard around the temple. Only the priests were allowed in the temple. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" or "at the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 46 n1tl ἐν μέσῳ τῶν 1 in the middle of This does not mean the exact center. Rather, it means "among" or "together with" or "surrounded by."
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,16 +407,16 @@ LUK 3 11 g3ip 0 answered and said to them "answered them, saying" or "answered
|
|||
LUK 3 11 vuk3 figs-ellipsis ὁμοίως ποιείτω 1 do the same "share extra food just as you shared the extra tunic." This refers back to giving food to those in need. Alternate translation: "give food to someone who does not have any" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 3 12 pp3s figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for John to baptize them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 13 v9ls 0 Do not collect more money "Do not ask for more money" or "Do not demand more money." Tax collectors had been collecting more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that.
|
||||
LUK 3 13 m136 figs-activepassive τὸ τὸ διατεταγμένον διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν πράσσετε 1 than you have been ordered to collect This is passive to show that the tax collector's authority comes from Rome. Alternate translation: "than what the Romans have authorized you to take" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 13 m136 figs-activepassive τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν πράσσετε 1 than you have been ordered to collect This is passive to show that the tax collector's authority comes from Rome. Alternate translation: "than what the Romans have authorized you to take" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 14 w2d8 figs-exclusive 0 What about us? What must we do? "How about us soldiers, what must we do?" John is not included in the words "us" and "we." The soldiers have implied that John had told the crowd and the tax collector what they must do and want to know what they as soldiers are to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 14 l3mz 0 do not accuse anyone falsely It seems that the soldiers were making false charges against people in order to get money. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "in the same way, do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them" or "do not say that an innocent person has done something illegal"
|
||||
LUK 3 14 bvy5 ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν 1 Be content with your wages "Be satisfied with your pay"
|
||||
LUK 3 14 bvy5 ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν 1 Be content with your wages "Be satisfied with your pay"
|
||||
LUK 3 15 pgp3 δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 as the people "because the people." This refers to the same people who came to John.
|
||||
LUK 3 15 czb7 πάντων. ἐν αὐτῶν ταῖς καρδίαις περὶ τοῦ διαλογιζομένων, μήποτε αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ Χριστός Ἰωάννου 1 everyone was wondering in their hearts concerning John, whether he might be the Christ. "everyone was unsure what to think about John; they asked themselves, 'Could he be the Christ?'" or "no one was sure what to think about John because they were wondering whether he might be the Christ."
|
||||
LUK 3 16 fn1u figs-explicit ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered by saying to them all John's answer about a greater person coming clearly implies that John is not the Christ. It may be helpful to state this clearly for your audience. Alternate translation: "John clarified that he was not the Christ by saying to them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I baptize you with water "I baptize using water" or "I baptize by means of water"
|
||||
LUK 3 16 k3hg 0 not worthy even to untie the strap of his sandals "not important enough even to loosen the straps of his sandals." Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John was saying that the one who would come is so great that John was not even worthy enough to be his slave.
|
||||
LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire This metaphor compares literal baptism that brings a person into contact with water to a spiritual baptism that brings them into contact with the Holy Spirit and with fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire This metaphor compares literal baptism that brings a person into contact with water to a spiritual baptism that brings them into contact with the Holy Spirit and with fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor πυρί 1 fire Here the word "fire" may refer to 1) judgment or 2) purification. It is preferred to leave it as "fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 jzm4 figs-metaphor 0 His winnowing fork is in his hand "He is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready." John speaks of the Christ coming to judge people as if he were a farmer who is ready to separate wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: "He is ready to judge people like a farmer who is ready" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 b1ap τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar to a pitchfork.
|
||||
|
|
@ -426,12 +426,12 @@ LUK 3 17 ky8j τὸ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει 1 will burn up the chaff
|
|||
LUK 3 18 vpz7 writing-background 0 General Information: The story tells what is going to happen to John but has not happened at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 18 tyj9 0 With many other exhortations "With many other strong urgings"
|
||||
LUK 3 19 jj3q ὁ δὲ Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης 1 Herod the tetrarch Herod was a tetrarch, not a king. He had only limited rule over the region of Galilee.
|
||||
LUK 3 19 cu4v figs-explicit περὶ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος Ἡρῳδιάδος' τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 for marrying his brother's wife Herodias "because Herod married Herodias, his own brother's wife." This was evil because Herod's brother was still alive. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because he married his brother's wife, Herodias, while his brother was still alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 20 p2xw figs-explicit κατέκλεισεν κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ 1 he locked John up in prison Because Herod was tetrarch, he probably locked John up by ordering his soldiers to lock John up. Alternate translation: "he had his soldiers lock John up in prison" or "he told his soldiers to put John in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 19 cu4v figs-explicit περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος' τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 for marrying his brother's wife Herodias "because Herod married Herodias, his own brother's wife." This was evil because Herod's brother was still alive. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because he married his brother's wife, Herodias, while his brother was still alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 20 p2xw figs-explicit κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ 1 he locked John up in prison Because Herod was tetrarch, he probably locked John up by ordering his soldiers to lock John up. Alternate translation: "he had his soldiers lock John up in prison" or "he told his soldiers to put John in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 st4g figs-events 0 General Information: The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account starting in verse 21 happened before John was arrested. The UST does this by starting verse 21 with "But before John was put in prison." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 his1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins his ministry with his baptism.
|
||||
LUK 3 21 phe6 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it came about This phrase marks the beginning of a new event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 r2x1 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν 1 when all the people were baptized "while John baptized all the people." The phrase "all the people" refers to the people present with John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 r2x1 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν 1 when all the people were baptized "while John baptized all the people." The phrase "all the people" refers to the people present with John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 nw1s figs-activepassive 0 Jesus also was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized Jesus also" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 i5zg ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heavens opened "the sky opened" or "the sky became open." This is more than a simple clearing of clouds, but it's not clear what it means. It possibly means that a hole appeared in the sky.
|
||||
LUK 3 22 b1iz καταβῆναι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον σωματικῷ εἴδει ὡς περιστερὰν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Holy Spirit in bodily form came down on him like a dove "in physical form the Holy Spirit came down like a dove onto Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
LUK 4 1 j249 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus fasts for 40 days, and the devil meets him to try to persuade him to sin.
|
||||
LUK 4 1 n1xx writing-newevent Ἰησοῦς δὲ 1 Then Jesus After John had baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit led him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 2 bls8 ἡμέρας ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος 1 for forty days he was tempted Most versions say that the temptation was throughout the forty days. The UST states "While he was there, the devil kept tempting him" to make this clear.
|
||||
LUK 4 2 bls8 ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος 1 for forty days he was tempted Most versions say that the temptation was throughout the forty days. The UST states "While he was there, the devil kept tempting him" to make this clear.
|
||||
LUK 4 2 pht2 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty days "40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
LUK 4 2 hg5p figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 he was tempted by the devil This can be stated in active form, and you can make explicit what it was the devil tempted him to do. Alternate translation: "the devil tried to persuade him disobey God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 2 k47d ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν 1 He ate nothing The word "he" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -470,8 +470,8 @@ LUK 4 3 y7yf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεο
|
|||
LUK 4 3 bg52 τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ 1 this stone The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone.
|
||||
LUK 4 4 kde3 figs-explicit 0 Jesus answered him, "It is written ... alone.'" Jesus' rejection of the devil's challenge is clearly implied in his answer. It may be helpful to state this clearly for your audience, as the UST does. Alternate translation: "Jesus replied, 'No, I will not do that because it is written ... alone.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 hr5a figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written The quotation is from Moses' writings in the Old Testament. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses has written in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 ek2z figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man does not live on bread alone The word "bread" refers to food in general. Food as compared to God, by itself, is not enough to sustain a person. Jesus quotes the scripture to say why he would not turn the stone into bread. Alternate translation: "People cannot live on just bread" or "It is not just food that makes a person live" or "God says there are more important things than food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 4 5 wm17 figs-explicit ἀναγαγὼν ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν 1 led Jesus up He led Jesus up a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 ek2z figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man does not live on bread alone The word "bread" refers to food in general. Food as compared to God, by itself, is not enough to sustain a person. Jesus quotes the scripture to say why he would not turn the stone into bread. Alternate translation: "People cannot live on just bread" or "It is not just food that makes a person live" or "God says there are more important things than food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 4 5 wm17 figs-explicit ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν 1 led Jesus up He led Jesus up a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 5 jxi9 ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου 1 in an instant of time "in an instant" or "instantly"
|
||||
LUK 4 6 dcx6 figs-explicit ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται 1 they have been given to me This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are that "them" refers to 1) the authority and splendor of the kingdoms or 2) the kingdoms. Alternate translation: "God has given them to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 7 g7h9 figs-doublet 0 if you will bow down ... worship me These two phrases are very similar. They can be combined. Alternate translation: "if you will bow down in worship to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ LUK 4 18 l6ac εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς 1 the poor "the poo
|
|||
LUK 4 18 a9wn κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν 1 proclaim freedom to the captives "tell people who are being held captive that they can go free" or "set free the prisoners of war"
|
||||
LUK 4 18 mzp4 τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν 1 recovery of sight to the blind "give sight to the blind" or "make the blind be able to see again"
|
||||
LUK 4 18 utq5 ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει 1 set free those who are oppressed "set free those who are treated harshly"
|
||||
LUK 4 19 z262 κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου' Κυρίου δεκτόν 1 to proclaim the year of the Lord's favor "tell everyone that the Lord is ready to bless his people" or "announce that this is the year that the Lord will show his kindness"
|
||||
LUK 4 19 z262 κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου' δεκτόν 1 to proclaim the year of the Lord's favor "tell everyone that the Lord is ready to bless his people" or "announce that this is the year that the Lord will show his kindness"
|
||||
LUK 4 20 sm11 πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον 1 rolled up the scroll A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it.
|
||||
LUK 4 20 ehx3 ὑπηρέτῃ 1 attendant This refers to a synagogue worker who brought out and put away with proper care and reverence the scrolls containing the scriptures.
|
||||
LUK 4 20 pu89 figs-idiom ἦσαν ἀτενίζοντες αὐτῷ 1 were fixed on him This idiom means "were focused on him" or "were looking intently at him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ LUK 4 25 u896 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 But in tru
|
|||
LUK 4 25 f2qt χῆραι 1 widows Widows are women whose husbands have died.
|
||||
LUK 4 25 g8r3 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου 1 during the time of Elijah The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God's prophets. If your readers would not know that, you can make this implicit information explicit as in the UST. Alternate translation: "when Elijah was prophesying in Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 25 spq7 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς 1 when the sky was shut up This is a metaphor. The sky is pictured as a ceiling that was closed, and so no rain would fall from it. Alternate translation: "when no rain fell down from the sky" or "when there was no rain at all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 4 25 ukl6 λιμὸς λιμὸς μέγας 1 a great famine "a serious lack of food." A famine is a long period of time when the crops do not produce enough food for the people.
|
||||
LUK 4 25 ukl6 λιμὸς μέγας 1 a great famine "a serious lack of food." A famine is a long period of time when the crops do not produce enough food for the people.
|
||||
LUK 4 26 zsi6 figs-explicit 0 to Zarephath ... to a widow living there The people living in the town of Zarephath were Gentiles, not Jews. The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: "to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 27 mbs2 translate-names Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian A Syrian is a person from the country of Syria. The people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: "the Gentile Naaman from Syria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 ca1k ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα 1 All the people in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things The people of Nazareth were deeply offended that Jesus had cited scriptures where God had helped Gentiles instead of Jews.
|
||||
|
|
@ -546,8 +546,8 @@ LUK 4 31 ky4y Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Ca
|
|||
LUK 4 32 qk28 ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 astonished greatly surprised, greatly amazed
|
||||
LUK 4 32 j4ee 0 he spoke with authority "he spoke as one with authority" or "his words had great power"
|
||||
LUK 4 33 fax1 writing-participants 0 Now ... there was a man This phrase is used to mark the introduction of a new character into the story; in this case, a demon-possessed man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 i93n ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου 1 who had the spirit of an unclean demon "who was possessed by an unclean demon" or "who was controlled by an evil spirit"
|
||||
LUK 4 33 e539 ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 he cried out with a loud voice "he shouted loudly"
|
||||
LUK 4 33 i93n ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου 1 who had the spirit of an unclean demon "who was possessed by an unclean demon" or "who was controlled by an evil spirit"
|
||||
LUK 4 33 e539 ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 he cried out with a loud voice "he shouted loudly"
|
||||
LUK 4 34 fkp2 figs-idiom 0 What do we have to do with you This belligerent response is an idiom that means: "What do we have in common?" or "What right do you have to bother us?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 34 y1xh figs-rquestion 0 What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? This question could be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "What do you, Jesus of Nazareth, have to do with us!" or We have nothing to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth!" or "You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 4 35 m8es ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων 1 Jesus rebuked the demon, saying "Jesus scolded the demon, saying" or "Jesus sternly said to the demon"
|
||||
|
|
@ -558,9 +558,9 @@ LUK 4 37 q25f writing-endofstory 0 So news about him began to spread ... the su
|
|||
LUK 4 37 xca8 ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 news about him began to spread "reports about Jesus began to spread" or "people began to spread the news about Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 4 38 uwy1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is still in Capernaum, but he is now at the house of Simon, where he heals Simon's mother-in-law and many people.
|
||||
LUK 4 38 jn3a writing-newevent ἀναστὰς δὲ 1 Then Jesus left This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 tf3d τοῦ Σίμωνος' πενθερὰ τοῦ Σίμωνος- πενθερὰ- πενθερὰ 1 Simon's mother-in-law "the mother of Simon's wife"
|
||||
LUK 4 38 tf3d τοῦ Σίμωνος' πενθερὰ-- 1 Simon's mother-in-law "the mother of Simon's wife"
|
||||
LUK 4 38 lls1 figs-idiom ἦν συνεχομένη 1 was suffering with This is an idiom that means "was very sick with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 cp21 πυρετῷ πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 a high fever "very hot skin"
|
||||
LUK 4 38 cp21 πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 a high fever "very hot skin"
|
||||
LUK 4 38 z3qz figs-explicit ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς 1 pleaded with him on her behalf This means they asked Jesus to heal her from the fever. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "asked Jesus to heal her from the fever" or "asked Jesus to cure her fever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 39 pla1 καὶ ἐπιστὰς 1 So he stood The word "So" makes it clear that he did this because the people pleaded with him on behalf of Simon's mother-in-law.
|
||||
LUK 4 39 v8uf ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς 1 stood over her "went to her and leaned over her"
|
||||
|
|
@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ LUK 5 1 zc8q writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened This phras
|
|||
LUK 5 1 wsf8 ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 listening to the word of God Possible meanings are 1) "listening to the message God wanted them to hear" or 2) "listening to Jesus' message about God"
|
||||
LUK 5 1 p6im τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ 1 the lake of Gennesaret These words refer to the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of the lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water, "the Lake of Gennesaret."
|
||||
LUK 5 2 t96r ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα 1 washing their nets They were cleaning their fishing nets in order to use them again to catch fish.
|
||||
LUK 5 3 f7z8 εἰς ἓν τῶν πλοίων, ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος' Σίμωνος 1 one of the boats, which was Simon's "the boat belonging to Simon"
|
||||
LUK 5 3 f7z8 εἰς ἓν τῶν πλοίων, ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος' 1 one of the boats, which was Simon's "the boat belonging to Simon"
|
||||
LUK 5 3 liq1 0 asked him to put it out in the water a short distance from the land "asked Simon to move the boat farther from the shore"
|
||||
LUK 5 3 rc1z 0 he sat down and taught the people Sitting was the normal position for a teacher.
|
||||
LUK 5 3 vbx7 ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου τοὺς ὄχλους 1 taught the people out of the boat "taught the people while he sat in the boat." Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore.
|
||||
|
|
@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ LUK 5 4 rk9p ὡς ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν 1 When he had finished speakin
|
|||
LUK 5 5 wbb1 ἐπὶ τῷ ῥήματί σου 1 at your word "because you have told me to do this"
|
||||
LUK 5 7 n2fp κατένευσαν 1 motioned They were too far from shore to call, so they made gestures, probably by waving their arms.
|
||||
LUK 5 7 pr7m figs-explicit βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά 1 they began to sink "the boats began to sink." The reason could be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "the boats began to sink because the fish were so heavy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 8 r8j9 translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ' τοῖς γόνασιν 1 fell down at Jesus' knees Possible meanings are 1) "knelt down before Jesus" or 2) "bowed down at Jesus' feet" or 3) "lay down on the ground at Jesus' feet." Peter did not fall accidentally. He did this as a sign of humility and respect for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 5 8 r8j9 translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ' 1 fell down at Jesus' knees Possible meanings are 1) "knelt down before Jesus" or 2) "bowed down at Jesus' feet" or 3) "lay down on the ground at Jesus' feet." Peter did not fall accidentally. He did this as a sign of humility and respect for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 5 8 j67m ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός 1 sinful man The word here for "man" means "adult male" and not the more general "human being."
|
||||
LUK 5 9 c2eh τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων 1 the catch of fish "the large number of fish"
|
||||
LUK 5 10 k4ft κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι 1 partners with Simon "Simon's partners in his fishing business"
|
||||
|
|
@ -603,8 +603,8 @@ LUK 5 12 j1xy writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It came about This phrase marks
|
|||
LUK 5 12 r35h writing-participants ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας 1 a man full of leprosy "a man who was covered with leprosy." This introduces a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 i3zk figs-idiom πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον 1 he fell on his face Here "fell on his face" is an idiom that means to bow down. Alternate translation: "he knelt and touched the ground with his face" or "he bowed down to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 m4k2 ἐὰν θέλῃς 1 if you are willing "if you want to"
|
||||
LUK 5 12 x7ss figs-explicit θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean It is understood that he was asking Jesus to heal him. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "please make me clean, because you are able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 ys5f figs-explicit με καθαρίσαι καθαρίσαι 1 make me clean This refers to ceremonial cleanness, but it is understood that he is unclean because of the leprosy. He is really asking Jesus to heal him of his disease. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "heal me from leprosy so I will be clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 x7ss figs-explicit θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean It is understood that he was asking Jesus to heal him. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "please make me clean, because you are able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 ys5f figs-explicit με καθαρίσαι 1 make me clean This refers to ceremonial cleanness, but it is understood that he is unclean because of the leprosy. He is really asking Jesus to heal him of his disease. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "heal me from leprosy so I will be clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 13 ziz1 figs-explicit καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean This refers to ceremonial cleanness, but it is understood that he is unclean because of the leprosy. He is really asking Jesus to heal him of his disease. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Be healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 13 l48a ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the leprosy left him "he no longer had leprosy"
|
||||
LUK 5 14 q18t figs-quotations μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one This can be translated as a direct quote: "Do not tell anyone" There is implied information that can also be stated explicitly (AT): "do not tell anyone that you have been healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ LUK 5 27 w3i5 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus leaves the house, he calls Le
|
|||
LUK 5 27 k6r2 writing-newevent 0 After these things happened The phrase "these things" refers to what happened in the previous verses. This signals a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 5 27 xf15 ἐθεάσατο τελώνην 1 saw a tax collector "looked at a tax collector with attention" or "looked carefully at a tax collector"
|
||||
LUK 5 27 b3tr figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me To "follow" someone is to become that person's disciple. Alternate translation: "Be my disciple" or "Come, follow me as your teacher" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 5 28 phw9 καταλιπὼν καταλιπὼν πάντα 1 leaving everything behind "left his work as a tax collector"
|
||||
LUK 5 28 phw9 καταλιπὼν πάντα 1 leaving everything behind "left his work as a tax collector"
|
||||
LUK 5 29 t2j7 0 Connecting Statement: At the meal, Jesus speaks with the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
LUK 5 29 g6yt ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his house "in Levi's house"
|
||||
LUK 5 29 ip2m figs-explicit κατακείμενοι 1 reclining at the table The Greek style of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: "eating together" or "eating at the table" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -656,19 +656,19 @@ LUK 5 30 pi2x figs-explicit 0 you eat and drink with ... sinners The Pharisees
|
|||
LUK 5 31 t6iv writing-proverbs 0 People who are well ... sick Jesus uses this proverb to begin to tell them that he calls sinners to repentance the way a physician calls sick people to be healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 bc8t ἰατροῦ 1 physician doctor
|
||||
LUK 5 31 i9gn figs-ellipsis 0 only those who are sick You may need to supply the words that have been omitted. Alternate translation: "only those who are sick need a physician" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 5 32 jf2v οὐκ ἐλήλυθα ἐλήλυθα καλέσαι δικαίους, δικαίους ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance Anyone who wants to follow Jesus has to think of himself as a sinner, not as righteous.
|
||||
LUK 5 32 jf2v οὐκ ἐλήλυθα καλέσαι δικαίους, ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance Anyone who wants to follow Jesus has to think of himself as a sinner, not as righteous.
|
||||
LUK 5 32 g993 figs-nominaladj δικαίους 1 the righteous This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: "righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 5 33 f6g6 οἱ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 They said to him "The religious leaders said to Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 5 34 hxe1 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone make ... with them? Jesus uses this question to cause the people to think about a situation that they already know. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one tells the wedding attendants of the bridegroom to fast while he is still with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 34 q9k2 υἱοὺς 1 wedding attendants "guests" or "friends." These are friends who celebrate with a man who is getting married.
|
||||
LUK 5 34 h58m figs-explicit τοὺς υἱοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος νηστεύειν 1 the wedding attendants of the bridegroom fast Fasting is a sign of sadness. The religious leaders understood that the wedding attendants would not fast while the bridegroom was with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 34 h58m figs-explicit τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος νηστεύειν 1 the wedding attendants of the bridegroom fast Fasting is a sign of sadness. The religious leaders understood that the wedding attendants would not fast while the bridegroom was with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 35 z8ex ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅταν 1 the days will come when "soon" or "some day"
|
||||
LUK 5 35 he9p figs-metaphor ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away from them Jesus is comparing himself to the bridegroom, and the disciples to the wedding attendants. He does not explain the metaphor, so the translation should explain it only if necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 5 36 a4zs figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus tells a story to the scribes and pharisees who were at Levi's house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 5 36 bem7 0 No one tears ... uses it ... he ... he "No one rips ... uses it ... he ... he" or "People never tear ... use it ... they ... they"
|
||||
LUK 5 36 qz5e ἐπιβάλλει 1 mend repair
|
||||
LUK 5 36 xj2y figs-hypo εἰ μή γε 1 If he did that This hypothetical statement explains the reason why a person would not actually mend a garment in that way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 5 36 xu7q τῷ οὐ συμφωνήσει συμφωνήσει 1 would not fit with "would not match" or "would not be the same as"
|
||||
LUK 5 36 xu7q τῷ οὐ συμφωνήσει 1 would not fit with "would not match" or "would not be the same as"
|
||||
LUK 5 37 e516 οἶνον νέον 1 new wine "grape juice." This refers to wine that has not yet fermented.
|
||||
LUK 5 37 n35t ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins. They could also be called "wine bags" or "bags made of skin."
|
||||
LUK 5 37 ac7w figs-explicit ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς 1 the new wine would burst the skins When the new wine ferments and expands, it breaks the old skins because they can no longer stretch out. Jesus' audience would have understood the information about the wine's fermenting and expanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ LUK 6 6 ua7d 0 Connecting Statement: The scribes and Pharisees watch as Jesus
|
|||
LUK 6 6 p1ee writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 6 6 d44q writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 A man was there This introduces a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 6 6 t77y ἡ χεὶρ ἦν ξηρά 1 hand was withered The man's hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it. It was probably bent into almost a fist, making it look smaller and wrinkled.
|
||||
LUK 6 7 q3sh παρετηροῦντο παρετηροῦντο αὐτὸν 1 were watching him closely "were watching Jesus carefully"
|
||||
LUK 6 7 q3sh παρετηροῦντο αὐτὸν 1 were watching him closely "were watching Jesus carefully"
|
||||
LUK 6 7 c1qe ἵνα εὕρωσιν 1 so that they might find "because they wanted to find"
|
||||
LUK 6 8 d7zu εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in the middle of everyone "in front of everyone." Jesus wanted the man to stand where everyone there could see him.
|
||||
LUK 6 9 j8y7 πρὸς αὐτούς 1 to them "to the Pharisees"
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ LUK 6 12 gzn1 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days "a
|
|||
LUK 6 12 l7by ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 he went out "Jesus went out"
|
||||
LUK 6 13 vep8 ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 When it was day "When it was morning" or "The next day"
|
||||
LUK 6 13 j9w7 ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα 1 he chose twelve of them "he chose twelve of the disciples"
|
||||
LUK 6 13 zgh6 οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν ὠνόμασεν 1 whom he also named apostles "whom he also made apostles" or "and he appointed them to be apostles"
|
||||
LUK 6 13 zgh6 οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν 1 whom he also named apostles "whom he also made apostles" or "and he appointed them to be apostles"
|
||||
LUK 6 14 p5xe figs-explicit 0 The names of the apostles were Luke wrote a list of the names of the apostles. The ULT uses these words to introduce the list. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 14 zdq3 Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Andrew "Simon's brother, Andrew"
|
||||
LUK 6 15 et48 Ζηλωτὴν 1 Zealot Possible meanings are 1) "the Zealot" is a title that indicates he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: "the patriot" or "the nationalist" or 2) "the Zealot" is a description that indicates he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: "the passionate one"
|
||||
|
|
@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ LUK 6 22 r5cg ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 exclude you "reject you"
|
|||
LUK 6 22 jz7x ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 because of the Son of Man "because you associate with the Son of Man" or "because they reject the Son of Man"
|
||||
LUK 6 23 bw14 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day "when they do those things" or "when that happens"
|
||||
LUK 6 23 d97t figs-idiom σκιρτήσατε 1 leap for joy This idiom means "be extremely joyful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 23 e3kb ὁ ὁ μισθὸς μισθὸς πολὺς 1 a great reward "a large payment" or "good gifts"
|
||||
LUK 6 23 e3kb ὁ ὁ μισθὸς πολὺς 1 a great reward "a large payment" or "good gifts"
|
||||
LUK 6 24 c6lu οὐαὶ ὑμῖν 1 woe to you "how terrible it is for you." This phrase is repeated three times. It is the opposite of "blessed are you." Each time, it indicates that God's anger is directed at the people, or that something negative or bad awaits them.
|
||||
LUK 6 24 v1bp οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 woe to you who are rich "how terrible it is for you who are rich" or "trouble will come to you who are rich"
|
||||
LUK 6 24 cs2e τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν 1 your comfort "what comforts you" or "what satisfies you" or "what makes you happy"
|
||||
|
|
@ -749,37 +749,37 @@ LUK 6 28 tjn7 τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who mistreat
|
|||
LUK 6 29 a7ri τῷ τύπτοντί σε 1 To him who strikes you "If anyone hits you"
|
||||
LUK 6 29 d5qi ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα 1 on the one cheek "on one side of your face"
|
||||
LUK 6 29 eq83 figs-ellipsis 0 offer him also the other It may be helpful to state what the attacker will do to the person. Alternate translation: "turn your face so that he can strike the other cheek also" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 ic4n μὴ κωλύσῃς κωλύσῃς 1 do not withhold "do not prevent him from taking"
|
||||
LUK 6 29 ic4n μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 do not withhold "do not prevent him from taking"
|
||||
LUK 6 30 d8y6 παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε δίδου 1 Give to everyone who asks you "If anyone asks you for something, give it to him"
|
||||
LUK 6 30 ts8c 0 do not ask him to give "do not require him to give" or "do not demand that he give"
|
||||
LUK 6 31 te6e καθὼς θέλετε ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως 1 As you want people to do to you, you should do the same to them In some languages it may be more natural to reverse the order. Alternate translation: "You should do to people the same as what you want them to do to you" or "Treat people they way you want them to treat you"
|
||||
LUK 6 32 qh81 figs-rquestion 0 what credit is that to you? "what reward will you receive?" or "what praise will you receive for doing that?" This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you will not receive any reward for that." or "God will not reward you for that." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 34 kgc9 figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλοῖς ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ἴσα 1 to get back the same amount The law of Moses commanded the Jews not to receive interest on money they loaned to each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 35 s8j7 μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες ἀπελπίζοντες 1 expecting nothing in return "not expecting the person to return what you have given him" or "not expecting the person to give you anything"
|
||||
LUK 6 35 s8j7 μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες 1 expecting nothing in return "not expecting the person to return what you have given him" or "not expecting the person to give you anything"
|
||||
LUK 6 35 ly98 ἔσται ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς 1 your reward will be great "you will receive a great reward" or "you will receive good payment" or "you will get good gifts because of it"
|
||||
LUK 6 35 zw5k ἔσεσθε υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 you will be sons of the Most High It is best to translate "sons" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
|
||||
LUK 6 35 qr5x υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 sons of the Most High Make sure that the word "sons" is plural so it is not confused with Jesus' title "The Son of the Most High."
|
||||
LUK 6 35 ku6l τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς 1 unthankful and evil people "people who do not thank him and who are evil"
|
||||
LUK 6 36 n28w ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 your Father This refers to God. It is best to translate "Father" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
|
||||
LUK 6 37 a8c7 μὴ κρίνετε κρίνετε 1 Do not judge "Do not judge people" or "Do not harshly criticize people"
|
||||
LUK 6 37 a8c7 μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge "Do not judge people" or "Do not harshly criticize people"
|
||||
LUK 6 37 i2ft καὶ κριθῆτε 1 and you "and as a result you"
|
||||
LUK 6 37 e8fb figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε κριθῆτε 1 you will not be judged Jesus does not say who would not judge. Possible meanings are 1) "God will not judge you" or 2) "no one will judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 37 vkl8 μὴ καταδικάζετε καταδικάζετε 1 Do not condemn "Do not condemn people"
|
||||
LUK 6 37 gz37 figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε καταδικασθῆτε 1 you will not be condemned Jesus does not say who would not condemn. Possible meanings are 1) "God will not condemn you" or 2) "no one will condemn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 37 e8fb figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will not be judged Jesus does not say who would not judge. Possible meanings are 1) "God will not judge you" or 2) "no one will judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 37 vkl8 μὴ καταδικάζετε 1 Do not condemn "Do not condemn people"
|
||||
LUK 6 37 gz37 figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε 1 you will not be condemned Jesus does not say who would not condemn. Possible meanings are 1) "God will not condemn you" or 2) "no one will condemn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 37 a22w figs-activepassive ἀπολυθήσεσθε 1 you will be forgiven Jesus does not say who would forgive. Possible meanings are 1) "God will forgive you" or 2) "people will forgive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 ryf8 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you Jesus does not say exactly who will give. Possible meanings are 1) "someone will give it to you" or 2) "God will give it to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 q8sq figs-metaphor 0 A generous amount—pressed down, shaken together and spilling over—will pour into your lap Jesus speaks either of God or of people giving generously as if he were speaking of a generous grain merchant. Alternate translation: "God will pour into your lap a generous amount—pressed down, shaken together and spilling over" or "Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much grain that it spills over, they will give generously to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 rxl6 μέτρον μέτρον καλὸν 1 A generous amount "A large amount"
|
||||
LUK 6 38 rxl6 μέτρον καλὸν 1 A generous amount "A large amount"
|
||||
LUK 6 38 fp26 figs-activepassive ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured back to you Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. Possible meanings are 1) "they will measure things back to you" or 2) "God will measure things back to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 39 bw7f figs-parables 0 Jesus includes some examples to make his point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 6 39 kyt1 figs-rquestion μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν? 1 Can a blind person guide another blind person? Jesus used this question to get the people to think about something that they already know. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "We all know that a blind person cannot guide another blind person." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 39 nm4v figs-metaphor τυφλὸς 1 blind person The person who is "blind" is a metaphor for a person who has not been taught as a disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 39 p27p figs-hypo 0 If he did Some languages might prefer, "if one did." This is an absurd situation that is not likely to actually happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 39 f4xj figs-rquestion ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται ἐμπεσοῦνται, οὐχὶ? 1 they would both fall into a pit, would they not? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "both of them would fall into a hole." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 39 f4xj figs-rquestion ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται, οὐχὶ? 1 they would both fall into a pit, would they not? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "both of them would fall into a hole." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 40 ipr9 οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 A disciple is not greater than his teacher "A disciple does not surpass his teacher." Possible meanings are 1) "A disciple does not have more knowledge than his teacher" or 2) "A disciple does not have more authority than his teacher."
|
||||
LUK 6 40 a6ym κατηρτισμένος πᾶς ἔσται 1 everyone when he is fully trained "every disciple who has been trained well" or "every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him"
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l7vj figs-rquestion 0 Why do you look ... brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus uses this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person's sins. Alternate translation: "Do not look ... brothers eye while you ignore the log that is in your own eye." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 jpt3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ' ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 jpt3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ' ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 j1r5 κάρφος 1 tiny piece of straw "speck" or "splinter" or "bit of dust." Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person's eyes.
|
||||
LUK 6 41 ud6q τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 brother Here "brother" refers to a fellow Jew or a fellow believer in Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 6 41 ssu3 figs-metaphor τὴν δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ 1 the log that is in your own eye This is a metaphor for a person's most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person's eye. Jesus exaggerates to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person's less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -802,13 +802,13 @@ LUK 6 45 jc6z figs-metonymy ἐκ περισσεύματος καρδίας λα
|
|||
LUK 6 46 i3tg figs-simile 0 General Information: Jesus compares the person who obeys his teaching to a man who builds a house on rock where it will be safe from floods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 6 46 a4av Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Lord, Lord The repetition of these words indicates that they regularly called Jesus "Lord."
|
||||
LUK 6 47 wwu5 0 Every person who comes to me ... I will tell you what he is like It may be clearer to change the order of this sentence. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and obeys them"
|
||||
LUK 6 48 cw41 figs-explicit ἔθηκεν θεμέλιον' θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 built the house's foundation on solid rock "dug the foundation of the house deep enough to reach a foundation of solid rock." Some cultures may not be familiar with building on bedrock, and may need to use another image for a stable foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 48 cw41 figs-explicit ἔθηκεν θεμέλιον' ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 built the house's foundation on solid rock "dug the foundation of the house deep enough to reach a foundation of solid rock." Some cultures may not be familiar with building on bedrock, and may need to use another image for a stable foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 48 cjp8 θεμέλιον 1 foundation the part of a house that connects it to the ground. People in Jesus' time dug down into the ground to the solid rock and then began to build on the rock. That solid rock was the foundation.
|
||||
LUK 6 48 dp2a τὴν πέτραν 1 solid rock "bedrock." This is the very large, hard rock that is deep under the soil.
|
||||
LUK 6 48 qc2z ποταμὸς 1 torrent of water "fast-moving water" or "river"
|
||||
LUK 6 48 d3gs προσέρηξεν 1 flowed against "crashed against"
|
||||
LUK 6 48 h75u σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν 1 shake it Possible meanings are 1) "cause it to shake" or 2) "destroy it."
|
||||
LUK 6 48 tu5j figs-activepassive διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν 1 because it had been well built This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the man had built it well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 48 tu5j figs-activepassive διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν 1 because it had been well built This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the man had built it well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 49 wg4w figs-simile 0 General Information: Jesus compares the person who hears but does not obey his teaching to a man who builds a house that has no foundation and so will collapse when the flood comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 6 49 sjf5 ὁ δὲ 1 But the person "But" shows a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation.
|
||||
LUK 6 49 yu5r figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου 1 on top of the ground without a foundation Some cultures may not know that a house with a foundation is stronger. Additional information may be helpful. Alternate translation: "but he did not dig down and build first a foundation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ LUK 6 49 d8m3 χωρὶς 1 foundation the part of a house that connects it to
|
|||
LUK 6 49 l5jj ποταμός 1 torrent of water "fast-moving water" or "river"
|
||||
LUK 6 49 bs8c προσέρρηξεν 1 flowed against "crashed against"
|
||||
LUK 6 49 q98t συνέπεσεν 1 collapsed fell down or came apart
|
||||
LUK 6 49 jm86 ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς τῆς οἰκίας οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα 1 the ruin of that house was complete "that house was completely destroyed"
|
||||
LUK 6 49 jm86 ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα 1 the ruin of that house was complete "that house was completely destroyed"
|
||||
LUK 7 intro u8gj 0 # Luke 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27.<br><br>Several times in this chapter Luke changes his topic without marking the change. You should not try to make these rough changes smooth.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Centurion<br><br>The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave ([Luke 7:2](../../luk/07/02.md) was doing many unusual things. A Roman soldier would almost never go to a Jew for anything, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/centurion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### John's Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that those he was baptizing knew they were sinners and were sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>##### "Sinners"<br><br>Luke refers to a group of people as "sinners." The Jewish leaders considered these people to be hopelessly ignorant of the law of Moses, and so called them "sinners." In reality, the leaders were sinful. This situation can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>##### "Feet"<br><br>The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty and muddy. Only slaves washed other people's feet. The woman who washed Jesus' feet was showing him great honor.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([Luke 7:34](../../luk/07/34.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
LUK 7 1 e1by 0 General Information: Jesus enters Capernaum where Jesus heals a centurian's servant.
|
||||
LUK 7 1 zi6w figs-idiom εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in the hearing of the people The idiom "in the hearing" emphasizes that he wanted them to hear what he said. Alternate translation: "to the people who were listening to him" or "to the people who were present" or "for the people to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -827,13 +827,13 @@ LUK 7 4 y6vt ἄξιός ἐστιν 1 He is worthy "The centurion is worthy"
|
|||
LUK 7 5 cny7 τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 our nation "our people." This refers to the Jewish people.
|
||||
LUK 7 6 s5xg 0 continued on his way "went along"
|
||||
LUK 7 6 el4w figs-doublenegatives οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας 1 not far from the house The double negative can be replaced. Alternate translation: "near the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 i6kv μὴ σκύλλου σκύλλου 1 do not trouble yourself The centurion was speaking politely to Jesus. Alternate translation: "do not trouble yourself by coming to my house" or "I do not wish to bother you"
|
||||
LUK 7 6 i6kv μὴ σκύλλου 1 do not trouble yourself The centurion was speaking politely to Jesus. Alternate translation: "do not trouble yourself by coming to my house" or "I do not wish to bother you"
|
||||
LUK 7 6 ez29 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς 1 come under my roof This phrase is an idiom that means "come into my house." If your language has an idiom that means "come into my house," think about whether it would be good to use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 7 m9ue figs-synecdoche 0 just say a word The servant understood that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. Here "word" refers to a command. Alternate translation: "just give the order" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 7 7 m6v8 ἰαθήτω ὁ παῖς μου 1 my servant will be healed The word that is translated here as "servant" is normally translated as "boy." It may indicate that the servant was very young or show the centurion's affection for him.
|
||||
LUK 7 8 tkd5 καὶ ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος 1 I also am a man who is under authority "I also have someone over me that I must obey"
|
||||
LUK 7 8 q2ep ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 under me "under my authority"
|
||||
LUK 7 8 mdd5 τῷ τῷ δούλῳ δούλῳ μου 1 to my servant The word that is translated here as "servant" is the typical word for a servant.
|
||||
LUK 7 8 mdd5 τῷ δούλῳ μου 1 to my servant The word that is translated here as "servant" is the typical word for a servant.
|
||||
LUK 7 9 tpz9 0 he was amazed at him "he was amazed at the centurion"
|
||||
LUK 7 9 w8pi λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus said this to emphasize the surprising thing that he was about to tell them.
|
||||
LUK 7 9 j76u figs-explicit οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον 1 not even in Israel have I found such faith. The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of faith, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. You may need to add this implied information. Alternate translation: "I have not found any Israelite who trusts me as much as this Gentile does!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ LUK 7 11 tn2d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus goes to the city of Nain, where he
|
|||
LUK 7 11 dmz7 translate-names Ναΐν 1 Nain This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 sq27 writing-participants ἰδοὺ, τεθνηκὼς 1 behold, a man who had died The word "behold" alerts us to the introduction of the dead man into the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "there was a dead man who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 zr69 figs-activepassive ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς 1 a man who had died was being carried out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people were carrying out of the city a man who had died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 n96r writing-background ( ἐξεκομίζετο),, μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ τῇ μητρὶ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα καὶ ὄχλος ὄχλος ἱκανὸς 1 carried out, the only son of his mother (who was a widow), and a rather large crowd "carried out. He was his mother's only son, and she was a widow. A rather large crowd." This is background information about the dead man and his mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 n96r writing-background ( ἐξεκομίζετο),, μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα καὶ ὄχλος ἱκανὸς 1 carried out, the only son of his mother (who was a widow), and a rather large crowd "carried out. He was his mother's only son, and she was a widow. A rather large crowd." This is background information about the dead man and his mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 i5iv χήρα 1 widow a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried
|
||||
LUK 7 13 fa42 ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ 1 was deeply moved with compassion for her "felt very sorry for her"
|
||||
LUK 7 14 xt2t προσελθὼν 1 he went up "he went forward" or "he approached the dead man"
|
||||
|
|
@ -851,17 +851,17 @@ LUK 7 14 lex4 σοὶ λέγω, ἐγέρθητι 1 I say to you, arise Jesus s
|
|||
LUK 7 15 er34 ὁ νεκρὸς 1 The dead man The man was not still dead; he was now alive. It may be necessary to state this clearly. Alternate translation: "The man who had been dead"
|
||||
LUK 7 16 fr41 0 Connecting Statement: This tells what happens as a result of Jesus' healing the man who had died.
|
||||
LUK 7 16 rf1k figs-activepassive ἔλαβεν φόβος πάντας 1 fear overcame all of them "fear filled all of them." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they all became very afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 16 jf1j figs-activepassive προφήτης προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν 1 A great prophet has been raised among us They were referring to Jesus, not to some unidentified prophet. "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to become." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has caused one of us to become a great prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 16 jf1j figs-activepassive προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν 1 A great prophet has been raised among us They were referring to Jesus, not to some unidentified prophet. "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to become." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has caused one of us to become a great prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 16 wn5b figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο 1 looked upon This idiom means "cared for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 17 a7l7 ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 This news about Jesus spread "This news" refers to the things people were saying in verse 16. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People spread this report about Jesus" or "People told others this report about Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 7 17 g4zt ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 This news "This report" or "This message"
|
||||
LUK 7 18 p9nd 0 Connecting Statement: John sends two of his disciples to question Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 7 18 xt3i writing-newevent Ἰωάννῃ' ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 John's disciples told him about all these things This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 7 18 xt3i writing-newevent Ἰωάννῃ' ἀπήγγειλαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 John's disciples told him about all these things This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 7 18 r11g ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτοῦ 1 told him "told John"
|
||||
LUK 7 18 jf5m πάντων τούτων 1 all these things "all the things Jesus was doing"
|
||||
LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotations 0 the men said, "John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, 'Are you ... or should we look for another?'" This sentence can be rewritten so that it only has one direct quote. Alternate translation: "the men said that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, 'Are you the one who is coming, or should we look for another?'" or "the men said, 'John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or if we should look for another.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 7 21 ys1b ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 In that hour "At that time"
|
||||
LUK 7 21 a7sm figs-ellipsis πνευμάτων πνευμάτων πονηρῶν 1 from evil spirits It may be helpful to restate the healing. Alternate translation: "he healed them from evil spirits" or "he set people free from evil spirits" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 7 21 a7sm figs-ellipsis πνευμάτων πονηρῶν 1 from evil spirits It may be helpful to restate the healing. Alternate translation: "he healed them from evil spirits" or "he set people free from evil spirits" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 lcm2 εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 said to them "said to John's messengers" or "said to the messengers that John sent"
|
||||
LUK 7 22 b9n6 ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ 1 report to John "tell John"
|
||||
LUK 7 22 fvz7 0 people who have died are being raised back to life "dead people are being caused to live again"
|
||||
|
|
@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ LUK 7 24 h9dw figs-rquestion 0 What ... A reed shaken by the wind? This expects
|
|||
LUK 7 24 gbv9 figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 A reed shaken by the wind Possible meanings of this metaphor are 1) a person who easily changes his mind, as reeds are easily moved by the wind, or 2) a person who talks a lot but does not say anything important, as reeds rattle when the wind blows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 25 tcp3 figs-rquestion 0 But what ... A man dressed in soft clothes? This also expects a negative answer, since John wore rough garments. "Did you go out to see a man dressed in soft clothes? Of course not!" This can also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: You certainly did not go out to see a man dressed in soft clothes!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 7 25 a1wu figs-explicit ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothes This refers to expensive clothing. Normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: "wearing expensive clothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 25 nn75 τοῖς βασιλείοις' τοῖς βασιλείοις 1 kings' palaces A palace is a large, expensive house that a king lives in.
|
||||
LUK 7 25 nn75 τοῖς βασιλείοις' 1 kings' palaces A palace is a large, expensive house that a king lives in.
|
||||
LUK 7 26 ym8l figs-rquestion 0 But what ... A prophet? This leads to a positive answer. "Did you go out to see a prophet? Of course you did!" This can also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "But you actually went out to see a prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 7 26 ix16 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Yes, I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next.
|
||||
LUK 7 26 r7ud περισσότερον προφήτου 1 more than a prophet This phrase means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: "not just an ordinary prophet" or "much more important than a normal prophet"
|
||||
|
|
@ -892,16 +892,16 @@ LUK 7 29 b6y2 0 General Information: Luke, the author of this book, comments o
|
|||
LUK 7 29 idv8 0 When all the people ... baptism of John This verse could be reordered to be more clear. Alternate translation: "When all the people who had been baptized by John, including the tax collectors, heard this, they declared that God is righteous"
|
||||
LUK 7 29 m5cn 0 they declared that God is righteous "they said that God had shown himself to be righteous" or "they declared that God had acted righteously"
|
||||
LUK 7 29 s9v6 figs-activepassive 0 because they had been baptized with the baptism of John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because they had let John baptize them" or "because John had baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 30 v8f5 τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν' τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ἑαυτούς 1 rejected God's purpose for themselves "rejected what God wanted them to do" or "chose to disobey what God told them"
|
||||
LUK 7 30 wqc3 figs-activepassive μὴ βαπτισθέντες βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 they had not been baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they did not let John baptize them" or "they rejected John's baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 30 v8f5 τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν' τὴν βουλὴν εἰς ἑαυτούς 1 rejected God's purpose for themselves "rejected what God wanted them to do" or "chose to disobey what God told them"
|
||||
LUK 7 30 wqc3 figs-activepassive μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 they had not been baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they did not let John baptize them" or "they rejected John's baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 31 k99s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the people about John the Baptist.
|
||||
LUK 7 31 cs1j figs-rquestion 0 To what, then, can I compare ... they like? Jesus uses these questions to introduce a comparison. They can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is what I compare this generation to, and what they are like." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 7 31 ix8z figs-parallelism 0 I compare ... What are they like These are two ways of saying that this is a comparison. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 7 31 ec4k τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς τῆς γενεᾶς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 the people of this generation The people living when Jesus spoke.
|
||||
LUK 7 31 ec4k τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 the people of this generation The people living when Jesus spoke.
|
||||
LUK 7 32 n8yp figs-simile ὅμοιοί εἰσιν 1 They are like These words are the beginning of Jesus' comparison. Jesus is saying that the people are like children who are never satisfied with the way other children act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 7 32 f7hg ἀγορᾷ 1 marketplace a large, open-air area where people come to sell their goods
|
||||
LUK 7 32 xgg9 καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance "but you did not dance to the music"
|
||||
LUK 7 32 m2k3 καὶ οὐκ ἐκλαύσατε ἐκλαύσατε 1 and you did not cry "but you did not cry with us"
|
||||
LUK 7 32 xgg9 καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance "but you did not dance to the music"
|
||||
LUK 7 32 m2k3 καὶ οὐκ ἐκλαύσατε 1 and you did not cry "but you did not cry with us"
|
||||
LUK 7 33 kbc7 μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον 1 eating no bread Possible meanings are 1) "frequently fasting" or 2) "not eating normal food."
|
||||
LUK 7 33 wka1 figs-quotations λέγετε,' δαιμόνιον ἔχει.' 1 you say, 'He has a demon.' Jesus was quoting what people were saying about John. This can be stated without the direct quote. Alternate translation: "you say that he has a demon." or "you accuse him of having a demon." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 k33e figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus expected the people to understand that he was referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ LUK 7 39 xc9v 0 If this man were a prophet, then he would know ... a sinner Th
|
|||
LUK 7 39 tbq3 figs-explicit ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν 1 that she is a sinner Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. This part of his assumption can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "that she is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 40 u3cg Σίμων 1 Simon This was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter.
|
||||
LUK 7 41 sv92 figs-parables 0 General Information: To emphasize what he is going to tell Simon the Pharisee, Jesus tells him a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 7 41 fcq6 δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν δανιστῇ δανιστῇ τινι 1 A certain moneylender had two debtors "Two men owed money to a certain moneylender"
|
||||
LUK 7 41 fcq6 δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν δανιστῇ τινι 1 A certain moneylender had two debtors "Two men owed money to a certain moneylender"
|
||||
LUK 7 41 snz6 translate-bmoney δηνάρια πεντακόσια 1 five hundred denarii "500 days' wages." "Denarii" is the plural of "denarius." A "denarius" was a silver coin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
LUK 7 41 i92j ὁ ἕτερος πεντήκοντα 1 the other fifty "the other debtor owed fifty denarii" or "50 days' wages"
|
||||
LUK 7 42 lbq6 ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο 1 he forgave them both "he forgave their debts" or "he canceled their debts"
|
||||
|
|
@ -935,8 +935,8 @@ LUK 7 44 mw7d figs-explicit ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδω
|
|||
LUK 7 44 mw58 0 You ... but she Jesus twice uses these phrases to contrast Simon's lack of courtesy with the woman's extreme actions of gratitude.
|
||||
LUK 7 44 am5z αὕτη τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας 1 she has wet my feet with her tears The woman used her tears in place of the missing water.
|
||||
LUK 7 44 ld62 0 wiped them with her hair The woman used her hair in place of the missing towel.
|
||||
LUK 7 45 xj92 figs-explicit φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me a kiss A good host in that culture would greet his guest with a kiss on the cheek. Simon did not do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 r2jj οὐ διέλιπεν διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 did not stop kissing my feet "has continued to kiss my feet"
|
||||
LUK 7 45 xj92 figs-explicit φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me a kiss A good host in that culture would greet his guest with a kiss on the cheek. Simon did not do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 r2jj οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 did not stop kissing my feet "has continued to kiss my feet"
|
||||
LUK 7 45 u3er καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 kissing my feet The woman kissed the feet of Jesus rather than his cheek as a sign of extreme repentance and humility.
|
||||
LUK 7 46 j8wj 0 You did not ... but she Jesus continues to contrast Simon's poor hospitality with the actions of the woman.
|
||||
LUK 7 46 le9a figs-explicit ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου ἤλειψας 1 anoint my head with oil "put oil on my head." This was the custom to welcome an honored guest. Alternate translation: "welcome me by anointing my head with oil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀ
|
|||
LUK 8 2 jq4g translate-names Μαρία 1 Mary One of the "certain women." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive 0 Mary who was called Magdalene ... seven demons had been driven out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Mary, whom people called Magdalene ... Jesus had driven out seven demons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names 0 Joanna ... Susanna Two of the "certain women" (verse 2). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 w9kl translate-names Ἰωάννα, γυνὴ Χουζᾶ, Ἡρῴδου' ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου 1 Joanna, the wife of Chuza, Herod's manager Joanna was Chuza's wife, and Chuza was Herod's manager. "Joanna, the wife of Herod's manager, Chuza" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 w9kl translate-names Ἰωάννα, γυνὴ Χουζᾶ, Ἡρῴδου' ἐπιτρόπου 1 Joanna, the wife of Chuza, Herod's manager Joanna was Chuza's wife, and Chuza was Herod's manager. "Joanna, the wife of Herod's manager, Chuza" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 k9m5 διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς 1 provided for their needs "financially supported Jesus and his twelve disciples"
|
||||
LUK 8 4 yet7 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus tells the parable of the soils to the crowd. He explains its meaning to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 8 4 r1qk ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 coming to him "coming to Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -978,15 +978,15 @@ LUK 8 9 vnc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to speak to his disciples.
|
|||
LUK 8 10 je1f figs-activepassive 0 The knowledge of ... God has been given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has given to you the knowledge of ... God" or "God has made you able to understand ... God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 10 s7xp τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the secrets of the kingdom of God These are truths that have been hidden, but Jesus is now revealing them.
|
||||
LUK 8 10 l6sk τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς 1 for others "for other people." This refers to the people who rejected the teaching of Jesus and did not follow him.
|
||||
LUK 8 10 xtu6 βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν βλέπωσιν 1 seeing they may not see "though they see, they will not perceive." This is a quote from the prophet Isaiah. Some languages may need to state the object of the verbs. Alternate translation: "though they see things, they will not understand them" or "though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean"
|
||||
LUK 8 10 k4es ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν συνιῶσιν 1 hearing they may not understand "though they hear, they will not understand." This is a quote from the prophet Isaiah. Some languages may need to state the object of the verbs. Alternate translation: "though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth"
|
||||
LUK 8 10 xtu6 βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν 1 seeing they may not see "though they see, they will not perceive." This is a quote from the prophet Isaiah. Some languages may need to state the object of the verbs. Alternate translation: "though they see things, they will not understand them" or "though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean"
|
||||
LUK 8 10 k4es ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 hearing they may not understand "though they hear, they will not understand." This is a quote from the prophet Isaiah. Some languages may need to state the object of the verbs. Alternate translation: "though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth"
|
||||
LUK 8 11 vp8a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parable of the soils to his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 8 11 hb1t ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The seed is the word of God "The seed is the message from God"
|
||||
LUK 8 12 xsa7 figs-metonymy οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 The ones along the path are those "The seeds that fell along the path are those." Jesus tells what happens to the seeds as it relates to people. Alternate translation: "The seeds that fell along the path represent people" or "In the parable, the seeds that fell along the path represent people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 12 c26l figs-metonymy εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 are those who Jesus speaks of the seeds showing something about people as if the seeds were the people. Alternate translation: "show what happens to people who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 12 jb9t figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts Here "hearts is a metonym for people's minds or inner beings. Alternate translation: "the devil comes and takes away the message of God from their inner thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 12 h969 figs-metaphor αἴρει 1 takes away In the parable this was a metaphor of a bird snatching away the seeds. Try to use words in your language that keep that image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 12 g7r7 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν 1 so they may not believe and be saved This is the devil's purpose. Alternate translation: "because the devil thinks, 'They must not believe and they must not be saved'" or "so it will not be that they believe and God saves them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 12 g7r7 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν 1 so they may not believe and be saved This is the devil's purpose. Alternate translation: "because the devil thinks, 'They must not believe and they must not be saved'" or "so it will not be that they believe and God saves them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 13 juq1 figs-metonymy 0 The ones on the rock are those "The seeds that fell on the rocky soil are those." Jesus tells what happens to the seeds as it relates to people. Alternate translation: "The seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people" or "In the parable the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 13 ar4x τῆς πέτρας 1 the rock "the rocky soil"
|
||||
LUK 8 13 bm51 ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ 1 in a time of testing "when they experience hardship"
|
||||
|
|
@ -995,15 +995,15 @@ LUK 8 14 k4u4 figs-metonymy τὸ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν ο
|
|||
LUK 8 14 y3ue figs-activepassive 0 they are choked ... pleasures of this life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 14 uut6 μεριμνῶν 1 cares things that people worry about
|
||||
LUK 8 14 b384 ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου 1 pleasures of this life "the things in this life that people enjoy"
|
||||
LUK 8 14 cz7w figs-metaphor ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν καὶ πλούτου καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου πορευόμενοι, συνπνίγονται καὶ οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν τελεσφοροῦσιν 1 they are choked by the cares and riches and pleasures of this life, and their fruit does not mature This metaphor refers to the way weeds cut off light and nutrients from plants and keep them from growing. Alternate translation: "as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares, riches, and pleasures of this life keep these people from becoming mature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 14 xhv7 figs-metaphor οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν τελεσφοροῦσιν 1 their fruit does not mature "they do not bear ripe fruit." Mature fruit is a metaphor for good works. Alternate translation: "so like a plant that does not produce mature fruit, they do not produce good works" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 14 cz7w figs-metaphor ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν καὶ πλούτου καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου πορευόμενοι, συνπνίγονται καὶ οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν 1 they are choked by the cares and riches and pleasures of this life, and their fruit does not mature This metaphor refers to the way weeds cut off light and nutrients from plants and keep them from growing. Alternate translation: "as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares, riches, and pleasures of this life keep these people from becoming mature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 14 xhv7 figs-metaphor οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν 1 their fruit does not mature "they do not bear ripe fruit." Mature fruit is a metaphor for good works. Alternate translation: "so like a plant that does not produce mature fruit, they do not produce good works" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 15 m2hb figs-metonymy 0 the seed that fell on the good soil, these are the ones "the seed that fell on the good soil represents the people" or "in the parable the seed that fell on the good soil represents the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 15 l62d ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον 1 hearing the word "hearing the message"
|
||||
LUK 8 15 pbi7 figs-metonymy ἐν καρδίᾳ καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ 1 with an honest and good heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or intentions. Alternate translation: "with an honest and good desire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 15 pbi7 figs-metonymy ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ 1 with an honest and good heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or intentions. Alternate translation: "with an honest and good desire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 15 i51s figs-metaphor καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ 1 bear fruit with patient endurance "produce fruit by enduring patiently" or "produce fruit by continued effort." Fruit is a metaphor for good works. Alternate translation: "like healthy plants that produce good fruit, they produce good works by persevering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 16 p1rb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues with another parable then he finishes speaking to his disciples as he emphasizes the role of his family in his work.
|
||||
LUK 8 16 n86n figs-parables οὐδεὶς 1 No one This marks the beginning of another parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 8 17 n5ca figs-doublenegatives οὐ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται γενήσεται 1 nothing is hidden that will not be made known This double negative can be written as a positive statement. Alternate translation: "everything that is hidden will be made known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 8 17 n5ca figs-doublenegatives οὐ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται 1 nothing is hidden that will not be made known This double negative can be written as a positive statement. Alternate translation: "everything that is hidden will be made known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 8 17 iv9q figs-doublenegatives 0 nor is anything secret that will not be known and come into the light This double negative can be written as a positive statement. Alternate translation: "and everything that is secret will be made known and will come into the light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 8 18 bq9f figs-ellipsis 0 to the one who has, more will be given to him It is clear from the context that Jesus is talking about understanding and believing. This can be stated clearly and changed to active form. Alternate translation: "whoever has understanding will be given more understanding" or "God will enable those who believe the truth to understand even more" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 18 ihh9 figs-ellipsis 0 the one who does not have ... will be taken away from him It is clear from the context that Jesus is talking about understanding and believing. This can be stated clearly and changed to active form. Alternate translation: "But whoever does not have understanding will lose even what understanding he thinks he has" or "But God will cause those who do not believe the truth not to understand even the little that they think they have understood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ LUK 8 21 edk3 τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God "the messa
|
|||
LUK 8 22 x3qi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples use a boat to cross Lake Genneseret. The disciples learn more about Jesus' power through the storm that arises.
|
||||
LUK 8 22 w1pk τῆς λίμνης 1 the lake This is the lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
LUK 8 22 btk8 ἀνήχθησαν 1 They set sail This expression means they began to travel across the lake in their sailboat.
|
||||
LUK 8 23 vh2v πλεόντων πλεόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they sailed "as they went"
|
||||
LUK 8 23 vh2v πλεόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they sailed "as they went"
|
||||
LUK 8 23 sf8z ἀφύπνωσεν 1 fell asleep "began to sleep"
|
||||
LUK 8 23 mdb5 κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου 1 A terrible windstorm came down "a storm of very strong winds began" or "very strong winds suddenly began to blow"
|
||||
LUK 8 23 uki7 figs-explicit συνεπληροῦντο 1 their boat was filling with water The strong winds caused high waves which pushed water over the sides of the boat. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "the winds caused high waves that started to fill up their boat with water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1028,8 +1028,8 @@ LUK 8 25 wjv3 0 Who then is this, that he commands ... obey him? This can be t
|
|||
LUK 8 26 ubb1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples come ashore at Gerasa where Jesus removes many demons from a man.
|
||||
LUK 8 26 f17p translate-names χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 region of the Gerasenes Gerasenes were people from the city called Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 26 p9zp ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 across the lake from Galilee "on the other side of the lake from Galilee"
|
||||
LUK 8 27 hjh5 ἀνήρ ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 1 a certain man from the city "a man from the city of Gerasa"
|
||||
LUK 8 27 rnl4 ἀνήρ ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἔχων δαιμόνια 1 a certain man from the city who had demons The man had demons; it was not the city that had demons. Alternate translation: "a certain man from the city, and this man had demons"
|
||||
LUK 8 27 hjh5 ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 1 a certain man from the city "a man from the city of Gerasa"
|
||||
LUK 8 27 rnl4 ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἔχων δαιμόνια 1 a certain man from the city who had demons The man had demons; it was not the city that had demons. Alternate translation: "a certain man from the city, and this man had demons"
|
||||
LUK 8 27 ji6p ἔχων δαιμόνια 1 who had demons "who was controlled by demons" or "whom demons controlled"
|
||||
LUK 8 27 xhw7 writing-background 0 For a long time he had worn no clothes ... but among the tombs This is background information about the man who had demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 8 27 ah29 οὐκ ἐνεδύσατο ἱμάτιον 1 he had worn no clothes "he had not worn clothes"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ LUK 8 27 we6n μνήμασιν 1 tombs These are places where people put dead b
|
|||
LUK 8 28 ip59 ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 When he saw Jesus "When the man who had the demon saw Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 8 28 n4ex ἀνακράξας 1 he cried out "he screamed" or "he shrieked"
|
||||
LUK 8 28 fak9 translate-symaction προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ 1 fell down before him "lay down on the ground before Jesus." He did not fall accidentally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 8 28 m21e φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν 1 he said with a loud voice "he said loudly" or "he shouted out"
|
||||
LUK 8 28 m21e φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν 1 he said with a loud voice "he said loudly" or "he shouted out"
|
||||
LUK 8 28 lv2b figs-idiom 0 What have you to do with me This idiom means "Why are you bothering me?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 8 28 ptt1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 8 29 j3yj πολλοῖς χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν 1 many times it had seized him "many times it had taken control of the man" or "many times it had gone into him." This tells about what the demon had done many times before Jesus met the man.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ LUK 8 29 bxz4 figs-activepassive 0 though he was bound ... and kept under guard
|
|||
LUK 8 29 bey5 figs-activepassive ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 he would be driven by the demon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the demon would make him go" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 30 p31w λεγεών 1 Legion Translate this with a word that refers to a large number of soldiers or people. Some other translations say "Army." Alternate translation: "Battalion" or "Brigade"
|
||||
LUK 8 31 qcn1 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 kept begging him "kept begging Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 8 32 b3vt writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει 1 Now a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside This is supplied as background information to introduce the pigs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 8 32 b3vt writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει 1 Now a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside This is supplied as background information to introduce the pigs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 8 32 q8w5 ἦν ἐκεῖ βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει 1 was there feeding on the hillside "was nearby eating grass on a hill"
|
||||
LUK 8 33 na38 ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια 1 So the demons came out The word "so" is used here to explain that the reason the demons came of out the man was because Jesus had told them that they could go into the pigs.
|
||||
LUK 8 33 gz5x ὥρμησεν 1 rushed ran very fast
|
||||
|
|
@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ LUK 8 35 j89t figs-ellipsis ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid It may be h
|
|||
LUK 8 36 xtf3 0 those who had seen it "those who had seen what had happened"
|
||||
LUK 8 36 kv18 figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς 1 the man who had been possessed by demons had been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus had healed the man whom demons had possessed" or "Jesus had healed the man whom demons had controlled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 37 ai7m τῆς περιχώρου τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the region of the Gerasenes "that area of the Gerasenes" or "the area where the Gerasene people lived"
|
||||
LUK 8 37 jbh5 figs-activepassive φόβῳ φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο 1 they were overwhelmed with great fear This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they became very afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 37 jbh5 figs-activepassive φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο 1 they were overwhelmed with great fear This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they became very afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 37 ue8c figs-ellipsis ὑπέστρεψεν 1 start back The destination can be stated. Alternate translation: "go back across the lake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 8 38 s25w ὁ ἀνὴρ 1 The man The events in these verses happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state this clearly at the beginning. Alternate translation: "Before Jesus and his disciples left, the man" or "Before Jesus and his disciples set sail, the man"
|
||||
LUK 8 39 zl3v τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your home "your household" or "your family"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1072,21 +1072,21 @@ LUK 8 42 ymb1 figs-explicit ἐν ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν 1 As Jesus was on
|
|||
LUK 8 42 kw2y οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν 1 the crowds of people pressed together around him "the people were crowding tightly around Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 8 43 l7pu writing-participants γυνὴ οὖσα 1 a woman was there This introduces a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 h9uq figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος 1 had been bleeding "had a flow of blood." She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 zb4a figs-activepassive οὐκ οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι 1 and could not be healed by anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but no one could heal her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 zb4a figs-activepassive οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι 1 and could not be healed by anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but no one could heal her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 44 vwe6 ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 touched the edge of his coat "touched the fringe of his robe." Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes as a part of their ceremonial dress as commanded in God's Law. This is likely what she touched.
|
||||
LUK 8 45 c3wm figs-explicit 0 the crowds of people ... are pressing in against you By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. This implicit information can be made explicit if necessary. Alternate translation: "there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 46 u6am figs-explicit ἥψατό μού τις 1 Someone did touch me It may be helpful to distinguish this intentional "touch" from the accidental touches of the crowd. Alternate translation: "Someone deliberately touched me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 46 zmu9 figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 I know that power has gone out from me Jesus did not lose power or become weak, but his power healed the woman. Alternate translation: "I know that healing power went out from me" or "I felt my power heal someone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 47 cwn4 figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν ἔλαθεν 1 that she could not escape notice "that she could not keep secret what she had done." It may be helpful to state what she did. Alternate translation: "that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 8 47 cwn4 figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν 1 that she could not escape notice "that she could not keep secret what she had done." It may be helpful to state what she did. Alternate translation: "that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 8 47 vua6 τρέμουσα ἦλθεν 1 she came trembling "she came trembling with fear"
|
||||
LUK 8 47 vxl7 προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ 1 fell down before him Possible meanings are 1) "bowed down in front of Jesus" or 2) "lay down on the ground at Jesus' feet." She did not fall accidentally. This was a sign of humility and respect for Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 8 47 f5mz ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 In the presence of all the people "In the sight of all the people"
|
||||
LUK 8 48 v4m9 θύγατερ 1 Daughter This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of showing this kindness.
|
||||
LUK 8 48 uja4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has made you well "because of your faith, you have become well." The abstract noun "faith" could be stated as an action. Alternate translation: "because you believe, you are healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 8 48 uja4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has made you well "because of your faith, you have become well." The abstract noun "faith" could be stated as an action. Alternate translation: "because you believe, you are healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 8 48 ch7m figs-idiom πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην 1 Go in peace This idiom is a way of saying, "Goodbye" and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: "As you go, do not worry anymore" or "May God give you peace as you go" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 m58z ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος λαλοῦντος λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking "While Jesus was still speaking to the woman"
|
||||
LUK 8 49 m58z ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking "While Jesus was still speaking to the woman"
|
||||
LUK 8 49 deu3 ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 synagogue leader This refers to Jairus ([Luke 8:41](../08/41.md)).
|
||||
LUK 8 49 id9v figs-explicit μηκέτι σκύλλε σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Do not trouble the teacher This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help now that the girl is dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 id9v figs-explicit μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Do not trouble the teacher This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help now that the girl is dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 n6ez τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the teacher This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 8 50 ej1b σωθήσεται 1 she will be healed "she will be well" or "she will live again"
|
||||
LUK 8 51 gl9g ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 When he came to the house "When they came to the house." Jesus went there with Jairus. Also some of Jesus' disciples went with them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ LUK 9 1 s7fw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus reminds his disciples not to depend
|
|||
LUK 9 1 zqq6 δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν 1 power and authority These two terms are used together to show that the twelve had both the ability and the right to heal people. Translate this phrase with a combination of words that include both of these ideas.
|
||||
LUK 9 1 fuj7 πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια 1 all the demons Possible meanings are 1) "every demon" or 2) "every kind of demon."
|
||||
LUK 9 1 h8ql νόσους 1 diseases sicknesses
|
||||
LUK 9 2 j5n3 ἀπέστειλεν ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς 1 sent them out "sent them to various places" or "told them to go"
|
||||
LUK 9 2 j5n3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς 1 sent them out "sent them to various places" or "told them to go"
|
||||
LUK 9 3 m7c5 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to the twelve." It may be helpful to state that this happened before they went out. Alternate translation: "Before they left, Jesus said to them"
|
||||
LUK 9 3 aui6 μηδὲν αἴρετε 1 Take nothing "Do not take anything with you" or "Do not bring anything with you"
|
||||
LUK 9 3 qm2p ῥάβδον 1 staff large stick that people use for balance when climbing or walking on uneven ground, as well as for defense against attackers
|
||||
|
|
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ LUK 9 12 btc8 ἡ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν 1 the day was about
|
|||
LUK 9 13 tay4 ἄρτοι πέντε 1 five loaves of bread A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
|
||||
LUK 9 13 vuc1 0 two fish—unless we go and buy food for all these people If "unless" is difficult to understand in your language, you could make a new sentence. "two fish. In order to feed all these people, we would have to go and buy food"
|
||||
LUK 9 14 c9z5 translate-numbers ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι 1 about five thousand men "about 5,000 men." This number does not include the women and children who might have been present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
LUK 9 14 v44h κατακλίνατε κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς 1 Have them sit down "Tell them to sit down"
|
||||
LUK 9 14 v44h κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς 1 Have them sit down "Tell them to sit down"
|
||||
LUK 9 14 tw3v translate-numbers ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα 1 fifty each "50 each" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
LUK 9 15 xq6k καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως 1 So they did this "This" refers to what Jesus told them to do [Luke 9:14](../09/14.md). They told the people to sit down in groups of about fifty people.
|
||||
LUK 9 16 j39h λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους 1 Taking the five loaves "Jesus took the five loaves of bread"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1164,13 +1164,13 @@ LUK 9 25 lx8i figs-rquestion 0 What good is it ... forfeit himself? The implied
|
|||
LUK 9 25 hpp5 κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world "to get everything in the world"
|
||||
LUK 9 25 xsk5 ἑαυτὸν ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς 1 lose or forfeit himself "ruin himself or give up his life"
|
||||
LUK 9 26 yrr4 τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 my words "what I say" or "what I teach"
|
||||
LUK 9 26 r5n5 figs-activepassive τοῦτον ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται ἐπαισχυνθήσεται 1 of him will the Son of Man be ashamed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Son of Man will also be ashamed of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 26 r5n5 figs-activepassive τοῦτον ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται 1 of him will the Son of Man be ashamed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Son of Man will also be ashamed of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 26 tx1k figs-123person 0 the Son of Man ... when he comes Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man ... when I come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 9 26 dl2i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 9 27 ef6j λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς 1 But I say to you truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next.
|
||||
LUK 9 27 t1ar εἰσίν τινες ἑστηκότων οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 there are some standing here who will not taste death "some of you who are standing here will not taste death"
|
||||
LUK 9 27 t1ar εἰσίν τινες ἑστηκότων οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 there are some standing here who will not taste death "some of you who are standing here will not taste death"
|
||||
LUK 9 27 m113 figs-123person ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν 1 before they see Jesus was speaking to the people he was talking about. Alternate translation: "before you see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 9 27 j7fc οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται γεύσωνται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God This idea with "not ... until" can be expressed positively with "before." Alternate translation: "will see the kingdom of God before they die" or "will see the kingdom of God before you die"
|
||||
LUK 9 27 j7fc οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God This idea with "not ... until" can be expressed positively with "before." Alternate translation: "will see the kingdom of God before they die" or "will see the kingdom of God before you die"
|
||||
LUK 9 27 gj8t figs-idiom γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 taste death This idiom means "die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 28 xb3k 0 Connecting Statement: Eight days after Jesus tells his disciples that some would not die before they saw the kingdom of God, Jesus goes up the mountain to pray with Peter, James, and John, who all fall asleep while Jesus is changed to a dazzling appearance.
|
||||
LUK 9 28 si9j τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words This refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ LUK 9 32 tw7e διαγρηγορήσαντες εἶδον τὴν δόξαν
|
|||
LUK 9 32 tsj6 τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ 1 the two men who were standing with him This refers to Moses and Elijah.
|
||||
LUK 9 33 npk9 ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 As they were going away "As Moses and Elijah were going away"
|
||||
LUK 9 33 mby6 σκηνὰς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
|
||||
LUK 9 34 ct1w ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λέγοντος λέγοντος 1 As he was saying this "While Peter was saying these things"
|
||||
LUK 9 34 ct1w ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 As he was saying this "While Peter was saying these things"
|
||||
LUK 9 34 e75d figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. This phrase indicates that some kind of unusual fear came over them with the cloud. Alternate translation: "they were terrified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 34 asa6 εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην 1 they entered into the cloud This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: "the cloud surrounded them"
|
||||
LUK 9 35 q8xy figs-explicit φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 A voice came out of the cloud It is understood that the voice could only have belonged to God. Alternate translation: "God spoke to them from the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1200,15 +1200,15 @@ LUK 9 41 bi9m ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη
|
|||
LUK 9 41 apa3 γενεὰ διεστραμμένη 1 depraved generation "corrupt generation"
|
||||
LUK 9 41 qk1w figs-you ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 how long must I be with you and put up with you? Here "you" is plural. Jesus uses these questions to express his sadness that the people did not believe. They can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "I have been with you so long, yet you do not believe. I wonder how long I must put up with you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 9 41 ls7b figs-you προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν σου 1 Bring your son here Here "your" is singular. Jesus is speaking directly to the father who addressed him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 9 43 hz1l ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐξεπλήσσοντο πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were all amazed at the greatness of God Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that God was the power behind the healing.
|
||||
LUK 9 43 hz1l ἐξεπλήσσοντο πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were all amazed at the greatness of God Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that God was the power behind the healing.
|
||||
LUK 9 43 d61c πᾶσιν ἐποίει 1 everything he was doing "everything Jesus was doing"
|
||||
LUK 9 44 gah9 figs-idiom θέσθε θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Let these words go deeply into your ears This is an idiom that means they should pay attention. Alternate translation: "Listen carefully and remember" or "Do not forget this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 44 gah9 figs-idiom θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Let these words go deeply into your ears This is an idiom that means they should pay attention. Alternate translation: "Listen carefully and remember" or "Do not forget this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 44 im3l figs-activepassive 0 The Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of men This can be stated with an active clause. Here "hands" refers to power or control. Alternate translation: "they will betray the Son of Man and put him in the control of men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 44 ygr3 figs-123person 0 The Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of men Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. The word "hands" is a synecdoche for the people whose hands they are or a metonym for the power that uses those hands. You may need to make explicit who these men are. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of men" or "The Son of Man will be betrayed into the power of his enemies" or "I, the Son of Man will be betrayed to my enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 45 ub1r figs-activepassive ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 It was hidden from them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God hid the meaning from them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 46 fj6n 0 General Information: The disciples begin to argue about who will be the most powerful among them.
|
||||
LUK 9 46 dh3w ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 among them "among the disciples"
|
||||
LUK 9 47 cx62 figs-metonymy εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς τῆς καρδίας καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 knowing the reasoning in their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for their minds. Alternate translation: "knowing the reasoning in their minds" or "knowing what they were thinking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 47 cx62 figs-metonymy εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 knowing the reasoning in their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for their minds. Alternate translation: "knowing the reasoning in their minds" or "knowing what they were thinking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 48 afx5 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This refers to a person doing something as a representative of Jesus. Alternate translation: "because of me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 48 mav1 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 in my name, welcomes me This metaphor could also be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: "in my name, it is like he is welcoming me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 48 awc6 τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me "God, who sent me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1216,13 +1216,13 @@ LUK 9 48 zw5t οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας 1 the one who is great "the on
|
|||
LUK 9 49 uwr3 ἀποκριθεὶς Ἰωάννης 1 John answered "In reply, John said" or "John replied to Jesus." John was responding to what Jesus had said about being the greatest. He was not answering a question.
|
||||
LUK 9 49 bj41 figs-exclusive εἴδομέν 1 we saw John speaks of himself but not Jesus, so "we" here is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 py8i figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name This means the person was speaking with the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 50 hw85 πρὸς αὐτὸν μὴ κωλύετε κωλύετε 1 Do not stop him This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "Allow him to continue"
|
||||
LUK 9 50 hw85 πρὸς αὐτὸν μὴ κωλύετε 1 Do not stop him This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "Allow him to continue"
|
||||
LUK 9 50 f6ag ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 whoever is not against you is for you Some modern languages have sayings that mean the same thing. Alternate translation: "if a person does not keep you from working, it is as if he were helping you" or "if someone is not working against you, he is working with you"
|
||||
LUK 9 51 plt7 0 General Information: It is now obvious that Jesus has decided to go to Jerusalem.
|
||||
LUK 9 51 c8gx ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς τῆς ἀναλήμψεως ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 When the days drew near for him to be taken up "When the time was coming for him to go up" or "When it was almost time for him to go up"
|
||||
LUK 9 51 c8gx ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 When the days drew near for him to be taken up "When the time was coming for him to go up" or "When it was almost time for him to go up"
|
||||
LUK 9 51 mq2d figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν 1 set his face This idiom means he "firmly decided." Alternate translation: "made up his mind" or "decided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 52 b6ct 0 to prepare everything for him This means to make arrangements for his arrival there, possibly including a place to speak, a place to stay, and food.
|
||||
LUK 9 53 v61k οὐκ ἐδέξαντο ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν 1 did not welcome him "did not want him to stay"
|
||||
LUK 9 53 v61k οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν 1 did not welcome him "did not want him to stay"
|
||||
LUK 9 53 n62j figs-explicit ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 because he had set his face to go to Jerusalem The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans would not help Jesus on his journey to Jerusalem, the Jewish capital. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 54 a8sf 0 saw this "saw that the Samaritans did not receive Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 9 54 y4rq figs-explicit εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς 1 command fire to come down from heaven and destroy them James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had judged people who rejected God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1249,12 +1249,12 @@ LUK 10 intro z899 0 # Luke 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this
|
|||
LUK 10 1 c5vi 0 General Information: Jesus sends out 70 more people ahead of him. Those 70 return with joy, and Jesus responds with praise to his heavenly Father.
|
||||
LUK 10 1 u8l6 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 10 1 m75c translate-numbers ἑβδομήκοντα 1 seventy "70." Some versions say "seventy-two" or "72." You may want to include a footnote that says that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
LUK 10 1 g8ka δύο ἀπέστειλεν ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο 1 sent them out two by two "sent them out in groups of two" or "sent them out with two people in each group"
|
||||
LUK 10 1 g8ka δύο ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο 1 sent them out two by two "sent them out in groups of two" or "sent them out with two people in each group"
|
||||
LUK 10 2 fx9w figs-events ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 He said to them This was before the men actually went out. Alternate translation: "He had said to them" or "Before they went out he told them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
LUK 10 2 ju6z figs-metaphor 0 The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few "There is a big crop, but not enough workers to bring it in." Jesus means there are many people ready to enter God's kingdom, but there are not enough disciples to go teach and help the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 3 x732 0 Go on your way "Go to the cities" or "Go to the people"
|
||||
LUK 10 3 u8h7 figs-simile ἀποστέλλω ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves Wolves attack and kill sheep. This metaphor therefore means that there are people who would attempt to harm the disciples that Jesus is sending out. The names of other animals could be substituted. Alternate translation: "when I send you out, people will want to harm you, as wolves attack sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 10 4 fz6p μὴ βαστάζετε βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον μὴ πήραν,' πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα 1 Do not carry a money bag, or a traveler's bag, or sandals "Do not take with you a bag, a traveler's bag, or sandals"
|
||||
LUK 10 3 u8h7 figs-simile ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves Wolves attack and kill sheep. This metaphor therefore means that there are people who would attempt to harm the disciples that Jesus is sending out. The names of other animals could be substituted. Alternate translation: "when I send you out, people will want to harm you, as wolves attack sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 10 4 fz6p μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον μὴ πήραν,', μὴ ὑποδήματα 1 Do not carry a money bag, or a traveler's bag, or sandals "Do not take with you a bag, a traveler's bag, or sandals"
|
||||
LUK 10 4 tj52 μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε 1 greet no one on the road "do not greet anyone on the road." Jesus was emphasizing that they should go quickly to the towns and do this work. He was not telling them to be rude.
|
||||
LUK 10 5 zk69 figs-metonymy 0 May peace be on this house This was both a greeting and a blessing. Here "house" refers to those who live in the house. Alternate translation: "May the people in this household receive peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 6 x5e4 0 a person of peace "a peaceful person." This is a person who wants peace with God and with people.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1268,14 +1268,14 @@ LUK 10 8 k8yb καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they receive you "if th
|
|||
LUK 10 8 wd2x figs-activepassive ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν 1 eat what is set before you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "eat whatever food they give you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 ws6g figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick This refers to sick people in general. Alternate translation: "the sick people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 e1he figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God has come close to you The abstract noun "kingdom" can be expressed with the verbs "reign" or "rule." Possible meanings are 1) the kingdom of God will begin soon. Alternate translation: "God will soon rule everywhere as king" or 2) the activities of kingdom of God are happening all around you. Alternate translation: "The proof that God is reigning is all around you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 10 nt9n καὶ μὴ δέχωνται δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they do not receive you "if the people of the city reject you"
|
||||
LUK 10 10 nt9n καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they do not receive you "if the people of the city reject you"
|
||||
LUK 10 11 bc9h translate-symaction καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν 1 Even the dust from your town that clings to our feet we wipe off against you This is a symbolic action to show that they reject the people of the city. Alternate translation: "Just as you rejected us, we thoroughly reject you. We even reject the dust from your town that clings to our feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 10 11 yg83 figs-exclusive ἀπομασσόμεθα 1 we wipe off Since Jesus was sending these people out in groups of two, it would be two people saying this. So languages that have a dual form of "we" would use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 11 s7ks πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε: ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But know this: The kingdom of God has come near The phrase "But know this" introduces a warning. It means "Even though you reject us, it does not change the fact that the kingdom of God is near!"
|
||||
LUK 10 11 fdk3 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God has come near The abstract noun "kingdom" can be expressed with the verbs "reign" or "rule." See how you translated a similar sentence in [Luke 10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: "God will soon rule everywhere as king" or "The proof that God is reigning is all around you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 12 hhl1 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus was saying this to the 70 people he was sending out. He said this to show that he was about to say something very important.
|
||||
LUK 10 12 m7ch figs-explicit τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 the judgment day The disciples would have understood that this refers to the time of final judgment of sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 12 qg62 figs-metonymy Σοδόμοις ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἢ τῇ τῇ πόλει πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that town "God will not judge Sodom as severely as he will judge that town." Alternate translation: "God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 12 qg62 figs-metonymy Σοδόμοις ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that town "God will not judge Sodom as severely as he will judge that town." Alternate translation: "God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 sf42 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida are there listening to him, but they are not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 mvq5 figs-hypo εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the mighty works which were done in you had been done in Tyre and Sidon Jesus is describing a situation that could have happened in the past but did not. Alternate translation: "If someone had performed the miracles for the people of Tyre and Sidon that I performed for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 it4x πάλαι ἂν μετενόησαν, καθήμενοι 1 they would have repented long ago, sitting "the wicked people who lived there would have shown that they were sorry for their sins by sitting"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ LUK 10 21 rs3w figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς
|
|||
LUK 10 21 n6xb ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus' previous teaching about the authority of the disciples. It may be best to simply say "these things" and let the reader determine the meaning.
|
||||
LUK 10 21 i2zf figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and understanding The words "wise" and "understanding" are nominal adjectives that refer to people with these qualities. Because God had concealed truth from them, these people were not actually wise and understanding, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: "from people who think they are wise and have understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 a175 figs-ellipsis 0 those who are untaught, like little children This refers to those who may not have much education but who are willing to accept Jesus' teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. Alternate translation: "people who may have little education, but who listen to God as little children do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 nm6t ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 for so it was well pleasing in your sight "for it pleased you to do this"
|
||||
LUK 10 21 nm6t ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 for so it was well pleasing in your sight "for it pleased you to do this"
|
||||
LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been entrusted to me from my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My Father has handed everything over to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 six4 γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is The word that is translated as "knows" means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ LUK 10 24 f32w figs-explicit 0 and they did not see them This implies that Jesu
|
|||
LUK 10 24 q61s figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things that you hear This probably refers to the teaching of Jesus. Alternate translation: "the things that you have heard me say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 24 mb4b figs-explicit 0 and they did not hear them This implies that Jesus was not yet teaching. Alternate translation: "but could not hear them because I had not yet started to teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 c82w figs-parables 0 Jesus replies with a story to an expert in the Jewish law who wants to test Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 klh4 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ, νομικός νομικός τις 1 Behold, a certain expert This alerts us to a new event and a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 klh4 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ, νομικός τις 1 Behold, a certain expert This alerts us to a new event and a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 c6ac ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν 1 test him "challenge Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 10 25 dh16 κληρονομήσω 1 to inherit "so that God will give me"
|
||||
LUK 10 26 nj77 figs-rquestion ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις 1 What is written in the law? How do you read it? Jesus is not seeking information. He uses these questions to test the Jewish law expert's knowledge. Alternate translation: "Tell me what Moses wrote in the law and what you think it means." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1334,17 +1334,17 @@ LUK 10 28 xd4n ζήσῃ 1 you will live "God will give you eternal life"
|
|||
LUK 10 29 xt23 ὁ δὲ, θέλων δικαιῶσαι ἑαυτὸν, εἶπεν 1 But he, desiring to justify himself, said "But the expert wanted to find a way to justify himself, so he said" or "But wanting to appear righteous, the expert said"
|
||||
LUK 10 29 lr4m figs-explicit τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον 1 who is my neighbor? The man wanted to know whom he was required to love. Alternate translation: "Whom should I consider to be my neighbor and love as I love myself?" or "Which people are my neighbors that I should love?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 30 bh6g figs-parables ὑπολαβὼν, Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 In reply, Jesus said Jesus answers the man's question by telling a parable. Alternate translation: "As an answer to the man's question, Jesus told him this story" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 10 30 e1lv writing-participants ἄνθρωπός ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This introduces a new character in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 30 e1lv writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This introduces a new character in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 30 v2ms . λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν οἳ, 1 He fell among robbers, who "He was surrounded by robbers, who" or "Some robbers attacked him. They"
|
||||
LUK 10 30 heb5 ἐκδύσαντες 1 stripped "taken everything he had" or "stolen all his things"
|
||||
LUK 10 30 r3gd figs-idiom ἡμιθανῆ 1 half dead This idiom means "almost dead." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 10 31 i3sf 0 By chance This was not something that any person had planned.
|
||||
LUK 10 31 plr2 writing-participants ἱερεύς ἱερεύς τις 1 a certain priest This expression introduces a new person in the story, but does not identify him by name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 31 plr2 writing-participants ἱερεύς τις 1 a certain priest This expression introduces a new person in the story, but does not identify him by name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 31 gh79 figs-explicit ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 when he saw him "when the priest saw the injured man." A priest is a very religious person, so the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be stated as "but when he saw him" to call attention to this unexpected result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 31 xiu7 figs-explicit ἀντιπαρῆλθεν 1 he passed by on the other side It is implied that he did not help the man. Alternate translation: "he did not help the injured man but instead walked past him on the other side of the road" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 32 lf3l figs-explicit 0 a Levite ... the other side The Levite served in the temple. He would be expected to help his fellow Jewish man. Since he did not, it may are helpful to state that. Alternate translation: "a Levite ... the other side and did not help him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 33 z3ct writing-participants Σαμαρείτης Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan This introduces a new person in the story without giving his name. We know only that he was from Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 33 cyp5 figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης Σαμαρείτης τις 1 a certain Samaritan The Jews despised the Samaritans and would have assumed that he would not help the injured Jewish man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 33 z3ct writing-participants Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan This introduces a new person in the story without giving his name. We know only that he was from Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 33 cyp5 figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης τις 1 a certain Samaritan The Jews despised the Samaritans and would have assumed that he would not help the injured Jewish man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 33 tu1c 0 When he saw him "When the Samaritan saw the injured man"
|
||||
LUK 10 33 w8qm ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 he was moved with compassion "he felt sorry for him"
|
||||
LUK 10 34 emq5 figs-events κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον 1 bound up his wounds, pouring on oil and wine He would have put the oil and wine on the wounds first, and then bound the wounds. Alternate translation: "he put wine and oil on the wounds and wrapped them with cloth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1360,23 +1360,23 @@ LUK 10 37 ig9x figs-ellipsis πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίω
|
|||
LUK 10 38 g8u4 0 General Information: Jesus comes to Martha's house where her sister Mary listens to Jesus with great attention.
|
||||
LUK 10 38 kv4q writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 x6b2 ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 as they were traveling along "as Jesus and his disciples were traveling along"
|
||||
LUK 10 38 e79m κώμην κώμην τινά 1 a certain village This introduces the village as a new location, but does not name it.
|
||||
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ γυνὴ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 a certain woman named Martha This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have a way of introducing new people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 e79m κώμην τινά 1 a certain village This introduces the village as a new location, but does not name it.
|
||||
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 a certain woman named Martha This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have a way of introducing new people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 39 fal8 figs-explicit 0 sat at the Lord's feet This was the normal and respectful position for a learner at that time. Alternate translation: "sat on the floor near Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 39 i74b figs-metonymy ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 heard his word This refers to everything that Jesus taught while at Martha's house. Alternate translation: "listened to the Lord teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 40 adr5 περιεσπᾶτο 1 overly busy "very busy" or "too busy"
|
||||
LUK 10 40 jd9a figs-rquestion 0 do you not care ... alone? Martha is complaining that the Lord is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. She respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. Alternate translation: "it seems like you do not care ... alone." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 10 41 dsw3 Μάρθα, Μάρθα 1 Martha, Martha Jesus repeats Martha's name for emphasis. Alternate translation: "Dear Martha" or "You, Martha"
|
||||
LUK 10 42 hqt4 figs-explicit 0 only one thing is necessary Jesus is contrasting what Mary is doing with what Martha is doing. It may be helpful to make this explicit. Alternate translation: "the only thing that is really necessary is to listen to my teaching" or "listening to my teaching is more necessary than preparing a meal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 42 nzn8 figs-activepassive ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς 1 which will not be taken away from her Possible meanings are 1) "I will not take this opportunity away from her" or 2) "she will not lose what she has gained as she was listening to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 42 nzn8 figs-activepassive ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς 1 which will not be taken away from her Possible meanings are 1) "I will not take this opportunity away from her" or 2) "she will not lose what she has gained as she was listening to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 intro j6le 0 # Luke 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The Lord's Prayer<br><br>When Jesus' followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.<br><br>##### Jonah<br><br>Jonah was an Old Testament prophet who was sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell them to repent. When he told them to repent, they repented. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### Washing<br><br>The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash these things, but they would wash them anyway. This was because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that God had not made, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br>
|
||||
LUK 11 1 rkn4 0 General Information: The is the beginning of the next part of the story. Jesus teaches his disciples to pray.
|
||||
LUK 11 1 fl3j writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 11 1 c9n4 0 when Jesus was praying ... one of It may be more natural to state that Jesus finished praying before the disciple asked the question. Alternate translation: "that Jesus was praying in a certain place. When he finished praying, one of"
|
||||
LUK 11 2 fzc6 εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
LUK 11 2 n3pz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as "Father" when praying to him. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 11 2 b6sr figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy "cause everyone to honor your name." "Name" often refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "may all people honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 2 tm1a figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come The action of God ruling over everyone is spoken of as if it were God himself. Alternate translation: "May you come and rule over everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 2 b6sr figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy "cause everyone to honor your name." "Name" often refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "may all people honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 2 tm1a figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come The action of God ruling over everyone is spoken of as if it were God himself. Alternate translation: "May you come and rule over everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 3 d3bw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples how to pray.
|
||||
LUK 11 3 q89w δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add something such as "please" to them to make this clear. Alternate translation: "Please give us"
|
||||
LUK 11 3 s6qp figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 our daily bread Bread was an inexpensive food that people ate every day. It is used here to refer to food in general. Alternate translation: "the food we need each day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ LUK 11 4 iid7 0 Forgive us ... Do not lead us These are imperatives, but they
|
|||
LUK 11 4 d9w3 ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν 1 Forgive us our sins "Forgive us for sinning against you" or "Forgive our sins"
|
||||
LUK 11 4 m7ej 0 as we forgive "since we also forgive"
|
||||
LUK 11 4 wi99 ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν 1 who is in debt to us "who has sinned against us" or "who has done wrong things to us"
|
||||
LUK 11 4 db55 μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Do not lead us into temptation This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Lead us away from temptation"
|
||||
LUK 11 4 db55 μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Do not lead us into temptation This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Lead us away from temptation"
|
||||
LUK 11 5 sa5c 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples about prayer.
|
||||
LUK 11 5 y1s9 χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 lend to me three loaves of bread "let me borrow three loaves of bread" or "give me three loaves of bread and I will pay you later." The host does not have any food ready to give to his guest.
|
||||
LUK 11 5 fu6a figs-synecdoche τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 three loaves of bread Bread is often used to represent food in general. Alternate translation: "enough cooked food for a meal" or "enough prepared food for a person to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ LUK 11 6 ggn1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking a question that be
|
|||
LUK 11 6 ua8t figs-rquestion 0 since a friend ... to set before him'? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. "Suppose one of you has ... to set before him'." or "Suppose you have ... to set before him'." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 zl5w figs-explicit παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ 1 just came in from the road It is implied that the visitor has come far from his home. Alternate translation: "was traveling and just came to my house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 zp7j ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to set before him "any food ready to give him"
|
||||
LUK 11 7 vhf7 οὐ δύναμαι δύναμαι ἀναστὰς 1 I am not able to get up "It is not convenient for me to get up"
|
||||
LUK 11 7 vhf7 οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς 1 I am not able to get up "It is not convenient for me to get up"
|
||||
LUK 11 8 zl2k figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus was speaking to the disciples. The word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 11 8 qyu7 0 give bread to you because you are ... your ... you ... you need Jesus addresses the disciples as if they were the ones asking for bread. Alternate translation: "give bread to him because he is ... his ... he ... he needs"
|
||||
LUK 11 8 prx6 figs-abstractnouns 0 because of your shameless persistence The phrase can be reworded to eliminate the abstract noun "persistence." Alternate translation: "because you persist shamelessly" or "because you boldly continue to ask him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1431,11 +1431,11 @@ LUK 11 21 e4d1 figs-metaphor 0 When a strong man ... are safe This speaks about
|
|||
LUK 11 21 pb5v ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his goods are safe "no one can steal his things"
|
||||
LUK 11 22 g1hx figs-metaphor 0 when a stronger man ... man's possessions This speaks about Jesus defeating Satan and his demons as if Jesus were a stronger man who takes what belongs to a strong man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 22 my6r τὴν πανοπλίαν αὐτοῦ αἴρει 1 takes away the armor from the man "removes the man's weapons and protection"
|
||||
LUK 11 22 zv57 αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν' τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ 1 plunders the man's possessions "steals his possessions" or "takes away anything that he wants"
|
||||
LUK 11 23 yw6h , ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters This refers to any person or any group of people. "Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters" or "Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter"
|
||||
LUK 11 22 zv57 αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν' τὰ σκῦλα 1 plunders the man's possessions "steals his possessions" or "takes away anything that he wants"
|
||||
LUK 11 23 yw6h , ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters This refers to any person or any group of people. "Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters" or "Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter"
|
||||
LUK 11 23 h3kb ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 one who is not with me "one who does not support me" or "one who does not work with me"
|
||||
LUK 11 23 t7zn κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me "works against me"
|
||||
LUK 11 23 wa13 figs-explicit ὁ μὴ συνάγων συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is referring to gathering disciples who follow him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "anyone who does not cause people to come and follow me causes them to go away from me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 23 wa13 figs-explicit ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is referring to gathering disciples who follow him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "anyone who does not cause people to come and follow me causes them to go away from me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 fpj5 ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places This refers to "desolate places" where the evil spirits wander.
|
||||
LUK 11 24 yvp4 μὴ εὑρίσκον 1 Finding none "If the spirit does not find any rest there"
|
||||
LUK 11 24 s89t figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκόν μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 my house from which I came This refers to the person in which he used to live. Alternate translation: "the person in whom I used to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ LUK 11 30 vj9m 0 For just as Jonah became a sign ... so too ... this generatio
|
|||
LUK 11 30 il7p Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself.
|
||||
LUK 11 30 ax7q τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 this generation "the people living today"
|
||||
LUK 11 31 t1mw βασίλισσα νότου 1 Queen of the South This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel.
|
||||
LUK 11 31 bx3c ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς τῆς γενεᾶς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will rise up at the judgment with the men of this generation "will stand up and judge the people of this time"
|
||||
LUK 11 31 bx3c ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will rise up at the judgment with the men of this generation "will stand up and judge the people of this time"
|
||||
LUK 11 31 rnq9 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth This idiom means that she came from very far away. Alternate translation: "she came a very great distance" or "she came from a place very far away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 cwa7 figs-explicit 0 someone greater than Solomon is here Jesus is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, who am greater than Solomon, am here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 p75h figs-explicit 0 someone greater than Solomon Jesus is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I am greater than Solomon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ LUK 11 39 xf4e figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak to th
|
|||
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος 1 the outside of cups and bowls Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 b8gj figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 but the inside of you is filled with greed and evil This part of the metaphor contrasts the careful way they clean the outside of the dishes with the way they ignore their own internal condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 zq4l ἄφρονες 1 You senseless men This expression can refer to men or women, even though all of the Pharisees to whom Jesus was speaking to here were men.
|
||||
LUK 11 40 g39h figs-rquestion ὁ? οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ποιήσας καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ ἔσωθεν ἔξωθεν 1 Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees for not understanding that what is in their hearts matters to God. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "The one who made the outside also made the inside!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 g39h figs-rquestion ὁ? οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ ἔσωθεν ἔξωθεν 1 Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees for not understanding that what is in their hearts matters to God. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "The one who made the outside also made the inside!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 11 41 m3ww figs-explicit τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην 1 Give to the poor what is inside This refers to what they should be doing with their cups and bowls. Alternate translation: "Give to the poor what is inside your cups and bowls" or "Be generous to the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 41 phz9 πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν 1 all things will be clean for you "you will be completely clean" or "you will be clean both inside and outside"
|
||||
LUK 11 42 ans4 ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ πήγανον καὶ πᾶν λάχανον 1 you tithe mint and rue and every other garden herb "you give God one tenth of your mint and rue and other herbs from your garden." Jesus was giving an example of how extreme the Pharisees were in giving a tenth of their income.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ LUK 11 46 v2vl figs-metaphor 0 you put people under burdens that are hard to ca
|
|||
LUK 11 46 mws4 ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις 1 touch the burdens with one of your own fingers Possible meanings are 1) "do anything at all to help people carry those burdens" or 2) "make any effort to carry those burdens yourselves."
|
||||
LUK 11 48 drs1 figs-explicit ἄρα μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε 1 So you are witnesses and you consent Jesus is rebuking the Pharisees and teachers of the law. They know about the murder of the prophets, but do not condemn their ancestors for killing them. Alternate translation: "So, rather than denouncing them, you confirm and agree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 by5w διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason This refers back to the previous statement that the teachers of the law burdened people with rules.
|
||||
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification τοῦ Θεοῦ' ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν 1 God's wisdom said "wisdom" is treated as if it was able to speak for God. Alternate translation: "God in his wisdom said" or "God wisely said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification τοῦ Θεοῦ' ἡ σοφία εἶπεν 1 God's wisdom said "wisdom" is treated as if it was able to speak for God. Alternate translation: "God in his wisdom said" or "God wisely said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 lda4 ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους 1 I will send to them prophets and apostles "I will send prophets and apostles to my people." God had declared beforehand that he would send prophets and apostles to the ancestors of the Jewish audience to whom Jesus was speaking.
|
||||
LUK 11 49 w1fh ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 they will persecute and kill some of them "my people will persecute and kill some of the prophets and apostles." God had declared beforehand that the ancestors of the Jewish audience to whom Jesus was speaking would persecute and kill the prophets and apostles.
|
||||
LUK 11 50 pi6u figs-metonymy 0 This generation, then, will be held responsible for all the blood of the prophets shed The people to whom Jesus is speaking will be held responsible for the murder of the prophets by their ancestors. Alternate translation: "Therefore, God will hold this generation responsible for all the deaths of the prophets that people have killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1520,9 +1520,9 @@ LUK 11 51 pav1 figs-activepassive τοῦ ἀπολομένου 1 who was killed
|
|||
LUK 11 52 vj5a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jewish teacher.
|
||||
LUK 11 52 s4fc figs-metaphor 0 you have taken away the key of knowledge ... hinder those who are entering Jesus speaks about God's truth as if it were in a house that the teachers refuse to enter and will not let others have the key to enter either. This means the teachers do not truly know God, and they prevent others from knowing him as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 52 xg48 τὴν κλεῖδα 1 the key This represents the means of access, as to a house or storage room.
|
||||
LUK 11 52 fj7x αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσήλθατε εἰσήλθατε 1 you do not enter in yourselves "you yourselves do not go in to get knowledge"
|
||||
LUK 11 52 fj7x αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσήλθατε 1 you do not enter in yourselves "you yourselves do not go in to get knowledge"
|
||||
LUK 11 53 mld3 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story where Jesus eats at the Pharisee's house. These verses tell the reader what happens after the main part of the story ends.
|
||||
LUK 11 53 ejf1 κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ 1 After Jesus left there "After Jesus left the Pharisee's house"
|
||||
LUK 11 53 ejf1 κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ 1 After Jesus left there "After Jesus left the Pharisee's house"
|
||||
LUK 11 53 h9sw ἀποστοματίζειν αὐτὸν περὶ πλειόνων 1 argued with him about many things The scribes and Pharisees did not argue in order to defend their views, but to try to trap Jesus so they could accuse him of breaking the law of God.
|
||||
LUK 11 54 mr32 figs-metaphor 0 trying to trap him in his own words This means they wanted Jesus to say something wrong so that they could accuse him. The scribes and Pharisees did not argue in order to defend their views, but to try to trap Jesus so they could accuse him of breaking the law of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 intro jun3 0 # Luke 12 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Blasphemy against the Spirit"<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit's work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>##### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.<br><br>##### Division<br><br>Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them ([Luke 12:51-56](./51.md)).<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([Luke 12;8](./08.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1546,11 +1546,11 @@ LUK 12 4 vc8j μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσα
|
|||
LUK 12 5 fsr4 figs-explicit 0 Fear the one who, after ... has authority The phrase "the one" refers to God. This could be reworded. Alternate translation: "Fear God who, after ... has authority" or "Fear God, because after ... he has authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 5 us3x μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 after he has killed "after he kills you"
|
||||
LUK 12 5 ric8 0 has authority to throw you into hell This is a general statement about God's authority to judge people. It does not mean this will happen to the disciples. Alternate translation: "has authority to throw people into hell"
|
||||
LUK 12 6 czr7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων ἀσσαρίων δύο? 1 Are not five sparrows sold for two small coins? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: "You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small coins." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 6 czr7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο? 1 Are not five sparrows sold for two small coins? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: "You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small coins." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 6 u697 στρουθία 1 sparrows very small, seed-eating birds
|
||||
LUK 12 6 mru1 figs-activepassive ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not one of them is forgotten in the sight of God This could be stated in active form and in positive form. Alternate translation: "God never forgets any of them" or "God indeed remembers every sparrow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 7 m833 figs-activepassive καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς τῆς κεφαλῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head are all numbered This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows even how many hairs are on your head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 7 shk3 μὴ φοβεῖσθε φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not fear The reason for the fear is not stated. Possible meanings are 1) "Do not be afraid of what will happen to you" or 2) "So do not be afraid of people who could hurt you."
|
||||
LUK 12 7 m833 figs-activepassive καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head are all numbered This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows even how many hairs are on your head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 7 shk3 μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not fear The reason for the fear is not stated. Possible meanings are 1) "Do not be afraid of what will happen to you" or 2) "So do not be afraid of people who could hurt you."
|
||||
LUK 12 7 rca8 πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε 1 You are more valuable than many sparrows "You are worth more to God than many sparrows"
|
||||
LUK 12 8 xzh3 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus readdresses his audience to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, in this case, to speak about confession.
|
||||
LUK 12 8 d1cs figs-explicit πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 everyone who confesses me before men What is confessed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "whoever tells others that he is my disciple" or "anyone who acknowledges before others that he is loyal to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1571,12 +1571,12 @@ LUK 12 14 i8sm ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Possible meanings are 1) this is simply a
|
|||
LUK 12 14 hmn6 figs-rquestion τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 who made me a judge or a mediator over you? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the man. Some languages would use the plural form for "you" or "your." Alternate translation: "I am not your judge or mediator." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 15 me49 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 He said to them The word "them" here probably refers to the whole crowd of people. Alternate translation: "And Jesus said to the crowd"
|
||||
LUK 12 15 ckn2 φυλάσσεσθε ἀπὸ πάσης πλεονεξίας 1 keep yourselves from all greedy desires "guard yourself from every form of greed." Alternate translation: "do not allow yourself to love having things" or "do not let the urge to have more things control you"
|
||||
LUK 12 15 f2sc αὐτοῦ' ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ 1 a person's life This is a general statement of fact. It does not refer to any specific person. Some languages have a way of expressing that.
|
||||
LUK 12 15 f2sc αὐτοῦ' ἡ ζωὴ 1 a person's life This is a general statement of fact. It does not refer to any specific person. Some languages have a way of expressing that.
|
||||
LUK 12 15 sh72 τῷ περισσεύειν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ 1 the abundance of his possessions "how many things he owns" or "how much wealth he has"
|
||||
LUK 12 16 d37q figs-parables 0 Jesus continues his teaching by telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 12 16 gc9i εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοὺς 1 Then Jesus told them Jesus was probably still speaking to the entire crowd.
|
||||
LUK 12 16 nkw9 εὐφόρησεν 1 yielded abundantly "grew a very good harvest"
|
||||
LUK 12 17 w55n figs-rquestion τί ποιήσω ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω, ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου 1 What will I do, because I do not have a place to store my crops? This question reflects what the man was thinking to himself. Alternate translation: "I do not know what to do, because I do not have any place big enough to store all my crops!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 17 w55n figs-rquestion τί ποιήσω ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω, ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου 1 What will I do, because I do not have a place to store my crops? This question reflects what the man was thinking to himself. Alternate translation: "I do not know what to do, because I do not have any place big enough to store all my crops!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 18 d82f τὰς ἀποθήκας 1 barns buildings where farmers store the crops they have harvested
|
||||
LUK 12 18 w6gc τὰ ἀγαθά 1 goods possessions
|
||||
LUK 12 19 mqm6 figs-synecdoche 0 I will say to my soul, "Soul, you have ... years. Rest ... merry." "I will say to myself, 'I have ... years. Rest ... merry.'" or "I will tell myself that I have ... years, so I can rest ... merry." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ LUK 12 20 s4qm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus quotes how God responds to the ri
|
|||
LUK 12 20 xgr9 figs-euphemism ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 tonight your soul is required of you The "soul" refers to the life of a person. Alternate translation: "you will die tonight" or "I will take your life from you tonight" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 vyn1 figs-rquestion ἃ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται 1 the things you have prepared, whose will they be? "who will own what you have stored up?" or "who will have what you prepared?" God uses a question to make the man realize that he would no longer possess those things. Alternate translation: "the things that you have prepared will belong to someone else!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 21 m47i θησαυρίζων 1 stores up treasure "saves up valuable things"
|
||||
LUK 12 21 fst9 μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν πλουτῶν 1 is not rich toward God has not used his time and possessions for the things that are important to God
|
||||
LUK 12 21 fst9 μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν 1 is not rich toward God has not used his time and possessions for the things that are important to God
|
||||
LUK 12 22 ihk2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching his disciples in front of the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 12 22 vim6 διὰ 1 Therefore "For that reason" or "Because of what this story teaches"
|
||||
LUK 12 22 cy4e λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you "I want to tell you something important" or "you need to listen carefully to this"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ LUK 12 27 nug5 Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 S
|
|||
LUK 12 28 rur9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν, χόρτον ὄντα ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει 1 If God so clothes the grass in the field, which "If God clothes the grass in the field like that, and it" or "If God gives the grass in the field such beautiful clothing, and it." God making the grass beautiful is spoken of as if God were putting beautiful clothes on the grass. Alternate translation: "If God makes the grass in the field beautiful like this, and it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 28 t9am figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 is thrown into the oven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone throws it into a fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 28 gr4m figs-exclamations 0 how much more will he clothe you This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus emphasizes that he will certainly take care of people even better than he does the grass. This could be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "he will certainly clothe you even better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 12 29 q67w μὴ ζητεῖτε ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε καὶ τί πίητε 1 Do not look for what you will eat and what you will drink "Do not focus on what you will eat and drink" or "Do not greatly desire more to eat and drink"
|
||||
LUK 12 29 q67w μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε καὶ τί πίητε 1 Do not look for what you will eat and what you will drink "Do not focus on what you will eat and drink" or "Do not greatly desire more to eat and drink"
|
||||
LUK 12 30 g8jy figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου 1 all the nations of the world Here "nations" refers to "unbelievers." Alternate translation: "all people of other nations" or "all the unbelievers in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 30 ns35 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 your Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 12 31 gvj9 ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ 1 seek his kingdom "focus on God's kingdom" or "greatly desire God's kingdom"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1622,8 +1622,8 @@ LUK 12 33 u258 σὴς 1 moth A "moth" is a small insect that eats holes in fab
|
|||
LUK 12 34 ad29 ὅπου ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 where your treasure is, there your heart will be also "your heart will be focused on where you store your treasure"
|
||||
LUK 12 34 r26g figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν 1 your heart Here "heart" refers to a person's thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 c4j1 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to tell a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 nk2x figs-explicit ἔστωσαν ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 Let your long clothing be tucked in at your belt People wore long flowing robes. They would tuck them into their belt to keep the robes out of the way while they worked. Alternate translation: "Tuck your clothing into your belt so you are ready to serve" or "Be dressed and ready to serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 lh96 figs-activepassive οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι καιόμενοι 1 let your lamps be kept burning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "keep your lamps burning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 nk2x figs-explicit ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 Let your long clothing be tucked in at your belt People wore long flowing robes. They would tuck them into their belt to keep the robes out of the way while they worked. Alternate translation: "Tuck your clothing into your belt so you are ready to serve" or "Be dressed and ready to serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 lh96 figs-activepassive οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι 1 let your lamps be kept burning This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "keep your lamps burning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 36 mhg8 figs-simile ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν κύριον ἑαυτῶν 1 be like people looking for their master Jesus commands the disciples to be ready for him to return the same way servants should be ready for their master to return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 12 36 t8kb ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων 1 returns from the marriage feast "returns home from a marriage feast"
|
||||
LUK 12 36 p9cq figs-explicit 0 open the door for him This refers to the door of the master's house. It was the responsibility of his servants to open it for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ LUK 12 37 s3yd 0 he will tuck in his long clothing at his belt, and have them
|
|||
LUK 12 38 x25s 0 in the second watch of the night The second watch was between 9:00 p.m. and midnight. Alternate translation: "late at night" or "just before midnight"
|
||||
LUK 12 38 qa35 κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ 1 or if even in the third watch The third watch was from midnight to 3:00 a.m. Alternate translation: "or if he comes very late at night"
|
||||
LUK 12 39 v73u 0 had known the hour "had known when"
|
||||
LUK 12 39 ej9m figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἂν ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he would not have let the thief break into his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 39 ej9m figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he would not have let the thief break into his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 40 ds4s 0 because you do not know the hour when the Son of Man comes The only similarity between a thief and the Son of Man is that people do not know when either one will come, so they need to be ready.
|
||||
LUK 12 40 p1y9 0 do not know the hour when "do not know at what time"
|
||||
LUK 12 40 dw4h 0 when the Son of Man comes Jesus is talking about himself. Alternate translation: "when I, the Son of Man, will come"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1647,11 +1647,11 @@ LUK 12 43 h35t ὃν ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει
|
|||
LUK 12 44 i2cq ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This expression means they should pay special attention to what he is about to say.
|
||||
LUK 12 44 y47s ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν 1 will set him over all his property "will put him in charge of all his property"
|
||||
LUK 12 45 dpk8 ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος 1 that servant This refers to the servant whose lord has put him in charge of the other servants.
|
||||
LUK 12 45 aku7 figs-metonymy εἴπῃ τῇ τῇ καρδίᾳ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "thinks to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 aku7 figs-metonymy εἴπῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "thinks to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 cu5k χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 My lord delays his return "My master will not return soon"
|
||||
LUK 12 45 juc5 παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας 1 male and female servants The words that are translated here as "male and female servants" are normally translated as "boys" and "girls." They may indicate that the servants were young or that they were dear to their master.
|
||||
LUK 12 46 j1m1 figs-merism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει γινώσκει 1 in a day when he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know The words "day" and "hour" form a merism of time that refers to any time, and the words "expect" and "know" have similar meanings, so the two phrases here are parallel to emphasize that the coming of the lord will be a total surprise to the servant. However, the phrases should not be combined unless your language has no different words for "know" and "expect" or "day" and "hour." Alternate translation: "at a time when the servant is not expecting him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 vg1d figs-hyperbole διχοτομήσει διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 cut him in pieces and appoint a place for him with the unfaithful Possible meanings are 1) this is an exaggeration for the master dealing out harsh punishment toward the slave, or 2) this describes the manner in which the servant will be executed and buried as punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 j1m1 figs-merism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in a day when he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know The words "day" and "hour" form a merism of time that refers to any time, and the words "expect" and "know" have similar meanings, so the two phrases here are parallel to emphasize that the coming of the lord will be a total surprise to the servant. However, the phrases should not be combined unless your language has no different words for "know" and "expect" or "day" and "hour." Alternate translation: "at a time when the servant is not expecting him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 vg1d figs-hyperbole διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 cut him in pieces and appoint a place for him with the unfaithful Possible meanings are 1) this is an exaggeration for the master dealing out harsh punishment toward the slave, or 2) this describes the manner in which the servant will be executed and buried as punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 p1l2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling the parable.
|
||||
LUK 12 47 im3v figs-activepassive 0 That servant, having known his lord's will, and not having prepared or done according to his will, will be beaten with many blows This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "But as for the servant who knows his lord's will does not prepare or do according to it, the master will beat him with many blows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 aj41 0 his lord's will ... according to his will "what his master wanted him to do ... it"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1707,10 +1707,10 @@ LUK 13 6 sm1p figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to tell the cro
|
|||
LUK 13 6 x42j συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ 1 Someone had a fig tree planted in his vineyard The owner of a vineyard had another person plant a fig tree in the vineyard.
|
||||
LUK 13 7 hg35 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ 1 Why let it waste the ground? The man uses a question to emphasize that the tree is useless and the gardener should cut it down. Alternate translation: "Do not let it waste the ground." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 13 8 pm3j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his parable. This is the end of the story that began in [Luke 12:1](../12/01.md).
|
||||
LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες ἄφες αὐτὴν 1 Leave it alone "Do not do anything to the tree" or "Do not cut it down"
|
||||
LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες αὐτὴν 1 Leave it alone "Do not do anything to the tree" or "Do not cut it down"
|
||||
LUK 13 8 st4w figs-explicit 0 put manure on it "put manure in the soil." Manure is animal dung. People put it in the ground to make the soil good for plants and trees. Alternate translation: "put fertilizer on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 9 w5qh figs-ellipsis 0 If it bears fruit next year, good It may be helpful to state what will happen. Alternate translation: "If it has figs on it next year, we can allow it to keep growing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 13 9 j4ul ἐκκόψεις ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν 1 cut it down The servant was making a suggestion; he was not giving a command to the owner. Alternate translation: "Tell me to cut it down" or "I will cut it down"
|
||||
LUK 13 9 j4ul ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν 1 cut it down The servant was making a suggestion; he was not giving a command to the owner. Alternate translation: "Tell me to cut it down" or "I will cut it down"
|
||||
LUK 13 10 q2yb writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the setting of this part of the story and about a crippled woman who is introduced into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 13 10 p3el writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now The author uses this word to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 13 10 c3j8 ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 during the Sabbath "on a Sabbath day." Some languages would say "a Sabbath" because we do not know which particular Sabbath day it was.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1724,10 +1724,10 @@ LUK 13 13 k3k1 figs-activepassive ἀνωρθώθη 1 she was straightened up Th
|
|||
LUK 13 14 i6em ἀγανακτῶν 1 was indignant "was very angry"
|
||||
LUK 13 14 d8ir 0 answered and said "said" or "responded"
|
||||
LUK 13 14 ai1f figs-activepassive οὖν θεραπεύεσθε 1 be healed then This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let someone heal you during those six days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 qap4 τῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ Σαββάτου 1 on the Sabbath day "on a Sabbath day." Some languages would say "a Sabbath" because we do not know which particular Sabbath day it was.
|
||||
LUK 13 14 qap4 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Σαββάτου 1 on the Sabbath day "on a Sabbath day." Some languages would say "a Sabbath" because we do not know which particular Sabbath day it was.
|
||||
LUK 13 15 k7p8 ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος 1 The Lord answered him "The Lord responded to the synagogue ruler"
|
||||
LUK 13 15 u6zr figs-explicit ὑποκριταί 1 Hypocrites Jesus speaks directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form includes the other religious rulers also. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 15 xt5y figs-rquestion λύει? ἕκαστος ὑμῶν λύει αὐτοῦ τὸν βοῦν ἢ τὸν οὐ ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν ποτίζει τῷ Σαββάτῳ ὄνον 1 Does not each of you untie his ox or his donkey from the stall and lead it to drink on the Sabbath? Jesus uses a question to get them to think about something they already knew. Alternate translation: "Every one of you unties his ox or his donkey from the stall and leads it to drink on the Sabbath." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 13 15 xt5y figs-rquestion λύει? ἕκαστος ὑμῶν αὐτοῦ τὸν βοῦν ἢ τὸν οὐ ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν ποτίζει τῷ Σαββάτῳ ὄνον 1 Does not each of you untie his ox or his donkey from the stall and lead it to drink on the Sabbath? Jesus uses a question to get them to think about something they already knew. Alternate translation: "Every one of you unties his ox or his donkey from the stall and leads it to drink on the Sabbath." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 13 15 ha7b 0 ox ... donkey These are animals that people care for by giving them water.
|
||||
LUK 13 15 kbj4 τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath "on a Sabbath." Some languages would say "a Sabbath" because we do not know which particular Sabbath day it was.
|
||||
LUK 13 16 br72 figs-idiom θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ 1 daughter of Abraham This is an idiom that means, "descendant of Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1738,9 +1738,9 @@ LUK 13 17 s3jj ταῦτα λέγοντος 1 As he said these things "When Jes
|
|||
LUK 13 17 r1jn τοῖς ἐνδόξοις γινομένοις αὐτοῦ 1 the glorious things he did "the glorious things Jesus was doing"
|
||||
LUK 13 18 i3pu figs-parables 0 Jesus begins to tell a parable to the people in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 13 18 ua3y figs-rquestion 0 What is the kingdom of God like ... what can I compare it to? Jesus uses two questions to introduce what he is about to teach. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what the kingdom of God is like ... what I can compare it to." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 13 18 wdq9 figs-parallelism τίνι ὁμοιώσω ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν? 1 what can I compare it to? This is basically the same as the previous question. Some languages can use both questions, and some would use only one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 g4hr figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed Jesus compares the kingdom to a mustard seed. Alternate translation: "The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 x3p8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this seed is not known, the phrase can be translated with the name of another seed like it or simply as "a small seed." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 18 wdq9 figs-parallelism τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν? 1 what can I compare it to? This is basically the same as the previous question. Some languages can use both questions, and some would use only one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 g4hr figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed Jesus compares the kingdom to a mustard seed. Alternate translation: "The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 x3p8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this seed is not known, the phrase can be translated with the name of another seed like it or simply as "a small seed." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 wv4q figs-explicit ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ 1 threw into his garden "planted in his garden." People planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in the garden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 q2e6 figs-hyperbole 0 a big tree The word "big" is an exaggeration that contrasts the tree with the tiny seed. Alternate translation: "a very large shrub" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 avk2 πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 birds of heaven "birds of the sky." Alternate translation: "birds that fly in the sky" or "birds"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1782,26 +1782,26 @@ LUK 13 34 rj48 ποσάκις ἠθέλησα 1 How often I desired "I so often
|
|||
LUK 13 34 q1i3 figs-metonymy ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου 1 to gather your children The people of Jerusalem are described as her "children." Alternate translation: "to gather your people" or "to gather the people of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 13 34 kb9t figs-metaphor 0 the way a hen gathers her brood under her wings This describes how a hen protects her young from harm by covering them with her wings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 w1v2 figs-metaphor ἀφίεται ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house is abandoned This is a prophecy about something that would happen soon. It means that God has stopped protecting the people of Jerusalem, so enemies can attack them and drive them away. Possible meanings are 1) God will abandon them. Alternate translation: "God will abandon you" or 2) their city will be empty. Alternate translation: "your house will be abandoned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 x4y6 ὑμῖν οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἴδητέ ἕως εἴπητε 1 you will not see me until you say "you will not see me until the time comes when you will say" or "the next time you see me, you will say"
|
||||
LUK 13 35 x4y6 ὑμῖν οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως εἴπητε 1 you will not see me until you say "you will not see me until the time comes when you will say" or "the next time you see me, you will say"
|
||||
LUK 13 35 v6lj figs-metonymy ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 the name of the Lord Here "name" refers to the Lord's power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 14 intro xk3w 0 # Luke 14 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 3 says, "Jesus asked the experts in the Jewish law and the Pharisees, 'Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?'" Many times, the Pharisees got angry with Jesus for healing on the Sabbath. In this passage, Jesus dumbfounds the Pharisees. It was normally the Pharisees who tried to trap Jesus.<br><br>##### Changes of subject<br><br>Many times in this chapter Luke changes from one subject to another without marking the changes.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in [Luke 14:15-24](./15.md) to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy. But people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: "for everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted" ([Luke 14:11](../../luk/14/11.md)).<br>
|
||||
LUK 14 1 a3ya writing-background 0 General Information: It is the Sabbath, and Jesus is at Pharisee's house. Verse 1 gives background information for the event that follows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 dj2d writing-newevent ἐγένετο Σαββάτῳ 1 It happened one Sabbath This indicates a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 lh8g figs-synecdoche φαγεῖν ἄρτον 1 to eat bread "to eat" or "for a meal." Bread was an important part of a meal and is used in this sentence to refer to a meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 jst8 παρατηρούμενοι παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν 1 watching him closely They wanted to see if they could accuse him of doing anything wrong.
|
||||
LUK 14 1 jst8 παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν 1 watching him closely They wanted to see if they could accuse him of doing anything wrong.
|
||||
LUK 14 2 f5gh writing-participants 0 Behold, there in front of him was a man The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. English uses "There in front of him was a man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 l4a1 ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς 1 was suffering from edema Edema is swelling caused by water building up in parts of the body. Some languages may have a name for this condition. Alternate translation: "was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water"
|
||||
LUK 14 3 qak4 ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι, ἢ οὔ 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not "Does the law permit us to heal on the Sabbath, or does it forbid it"
|
||||
LUK 14 4 pj9t οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν 1 But they kept silent The religious leaders refused to answer Jesus' question.
|
||||
LUK 14 4 x4lq 0 So Jesus took hold of him "So Jesus took hold of the man who suffered from edema"
|
||||
LUK 14 5 rr5z figs-rquestion 0 Which of you who has a son or an ox ... will not immediately pull him out? Jesus uses a question because he wanted them to admit that they would help their son or ox, even on the Sabbath. Therefore, it was right for him to heal people even on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: "If one of you has a son or an ox ... you would surely pull him out immediately." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 6 cti5 οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι 1 They were not able to give an answer They knew the answer and that Jesus was right, but they did not want to admit that he was correct. Alternate translation: "They had nothing to say"
|
||||
LUK 14 6 cti5 οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι 1 They were not able to give an answer They knew the answer and that Jesus was right, but they did not want to admit that he was correct. Alternate translation: "They had nothing to say"
|
||||
LUK 14 7 u86b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the guests at the house of the Pharisee who had invited him to a meal.
|
||||
LUK 14 7 em4u figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who were invited It may be helpful to identify these people, and to state this in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 yd4g τὰς πρωτοκλισίας 1 the seats of honor "the seats for honored people" or "the seats for important people"
|
||||
LUK 14 8 pd7w figs-activepassive ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος 1 When you are invited by someone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When someone invites you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 8 m5b9 figs-you 0 When you ... than you These occurrences of "you" are singular. Jesus is speaking to the group as if to each individual person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 14 8 t1r5 figs-activepassive μήποτε ἐντιμότερός ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος 1 because someone may have been invited who is more honored than you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the host may have invited a person who is more important than you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 8 t1r5 figs-activepassive μήποτε ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος 1 because someone may have been invited who is more honored than you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the host may have invited a person who is more important than you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 y1x6 figs-you 0 say to you ... your place ... you will proceed These occurrences of "you" and "your" are singular. Jesus is speaking to the group as if to each individual person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 adb3 figs-you 0 both of you This occurrence of "you" refers to the two people who want the same seat of honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 ecp7 μετὰ αἰσχύνης 1 in shame "you will feel ashamed and"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1818,9 +1818,9 @@ LUK 14 11 eki7 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted "will
|
|||
LUK 14 12 ka2w 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking at the Pharisee's house, but addresses his host directly.
|
||||
LUK 14 12 p9hc τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν 1 the man who had invited him "the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal"
|
||||
LUK 14 12 v4uk figs-you ὅταν ποιῇς 1 When you give "you" is singular because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee that invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 gmh6 μὴ φώνει φώνει 1 do not invite This probably does not mean they can never invite these people. More likely it means they should invite others as well. Alternate translation: "do not only invite" or "do not always invite"
|
||||
LUK 14 12 gmh6 μὴ φώνει 1 do not invite This probably does not mean they can never invite these people. More likely it means they should invite others as well. Alternate translation: "do not only invite" or "do not always invite"
|
||||
LUK 14 12 n1ec μήποτε αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν 1 as they may "because they might"
|
||||
LUK 14 12 iy46 ἀντικαλέσωσίν ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 invite you in return "invite you to their dinner or banquet"
|
||||
LUK 14 12 iy46 ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 invite you in return "invite you to their dinner or banquet"
|
||||
LUK 14 12 vn1y figs-activepassive γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 you will be repaid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in this way they will repay you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 13 nc41 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisee who had invited him to his home.
|
||||
LUK 14 13 uc5f κάλει πτωχούς 1 invite the poor It may be helpful to add "also" since this statement is probably not exclusive. Alternate translation: "also invite the poor"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1833,10 +1833,10 @@ LUK 14 15 h4wu writing-participants 0 one of them who sat at the table This int
|
|||
LUK 14 15 gu4r 0 Blessed is he The man was not talking about a specific person. Alternate translation: "Blessed is anyone" or "How good it is for everyone"
|
||||
LUK 14 15 a8pf figs-synecdoche 0 he who will eat bread The word "bread" is used to refer to the whole meal. Alternate translation: "he who will eat at the meal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 m4y2 figs-parables ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 But Jesus said to him Jesus begins telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 yrp5 figs-explicit ἄνθρωπός ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον δεῖπνον μέγα καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς 1 A certain man prepared a large dinner and invited many The reader should be able to infer that the man probably had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 m7bc ἄνθρωπός ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This phrase is a way of referring to the man without giving any specific information about his identity.
|
||||
LUK 14 16 yrp5 figs-explicit ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς 1 A certain man prepared a large dinner and invited many The reader should be able to infer that the man probably had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 m7bc ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This phrase is a way of referring to the man without giving any specific information about his identity.
|
||||
LUK 14 16 rze1 ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς 1 invited many "invited many people" or "invited many guests"
|
||||
LUK 14 17 us3d τῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου 1 When the dinner was prepared "At the time for the dinner" or "When the dinner was about to begin"
|
||||
LUK 14 17 us3d τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου 1 When the dinner was prepared "At the time for the dinner" or "When the dinner was about to begin"
|
||||
LUK 14 17 xkp8 figs-activepassive τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 those who were invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those he had invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 eh3h 0 General Information: All of the people who were invited gave the servant excuses about why they could not come to the banquet.
|
||||
LUK 14 18 kd3n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling his parable.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1862,14 +1862,14 @@ LUK 14 24 n867 figs-activepassive τῶν κεκλημένων 1 who were invite
|
|||
LUK 14 24 hl7q γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 will taste my dinner "will enjoy the dinner I have prepared"
|
||||
LUK 14 25 gv94 0 General Information: Jesus begins to teach the crowd that was traveling with him.
|
||||
LUK 14 26 rmt8 figs-hyperbole 0 If anyone comes to me and does not hate his own father ... he cannot be my disciple Here, "hate" is an exaggeration for the lesser love people are to show to people other than Jesus. Alternate translation: "If anyone comes to me and does not love me more than he loves his father ... he cannot be my disciple" or "Only if a person loves me more than he loves his own father ... can he be my disciple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 pm44 figs-doublenegatives ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 Whoever does not carry his own cross and come after me cannot be my disciple This could be stated with positive verbs. Alternate translation: "If anyone wants to be my disciple, he must carry his own cross and follow me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 pm44 figs-doublenegatives ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 Whoever does not carry his own cross and come after me cannot be my disciple This could be stated with positive verbs. Alternate translation: "If anyone wants to be my disciple, he must carry his own cross and follow me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 jn5u figs-metaphor βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 carry his own cross Jesus does not mean every Christian must be crucified. The Romans often made people carry their own crosses before they crucified them as a sign of their submission to Rome. This metaphor means they must submit to God and be willing to suffer in any way to be Jesus' disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 s6ru 0 General Information: Jesus continues to explain to the crowd that it is important to count the cost of being a disciple.
|
||||
LUK 14 28 q3cx figs-rquestion 0 For which of you who desires to build a tower does not first sit down and count the cost to calculate if he has what he needs to complete it? Jesus uses this question to prove that people count the cost of a project before they begin it. Alternate translation: "If a person wanted to build a tower, he would certainly first sit down and determine if he had enough money to complete it." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 eyx4 πύργον 1 tower This may have been a watchtower. "a tall building" or "a high lookout platform"
|
||||
LUK 14 29 qj4i figs-ellipsis ἵνα μήποτε 1 Otherwise It may be helpful to give more information. Alternate translation: "If he does not first count the cost" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 14 29 axc7 θέντος θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον 1 when he has laid a foundation "when he has built a base" or "when he has completed the first part of the building"
|
||||
LUK 14 29 ym3a figs-explicit μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι 1 is not able to finish It is understood that he was not able to finish because he did not have enough money. This could be stated. Alternate translation: "does not have enough money to be able to finish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 29 axc7 θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον 1 when he has laid a foundation "when he has built a base" or "when he has completed the first part of the building"
|
||||
LUK 14 29 ym3a figs-explicit μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι 1 is not able to finish It is understood that he was not able to finish because he did not have enough money. This could be stated. Alternate translation: "does not have enough money to be able to finish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 31 lg6h 0 General Information: Jesus continues to explain to the crowd that it is important to count the cost of being a disciple.
|
||||
LUK 14 31 p1ri ἢ 1 Or Jesus used this word to introduce another situation where people count the cost before making a decision.
|
||||
LUK 14 31 vp3u figs-rquestion 0 what king ... will not sit down first and take advice ... men? Jesus uses another question to teach the crowd about counting the cost. Alternate translation: "you know that a king ... would sit down first and take counsel ... men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ LUK 15 5 xwa5 figs-explicit 0 lays it across his shoulders This is the way a sh
|
|||
LUK 15 6 g3f3 ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον 1 When he comes to the house "When the owner of the sheep comes home" or "When you come home." Refer to the owner of the sheep as you did in the previous verse.
|
||||
LUK 15 7 k1l2 οὕτως 1 even so "in the same way" or "as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice"
|
||||
LUK 15 7 k8k6 χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται 1 there will be joy in heaven "everyone in heaven will rejoice"
|
||||
LUK 15 7 yn3h figs-hyperbole ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα δικαίοις οἵτινες οὐ- χρείαν χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἔχουσιν μετανοίας 1 ninety-nine righteous persons who do not need to repent Jesus uses sarcasm to say that the Pharisees were wrong to think that they did not need to repent. Your language may have a different way to express this idea. Alternate translation: "ninety-nine persons like you, who think they are righteous and do not need to repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 15 7 yn3h figs-hyperbole ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα δικαίοις οἵτινες οὐ- χρείαν ἔχουσιν μετανοίας 1 ninety-nine righteous persons who do not need to repent Jesus uses sarcasm to say that the Pharisees were wrong to think that they did not need to repent. Your language may have a different way to express this idea. Alternate translation: "ninety-nine persons like you, who think they are righteous and do not need to repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 15 7 rd5r translate-numbers ἐνενήκοντα- ἐννέα 1 ninety-nine "99" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
LUK 15 8 pi6f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins telling another parable. It is about a woman with 10 sliver coins.
|
||||
LUK 15 8 ly5c figs-rquestion 0 Or what woman ... would not light a lamp ... and seek diligently until she has found it? Jesus uses a question to remind the people that if they lost a silver coin, they would certainly look for it diligently. Alternate translation: "Any woman ... would certainly light a lamp ... and seek diligently until she has found it." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1910,27 +1910,27 @@ LUK 15 8 qr36 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ 1 if she were to lose This is
|
|||
LUK 15 10 wrs9 οὕτως 1 Even so "In the same way" or "Just as people would rejoice with the woman"
|
||||
LUK 15 10 m8zl ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι 1 over one sinner who repents "when one sinner repents"
|
||||
LUK 15 11 ib6s figs-parables 0 Jesus begins telling another parable. It is about a young man who asks his father for his part of the inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 15 11 c2t6 writing-participants ἄνθρωπός ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This introduces a new character in the parable. Some languages might say "There was a man who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 15 11 c2t6 writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This introduces a new character in the parable. Some languages might say "There was a man who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 15 12 y6uq δός μοι 1 give me The son wanted his father to give it to him immediately. Languages that have a command form that means that they want it done immediately should use that form.
|
||||
LUK 15 12 l8ve τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας 1 the portion of the wealth that falls to me "the part of your wealth that you planned for me to receive when you die"
|
||||
LUK 15 12 r2q7 αὐτοῖς 1 between them "between his two sons"
|
||||
LUK 15 13 lu69 0 gathered together all he owned "packed his things" or "put his things in his bag"
|
||||
LUK 15 13 ew56 ζῶν ἀσώτως 1 living recklessly "living without thinking about the consequences of his actions" or "living wildly"
|
||||
LUK 15 14 z99l δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus explains how the younger son went from having plenty to being in need.
|
||||
LUK 15 14 kpb8 ἐγένετο λιμὸς λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 a severe famine spread through that country "a drought occurred there and the entire country did not have enough food"
|
||||
LUK 15 14 kpb8 ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 a severe famine spread through that country "a drought occurred there and the entire country did not have enough food"
|
||||
LUK 15 14 y8mf ὑστερεῖσθαι 1 to be in need "to lack what he needed" or "to not have enough"
|
||||
LUK 15 15 cdn2 πορευθεὶς 1 He went The word "he" refers to the younger son.
|
||||
LUK 15 15 y3bf ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ 1 hired himself out to "took a job with" or "began to work for"
|
||||
LUK 15 15 k19m ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς τῆς χώρας χώρας ἐκείνης 1 one of the citizens of that country "a man of that country"
|
||||
LUK 15 15 k19m ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης 1 one of the citizens of that country "a man of that country"
|
||||
LUK 15 15 rxt4 βόσκειν χοίρους 1 to feed pigs "to give food to the man's pigs"
|
||||
LUK 15 16 m8zd figs-explicit 0 would gladly have eaten "wished very much that he could eat." It is understood that this is because he was very hungry. This could be stated. Alternate translation: "he was so hungry that he would have happily eaten" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 16 pd3c translate-unknown κερατίων 1 carob pods These are the husks of beans that grow on the carob tree. Alternate translation: "carob bean pods" or "bean husks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 x4jc figs-idiom εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθὼν 1 came to himself This idiom means he realized what the truth was, that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: "clearly understood his situation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 xw1a ' πόσοι μίσθιοι μίσθιοι τοῦ τοῦ πατρός πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων 1 How many of my father's hired servants have more than enough food This is part of an exclamation, and not a question. Alternate translation: "All my father's hired servants have more than enough food to eat"
|
||||
LUK 15 17 xw1a ' πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων 1 How many of my father's hired servants have more than enough food This is part of an exclamation, and not a question. Alternate translation: "All my father's hired servants have more than enough food to eat"
|
||||
LUK 15 17 tal2 λιμῷ ἀπόλλυμαι 1 dying from hunger This is probably not an exaggeration. The young man may really have been starving.
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m4pj figs-metonymy ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 I have sinned against heaven Jewish people sometimes avoided saying the word "God" and used the word "heaven" instead. Alternate translation: "I have sinned against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 aug2 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son "I am not worthy to be called your son." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am not worthy for you to call me son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 up55 ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν τῶν μισθίων μισθίων σου 1 make me as one of your hired servants "hire me as an employee" or "hire me and I will become one of your servants." This is a request, not a command. It may be helpful to add "please" as the UST does.
|
||||
LUK 15 19 up55 ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 make me as one of your hired servants "hire me as an employee" or "hire me and I will become one of your servants." This is a request, not a command. It may be helpful to add "please" as the UST does.
|
||||
LUK 15 20 m43r 0 So the young son left and came toward his father "So he left that country and started going back to his father." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, the young man was in need and had decided to go home.
|
||||
LUK 15 20 za3c 0 While he was still far away "While he was still far away from his home" or "While he was still far away from his father's house"
|
||||
LUK 15 20 a7ls ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 was moved with compassion "had pity on him" or "loved him deeply from his heart"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1963,18 +1963,18 @@ LUK 15 32 due5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος νεκρὸ
|
|||
LUK 15 32 v55y figs-metaphor ἀπολωλὼς, καὶ εὑρέθη 1 he was lost, and has now been found This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were lost. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: "it is as if he were lost and now I found him" or "he was lost and has returned home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 16 intro qz3g 0 # Luke 16 General Notes
|
||||
LUK 16 1 r6ck figs-parables 0 Jesus begins telling another parable. It is about a master and the manager of his debtors. This is still the same part of the story and the same day that began in [Luke 15:3](../15/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 16 1 p54g ἔλεγεν ἔλεγεν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς 1 Jesus also said to the disciples The last section was directed at Pharisees and scribes, though Jesus' disciples may have been part of the crowd listening.
|
||||
LUK 16 1 p54g ἔλεγεν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς 1 Jesus also said to the disciples The last section was directed at Pharisees and scribes, though Jesus' disciples may have been part of the crowd listening.
|
||||
LUK 16 1 k6jv writing-participants 0 There was a certain rich man This introduces a new character in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 16 1 blp5 figs-activepassive 0 it was reported to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people reported to the rich man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 1 lpc3 διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 wasting his possessions "foolishly managing the rich man's wealth"
|
||||
LUK 16 2 p7y7 figs-rquestion 0 What is this that I hear about you? The rich man uses a question to scold the manager. Alternate translation: "I have heard what you are doing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 16 2 q433 ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς τῆς οἰκονομίας οἰκονομίας σου 1 Give an account of your management "Set your records in order to pass on to someone else" or "Prepare the records you have written about my money"
|
||||
LUK 16 2 q433 ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου 1 Give an account of your management "Set your records in order to pass on to someone else" or "Prepare the records you have written about my money"
|
||||
LUK 16 3 kc12 figs-rquestion 0 What should I do ... job? The manager asks this question of himself, as a means of reviewing his options. Alternate translation: "I need to think about what I should do ... job" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 16 3 kng1 ὁ κύριός μου 1 my master This refers to the wealthy man. The manager was not a slave. Alternate translation: "my employer"
|
||||
LUK 16 3 t3kj σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω ἰσχύω 1 I do not have strength to dig "I am not strong enough to dig the ground" or "I am not able to dig"
|
||||
LUK 16 3 t3kj σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω 1 I do not have strength to dig "I am not strong enough to dig the ground" or "I am not able to dig"
|
||||
LUK 16 4 xxe2 figs-activepassive ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας 1 when I am removed from my management job This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when I lose my management job" or "when my master takes away my management job" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 4 m4za figs-explicit δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 people will welcome me into their houses This implies that those people will provide a job, or other things that he needs to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 5 rze8 τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ' χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου 1 his master's debtors "the people who were in debt to his master" or "the people who owed things to his master." In this story the debtors owed olive oil and wheat.
|
||||
LUK 16 5 rze8 τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ' χρεοφιλετῶν 1 his master's debtors "the people who were in debt to his master" or "the people who owed things to his master." In this story the debtors owed olive oil and wheat.
|
||||
LUK 16 6 xp6d 0 He said ... He said to him "The debtor said ... the manager said to the debtor"
|
||||
LUK 16 6 u8nh translate-bvolume ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου 1 A hundred baths of olive oil This was about 3,000 liters of olive oil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 rmb3 translate-numbers 0 hundred ... fifty "100 ... 50" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ LUK 16 15 q82t figs-activepassive τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν
|
|||
LUK 16 16 m566 ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 The law and the prophets This refers to all of God's word that had been written up to that time.
|
||||
LUK 16 16 a2ra 0 were in effect "had authority" or "were what people needed to obey"
|
||||
LUK 16 16 b78c figs-explicit 0 John came This refers to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: "John the Baptist came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 16 mrl3 figs-activepassive ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται εὐαγγελίζεται 1 the gospel of the kingdom of God is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am teaching people about the good news of the kingdom of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 16 mrl3 figs-activepassive ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται 1 the gospel of the kingdom of God is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am teaching people about the good news of the kingdom of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 16 lyw7 πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται 1 everyone tries to force their way into it This refers to the people who were listening to and accepting the teaching of Jesus. Alternate translation: "many people are doing everything they can to enter it"
|
||||
LUK 16 17 stl8 εὐκοπώτερον ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν πεσεῖν 1 it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one stroke of a letter of the law to become invalid This contrast could be stated in the reverse order. Alternate translation: "even the smallest stroke of the letter of the law will last longer than heaven and earth will exist"
|
||||
LUK 16 17 ke7y figs-explicit ἢ μίαν κερέαν 1 than for one stroke of a letter A "stroke" is the smallest part of a letter. It refers to something in the law that may seem to be insignificant. Alternate translation: "than for even the smallest detail of the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2031,11 +2031,11 @@ LUK 16 18 sq24 ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμῶν 1 he who marries one "
|
|||
LUK 16 19 yqm2 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the story Jesus begins to tell about the rich man and Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 16 19 er6u 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus continues teaching the people he begins to tell a story. It is about a rich man and Lazarus.
|
||||
LUK 16 19 kd1x δέ 1 Now This marks a shift in Jesus' speech as he begins to tell a story that will help people understand what he was teaching them.
|
||||
LUK 16 19 r67p writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπος τις πλούσιος 1 a certain rich man This phrase introduces a person in Jesus' story. It is not clear if this is a real person or if it is simply a person in a story that Jesus tells in order to make a point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 16 19 r67p writing-participants ἄνθρωπος τις πλούσιος 1 a certain rich man This phrase introduces a person in Jesus' story. It is not clear if this is a real person or if it is simply a person in a story that Jesus tells in order to make a point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 16 19 fu76 ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον 1 who was clothed in purple and fine linen "who wore clothing made with fine linen and purple dye" or "who wore very expensive clothes." Purple dye and fine linen cloth were very expensive.
|
||||
LUK 16 19 sz7t εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς 1 was enjoying every day his great wealth "enjoyed eating expensive food every day" or "spent much money and bought whatever he desired"
|
||||
LUK 16 20 s11m figs-activepassive πτωχὸς πτωχὸς τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 A certain beggar named Lazarus was laid at his gate This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People had laid a certain beggar named Lazarus at his gate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 16 20 mmw2 writing-participants πτωχὸς πτωχὸς τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος 1 A certain beggar named Lazarus This phrase introduces another person in Jesus' story. It is not clear if this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus tells in order to make a point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 16 20 s11m figs-activepassive πτωχὸς τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 A certain beggar named Lazarus was laid at his gate This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People had laid a certain beggar named Lazarus at his gate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 16 20 mmw2 writing-participants πτωχὸς τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος 1 A certain beggar named Lazarus This phrase introduces another person in Jesus' story. It is not clear if this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus tells in order to make a point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 16 20 ax4v πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 at his gate "at the gate to the rich man's house" or "at the entrance to the rich man's property"
|
||||
LUK 16 20 ex57 εἱλκωμένος 1 covered with sores "with sores all over his body"
|
||||
LUK 16 21 i2fn ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων 1 longing to eat what fell "wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ LUK 16 21 vnk5 καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι 1 Even the dogs cam
|
|||
LUK 16 21 xby9 κύνες 1 dogs The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop the dogs from licking his wounds.
|
||||
LUK 16 22 y7pb writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 16 22 hrm6 figs-activepassive ἀπενεχθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 was carried away by the angels This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angels carried him away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 22 r2k1 figs-explicit εἰς Ἀβραάμ' τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ 1 to Abraham's side This implies that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast, in the Greek style of feasting. The joy in heaven is often represented in the scriptures by the idea of a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 22 r2k1 figs-explicit εἰς Ἀβραάμ' τὸν κόλπον 1 to Abraham's side This implies that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast, in the Greek style of feasting. The joy in heaven is often represented in the scriptures by the idea of a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 22 hn6v figs-activepassive ἐτάφη 1 was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 23 qpd2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ 1 at his side This implies that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast, in the Greek style of feasting. The joy in heaven is often represented in the scriptures by the idea of a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 23 vca4 ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ, ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις 1 in Hades, being in torment "he went to Hades, where, suffering in terrible pain"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ LUK 16 24 dpp9 0 he cried out and said "the rich man called out to say" or "he
|
|||
LUK 16 24 m95a Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ 1 Father Abraham Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews, including the rich man.
|
||||
LUK 16 24 b2rc ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me "please have pity on me" or "please be merciful to me"
|
||||
LUK 16 24 ly9k καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον 1 and send Lazarus "by sending Lazarus" or "and tell Lazarus to come to me"
|
||||
LUK 16 24 rc6p βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ τοῦ δακτύλου δακτύλου αὐτοῦ 1 he may dip the tip of his finger This indicates the smallness of the amount requested. Alternate translation: "he may wet the tip of his finger"
|
||||
LUK 16 24 rc6p βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ 1 he may dip the tip of his finger This indicates the smallness of the amount requested. Alternate translation: "he may wet the tip of his finger"
|
||||
LUK 16 24 qix8 ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 I am in anguish in this flame "I am in terrible pain in this flame" or "I am suffering terribly in this fire"
|
||||
LUK 16 25 v4lu τέκνον 1 Child The rich man was one of Abraham's descendants.
|
||||
LUK 16 25 we9w τὰ ἀγαθά 1 good things "fine things" or "pleasant things"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2061,8 +2061,8 @@ LUK 16 25 rv17 ὁμοίως 1 in like manner This refers the fact that they bo
|
|||
LUK 16 25 g4js ὧδε παρακαλεῖται 1 he is comforted here "he is comfortable here" or "he is happy here"
|
||||
LUK 16 25 cn8i ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 in agony "suffering"
|
||||
LUK 16 26 af4h ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις 1 Besides all this "In addition to this reason"
|
||||
LUK 16 26 tu5w figs-activepassive χάσμα χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται 1 a great chasm has been put in place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has placed a huge ravine between you and us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 g1qn χάσμα χάσμα μέγα 1 a great chasm "a steep, deep and wide valley" or "a big separation" or "a huge ravine"
|
||||
LUK 16 26 tu5w figs-activepassive χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται 1 a great chasm has been put in place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has placed a huge ravine between you and us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 g1qn χάσμα μέγα 1 a great chasm "a steep, deep and wide valley" or "a big separation" or "a huge ravine"
|
||||
LUK 16 26 sg6d 0 those who want to cross over ... cannot "those people who want to cross over the chasm ... cannot" or "if anyone wants to cross over ... he cannot"
|
||||
LUK 16 28 x8xk ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς 1 in order that he may warn them "so that Lazarus may warn them"
|
||||
LUK 16 28 y1xn τὸν τόπον τοῦτον βασάνου 1 this place of torment "this place where we suffer torment" or "this place where we suffer terrible pain"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2072,14 +2072,14 @@ LUK 16 29 x8pt figs-metonymy Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 M
|
|||
LUK 16 29 l3in ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 let them listen to them "your brothers should pay attention to Moses and the prophets"
|
||||
LUK 16 30 d84a figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 if someone would go to them from the dead This describes a situation that has not happened, but that the rich man would like to happen. Alternate translation: "if a person who has died would go to them" or "if someone who has died would go and warn them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 r3ez ἀπὸ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
LUK 16 31 xkr7 figs-metonymy εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν ἀκούουσιν 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets Here "Moses and the prophets" represent the things that they wrote. Alternate translation: "If they do not pay attention to what Moses and the prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 xkr7 figs-metonymy εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets Here "Moses and the prophets" represent the things that they wrote. Alternate translation: "If they do not pay attention to what Moses and the prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 n9s4 figs-hypo οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ πεισθήσονται 1 neither will they be persuaded if someone rises from the dead Abraham states what would happen if the hypothetical situation occurred. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither will a person who comes back from the dead be able to convince them" or "they will not believe even if a person comes back from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 gf1b ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 rises from the dead The words "from the dead" speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
LUK 17 intro c4am 0 # Luke 17 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Old Testament Examples<br><br>Jesus used the lives of Noah and of Lot to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and they needed to be ready for him to return, because he would not warn them when he came. Lot's wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it, and they needed to love Jesus more than anything else,<br><br>Those who read your translation may need help so they can understand what Jesus was teaching here.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Hypothetical situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. Jesus used a special type of hypothetical situation to teach that what will happen to those who cause others to sin will be worse than being drowned ([Luke 19:1-2](./01.md)) and another to scold the disciples because they had little faith ([Luke 19:6](../../luk/19/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus asked his disciples three questions ([Luke 17:7-9](./07.md)) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([Luke 17:22](../../luk/17/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: "Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it" ([Luke 17:33](../../luk/17/33.md)).<br>
|
||||
LUK 17 1 ls87 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching, but he directs his attention back to his disciples. This is still the same part of the story and the same day that began in [Luke 15:3](../15/03.md).
|
||||
LUK 17 1 ej1e 0 It is certain there will be things that can cause us to sin "Things that tempt people to sin will certainly happen"
|
||||
LUK 17 1 zck5 0 to that person through whom they come "to anyone who causes the temptations to come" or "to any person who causes people to be tempted"
|
||||
LUK 17 2 dvz5 figs-explicit λυσιτελεῖ. εἰ λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν τράχηλον καὶ ἔρριπται αὐτῷ τὴν θάλασσαν ἢ ἵνα σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τούτων τῶν μικρῶν σκανδαλίσῃ εἰς 1 It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea than that he should cause one of these little ones to stumble. You may need to make explicit that it is the punishment for causing people to sin that Jesus is comparing to being thrown into the sea. Alternate translation: "I will not punish him a little by putting a millstone around his neck and throwing him into the sea. Instead, I will punish him much. This is because he has caused one of these little ones to stumble." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 dvz5 figs-explicit λυσιτελεῖ. εἰ λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν τράχηλον καὶ ἔρριπται αὐτῷ τὴν θάλασσαν ἢ ἵνα σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τούτων τῶν μικρῶν εἰς 1 It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea than that he should cause one of these little ones to stumble. You may need to make explicit that it is the punishment for causing people to sin that Jesus is comparing to being thrown into the sea. Alternate translation: "I will not punish him a little by putting a millstone around his neck and throwing him into the sea. Instead, I will punish him much. This is because he has caused one of these little ones to stumble." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 bf3k figs-hypo λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ 1 It would be better for him if This introduces a hypothetical situation. It means that this person's punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if they had drowned in the sea. No one has put a stone around his neck, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 uk6e figs-activepassive λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρριπται 1 a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if they were to put a millstone around his neck and throw him" or "if someone were to put a heavy stone around his neck and push him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 uj1r figs-gendernotations 0 for him ... his neck ... he were ... he should These words can refer to anyone, to women as well as to men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ LUK 17 4 x8a3 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἑπτάκις ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σ
|
|||
LUK 17 4 k5va figs-explicit ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἑπτάκις 1 seven times in the day, and seven times The number seven in the Bible is a symbol for completeness. Alternate translation: "many times in a day, and each time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 5 s4dy 0 General Information: There is a brief break in Jesus' teachings as the disciples speak to him. Then Jesus continues teaching.
|
||||
LUK 17 5 pji3 πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν 1 Increase our faith "Please give us more faith" or "Please add more faith to our faith"
|
||||
LUK 17 6 ep7z figs-simile εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed, you A mustard seed is a very small seed. Jesus implies that they do not have even a small amount of faith. Alternate translation: "If you had faith that was even as small as a mustard seed, you" or "Your faith is not as big as a mustard seed—but if it were, you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 ep7z figs-simile εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed, you A mustard seed is a very small seed. Jesus implies that they do not have even a small amount of faith. Alternate translation: "If you had faith that was even as small as a mustard seed, you" or "Your faith is not as big as a mustard seed—but if it were, you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown συκαμίνῳ 1 mulberry tree If this type of tree is not familiar, it may be helpful to substitute another type of tree. Alternate translation: "fig tree" or "tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 ky7z figs-activepassive ἐκριζώθητι, καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea" or "Take your roots out of the ground, and put your roots down into the ocean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 g53n ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν 1 it would obey you "the tree would obey you." This result is conditional. It would happen only if they had faith.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2107,12 +2107,12 @@ LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion 0 He does not thank the servant ... commanded, doe
|
|||
LUK 17 9 a1fm figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα 1 the things that were commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things you commanded him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 9 qs51 0 does he? "right?" or "is this not true?"
|
||||
LUK 17 10 kze9 figs-you καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 you also Jesus was speaking to his disciples, so languages that have a plural form of "you" would use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 ub27 figs-activepassive τὰ τὰ διαταχθέντα διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 that you are commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has commanded you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 ub27 figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 that you are commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has commanded you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 dga7 figs-hyperbole δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν 1 We are unworthy servants This is an exaggeration to express that they did not do anything worthy of praise. Alternate translation: "We are ordinary slaves" or "We servants do not deserve your praise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 17 11 zv5b writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus heals 10 men of leprosy. Verses 11 and 12 give background information and the setting of the event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 17 11 g442 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 17 11 f5rk ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 as he traveled to Jerusalem "as Jesus and the disciples were traveling to Jerusalem"
|
||||
LUK 17 12 h924 τινα κώμην κώμην 1 a certain village This phrase does not identify the village.
|
||||
LUK 17 12 h924 τινα κώμην 1 a certain village This phrase does not identify the village.
|
||||
LUK 17 12 d9mg figs-activepassive 0 there he was met by ten men who were lepers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ten men who were lepers met him" or "ten men who had leprosy met him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 12 i1sc figs-explicit 0 They stood far away from him This was a respectful gesture, because lepers were not allowed to approach other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 13 l1j4 figs-idiom αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voices The idiom "to lift up one's voice" means to speak loudly. Alternate translation: "they called with loud voices" or "they called aloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2121,18 +2121,18 @@ LUK 17 14 mrx8 figs-explicit ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς
|
|||
LUK 17 14 jpk2 figs-explicit τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτοὺς ἐκαθαρίσθησαν 1 they were cleansed When people were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "they were healed of their leprosy and so became clean" or "they were cured of their leprosy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 15 tdt1 ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη 1 saw that he was healed "realized that he was healed" or "realized that Jesus had healed him"
|
||||
LUK 17 15 x5ja ἰάθη ὑπέστρεψεν 1 he turned back "he went back to Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 17 15 pe1z μετὰ φωνῆς φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 with a loud voice glorifying God "and glorified God loudly"
|
||||
LUK 17 15 pe1z μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 with a loud voice glorifying God "and glorified God loudly"
|
||||
LUK 17 16 ca9n translate-symaction ἔπεσεν παρὰ αὐτοῦ' τοὺς πόδας 1 He fell down at Jesus' feet "he knelt down and put his face close to Jesus' feet." He did this to honor Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 17 17 i6cu 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus healing the 10 lepers.
|
||||
LUK 17 17 hfa2 figs-explicit δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Then Jesus said Jesus responded to what the man did, but he was speaking to the group of people around him. Alternate translation: "So Jesus said to the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 17 cvb2 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν ἐκαθαρίσθησαν? 1 Were not the ten cleansed? This is the first of three rhetorical questions. Jesus used them to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he was that only one of the ten men came back to glorify God. Alternate translation: "Ten men were healed." or "God healed ten men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 17 cvb2 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν? 1 Were not the ten cleansed? This is the first of three rhetorical questions. Jesus used them to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he was that only one of the ten men came back to glorify God. Alternate translation: "Ten men were healed." or "God healed ten men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 17 w8y3 figs-rquestion 0 Where are the nine? "Why did not the other nine come back?" This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "The other nine men should have come back, too." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 18 rxh9 figs-rquestion οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος 1 Were there no others who returned to give glory to God, except this foreigner? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "No one but this foreigner came back to give glory to God!" or "God healed ten men, yet only this foreigner came back to give glory to God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 18 x64q ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος 1 this foreigner Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did.
|
||||
LUK 17 19 n2ce figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has made you well "Because of your faith you have become well." The idea of "faith" can be expressed with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "Because you believe, you are well again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 17 19 n2ce figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has made you well "Because of your faith you have become well." The idea of "faith" can be expressed with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "Because you believe, you are well again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 17 20 v1jb 0 General Information: We do not know where this event takes place; it simply happens one day when Jesus is talking with the Pharisees.
|
||||
LUK 17 20 lvu1 writing-newevent ἐπερωτηθεὶς, τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ὑπὸ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔρχεται ἡ 1 Being asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God would come, This is the beginning of a new event. Some translations start it with "One day" or "Once." It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "One day the Pharisees asked Jesus, 'When will the kingdom of God come?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 17 20 yc3i figs-explicit οὐκ ἔρχεται ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως 1 The kingdom of God does not come with careful observing People thought that they would be able to see signs of the kingdom coming. The idea of signs can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "The kingdom of God does not come with signs that people can observe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 20 yc3i figs-explicit οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως 1 The kingdom of God does not come with careful observing People thought that they would be able to see signs of the kingdom coming. The idea of signs can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "The kingdom of God does not come with signs that people can observe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 xpi7 figs-abstractnouns 0 the kingdom of God is within you The idea of the noun "kingdom" can be expressed with the verb "rules." Alternate translation: "God rules within you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 xj7z 0 the kingdom of God is within you Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who were hostile to him. Possible meanings are 1) the word "you" refers to people in general. Alternate translation: "the kingdom of God is within people" or 2) the word translated "within" means "among." Alternate translation: "the kingdom of God is among you"
|
||||
LUK 17 22 e8uu 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ LUK 17 22 ly8x figs-explicit μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ
|
|||
LUK 17 22 z11c figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 17 22 x7sq 0 but you will not see it "you will not experience it"
|
||||
LUK 17 23 dp8g figs-explicit ,' ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ! ἰδοὺ, ὧδε!' 1 Look, there! Look, here! This refers to seeking the Messiah. Alternate translation: "Look, the Messiah is over there! He is over here!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 kjy2 figs-explicit μὴ ἀπέλθητε ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 do not go out or run after them The purpose of going out can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "do not go with them to look" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 kjy2 figs-explicit μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 do not go out or run after them The purpose of going out can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "do not go with them to look" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 24 i5rz figs-simile ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα 1 for as the lightning shines brightly The coming of the Son of Man will be clear and sudden, like the appearance of lightning. Alternate translation: "for as the lightning is visible to everyone when it appears and" or "for as the lightning appears suddenly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 17 24 h9tv figs-explicit 0 so will the Son of Man be in his day This refers to the future kingdom of God. Alternate translation: "it will be like that on the day when the Son of Man comes to reign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 25 csa3 figs-123person πρῶτον δὲ δεῖ αὐτὸν παθεῖν 1 But first he must suffer "But first the Son of Man must suffer." Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2160,11 +2160,11 @@ LUK 17 29 skp4 ἀπώλεσεν πάντας 1 destroyed them all This does no
|
|||
LUK 17 30 w3uh figs-explicit 0 After the same manner it will be "It will be like that." Alternate translation: "In the same way people will not be ready" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 30 v9ki figs-activepassive 0 in the day that the Son of Man is revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the Son of Man appears" or "when the Son of man comes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 30 pfe1 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 the Son of Man is revealed Jesus is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, am revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 17 31 i9eq ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ καταβάτω καταβάτω καταβάτω 1 do not let him who is on the housetop go down "whoever is on the housetop must not go down" or "if anyone is on his housetop, he must not go down"
|
||||
LUK 17 31 i9eq ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ καταβάτω 1 do not let him who is on the housetop go down "whoever is on the housetop must not go down" or "if anyone is on his housetop, he must not go down"
|
||||
LUK 17 31 ep81 ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Their housetops were flat and people could walk or sit on them.
|
||||
LUK 17 31 jj9c τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ 1 his goods "his possessions" or "his things"
|
||||
LUK 17 31 suh5 figs-explicit ἐπιστρεψάτω 1 return They were not to go back to the house to get anything. They were to flee quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 32 fz8m figs-ellipsis μνημονεύετε Λώτ' τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ 1 Remember Lot's wife "Remember what happened to Lot's wife" This is a warning. She looked back toward Sodom and God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: "Do not do what Lot's wife did"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 32 fz8m figs-ellipsis μνημονεύετε Λώτ' τῆς γυναικὸς 1 Remember Lot's wife "Remember what happened to Lot's wife" This is a warning. She looked back toward Sodom and God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: "Do not do what Lot's wife did"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 33 d9fl ὃς ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it "People who try save their lives will lose them" or "Whoever tries to save his old way of life will lose his life"
|
||||
LUK 17 33 kvw6 0 but whoever loses his life will save it "but people who lose their lives will save them" or "but whoever abandons his old way of life will save his life"
|
||||
LUK 17 34 p84l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I tell you As Jesus continues to address his disciples, he emphasizes the importance of what he is telling them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2182,16 +2182,16 @@ LUK 18 intro v92v 0 # Luke 18 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<
|
|||
LUK 18 1 r26t figs-parables 0 Jesus begins to tell a parable as he continues to teach his disciples. This is the same part of the story that began in [Luke 17:20](../17/20.md). Verse 1 gives us a description of the parable Jesus is about to tell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 18 1 w7ar ἔλεγεν δὲ 1 Then he "Then Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 18 2 l2qr λέγων 1 saying A new sentence could begin here: "He said"
|
||||
LUK 18 2 ph5w writing-intro τινι πόλει πόλει 1 a certain city Here "certain city" is a way to let the listener know that the narrative that follows takes place in a city, but the name of the city itself is not important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-intro]])
|
||||
LUK 18 2 d77j ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος ἐντρεπόμενος 1 did not respect people "did not care about other people"
|
||||
LUK 18 2 ph5w writing-intro τινι πόλει 1 a certain city Here "certain city" is a way to let the listener know that the narrative that follows takes place in a city, but the name of the city itself is not important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-intro]])
|
||||
LUK 18 2 d77j ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος 1 did not respect people "did not care about other people"
|
||||
LUK 18 3 ie2v writing-participants χήρα δὲ ἦν 1 Now there was a widow Jesus uses this phrase to introduce a new character to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 jhk6 χήρα 1 widow A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus' hearers would have thought of her as a person who had no one to protect her from those who wanted to harm her.
|
||||
LUK 18 3 xfg3 ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 she came often to him The word "him" refers to the judge.
|
||||
LUK 18 3 kj2l ἐκδίκησόν ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ 1 Help me get justice against "Give me a just ruling against"
|
||||
LUK 18 3 kj2l ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ 1 Help me get justice against "Give me a just ruling against"
|
||||
LUK 18 3 xc7k τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 my opponent "my enemy" or "the person who is trying to harm me." This is an opponent in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man or the man is suing the widow.
|
||||
LUK 18 4 bh3q figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 man This refers here to "people" in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 18 5 v9uu παρέχειν μοι κόπον 1 causes me trouble "bothers me"
|
||||
LUK 18 5 cf4e ὑπωπιάζῃ ὑπωπιάζῃ με 1 wear me out "exhaust me"
|
||||
LUK 18 5 cf4e ὑπωπιάζῃ με 1 wear me out "exhaust me"
|
||||
LUK 18 5 ub29 εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη 1 by her constant coming "by continually coming to me"
|
||||
LUK 18 6 ku2r 0 General Information: Jesus has finished telling his parable and is now commenting about it to his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 18 6 die9 0 Connecting Statement: These verses should be seen as an explanation of the parable in [Luke 18:1-5](../18/01.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2200,8 +2200,8 @@ LUK 18 7 qd49 ὁ δὲ Θεὸς 1 Now This word indicates that Jesus has ende
|
|||
LUK 18 7 t1sk figs-rquestion 0 will not God also bring ... night? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "God will also certainly ... night!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 18 7 e2lv τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his chosen ones "the people he has chosen"
|
||||
LUK 18 7 ljb4 figs-rquestion μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς? 1 Will he delay long over them? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "He will certainly not delay long over them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 18 8 zi1f figs-rquestion ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν ἐλθὼν ἆρα εὑρήσει, εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 when the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find faith on the earth? Jesus asks this question so that his hearers will stop thinking that God is slow to help those who call to him for justice and will understand that the real problem is that they do not truly have faith in God. Alternate translation: "when the Son of Man comes, you need to be sure that he will find that you truly have faith in him." or "when the Son of Man comes, he will find few on earth who believe." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 18 8 inw3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει εὑρήσει 1 the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man come, will I indeed find" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 18 8 zi1f figs-rquestion ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν ἆρα εὑρήσει, τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 when the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find faith on the earth? Jesus asks this question so that his hearers will stop thinking that God is slow to help those who call to him for justice and will understand that the real problem is that they do not truly have faith in God. Alternate translation: "when the Son of Man comes, you need to be sure that he will find that you truly have faith in him." or "when the Son of Man comes, he will find few on earth who believe." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 18 8 inw3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει 1 the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man come, will I indeed find" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 18 9 n2b5 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to tell another parable to some other people who were persuaded that they themselves were righteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 18 9 kd34 εἶπεν δὲ 1 Then he "Then Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 18 9 pmp1 πρός τινας 1 to some "to some people"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2225,17 +2225,17 @@ LUK 18 14 uuc5 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted This c
|
|||
LUK 18 15 udh7 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the part of the story which began in [Luke 17:20](../17/20.md). Jesus welcomes the children and talks about them.
|
||||
LUK 18 15 fuj3 0 touch them, but This could also be translated as separate sentences: "touch them. But"
|
||||
LUK 18 15 kxd9 ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς 1 they rebuked them "the disciples tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 18 16 y3qg ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ 1 Jesus called them to him "Jesus told the people to bring their infants to him"
|
||||
LUK 18 16 j8x3 figs-parallelism , ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με καὶ μὴ κωλύετε κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two sentences have similar meaning and they are combined for emphasis. Some languages emphasize in a different way. Alternate translation: "You must certainly allow the children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 18 16 y3qg ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ 1 Jesus called them to him "Jesus told the people to bring their infants to him"
|
||||
LUK 18 16 j8x3 figs-parallelism , ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two sentences have similar meaning and they are combined for emphasis. Some languages emphasize in a different way. Alternate translation: "You must certainly allow the children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 18 16 u7sq figs-simile τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν 1 belongs to such ones This could be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: "belongs to people who are like these little children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 18 17 p5lq ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "Surely I say to you." Jesus used this expression to emphasize the importance of what he was about to say.
|
||||
LUK 18 17 ar8e figs-simile ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰσέλθῃ αὐτήν 1 whoever will not receive the kingdom of God like a child will definitely not enter it God requires people to accept his rule over them with trust and humility. Alternate translation: "whoever wants to enter God's kingdom must receive it with trust and humility like a child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 18 17 ar8e figs-simile ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ αὐτήν 1 whoever will not receive the kingdom of God like a child will definitely not enter it God requires people to accept his rule over them with trust and humility. Alternate translation: "whoever wants to enter God's kingdom must receive it with trust and humility like a child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 18 18 f96l 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the part of the story which began in [Luke 17:20](../17/20.md). Jesus begins to talk with a ruler about entering the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
LUK 18 18 a5qz writing-participants τις ἄρχων ἄρχων 1 A certain ruler This introduces a new character in the story. It only identifies him by his position. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 18 a5qz writing-participants τις ἄρχων 1 A certain ruler This introduces a new character in the story. It only identifies him by his position. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 18 d6kf τί ποιήσας 1 what must I do "what do I need to do" or "what is required of me"
|
||||
LUK 18 18 xrs8 figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 inherit eternal life "receive life that does not end." The term "inherit" usually refers to the property that a man left to his children when he dies. Therefore, this metaphor may mean he understood himself to be a child of God and desired for God to give him eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 18 19 fxi2 figs-rquestion 0 Why do you call me good? No one is good, except God alone Jesus asks the question because he knows that the ruler will not like Jesus' answer to the ruler's question in verse 18. Jesus does not expect the ruler to answer Jesus' question. Jesus wants the ruler to understand that Jesus' answer to the ruler's question comes from God, who alone is good. Alternate translation: "You know that no one is good, except God alone, so to call me good is to compare me with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 18 20 a9te μὴ φονεύσῃς φονεύσῃς 1 do not kill "do not murder"
|
||||
LUK 18 20 a9te μὴ φονεύσῃς 1 do not kill "do not murder"
|
||||
LUK 18 21 m5qf ταῦτα πάντα 1 All these things "All of these commandments"
|
||||
LUK 18 22 e8il 0 When Jesus heard that "When Jesus heard the man say that"
|
||||
LUK 18 22 hzv4 εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him "he answered him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2244,8 +2244,8 @@ LUK 18 22 d3ar πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις πώλησον 1 sell all that yo
|
|||
LUK 18 22 c4s5 0 distribute it to the poor "give away the money to the poor people"
|
||||
LUK 18 22 hy6a δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι 1 come, follow me "come with me as my disciple"
|
||||
LUK 18 24 qcm7 figs-exclamations 0 How difficult it is ... kingdom of God! This is an exclamation, and not a question. Alternate translation: "It is so very hard ... kingdom of God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 hdz1 figs-hyperbole κάμηλον διὰ βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν' τρήματος βελόνης 1 a camel to go through a needle's eye It is impossible for a camel to fit through the eye of a needle. Jesus was probably using hyperbole to mean it is extremely difficult for a rich man to enter God's kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 j7x3 βελόνης' τρήματος βελόνης 1 needle's eye The needle's eye is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed.
|
||||
LUK 18 25 hdz1 figs-hyperbole κάμηλον διὰ βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν' τρήματος 1 a camel to go through a needle's eye It is impossible for a camel to fit through the eye of a needle. Jesus was probably using hyperbole to mean it is extremely difficult for a rich man to enter God's kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 j7x3 βελόνης' τρήματος 1 needle's eye The needle's eye is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed.
|
||||
LUK 18 26 ycm3 0 Those hearing it said "The people who listening to Jesus said"
|
||||
LUK 18 26 vu3z figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι 1 Then who can be saved? It is possible that they were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they used the question to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. Alternate translation: "Then no one can be saved from sin!" or in active form: "Then God will not save anyone!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 27 ms9b 0 are impossible with people are possible with God "people cannot do are possible for God to do" or "people cannot do, God can do"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2255,10 +2255,10 @@ LUK 18 28 y53q ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν 1 we have left "we have given up"
|
|||
LUK 18 28 yk9b 0 everything that is our own "all our wealth" or "all our possessions"
|
||||
LUK 18 29 vz2w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, I say to you Jesus uses this expression to stress the importance of what he is about to say.
|
||||
LUK 18 29 sk6z οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς 1 there is no one who This expression is intended to include not only the disciples, but also everyone else who has made the same sacrifices.
|
||||
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will not receive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "there is no one who has left ... kingdom of God" (verse 28). This could be stated in positive form. "everyone who has left ... kingdom of God will receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will not receive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "there is no one who has left ... kingdom of God" (verse 28). This could be stated in positive form. "everyone who has left ... kingdom of God will receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 d3xa ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 in the world to come, eternal life "also eternal life in the world to come"
|
||||
LUK 18 31 qqp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in this part of the story that began in [Luke 17:20](../17/20.md). Jesus is talking to his disciples alone.
|
||||
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν παραλαβὼν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 gathered the twelve to himself Jesus took the twelve disciples to a place away from other people where they could be alone.
|
||||
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 gathered the twelve to himself Jesus took the twelve disciples to a place away from other people where they could be alone.
|
||||
LUK 18 31 g4yx ἰδοὺ 1 See This indicates a significant change in the ministry of Jesus as he goes to Jerusalem for the final time.
|
||||
LUK 18 31 pg4k figs-activepassive τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 that have been written by the prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the prophets have written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 ss78 τῶν προφητῶν 1 the prophets This refers to the Old Testament prophets.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ LUK 18 34 fn58 figs-activepassive ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυ
|
|||
LUK 18 34 qx2n figs-activepassive τὰ λεγόμενα 1 the things that were said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Jesus said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 35 v8cd writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus heals a blind man as he approaches Jericho. These verses give background information and information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 18 35 w3sw writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 18 35 dyf9 writing-participants τυφλός τυφλός τις ἐκάθητο 1 a certain blind man was sitting "there was a blind man sitting." Here "certain" means only that the man is an important new participant to the story but Luke does not mention his name. He is a new participant in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 35 dyf9 writing-participants τυφλός τις ἐκάθητο 1 a certain blind man was sitting "there was a blind man sitting." Here "certain" means only that the man is an important new participant to the story but Luke does not mention his name. He is a new participant in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 36 t35v ἀκούσας δὲ 1 and hearing It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: "When he heard"
|
||||
LUK 18 37 ckr3 ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ 1 They told him "People in the crowd told the blind man"
|
||||
LUK 18 37 ku9j Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 Jesus of Nazareth Jesus came from the town of Nazareth, which was located in Galilee.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2304,12 +2304,12 @@ LUK 19 4 k984 0 So he ran The author has finished giving the background to the
|
|||
LUK 19 4 pzr6 συκομορέαν 1 a sycamore tree "a sycamore fig tree." It produces small round fruit about 2.5 centimeters across. Alternate translation: "a fig tree" or "a tree"
|
||||
LUK 19 5 mr51 τὸν τόπον 1 the place "the tree" or "where Zacchaeus was"
|
||||
LUK 19 6 zrw4 καὶ σπεύσας 1 So he hurried "So Zacchaeus hurried"
|
||||
LUK 19 7 mit4 figs-explicit πάντες διεγόγγυζον διεγόγγυζον 1 they all complained The Jews hated the tax collectors and did not think any good person should associate with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 7 mit4 figs-explicit πάντες διεγόγγυζον 1 they all complained The Jews hated the tax collectors and did not think any good person should associate with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 7 k2cl ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι 1 He has gone in to visit a man who is a sinner "Jesus has gone into the house of a sinner to visit him"
|
||||
LUK 19 7 yl4h ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 a sinner "an obvious sinner" or "a real sinner"
|
||||
LUK 19 8 s46z τὸν Κύριον 1 the Lord This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 19 8 u2bt ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 restore four times the amount "return to them four times as much as I took from them"
|
||||
LUK 19 9 h8ep figs-abstractnouns σωτηρία τῷ τῷ οἴκῳ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο 1 salvation has come to this house It was understood that salvation comes from God. Alternate translation: "God has saved this household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 h8ep figs-abstractnouns σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο 1 salvation has come to this house It was understood that salvation comes from God. Alternate translation: "God has saved this household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 i8yg figs-metonymy τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 this house The word "house" here refers to the people living in the house or the family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 9 f65b καὶ αὐτὸς 1 he too "this man too" or "Zacchaeus also"
|
||||
LUK 19 9 v3hq υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 son of Abraham Possible meanings are 1) "descendant of Abraham" and 2) "person who has faith as Abraham did."
|
||||
|
|
@ -2346,16 +2346,16 @@ LUK 19 20 h937 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he
|
|||
LUK 19 20 n71e ὁ ἕτερος ἦλθεν 1 Another came "Another servant came"
|
||||
LUK 19 20 r25f translate-bweight ἡ μνᾶ 1 mina A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days' wages, what people would be paid for about four months' work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 l2wr εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 kept safely in a cloth "wrapped in a cloth and stored away"
|
||||
LUK 19 21 w5yw ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς 1 a demanding person "a stern man" or "a man who expects a lot from his servants"
|
||||
LUK 19 21 a6ja figs-metaphor αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας ἔθηκας 1 You take up what you did not put in This was probably a proverb. A person who takes out of storage or out of a bank things that he did not put in is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people's hard work. Alternate translation: "You take out what you did not put in" or "You are like a person how takes out what other people put in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας ἔσπειρας 1 you reap what you did not sow This was probably a proverb. A person who harvests food that someone else has planted is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people's hard work. Alternate translation: "you are like a person who reaps the fruit of what other people sowed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 w5yw ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς 1 a demanding person "a stern man" or "a man who expects a lot from his servants"
|
||||
LUK 19 21 a6ja figs-metaphor αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας 1 You take up what you did not put in This was probably a proverb. A person who takes out of storage or out of a bank things that he did not put in is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people's hard work. Alternate translation: "You take out what you did not put in" or "You are like a person how takes out what other people put in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 you reap what you did not sow This was probably a proverb. A person who harvests food that someone else has planted is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people's hard work. Alternate translation: "you are like a person who reaps the fruit of what other people sowed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 q2k2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 22 wt8q figs-metonymy 0 By your own words His "words" refer to all that he had said. Alternate translation: "Based on what you have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 xga8 ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι 1 You knew that I am a demanding person The nobleman was repeating what the servant had said about him. He was not saying that it was true. Alternate translation: "You say that I am a demanding person"
|
||||
LUK 19 22 xga8 ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι 1 You knew that I am a demanding person The nobleman was repeating what the servant had said about him. He was not saying that it was true. Alternate translation: "You say that I am a demanding person"
|
||||
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion 0 why did you not put my money ... interest? The nobleman uses a question to rebuke the wicked servant. Alternate translation: "you should have put my money ... interest." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 e1yh ἔδωκάς τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν 1 put my money in the bank "lent my money to a bank." Cultures that do not have banks might translate it as "let someone borrow my money."
|
||||
LUK 19 23 k39i τράπεζαν 1 bank A bank is a business that safely holds money for people. A bank lends that money to others for a profit. Therefore it pays an extra amount, or interest, to the people who keep their money in the bank.
|
||||
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest "I could have collected that amount plus the interest it would have earned" or "I would have gained a profit from it"
|
||||
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest "I could have collected that amount plus the interest it would have earned" or "I would have gained a profit from it"
|
||||
LUK 19 23 k8x6 τόκῳ 1 interest Interest is money that a bank pays people who put their money in the bank.
|
||||
LUK 19 24 t946 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in [Luke 19:11](../19/11.md).
|
||||
LUK 19 24 h1nn εἶπεν 1 The nobleman The nobleman had become king. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:12](../19/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2385,8 +2385,8 @@ LUK 19 33 biw8 οἱ κύριοι 1 the owners "the owners of the colt"
|
|||
LUK 19 35 scz2 ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια τὸν πῶλον 1 threw their cloaks upon the colt "put their robes on the young donkey." Cloaks are outer robes.
|
||||
LUK 19 35 g49k 0 set Jesus on it "helped Jesus get up on and ride on the colt"
|
||||
LUK 19 36 lxj5 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they spread their cloaks "people spread their cloaks." This is a sign of giving honor to someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 37 ba9e ἐγγίζοντος ἐγγίζοντος ἐγγίζοντος αὐτοῦ ἤδη 1 As he was now approaching "As Jesus was going near." Jesus' disciples were traveling with him.
|
||||
LUK 19 37 t4nk καταβάσει καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 where the Mount of Olives descends "where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives"
|
||||
LUK 19 37 ba9e ἐγγίζοντος αὐτοῦ ἤδη 1 As he was now approaching "As Jesus was going near." Jesus' disciples were traveling with him.
|
||||
LUK 19 37 t4nk καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 where the Mount of Olives descends "where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives"
|
||||
LUK 19 37 m8hn ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων 1 mighty works which they had seen "great things they had seen Jesus do"
|
||||
LUK 19 38 x7wk εὐλογημένος ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 Blessed is the king They were saying this about Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 19 38 nsg4 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here "name" refers to power and authority. Also, "Lord" refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2407,8 +2407,8 @@ LUK 19 43 y3g2 ὅτι 1 For What follows is the reason for Jesus' sadness.
|
|||
LUK 19 43 tib4 0 the days will come upon you when your enemies This indicates that they will experience difficult times. Some languages do not talk about time "coming." Alternate translation: "in the future these things will happen to you: Your enemies" or "soon you will endure troublesome times. Your enemies"
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you 0 you ... your The word "you" is singular because Jesus is speaking to the city as he would to a woman. But if this would be unnatural in your language, you could use a plural form of "you" to refer to the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 e7xp χάρακά 1 barricade This refers to a wall to keep the people from getting out of the city.
|
||||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 They will strike you down to the ground and your children with you Jesus is speaking to the people of the city as if he were speaking to the city itself as he would speak to a woman. He speaks of the people who live in the city as if they are the woman's children, and thus the city's children. To strike down a city is to destroy its walls and buildings, and to strike down its children is to kill those who live in it. Alternate translation: "They will completely destroy you and kill all who live in you" or "They will completely destroy your city and kill all of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον 1 They will not leave one stone upon another "They will not leave any of the stones in place." This is a hyperbole to express that the enemies will completely destroy the city, which is built of stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 They will strike you down to the ground and your children with you Jesus is speaking to the people of the city as if he were speaking to the city itself as he would speak to a woman. He speaks of the people who live in the city as if they are the woman's children, and thus the city's children. To strike down a city is to destroy its walls and buildings, and to strike down its children is to kill those who live in it. Alternate translation: "They will completely destroy you and kill all who live in you" or "They will completely destroy your city and kill all of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον 1 They will not leave one stone upon another "They will not leave any of the stones in place." This is a hyperbole to express that the enemies will completely destroy the city, which is built of stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 xv9n 0 you did not recognize it "you did not acknowledge"
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in this part of the story. Jesus enters the temple in Jerusalem.
|
||||
LUK 19 45 u91v figs-explicit εἰσελθὼν τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Jesus entered the temple You may need to make explicit that he first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: "Jesus entered Jerusalem and then went to the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2427,26 +2427,26 @@ LUK 20 1 h8gv writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It came about This phrase is us
|
|||
LUK 20 1 vtg4 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple "in the temple courtyard" or "at the temple"
|
||||
LUK 20 3 vcn1 0 General Information: Jesus responds to the chief priests, scribes, and elders.
|
||||
LUK 20 3 qn89 0 He answered and said to them "Jesus replied"
|
||||
LUK 20 3 ku6a ἐρωτήσω ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ κἀγὼ λόγον, καὶ εἴπατέ μοι 1 I will also ask you a question, and you tell me The words "I will ... ask you a question" are a statement. The words "you tell me" are a command.
|
||||
LUK 20 3 ku6a ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον, καὶ εἴπατέ μοι 1 I will also ask you a question, and you tell me The words "I will ... ask you a question" are a statement. The words "you tell me" are a command.
|
||||
LUK 20 4 uph3 figs-rquestion ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men Jesus knows that John's authority comes from heaven, so he is not asking for information. He asks the question so the Jewish leaders will have to tell what they think to all who are listening. This question is rhetorical, but you will probably have to translate it as a question. Alternate translation: "do you think John's authority to baptize people came from heaven or from men" or "was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 4 z7cg figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven "from God." Jewish people avoided referring to God by his name "Yahweh." Often they used the word "heaven" to refer to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 mn6x οἱ συνελογίσαντο 1 They reasoned "They discussed" or "They considered their answer"
|
||||
LUK 20 5 a3r8 πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 with themselves "among themselves" or "with each other"
|
||||
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotations ," ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,' ἐρεῖ,' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "If we say that John's authority is from heaven, he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotations ," ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐρεῖ 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "If we say that John's authority is from heaven, he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 m4l7 figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven "From God." Jewish people avoided referring to God by his name "Yahweh." Often they used the word "heaven" to refer to him. See how these words are translated in [Luke 20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 fwa2 ἐρεῖ 1 he will say "Jesus will say"
|
||||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotations ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,' 1 if we say, 'From men,' Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "if we say that John's authority is from men," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotations ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 if we say, 'From men,' Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "if we say that John's authority is from men," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 stone us "kill us by throwing stones on us." God's Law commanded that his people stone those of his people who mocked him or his prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 ia28 καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν 1 So they answered "So the chief priests, scribes and elders answered." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they had reasoned with themselves ([Luke 20:5-6](./05.md)), and they did not have an answer they wanted to say.
|
||||
LUK 20 7 w2bc figs-quotations 0 they answered that they did not know where it came from. This could be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "they said, 'We do not know where it came from.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 eeg7 0 where it came from "where John's baptism came from." Alternate translation: "where John's authority to baptize came from" or "who authorized John to baptize people"
|
||||
LUK 20 8 d3bg οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Neither will I tell you "And I will not tell you." Jesus knew they were not willing to tell him the answer, so he responded in the same manner. Alternate translation: "Just as you will not tell me, I will not tell you"
|
||||
LUK 20 8 d3bg οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Neither will I tell you "And I will not tell you." Jesus knew they were not willing to tell him the answer, so he responded in the same manner. Alternate translation: "Just as you will not tell me, I will not tell you"
|
||||
LUK 20 9 mf5e figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to tell a parable to the people in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 s8tt ἐξέδετο ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it out to vine growers "allowed some vine growers to use it in exchange for payment" or "allowed some vine growers to use it and pay him later." Payment might be in the form of money, or a portion of the harvest.
|
||||
LUK 20 9 s8tt ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it out to vine growers "allowed some vine growers to use it in exchange for payment" or "allowed some vine growers to use it and pay him later." Payment might be in the form of money, or a portion of the harvest.
|
||||
LUK 20 9 y37s γεωργοῖς 1 vine growers These are people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: "grape farmers"
|
||||
LUK 20 10 wm51 καιρῷ 1 the appointed time "the time they had agreed to pay him." This would have been at the harvest time.
|
||||
LUK 20 10 kr7j ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard "some of the grapes" or "some of what they produced in the vineyard." It could also refer to the things they made from grapes or the money they earned by selling the grapes.
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν κενόν- κενόν 1 sent him away empty-handed An empty hand is a metaphor for "nothing." Alternate translation: "sent him away without paying him" or "sent him away without the grapes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν κενόν- 1 sent him away empty-handed An empty hand is a metaphor for "nothing." Alternate translation: "sent him away without paying him" or "sent him away without the grapes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 11 nq2x κἀκεῖνον δείραντες 1 beat him "beat that servant"
|
||||
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treated him shamefully "humiliated him"
|
||||
LUK 20 11 vxh2 figs-metaphor 0 sent him away empty-handed Having an empty hand is a metaphor for having nothing. Alternate translation: "sent him away without paying him" or "sent him away without any grapes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2454,11 +2454,11 @@ LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal 0 yet a third "even a third servant" or "yet a
|
|||
LUK 20 12 ub4g τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες 1 wounded him "injured that servant"
|
||||
LUK 20 12 h32a 0 threw him out "threw him out of the vineyard"
|
||||
LUK 20 13 kt8i figs-rquestion τί ποιήσω? 1 What will I do? This question emphasizes that the vineyard owner thought carefully about what he was going to do. Alternate translation: "Here is what I will do:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 ib2b ἰδόντες ἰδόντες αὐτὸν οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 when the vine growers saw him "when the farmers saw the owner's son"
|
||||
LUK 20 14 ib2b ἰδόντες αὐτὸν οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 when the vine growers saw him "when the farmers saw the owner's son"
|
||||
LUK 20 14 rvi4 ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν 1 Let us kill him They were not asking permission. The said this to encourage each other to kill the heir.
|
||||
LUK 20 15 u7us 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his parable to the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 20 15 m6en ἐκβαλόντες ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 They threw him out of the vineyard "The vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard"
|
||||
LUK 20 15 dlu4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them? Jesus uses a question to get his listeners to pay attention to what the owner of the vineyard will do. Alternate translation: "So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 15 m6en ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 They threw him out of the vineyard "The vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard"
|
||||
LUK 20 15 dlu4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them? Jesus uses a question to get his listeners to pay attention to what the owner of the vineyard will do. Alternate translation: "So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 16 k18g μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "May it never happen"
|
||||
LUK 20 17 ne1d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 20 17 qtb7 ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς 1 But Jesus looked at them "But Jesus stared at them" or "But he looked straight at them." He did this to hold them accountable to understand what he was saying.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ LUK 20 21 q9q4 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the next event
|
|||
LUK 20 21 xn1w ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 They asked him "The spies asked Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 20 21 i3fr 0 Teacher, we know ... way of God The spies were trying to deceive Jesus. They did not believe these things about Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 20 21 v93z figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know "we" refers only to the spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 fi1t figs-activepassive οὐ λαμβάνεις λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον πρόσωπον' λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον 1 are not influenced by anyone's position Possible meanings are 1) "you tell the truth even if important people do not like it" or 2) "you do not favor one person over another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 fi1t figs-activepassive οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον' 1 are not influenced by anyone's position Possible meanings are 1) "you tell the truth even if important people do not like it" or 2) "you do not favor one person over another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 21 ubu9 ἀλλ’ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ διδάσκεις 1 but you teach the truth about the way of God This is part of what the spies were saying that they knew about Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 20 22 fi6p 0 Is it lawful ... or not? They hoped that Jesus would say either "yes" or "no." If he said "yes," then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said "no," then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws.
|
||||
LUK 20 22 j6wb ἔξεστιν 1 Is it lawful They were asking about God's law, not about Caesar's law. Alternate translation: "Does our law permit us"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2498,8 +2498,8 @@ LUK 20 26 wa3s 0 They were not able to find fault with what he had said "The s
|
|||
LUK 20 26 yc1y καὶ θαυμάσαντες ἐπὶ τῇ ἀποκρίσει αὐτοῦ, ἐσίγησαν 1 but marveling at his answer, they were silent "but they were amazed at his answer and did not say anything"
|
||||
LUK 20 27 c6s4 0 General Information: We do not know where this takes place, though it possibly took place in the temple courtyard. Jesus is talking with some Sadducees.
|
||||
LUK 20 27 f9e3 figs-distinguish 0 the ones who say that there is no resurrection This phrase identifies the Sadducees as being the group of Jews that say that no one would rise from the dead. It does not imply that some Sadducees believed that there is a resurrection and some did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
LUK 20 28 d6yl , ἐάν', τινος τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος 1 if a man's brother dies, having a wife, and being childless "if a man's brother dies when he has a wife but does not have children"
|
||||
LUK 20 28 sjt5 ᾖ λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς' ἀδελφὸς τὴν γυναῖκα 1 the man should take the brother's wife "the man should marry his dead brother's widow"
|
||||
LUK 20 28 d6yl , ἐάν', τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος 1 if a man's brother dies, having a wife, and being childless "if a man's brother dies when he has a wife but does not have children"
|
||||
LUK 20 28 sjt5 ᾖ λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς' τὴν γυναῖκα 1 the man should take the brother's wife "the man should marry his dead brother's widow"
|
||||
LUK 20 28 pn1c figs-explicit 0 have a child for his brother The Jews considered the first son born to a woman who married her dead husband's brother as if he were the son of the woman's first husband. This son inherited the property of his mother's first husband and carried on his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 e1b5 0 General Information: The Sadducees tell Jesus a short story in verses 29-32. This is a story they made up as an example. In verse 33, they ask Jesus a question about the story they told.
|
||||
LUK 20 29 c2jr 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees finish asking Jesus their question.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2514,12 +2514,12 @@ LUK 20 31 f1fj figs-ellipsis ὡσαύτως καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ οὐ κα
|
|||
LUK 20 31 y4wt οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven "all seven of the brothers" or "each of the seven brothers"
|
||||
LUK 20 33 avu1 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 In the resurrection "When people are raised from the dead" or "When dead people will become alive again." Some languages have a way of showing that the Sadducees did not believe that there would be a resurrection, such as "In the supposed resurrection" or "When dead people are supposedly raised from the dead."
|
||||
LUK 20 34 dn48 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to answer the Sadducees.
|
||||
LUK 20 34 n91c οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ τοῦ αἰῶνος αἰῶνος τούτου 1 The sons of this world "The people of this world" or "The people of this time." This is in contrast with those in heaven or the people who live after the resurrection.
|
||||
LUK 20 34 n91c οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 The sons of this world "The people of this world" or "The people of this time." This is in contrast with those in heaven or the people who live after the resurrection.
|
||||
LUK 20 34 nlu3 figs-explicit γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 marry and are given in marriage In that culture they spoke of men marrying women and women being given in marriage to their husband. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "get married" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ δὲ καταξιωθέντες τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου 1 those who are regarded as worthy in that age This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people in that age whom God will consider to be worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h τυχεῖν τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to receive the resurrection from the dead "to be raised from the dead" or "to rise from death"
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m3gm τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To receive resurrection from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-explicit οὔτε γαμοῦσιν γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 will neither marry nor be given in marriage In that culture they spoke of men marrying women and women being given in marriage to their husband. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not marry" or "will not get married." This is after the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-explicit οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 will neither marry nor be given in marriage In that culture they spoke of men marrying women and women being given in marriage to their husband. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not marry" or "will not get married." This is after the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 Neither can they die anymore This is after the resurrection. Alternate translation: "They will not be able to die anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 btb3 υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ, τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες 1 are sons of God, being sons of the resurrection "are children of God because he has brought them back from the dead"
|
||||
LUK 20 37 ky7p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes answering the Sadducees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2534,17 +2534,17 @@ LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 but of the living "but th
|
|||
LUK 20 38 i6am πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 because all live to him "because in God's sight they all are still alive" or "because their spirits are alive in God's presence"
|
||||
LUK 20 39 n5nq figs-explicit ἀποκριθέντες τινες τῶν γραμματέων 1 Some of the scribes answered "Some of the scribes said to Jesus." There were scribes present when the Sadducees were questioning Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 40 i6sv γὰρ ἐτόλμων 1 For they It is unclear if this refers to the scribes, or the Sadducees, or both. It is best to keep the statement general.
|
||||
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι ἐτόλμων ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they did not dare ask him any more questions "they were afraid to ask ... questions" or "they did not risk asking ... questions." They understood that they did not know as much as Jesus did, but they did not want to say that. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "they did ask him any more tricky questions because they feared that his wise answers would make them appear foolish again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they did not dare ask him any more questions "they were afraid to ask ... questions" or "they did not risk asking ... questions." They understood that they did not know as much as Jesus did, but they did not want to say that. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "they did ask him any more tricky questions because they feared that his wise answers would make them appear foolish again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 t981 0 General Information: Jesus asks the scribes a question.
|
||||
LUK 20 41 mda6 figs-rquestion 0 How do they say ... son? "Why do they say ... son?" Jesus uses a question to make the scribes think about who the Messiah is. Alternate translation: "Let's think about them saying ... son." or "I will talk about them saying ... son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 sq2g figs-explicit λέγουσιν 1 they say The prophets, the religious rulers, and the Jewish people in general knew that the Messiah was the son of David. Alternate translation: "everyone says" or "people say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-synecdoche Δαυεὶδ' Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 David's son "King David's descendant." The word "son" is used here to refer to a descendant. In this case it refers to the one who would reign over God's kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-synecdoche Δαυεὶδ' Υἱόν 1 David's son "King David's descendant." The word "son" is used here to refer to a descendant. In this case it refers to the one who would reign over God's kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 h2al εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord This is a quotation from the book of Psalms which says "Yahweh said to my Lord." But the Jews stopped saying "Yahweh" and often said "Lord" instead. Alternate translation: "The Lord God said to my Lord" or "God said to my Lord"
|
||||
LUK 20 42 e1i2 Κυρίῳ μου 1 my Lord David was referring to the Christ as "my Lord."
|
||||
LUK 20 42 pse3 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον σου 1 until I make your enemies your footstool The Messiah's enemies are spoken of as if they were furniture on which he would rest his feet. This was an image of submission. Alternate translation: "until I make your enemies like a footstool for you" or "until I conquer your enemies for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν αὐτὸν καλεῖ' Κύριον', 1 David therefore calls the Christ 'Lord' In the culture of that time, a father was more respected than a son. David's us of the title 'Lord' for the Christ implies that he was greater than David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν' υἱός 1 so how is he David's son? "so how can the Christ be David's son?" This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "this shows that the Christ is not merely David's descendant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν' 1 so how is he David's son? "so how can the Christ be David's son?" This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "this shows that the Christ is not merely David's descendant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 45 k3pf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus now directs his attention to his disciples and speaks mainly to them.
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m2yu προσέχετε ἀπὸ 1 Beware of "Be on guard against"
|
||||
LUK 20 46 ang2 figs-explicit τῶν θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes Long robes would show that they were important. Alternate translation: "who like to walk around wearing their important robes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2555,28 +2555,28 @@ LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<
|
|||
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background 0 This is the next event in the story. Jesus begins teaching his disciples, either on the same day that the Sadducees question Jesus ([Luke 20:27](../20/27.md)) or on a different day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 nf4c figs-explicit τὰ δῶρα 1 gifts You may need to make explicit what the gifts were. Alternate translation: "gifts of money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 unv2 γαζοφυλάκιον 1 treasury one of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money as a gift to God
|
||||
LUK 21 2 xrk2 writing-participants τινα χήραν χήραν πενιχρὰν 1 a certain poor widow This is a way of introducing a new character to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 xrk2 writing-participants τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν 1 a certain poor widow This is a way of introducing a new character to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 vzu8 translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites "two small coins" or "two tiny copper coins." These were the least valuable of the coins people used then. Alternate translation: "two pennies" or "two small coins of little value" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 t97j ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This means that what Jesus was about to say was very important.
|
||||
LUK 21 3 i8gf figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 rwt3 figs-hyperbole ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν 1 this poor widow put in more than all of them God considers her gift, a small amount of money, more significant than the large amounts of money the men gave. Alternate translation: "the small gift of this widow is more valuable than the larger gifts of the rich men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 4 x3qb ἐκ τοῦ τοῦ περισσεύοντος περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον δῶρα 1 gave gifts out of their abundance "have a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it"
|
||||
LUK 21 4 x3qb ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον δῶρα 1 gave gifts out of their abundance "have a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it"
|
||||
LUK 21 4 gaj8 ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς 1 out of her poverty "who has very little money"
|
||||
LUK 21 5 vgp3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus switches from talking about the widow to teaching about the temple.
|
||||
LUK 21 5 vk7z ἀναθέμασιν 1 offerings things people had given to God
|
||||
LUK 21 6 lcz6 ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε 1 these things that you see This refers to the beautiful temple and its decorations.
|
||||
LUK 21 6 wcd9 ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days will come when "there will be a time when" or "someday"
|
||||
LUK 21 6 ajx2 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται ἐπὶ λίθῳ ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται καταλυθήσεται 1 left on another which will not be torn down A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: "left on another. They will all be torn down" or "left on another. Enemies will tear down every stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 ajx2 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται ἐπὶ λίθῳ ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 left on another which will not be torn down A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: "left on another. They will all be torn down" or "left on another. Enemies will tear down every stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 dps1 0 not one stone will be left ... not be torn down This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "every stone will be removed from its place and they will all be torn down"
|
||||
LUK 21 6 jfl1 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται ἐπὶ λίθῳ ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται καταλυθήσεται 1 left on another which will not be torn down A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: "left on another. They will all be torn down" or "left on another. Enemies will tear down every stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 6 jfl1 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται ἐπὶ λίθῳ ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 left on another which will not be torn down A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: "left on another. They will all be torn down" or "left on another. Enemies will tear down every stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 7 rix4 ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 they asked him "the disciples asked Jesus" or "Jesus' disciples asked him"
|
||||
LUK 21 7 a11j ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple.
|
||||
LUK 21 8 vu18 figs-you 0 that you are not deceived Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word "you" is plural. Alternate translation: "that you do not believe lies" or "that no one deceives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 f1ed figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name People coming in his name claim to represent him. Alternate translation: "claiming to be me" or "claiming to have my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 8 h6zp 0 I am he "I am the Christ" or "I am the Messiah"
|
||||
LUK 21 8 sls1 μὴ πορευθῆτε πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν 1 Do not go after them "Do not believe them" or "Do not become their disciples"
|
||||
LUK 21 8 sls1 μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν 1 Do not go after them "Do not believe them" or "Do not become their disciples"
|
||||
LUK 21 9 p5w5 πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας 1 wars and riots Here "wars" probably refers to fighting between countries, and "riots" probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against others in their country. Alternate translation: "wars and rebellions" or "wars and revolutions"
|
||||
LUK 21 9 eze2 μὴ πτοηθῆτε πτοηθῆτε 1 do not be terrified "do not let these things terrify you" or "do not be afraid"
|
||||
LUK 21 9 eze2 μὴ πτοηθῆτε 1 do not be terrified "do not let these things terrify you" or "do not be afraid"
|
||||
LUK 21 9 msn6 figs-explicit 0 the end will not happen immediately This refers to the final judgment. Alternate translation: "the end of the world will not happen immediately after the wars and riots" or "the world will not end immediately after those things happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 9 jyh8 τὸ τέλος 1 the end "the end of everything" or "the end of the age"
|
||||
LUK 21 10 yj1i τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them "Then Jesus said to his disciples." Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer not to say "Then he said to them."
|
||||
|
|
@ -2595,12 +2595,12 @@ LUK 21 12 cwq9 figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 be
|
|||
LUK 21 13 d98x ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον 1 for your testimony "for you to tell them your testimony about me"
|
||||
LUK 21 14 q1s1 writing-connectingwords οὖν 1 Therefore "Because of this," referring to everything Jesus has said, beginning in [Luke 21:10](../21/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 he8s figs-metonymy θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 resolve in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds. Alternate translation: "make up your mind" or "decide firmly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 14 usf9 μὴ προμελετᾶν προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι 1 not to prepare your defense ahead of time "not to figure out ahead of time what you will say in order to defend yourself against their accusations"
|
||||
LUK 21 15 d3zh σοφίαν ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν 1 wisdom that all your adversaries will not be able to resist or contradict "wisdom that none of your adversaries will be able to resist or contradict"
|
||||
LUK 21 14 usf9 μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι 1 not to prepare your defense ahead of time "not to figure out ahead of time what you will say in order to defend yourself against their accusations"
|
||||
LUK 21 15 d3zh σοφίαν ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν 1 wisdom that all your adversaries will not be able to resist or contradict "wisdom that none of your adversaries will be able to resist or contradict"
|
||||
LUK 21 15 z6ua 0 I will give you words and wisdom "I will tell you what wise things to say"
|
||||
LUK 21 15 gm5t figs-hendiadys 0 words and wisdom These can be combined into one phrase. Alternate translation: "words of wisdom" or "wise words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 21 16 xc2s figs-activepassive 0 you will be delivered up also by parents, brothers, relatives, and friends This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will give you over to the authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 16 ue17 θανατώσουσιν θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 they will put some of you to death "they will kill some of you." Possible meanings are 1) "the authorities will kill some of you" or 2) "those who deliver you up will kill some of you." The first meaning is more likely.
|
||||
LUK 21 16 ue17 θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 they will put some of you to death "they will kill some of you." Possible meanings are 1) "the authorities will kill some of you" or 2) "those who deliver you up will kill some of you." The first meaning is more likely.
|
||||
LUK 21 17 wbh8 figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be translated in active form. The word "everyone" emphasizes how many people will hate the disciples, either through 1) exaggeration Alternate translation: "It will seem like you are hated by everyone" or "It will seem like everyone hates you" or 2) a generalization. Alternate translation: "You will be hated by most people" or "Most people will hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 17 lm66 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name "my name" here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you follow me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 18 y7bi figs-synecdoche καὶ θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 But not a hair of your head will perish Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person. He is emphasizing that the whole person will not perish. Jesus had already said that some of them would be put to death, so some understand this to mean that they would not be harmed spiritually. Alternate translation: "But these things cannot really harm you" or "Even every hair on your head will be safe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ LUK 21 22 eba2 figs-activepassive τοῦ πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα
|
|||
LUK 21 22 f9es figs-activepassive πλησθῆναι 1 will be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 to them who are nursing "to mothers who are nursing their babies"
|
||||
LUK 21 23 mzp3 ἔσται ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land Possible meanings are 1) the people of the land will be distressed or 2) there will be physical disasters in the land.
|
||||
LUK 21 23 iw4r figs-explicit ὀργὴ τῷ τῷ λαῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 wrath to this people "there will be wrath to the people at that time." God will bring this wrath. Alternate translation: "this people will experience God's anger" or "God will be very angry and will punish this people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 iw4r figs-explicit ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 wrath to this people "there will be wrath to the people at that time." God will bring this wrath. Alternate translation: "this people will experience God's anger" or "God will be very angry and will punish this people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 lmj8 figs-metonymy πεσοῦνται στόματι μαχαίρης 1 They will fall by the edge of the sword "They will be killed by the edge of the sword." Here "fall by the edge of the sword" represents being killed by enemy soldiers. Alternate translation: "Enemy soldiers will kill them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 cg3n figs-activepassive αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 they will be led captive into all the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "their enemies will capture them and take them to other countries" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 zn4e figs-hyperbole εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 into all the nations The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that they will be led into many countries. Alternate translation: "into many other countries" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2641,12 +2641,12 @@ LUK 21 31 t1ca figs-metonymy ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία το
|
|||
LUK 21 32 bj9e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 21 32 gsh9 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This expression emphasizes the importance of what Jesus is about to say.
|
||||
LUK 21 32 h921 ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Possible meanings are 1) the generation that will see the first of the signs Jesus speaks of or 2) the generation Jesus is speaking to. The first is more likely.
|
||||
LUK 21 32 m3il οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ παρέλθῃ ἕως ἂν 1 will not pass away until This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will still be alive when"
|
||||
LUK 21 32 m3il οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἕως ἂν 1 will not pass away until This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will still be alive when"
|
||||
LUK 21 33 t53u ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 Heaven and earth will pass away "Heaven and earth will cease to exist." The word "heaven" here refers to the sky and the universe beyond it.
|
||||
LUK 21 33 c3yl figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away "my words will never cease to exist" or "my words will never fail." Jesus uses "words" here to refer to everything he says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 33 kym8 οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται παρελεύσονται 1 will never pass away This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will remain forever"
|
||||
LUK 21 33 c3yl figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away "my words will never cease to exist" or "my words will never fail." Jesus uses "words" here to refer to everything he says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 33 kym8 οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 will never pass away This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will remain forever"
|
||||
LUK 21 34 r69y figs-metonymy 0 so that your hearts are not burdened The "heart" here refers to the mind and thoughts of the person. Alternate translation: "so that you are not occupied" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 y2qk figs-metaphor μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν βαρηθῶσιν 1 are not burdened Jesus here speaks of the following sins as if they were a physical weight that a person had to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 y2qk figs-metaphor μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν 1 are not burdened Jesus here speaks of the following sins as if they were a physical weight that a person had to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 34 se3c κρεπάλῃ 1 the effects of drinking "what drinking too much wine will do to you" or "drunkenness"
|
||||
LUK 21 34 unw9 μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς 1 the worries of life "worrying too much about this life"
|
||||
LUK 21 34 x8jh figs-simile 0 then that day will close on you suddenly like a trap Just as a trap closes on an animal when the animal does not expect it, that day will happen when people do not expect it. Alternate translation: "that day will happen when you are not expecting it, as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@ LUK 22 1 cf6p writing-background 0 General Information: Judas agrees to betray
|
|||
LUK 22 1 q8fa writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 Festival of Unleavened Bread The festival was called by this name because during the festival, the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. Alternate translation: "festival when they would eat unleavened bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 1 u5jm ἤγγιζεν 1 was approaching "was almost ready to begin"
|
||||
LUK 22 2 n9v6 πῶς ἀνέλωσιν ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they could put Jesus to death The priests and scribes did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves, but they hoped to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: "how they might cause Jesus to be put to death" or "how they could cause someone to kill Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 22 2 n9v6 πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 how they could put Jesus to death The priests and scribes did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves, but they hoped to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: "how they might cause Jesus to be put to death" or "how they could cause someone to kill Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 22 2 aij5 ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν λαόν 1 afraid of the people Possible meanings are 1) "scared of what the people might do" or 2) "scared that the people would make Jesus king."
|
||||
LUK 22 3 gf9s 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the action in this part of the story.
|
||||
LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν Σατανᾶς εἰς Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Satan entered into Judas Iscariot This was probably very similar to demon possession.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2756,18 +2756,18 @@ LUK 22 31 t8qd Σίμων, Σίμων 1 Simon, Simon Jesus said his name twice
|
|||
LUK 22 31 dmw8 figs-you 0 to have you, that he might sift you The word "you" refers to all of the apostles. Languages that have different forms of "you" should use the plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 31 qyy7 figs-metaphor 0 sift you as wheat This means that Satan wanted to test the disciples to find something wrong. Alternate translation: "test you like someone passes grain through a sieve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 pd1t figs-you ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ 1 But I have prayed for you The word "you" here refers specifically to Simon. Languages that have different forms of you should use the singular form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 zp8w ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου 1 that your faith may not fail This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "that you will continue to have faith" or "that you will continue to trust me"
|
||||
LUK 22 32 zp8w ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου 1 that your faith may not fail This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "that you will continue to have faith" or "that you will continue to trust me"
|
||||
LUK 22 32 qxk7 figs-metaphor 0 After you have turned back again Here "turned back again" is a metaphor for starting to believe in someone again. Alternate translation: "After you start believing in me again" or "After you start serving me again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 32 f9v8 στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 strengthen your brothers "encourage your brothers to be strong in their faith" or "help your brothers believe in me"
|
||||
LUK 22 32 r7ux τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers This refers to the other disciples. Alternate translation: "your fellow believers" or "the other disciples"
|
||||
LUK 22 34 zt8v 0 the rooster will not crow this day, before you deny three times that you know me The order of the parts of the verse can be reversed. Alternate translation: "you will deny three times that you know me before the rooster crows this day"
|
||||
LUK 22 34 tu15 0 the rooster will not crow this day, before you deny This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "the rooster will crow this day only after you deny" or "before the rooster crows today, you will deny"
|
||||
LUK 22 34 pwj1 figs-metonymy οὐ φωνήσει φωνήσει ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster will not crow Here, the crowing of the rooster refers to a certain time of day. Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. Therefore, this refers to dawn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 pwj1 figs-metonymy οὐ φωνήσει ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster will not crow Here, the crowing of the rooster refers to a certain time of day. Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. Therefore, this refers to dawn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 34 eq7h ἀλέκτωρ 1 rooster a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
|
||||
LUK 22 34 zaq1 figs-explicit 0 this day The Jewish day begins at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. The morning was part of "this day." Alternate translation: "tonight" or "in the morning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 rb56 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus turns his attention back to speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion 0 Jesus said to them, "When ... did you lack anything?" They answered, "Nothing." Jesus uses a question to help the apostles remember how well the people provided for them as they traveled. Though this is a rhetorical question and Jesus is not asking for information, you should translate it as a question unless only a statement would cause the disciples to reply that they had lacked nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 a5jt figs-you ὅτε ἀπέστειλα ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς 1 When I sent you out Jesus was talking to his apostles. So languages that have different forms of "you" should use the plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 a5jt figs-you ὅτε ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς 1 When I sent you out Jesus was talking to his apostles. So languages that have different forms of "you" should use the plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 dny3 figs-metonymy βαλλαντίου 1 purse A purse is a bag for holding money. Here it is used to refer to "money." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 dr5g βαλλαντίου πήρας 1 a bag of provisions "travelers' bag" or "bag of food"
|
||||
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing It may be helpful to some audiences to include more about the conversation. Alternate translation: "We did not lack anything" or "We had everything we needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ LUK 22 38 ajs4 οἱ εἶπαν 1 they said This refers to at least two of Jes
|
|||
LUK 22 38 kbt8 ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough Possible meanings are 1) they have enough swords. "We now have enough swords." or 2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. "No more of this talk about swords." When Jesus said that they should buy swords, he was mainly telling them about the danger they would all face. He may not have really wanted them to buy swords and fight.
|
||||
LUK 22 39 zaw6 0 General Information: Jesus goes to the Mount of Olives to pray.
|
||||
LUK 22 40 b6pz 0 that you do not enter into temptation "that you are not tempted" or "that nothing tempts you and causes you to sin"
|
||||
LUK 22 41 sp1s figs-idiom ὡσεὶ λίθου' λίθου βολήν 1 about a stone's throw "about the distance that someone can throw a stone." Alternate translation: "a short distance" or with an estimated measurement like "about thirty meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 41 sp1s figs-idiom ὡσεὶ λίθου' βολήν 1 about a stone's throw "about the distance that someone can throw a stone." Alternate translation: "a short distance" or with an estimated measurement like "about thirty meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 j48l Πάτερ, εἰ βούλει 1 Father, if you are willing Jesus will bear the guilt of every person's sin on the cross. He prays to his Father, asking if there is another way.
|
||||
LUK 22 42 y51l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 ic7y figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me Jesus refers to what he will soon experience as if it were a cup of bitter liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: "allow me to not drink from this cup" or "allow me to not experience what is about to happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ LUK 22 44 df6s 0 his sweat became like great drops of blood falling down upon
|
|||
LUK 22 45 a9fg ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν 1 When he rose up from his prayer, he "When Jesus got up after praying, he" or "After praying, Jesus got up and he"
|
||||
LUK 22 45 gb3z εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης 1 found them sleeping because of their sorrow "saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from their sadness"
|
||||
LUK 22 46 in7g figs-rquestion τί καθεύδετε? 1 Why are you sleeping? Possible meanings are 1) "I am surprised that you are sleeping now." or 2) "You should not be sleeping now!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 46 nl7w ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 that you may not enter into temptation "so that you may not be tempted" or "so that nothing tempts you and causes you to sin"
|
||||
LUK 22 46 nl7w ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 that you may not enter into temptation "so that you may not be tempted" or "so that nothing tempts you and causes you to sin"
|
||||
LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants 0 behold, a crowd appeared The word "behold" alerts us to a new group in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "there was a crowd that appeared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 mva7 προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not telling the crowd what to do. Alternate translation: "leading them to Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 22 47 c2l7 translate-unknown φιλῆσαι αὐτόν 1 to kiss him "to greet him with a kiss" or "to greet him by kissing him." When men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing to say that a man would kiss another man, you could translate it in a more general way: "to give him a friendly greeting." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2816,7 +2816,7 @@ LUK 22 53 c4is figs-metonymy ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ
|
|||
LUK 22 53 gw9n αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα 1 this is your hour "this is the time for you to do whatever you want"
|
||||
LUK 22 53 mzb4 figs-ellipsis ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους 1 the authority of darkness It may be helpful to repeat the reference to time. "Darkness" is a metonym for Satan. Alternate translation: "the time of the authority of darkness" or "the time when God is allowing Satan to do whatever he wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 54 mtp8 0 led him away "led Jesus away from the garden where they had arrested him"
|
||||
LUK 22 54 ct8h εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως' οἰκίαν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 into the high priest's house "into the courtyard of the high priest's house"
|
||||
LUK 22 54 ct8h εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως' οἰκίαν 1 into the high priest's house "into the courtyard of the high priest's house"
|
||||
LUK 22 55 b3x7 περιαψάντων πῦρ 1 they had kindled a fire "some people had made a fire." The fire was to keep the people warm during the cool night. Alternate translation: "some people started a fire to keep warm"
|
||||
LUK 22 55 qx64 μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς 1 the middle of the courtyard This was the courtyard at the high priest's house. It had walls around it, but no roof.
|
||||
LUK 22 55 m8ew μέσος αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them "together with them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2824,14 +2824,14 @@ LUK 22 56 fm4t καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 he sat in the light
|
|||
LUK 22 56 fxz3 0 and looked straight at him and said "and she looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard"
|
||||
LUK 22 56 zu63 καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν 1 This man also was with him The woman was telling the people about Peter being with Jesus. She probably did not know Peter's name.
|
||||
LUK 22 57 dzq9 0 But Peter denied it "But Peter said that it was not true"
|
||||
LUK 22 57 vdm1 γύναι, οὐκ οἶδα οἶδα αὐτόν 1 Woman, I do not know him Peter did not know the woman's name. He was not insulting her by calling her "woman." If people would think he was insulting her, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a woman he does not know, or you could leave out the word.
|
||||
LUK 22 57 vdm1 γύναι, οὐκ οἶδα αὐτόν 1 Woman, I do not know him Peter did not know the woman's name. He was not insulting her by calling her "woman." If people would think he was insulting her, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a woman he does not know, or you could leave out the word.
|
||||
LUK 22 58 i65s καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ 1 You are also one of them "You are also one of those who were with Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 22 58 cyv7 ἄνθρωπε, οὐκ εἰμί 1 Man, I am not Peter did not know the man's name. He was not insulting him by calling him "Man." If people would think he was insulting him, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a man he does not know, or you could leave out the word.
|
||||
LUK 22 59 h5tb 0 insisted and said "said insistently" or "said loudly"
|
||||
LUK 22 59 fc42 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας οὗτος 1 Truly this man Here "this man" refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter's name.
|
||||
LUK 22 59 qwf7 figs-explicit Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 he is a Galilean The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 ck93 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Peter did not know the man's name. He was not insulting him by calling him "Man." If people would think he was insulting him, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a man he does not know, or you could leave out the word. See how you translated this in [Luke 22:58](../22/58.md).
|
||||
LUK 22 60 al3s figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα οἶδα ὃ λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are saying "I do not know what you are talking about." This expression means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: "what you said is not true at all" or "what you said is completely false" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 al3s figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are saying "I do not know what you are talking about." This expression means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: "what you said is not true at all" or "what you said is completely false" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 p6c5 ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 while he was speaking "while Peter was speaking"
|
||||
LUK 22 60 lt62 ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ 1 a rooster crowed Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Luke 22:34](../22/34.md).
|
||||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 στραφεὶς, ὁ Κύριος ἐνέβλεψεν τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Turning, the Lord looked at Peter "The Lord turned and looked at Peter"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2848,7 +2848,7 @@ LUK 22 66 v9m2 ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 As soon as it was day "At da
|
|||
LUK 22 66 vp8u figs-activepassive ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον 1 They led him into the council Possible meanings are 1) "The elders had Jesus brought into the council" or 2) "The guards led Jesus into the council of the elders." Some languages may avoid saying who led him by using the pronoun "they" or by using a passive verb: "Jesus was led into the council" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 67 br8y 0 and said A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: "The elders said to Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 22 67 h12k εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν 1 If you are the Christ, tell us "Tell us if you are the Christ"
|
||||
LUK 22 67 g8iy figs-hypo ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε πιστεύσητε 1 If I tell you, you will not believe This is the first of two hypothetical statements by Jesus. It was a way for Jesus to respond without giving them a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. Your language may have a way of indicating that the action has not actually happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 67 g8iy figs-hypo ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 If I tell you, you will not believe This is the first of two hypothetical statements by Jesus. It was a way for Jesus to respond without giving them a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. Your language may have a way of indicating that the action has not actually happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 68 l7nz figs-hypo 0 if I ask you, you will not answer This is the second hypothetical statement. It was a way for Jesus to rebuke them without giving them a reason to convict him. These words, along with "If I tell you, you will not believe" (verse 67), show that Jesus did not believe that the council was really looking for the truth. Your language may have a way of indicating that the action has not actually happened. Jesus is saying that whether he speaks or asks them to speak, they will not respond correctly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 69 xsz9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the council.
|
||||
LUK 22 69 z3ea ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν 1 from now on "from this day" or "starting from today"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2879,11 +2879,11 @@ LUK 23 6 vvp6 0 heard this "heard that Jesus began to teach in Galilee"
|
|||
LUK 23 6 px94 ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 1 he asked whether the man was a Galilean Pilate wanted to know from which area Jesus came because he wanted to have a lower-ranking government official judge Jesus. If Jesus were from Galilee, Pilate could have Herod judge Jesus because Herod had authority over Galilee.
|
||||
LUK 23 6 dr1s ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 23 7 cbn1 ἐπιγνοὺς 1 he discovered "Pilate found out"
|
||||
LUK 23 7 mn6i figs-explicit ἐκ Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν' τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου 1 he was under Herod's authority The passage does not state the implied fact that Herod was the ruler of Galilee. Alternate translation: "Jesus was under the authority of Herod because Herod ruled over Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 mn6i figs-explicit ἐκ Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν' τῆς ἐξουσίας 1 he was under Herod's authority The passage does not state the implied fact that Herod was the ruler of Galilee. Alternate translation: "Jesus was under the authority of Herod because Herod ruled over Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ay2i ἀνέπεμψεν 1 he sent "Pilate sent"
|
||||
LUK 23 7 i163 ὄντα αὐτὸν 1 who himself This refers to Herod.
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ys2n ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days "at that time"
|
||||
LUK 23 8 k9z8 ἐχάρη ἐχάρη λείαν 1 he was very glad "Herod was very glad"
|
||||
LUK 23 8 k9z8 ἐχάρη λείαν 1 he was very glad "Herod was very glad"
|
||||
LUK 23 8 z3zz θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν 1 he had wanted to see him "Herod had wanted to see Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 23 8 gp7u 0 He had heard about him "Herod had heard about Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 23 8 vg5u ἤλπιζέν 1 he hoped "Herod hoped"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2905,9 +2905,9 @@ LUK 23 14 e517 οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτ
|
|||
LUK 23 15 k5gk 0 Connecting Statement: Pilate continues speaking to the Jewish leaders and to the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 15 h623 figs-ellipsis 0 No, nor does Herod It may be helpful to add information that is not included in the short statement. Alternate translation: "Even Herod does not think he is guilty" or "Even Herod thinks he is innocent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 bn7l 0 nor does Herod, for "nor does Herod, because" or "nor does Herod. We know this because"
|
||||
LUK 23 15 i2ba figs-exclusive ἀνέπεμψεν ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 he sent him back to us "Herod sent Jesus to return to us." The word "us" refers to Pilate, his soldiers, and the priests and scribes, but not those who were listening to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 i2ba figs-exclusive ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 he sent him back to us "Herod sent Jesus to return to us." The word "us" refers to Pilate, his soldiers, and the priests and scribes, but not those who were listening to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 15 gs4m figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ 1 nothing worthy of death has been done by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he has not done anything to deserve a death sentence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 16 p5wa παιδεύσας παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν 1 I will therefore punish him Because Pilate had found no fault in Jesus he should have released him without punishment. It is not necessary to try to make this statement fit logically into the translation. Pilate punished Jesus, whom he knew to be innocent, only because he was afraid of the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 16 p5wa παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν 1 I will therefore punish him Because Pilate had found no fault in Jesus he should have released him without punishment. It is not necessary to try to make this statement fit logically into the translation. Pilate punished Jesus, whom he knew to be innocent, only because he was afraid of the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 18 cx37 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 19 tells us background information about who Barabbas is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 v7pf ἀνέκραγον πανπληθεὶ 1 they cried out all together "All the people in the crowd shouted"
|
||||
LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-explicit 0 Away with this man, and release "Take this man away! Release." They are asking him to have his soldiers kill Jesus. Alternate translation: "Take this man away and execute him! Release" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2918,31 +2918,31 @@ LUK 23 19 zl1f στάσιν τινὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 a certain rebell
|
|||
LUK 23 20 vbp4 πάλιν προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς 1 addressed them again "spoke to them again" or "spoke again to the people in the crowd and to the religious rulers"
|
||||
LUK 23 20 t1i2 θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 desiring to release Jesus "because he wanted to set Jesus free"
|
||||
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 He said to them a third time "Pilate said to the crowd again, for the third time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 ck75 figs-rquestion τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? 1 what evil has this man done? Pilate uses this question to cause the crowd to understand that Jesus is innocent. Alternate translation: "this man has not done anything wrong!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 ck75 figs-rquestion τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? 1 what evil has this man done? Pilate uses this question to cause the crowd to understand that Jesus is innocent. Alternate translation: "this man has not done anything wrong!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 de5a οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ 1 I have found nothing deserving the death penalty in him "He has done nothing for which he deserves to die"
|
||||
LUK 23 22 mij1 0 after punishing him, I will release him As in [Luke 23:16](../23/16.md), Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment because he was innocent. However, he offered to punish Jesus to appease the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 22 z7ax 0 I will release him "I will set him free"
|
||||
LUK 23 23 k1hh οἱ ἐπέκειντο 1 they were insistent "the crowd insisted"
|
||||
LUK 23 23 sni4 φωναῖς φωναῖς μεγάλαις 1 with loud voices "with shouting"
|
||||
LUK 23 23 sni4 φωναῖς μεγάλαις 1 with loud voices "with shouting"
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pst8 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι 1 for him to be crucified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to have his soldiers crucify Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 23 pgz9 0 Their voices convinced Pilate "The crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate"
|
||||
LUK 23 24 tfw2 γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν 1 to grant their demand "to do what the crowd requested"
|
||||
LUK 23 25 nwd3 ἀπέλυσεν τὸν ᾐτοῦντο 1 He released the one they asked for Pilate released Barrabas from prison. Alternate translation: "Pilate freed Barabbas, whom the crowd had asked be released"
|
||||
LUK 23 25 t66f writing-background 0 who had been put in prison ... murder This is background information about where Barrabas was at that time. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Romans had put in prison ... murder" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 25 z8v8 τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν 1 he delivered up Jesus to their will "Pilate commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus to them to do whatever the crowd wanted to do"
|
||||
LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 As they led him away "While the soldiers led Jesus away from where Pilate was"
|
||||
LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 As they led him away "While the soldiers led Jesus away from where Pilate was"
|
||||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 ἐπιλαβόμενοι 1 seized The Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Do not translate this in a way that indicates that Simon was arrested or had done anything wrong.
|
||||
LUK 23 26 x5qz translate-names Σίμωνά τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 one Simon of Cyrene "a man named Simon, from the city of Cyrene" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 i5ua ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 coming from the country "who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside"
|
||||
LUK 23 26 fub3 ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν 1 laid the cross on him "put the cross on his shoulders"
|
||||
LUK 23 26 y3p6 ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 following Jesus "and he followed behind Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 23 27 nvg3 πολὺ πλῆθος πλῆθος 1 A great crowd "A large crowd"
|
||||
LUK 23 27 nvg3 πολὺ πλῆθος 1 A great crowd "A large crowd"
|
||||
LUK 23 27 ad9f πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν 1 great crowd of the people, and of women The woman were part of the large crowd, and not a separate crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 27 s7gx ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν 1 mourned for him "mourned for Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 23 27 bp3x ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 were following him This does not mean that they were Jesus' disciples. It simply means they were walking along behind him.
|
||||
LUK 23 28 s3ka στραφεὶς πρὸς αὐτὰς 1 turning to them This indicates that Jesus turned to face the women and address them directly.
|
||||
LUK 23 28 nl38 θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Daughters of Jerusalem The "daughter" of a city means the women of the city. This was not rude. It was a normal form of address to a group of women from one location. Alternate translation: "You women who are from Jerusalem"
|
||||
LUK 23 28 wi15 figs-metonymy μὴ κλαίετε κλαίετε ἐπ’ ἐμέ πλὴν ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not weep for me, but weep for yourselves and for your children The person is a metonym for what happens to the person. Alternate translation: "do not weep about the bad things that will happen to me. Instead, weep because worse things will happen to you and to your children" or "you are weeping because bad things are happening to me, but you will weep even more when worse things happen to you and your children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 28 wi15 figs-metonymy μὴ κλαίετε ἐπ’ ἐμέ πλὴν ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not weep for me, but weep for yourselves and for your children The person is a metonym for what happens to the person. Alternate translation: "do not weep about the bad things that will happen to me. Instead, weep because worse things will happen to you and to your children" or "you are weeping because bad things are happening to me, but you will weep even more when worse things happen to you and your children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 s9uj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
LUK 23 29 rd8v ὅτι ἰδοὺ 1 For see This introduces the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves.
|
||||
LUK 23 29 bjb7 ἔρχονται ἡμέραι 1 the days are coming "there will soon be a time"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ LUK 23 39 z9ej ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν 1 insulted him "insulted Jesus
|
|||
LUK 23 39 tmy7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός? σῶσον σεαυτὸν 1 Are you not the Christ? Save yourself The criminal uses a question to mock Jesus. Alternate translation: "You claim to be the Christ. Save yourself" or "If you really were the Christ, you would save yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 39 g6uk figs-irony σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς 1 Save yourself and us The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue them from the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 lb4e ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ 1 the other rebuked him "the other criminal rebuked him"
|
||||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion φοβῇ? οὐδὲ φοβῇ τὸν Θεόν, σὺ εἶ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι ὅτι 1 Do you not fear God, since you are under the same sentence? The criminal uses a question to scold the other criminal. Alternate translation: "You should fear God, because they are punishing you the same way they are punishing him" or "You must have no fear of God, since you mock him while you are hanging on a cross the same as he is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion φοβῇ? οὐδὲ τὸν Θεόν, σὺ εἶ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι ὅτι 1 Do you not fear God, since you are under the same sentence? The criminal uses a question to scold the other criminal. Alternate translation: "You should fear God, because they are punishing you the same way they are punishing him" or "You must have no fear of God, since you mock him while you are hanging on a cross the same as he is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-123person 0 We indeed ... for we ... we deserve These usages of "we" refer only to the two criminals, and not to Jesus or the other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 i4gm 0 We indeed are here justly "Truly we deserve this punishment"
|
||||
LUK 23 41 nu35 οὗτος 1 this man This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2989,13 +2989,13 @@ LUK 23 42 j9d9 μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me "think about me and treat
|
|||
LUK 23 42 zyv3 figs-metonymy ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 come into your kingdom To "come into" a kingdom means to begin to rule. Alternate translation: "begin to rule as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 43 n6w9 ἀμήν σοι λέγω, σήμερον 1 Truly I say to you, today "Truly" adds emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "I want you to know that today"
|
||||
LUK 23 43 f1fl τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 paradise This is the place that righteous people go to when they die. Jesus was assuring the man that he would be with God and God would accept him. Alternate translation: "the place where the righteous people live" or "the place where people live well"
|
||||
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour "about noon." This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
|
||||
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour "about noon." This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
|
||||
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land "the entire land became dark"
|
||||
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour "until 3 p.m." This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
|
||||
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour "until 3 p.m." This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
|
||||
LUK 23 45 hjt3 0 as the sun's light failed This does not refer to sundown. Rather, the light of the sun darkened during the middle of the day. Use a term to describe the sun becoming dark rather than the sun going down.
|
||||
LUK 23 45 ssh2 τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 the curtain of the temple "the curtain inside the temple." This was the curtain that separated the most holy place from the rest of the temple.
|
||||
LUK 23 45 ah4k figs-activepassive 0 the curtain of the temple was split in two "the curtain of the temple was torn into two pieces." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God tore the temple curtain into two pieces from the top to the bottom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 z1fq φωνήσας φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 Crying with a loud voice "Shouting loudly." It may be helpful to show how this is related to the events of the previous verses. Alternate translation: "When that happened, Jesus shouted loudly"
|
||||
LUK 23 46 z1fq φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 Crying with a loud voice "Shouting loudly." It may be helpful to show how this is related to the events of the previous verses. Alternate translation: "When that happened, Jesus shouted loudly"
|
||||
LUK 23 46 r4ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 mix5 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 into your hands I commit my spirit "The phrase "into your hands" refers to God's care. Alternate translation: "I entrust my spirit to your care" or "I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 46 k5rv τοῦτο εἰπὼν 1 Having said this "After Jesus said this"
|
||||
|
|
@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ LUK 24 1 w4w1 φέρουσαι ἀρώματα 1 bringing the spices These were
|
|||
LUK 24 2 jq9p εὗρον τὸν λίθον 1 They found the stone "They saw that the stone was"
|
||||
LUK 24 2 l6uk figs-activepassive τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 the stone rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that someone had rolled the stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 2 t4mf τὸν λίθον 1 the stone This was a large, cut, round stone big enough to completely block the doorway to the tomb. It required several men to roll it.
|
||||
LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 did not find the body of the Lord Jesus You can state explicitly that they did not find it because it was not there. Alternate translation: "the body of the Lord Jesus was not there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 did not find the body of the Lord Jesus You can state explicitly that they did not find it because it was not there. Alternate translation: "the body of the Lord Jesus was not there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 ex1u 0 General Information: Two angels appear and begin speaking to the women.
|
||||
LUK 24 4 bmt4 ἐγένετο 1 It happened This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i 0 were filled with fear "became afraid"
|
||||
|
|
@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ LUK 24 6 awf1 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἠγέρθη 1 but has been raised
|
|||
LUK 24 6 s8k5 μνήσθητε ὡς 1 Remember how "Remember what"
|
||||
LUK 24 6 rt89 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you The word "you" is plural. It refers to the women and possibly the other disciples in addition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 sj3u figs-quotations 0 that the Son of Man This is the beginning of an indirect quote. It can also be translated with a direct quote as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 pl6b figs-activepassive τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου δεῖ παραδοθῆναι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ σταυρωθῆναι 1 the Son of Man must be delivered up into the hands of sinful men and be crucified The phrase "must be" means this is something that would certainly happen because God had already decided that it would happen. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "it was necessary that they hand the Son of Man over to sinful men who would crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 pl6b figs-activepassive τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου δεῖ παραδοθῆναι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ σταυρωθῆναι 1 the Son of Man must be delivered up into the hands of sinful men and be crucified The phrase "must be" means this is something that would certainly happen because God had already decided that it would happen. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "it was necessary that they hand the Son of Man over to sinful men who would crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 e4ca figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας 1 into the hands Here "hands" refers to power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 third day The Jews counted any portion of a day as a day. Therefore, the day Jesus was raised was the "third day" because it followed the day of his burial and the Sabbath day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 8 f2k2 0 Connecting Statement: The women go to tell the apostles about what they found at the tomb.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3080,7 +3080,7 @@ LUK 24 18 qx7m figs-rquestion 0 Are you the only person ... days? Cleopas uses
|
|||
LUK 24 18 e8gg figs-you 0 Are you Here "you" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 24 19 aj5c ," ποῖα?" 1 What things? "What things have happened?" or "What things have taken place?"
|
||||
LUK 24 19 x25r ἀνὴρ προφήτης δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ, λόγῳ ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 a prophet, mighty in deed and word before God and all the people This means that God caused Jesus to be mighty and that the people saw that he was mighty. Alternate translation: "a prophet to whom God gave power to do and teach great things that were amazing to all the people"
|
||||
LUK 24 20 a6aw παρέδωκαν παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν 1 delivered him up "gave him over"
|
||||
LUK 24 20 a6aw παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν 1 delivered him up "gave him over"
|
||||
LUK 24 20 e5zt figs-activepassive εἰς κρίμα θανάτου καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν 1 to be condemned to death and crucified him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in order for the governor to put Jesus to death by crucifying him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 ei9t 0 Connecting Statement: The two men continue responding to Jesus.
|
||||
LUK 24 21 ljb1 figs-explicit ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who was going to redeem Israel The Romans ruled over the Jews. Alternate translation: "who would free the Israelites from our Roman enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@ LUK 24 22 l8dj ἀλλὰ καὶ 1 But also This introduces another reason why
|
|||
LUK 24 22 a3j9 ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 of our company "in our group"
|
||||
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb The women were the ones who were at the tomb.
|
||||
LUK 24 23 m4wy ὀπτασίαν ἀγγέλων 1 a vision of angels "angels in a vision"
|
||||
LUK 24 24 fkw9 αὐτὸν οὐκ εἶδον εἶδον 1 they did not see him "they did not see Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 24 24 fkw9 αὐτὸν οὐκ εἶδον 1 they did not see him "they did not see Jesus"
|
||||
LUK 24 25 r718 αὐτὸς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 Jesus said to them Jesus is speaking to the two disciples.
|
||||
LUK 24 25 vg3z figs-metonymy βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ πιστεύειν 1 slow of heart to believe Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind. Alternate translation: "your minds are slow to believe" or "you are slow to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 n85k figs-rquestion 0 Was it not necessary ... glory? Jesus uses a question to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. Alternate translation: "It was necessary ... glory." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@ LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 begin
|
|||
LUK 24 27 vb2e διερμήνευσεν αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus interpreted to them "Jesus explained to them"
|
||||
LUK 24 28 cdj2 αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι 1 Jesus acted as though he were going further The two men understood from his actions that he was going on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter the gate into the village. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words.
|
||||
LUK 24 29 pn4d figs-hyperbole παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν 1 they compelled him You may need to make explicit what they compelled him to do. This is probably an exaggeration to show that they needed to speak with him for a long time before they could change his mind. The word "compel" means to use physical force, but it seems that they persuaded him using only words. Alternate translation: "they were able to persuade him to stay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 s6ps πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν καὶ κέκλικεν κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day is almost over The Jewish day ended at sundown.
|
||||
LUK 24 29 s6ps πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day is almost over The Jewish day ended at sundown.
|
||||
LUK 24 29 tgi6 εἰσῆλθεν 1 Jesus went in "Jesus entered the house"
|
||||
LUK 24 29 p35b μεῖναι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 stay with them "stay with the two disciples"
|
||||
LUK 24 30 k6ud ἐγένετο 1 It happened This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3131,7 +3131,7 @@ LUK 24 37 kf17 figs-doublet πτοηθέντες καὶ ἔμφοβοι 1 terri
|
|||
LUK 24 37 z4q5 0 supposed that they saw a spirit "thought that they were seeing a ghost." They did not yet truly understand that Jesus was really alive.
|
||||
LUK 24 37 q9rf πνεῦμα 1 a spirit Here it refers to the spirit of a dead person.
|
||||
LUK 24 38 jj1h figs-rquestion τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ? 1 Why are you troubled? Jesus uses a question to comfort them. Alternate translation: "Do not be frightened." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 38 ic97 figs-rquestion διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν? 1 Why do questions arise in your heart? Jesus uses a question to mildly rebuke them. Jesus was telling them not to doubt that he was alive. The word "heart" is a metonym for a persons' mind. Alternate translation: "Do not doubt in your minds!" or "Stop doubting!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 38 ic97 figs-rquestion διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν? 1 Why do questions arise in your heart? Jesus uses a question to mildly rebuke them. Jesus was telling them not to doubt that he was alive. The word "heart" is a metonym for a persons' mind. Alternate translation: "Do not doubt in your minds!" or "Stop doubting!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 39 a12n 0 Touch me and see ... see me having Jesus asks them to confirm by touch that he is not a ghost. It may be helpful to combine and reorder these two sentences. Alternate translation: "Touch me and feel that I have flesh and bones that a ghost would not have"
|
||||
LUK 24 39 tf2v σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα 1 flesh and bones This is a way of referring to the physical body.
|
||||
LUK 24 40 qm9p τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 his hands and his feet It is understood that his hands and feet contained the nail marks from his crucifixion that would prove it was really Jesus. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the wounds in his hands and his feet"
|
||||
|
|
@ -3155,7 +3155,7 @@ LUK 24 49 m2lm figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὴν ἐπαγγε
|
|||
LUK 24 49 ynm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 c4iv figs-metaphor ἐνδύσησθε δύναμιν 1 you are clothed with power God's power will cover them in the same way that clothes cover a person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you receive power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 49 l46b ἐξ ὕψους 1 from on high "from above" or "from God"
|
||||
LUK 24 50 bd6p ἐξήγαγεν ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus led them out "Jesus led the disciples outside the city"
|
||||
LUK 24 50 bd6p ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus led them out "Jesus led the disciples outside the city"
|
||||
LUK 24 50 cm9a translate-symaction ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 He lifted up his hands This was the action that priests performed when they blessed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 51 dzr3 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 It happened "It came about." This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 51 zx4t ἐν τῷ εὐλογεῖν αὐτὸν αὐτοὺς 1 while he was blessing them "while Jesus was asking God to do good to them"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
368
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
368
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
|
|
@ -8,12 +8,12 @@ JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-activepassive 0 without him there was not one thing made that
|
|||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν καὶ ἡ, ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men "In him was life" is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, "light" here is a metaphor for "truth." Alternate translation: "He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here "him" refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||||
JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for "life." If you must be more specific, translate as "spiritual life."
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here "light" is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here "darkness" is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: "The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here "light" is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here "darkness" is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: "The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here "light" is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: "show how Jesus is like the true light of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’,, αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him "Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him"
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The "world" is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people did not know who he really was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν καὶ οἱ, ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him "He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either"
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’,, αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him "Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him"
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The "world" is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people did not know who he really was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν καὶ οἱ, ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him "He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either"
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν παρέλαβον 1 receive him "accept him." To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name The word "name" is a metonym that stands for Jesus' identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: "believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right "he gave them the authority" or "he made it possible for them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,14 +30,14 @@ JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God's
|
|||
JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace "blessing after blessing"
|
||||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews sent ... to him from Jerusalem The word "Jews" here represents the "Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders sent ... to him from Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν— οὐκ ἠρνήσατο ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase "he did not deny" says in negative terms the same thing that "He confessed" says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν— οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase "he did not deny" says in negative terms the same thing that "He confessed" says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν σὺ? 1 What are you then? "What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?" or "What then is going on?" or "What then are you doing?"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
|
||||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν αὐτῷ 1 they said to him "the priests and Levites said to John"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive 0 we ... us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said "John said"
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ, βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah's prophecy is about himself. The word "voice" here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "I am the one calling out in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word "way" is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord's arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word "way" is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord's arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background 0 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: "who will preach to you after I am gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ JHN 2 1 vw9e 0 Three days later Most interpreters read this as on the third da
|
|||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother "woman" in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί? 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "this has nothing to do with me." or "you should not tell me what to do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: "It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: "It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "75 to 115 liters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim This means "to the very top" or "completely full."
|
||||
JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ JHN 2 14 i8lv καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it
|
|||
JHN 2 14 sa75 τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God.
|
||||
JHN 2 14 qu9k κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the "money changers."
|
||||
JHN 2 15 x6et καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 16 r16m μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ τοῦ πατρός πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace "Stop buying and selling things in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ τοῦ πατρός πατρός μου 1 the house of my Father This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 16 r16m μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace "Stop buying and selling things in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 the house of my Father This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "someone had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 ua3v τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house This term refers to the temple, God's house.
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume The word "consume"
|
|||
JHN 2 18 qtx1 σημεῖον 1 sign This refers to an event that proves something is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 18 r5rw ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus' actions against the money changers in the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo 0 Destroy this temple, ... I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words "destroy" and "raise" using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: "If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up" or "You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up "cause it to stand"
|
||||
JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up "cause it to stand"
|
||||
JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers 0 forty-six years ... three days "46 years ... 3 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. "Raise" is an idiom for "establish." Alternate translation: "you will establish it in three days?" or "you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. "Raise" is an idiom for "establish." Alternate translation: "you will establish it in three days?" or "you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here "believe" means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus' statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word "now" introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this
|
|||
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again "born from above" or "born of God"
|
||||
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word "kingdom" is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: "place where God rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: "A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion ' μὴ μὴ δύναται, δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς τῆς μητρὸς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. "Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion ' μὴ δύναται, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. "Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 z64b δεύτερον 1 a second time "again" or "twice"
|
||||
JHN 3 4 ppr8 τὴν κοιλίαν 1 womb the part of a woman's body where a baby grows
|
||||
JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
|
|||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again "You must be born from above"
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: "This cannot be!" or "This is not able to happen!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion , σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις γινώσκεις? 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion , σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις? 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gbu5 0 Are you a teacher ... yet you do not understand The word "you" is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said "we," he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,20 +136,20 @@ JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile , καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄ
|
|||
JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here "world" is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα, κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God's real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα, κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God's real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn "to punish." Usually "punish" implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
|
||||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word "light" is a metaphor for God's truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The "world" is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a light has revealed God's truth to all people" or "I, who am like a light, have come into the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that the light will not show the things he does" or "so that the light does not make clear his deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that the light will not show the things he does" or "so that the light does not make clear his deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "people may clearly see his deeds" or "everyone may clearly see the things he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This word means "springs," as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 3 23 jh2w 0 because there was much water there "because there were many springs in that place"
|
||||
JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "John was baptizing them" or "he was baptizing them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν τῶν μαθητῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου Ἰωάννου' μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: "Then John's disciples and a Jew began to argue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου' μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: "Then John's disciples and a Jew began to argue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words
|
||||
JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει, 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, "look" is a command meaning "pay attention!" Alternate translation: "you have testified, 'Look! He is baptizing,'" or "you have testified. 'Look at that! He is baptizing,'" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless "Nobody has any power unless"
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This "You" is
|
|||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor 0 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the "bride" and "bridegroom" are metaphors. Jesus is like the "bridegroom" and John is like the friend of the "bridegroom." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη, οὖν, ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη, οὖν, ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word "my" refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 30 kn9s ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase "He" refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all "He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else"
|
||||
|
|
@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ οὐδε
|
|||
JHN 3 33 k36d ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony "Anyone who believes what Jesus says"
|
||||
JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed "proves" or "agrees"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent "This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure "For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent "This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure "For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit"
|
||||
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom 0 given ... into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes "A person who believes" or "Anyone who believes"
|
||||
|
|
@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1-6 gives the bac
|
|||
JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: A long sentence begins here.
|
||||
JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this."
|
||||
JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
|
||||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun "himself" adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun "himself" adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words "Now when Jesus" in verse 1. "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee"
|
||||
JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite request, not a command.
|
||||
JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ οἱ γὰρ γὰρ μαθηταὶ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
|
||||
JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion 0 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking ... for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman's surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ συνχρῶνται συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with "do not associate with"
|
||||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with "do not associate with"
|
||||
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor "living water" to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion 0 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob ... cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are not greater than our father Jacob ... cattle!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob "our ancestor Jacob"
|
||||
|
|
@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ JHN 4 20 hp3m οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers "Our forefathers" o
|
|||
JHN 4 21 klz9 πίστευέ μοι 1 Believe me To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true.
|
||||
JHN 4 21 nu5m προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί 1 you will worship the Father Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε. ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
|
||||
JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε. ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
|
||||
JHN 4 22 i2df ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: "for all people will know about God's salvation because of the Jews"
|
||||
JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 salvation is from the Jews Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ, νῦν,, ἐστιν ἐστιν ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will "However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ, νῦν,, ἐστιν ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will "However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the "spirit" here is 1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or 2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "in the Spirit and in truth" or "with the Spirit's help and in truth"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 utt7 0 in ... truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,13 +217,13 @@ JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτο
|
|||
JHN 4 27 p39j 0 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 0 no one said, "What ... want?" or "Why ... her?" Possible meanings are 1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or 2) "no one asked the woman, 'What ... want?' or asked Jesus, 'Why ... her?'"
|
||||
JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: "Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, μήτι 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects "no" for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects "no" for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime "While the woman was going into town"
|
||||
JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him "the disciples were telling Jesus" or "the disciples were encouraging Jesus"
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal "food," but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, μή 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal "food." They begin asking each other this question, expecting a "no" response. Alternate translation: "Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal "food," but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal "food." They begin asking each other this question, expecting a "no" response. Alternate translation: "Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here "food" is a metaphor that represents "obeying God's will." Alternate translation: "Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God's will is what satisfies me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε λέγετε 1 Do you not say "Is this not one of your popular sayings"
|
||||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say "Is this not one of your popular sayings"
|
||||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor 0 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words "fields" and "ripe for harvest" are metaphors. The "fields" represent people. The words "ripe for harvest" mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: "look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here "fruit for everlasting life" is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ's message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,15 +240,15 @@ JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴ
|
|||
JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ, τέρατα ἴδητε οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe "Unless ... not believe" here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Only if you see a miracle will you believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ, τέρατα ἴδητε οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe "Unless ... not believe" here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Only if you see a miracle will you believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here "word" is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: "believed the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun "himself" is used here to emphasize the word "he." If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun "himself" is used here to emphasize the word "he." If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were "stirred up."<br><br>##### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>##### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the "Son" ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the "Son of God" ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the "Son of Man" ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 1 ea65 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus healed the official's son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 there was a Jewish festival "the Jews were celebrating a festival"
|
||||
JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 there was a Jewish festival "the Jews were celebrating a festival"
|
||||
JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
|
||||
JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
|
||||
JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 was there "was at the Bethesda pool" ([John 5:1
|
|||
JHN 5 5 z6e1 translate-numbers τριάκοντα- ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 thirty-eight years "38 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 5 6 c7ef γνοὺς 1 he realized "he understood" or "he found out"
|
||||
JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him "Jesus said to the paralyzed man"
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε, οὐκ ἔχω ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word "sir" is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε, οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word "sir" is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "when the angel moves the water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated "pool" in [John 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me "someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are importan
|
|||
JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this "This" refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this "This" refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice "hear my voice"
|
||||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word "him" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 5 32 yt31 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me "There is someone else who tells people about me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -312,15 +312,15 @@ JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιό
|
|||
JHN 5 36 rt6j 0 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish ... that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
|
||||
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles "testify" or "tell the people" about him. Alternate translation: "What I do shows the people that God has sent me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun "himself" emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὅτι ὃν ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent "You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you"
|
||||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God's word as if they were houses and God's word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: "You do not live according to his word" or "You do not obey his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun "himself" emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent "You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you"
|
||||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God's word as if they were houses and God's word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: "You do not live according to his word" or "You do not obey his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word "the message he spoke to you"
|
||||
JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life "you will find eternal life if you read them" or "the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me "you refuse to believe my message"
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me "you refuse to believe my message"
|
||||
JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 receive accept
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 ὑμᾶς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean 1) "you really do not love God" or 2) "you have really not received God's love."
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός 1 in my Father's name Here the word "name" is a metonym that symbolizes God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "I have come with my Father's authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 ὑμᾶς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean 1) "you really do not love God" or 2) "you have really not received God's love."
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῷ ὀνόματι 1 in my Father's name Here the word "name" is a metonym that symbolizes God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "I have come with my Father's authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend
|
||||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word "name" is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: "If another should come in his own authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -334,12 +334,12 @@ JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this c
|
|||
JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase "these things" refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
|
||||
JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: "Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd "A large number of people"
|
||||
JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd "A large number of people"
|
||||
JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 kct2 0 General Information: The action in the story begins in verse 5.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς,, τὸ Πάσχα ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν αὐτὸς γὰρ, ᾔδει ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun "himself" makes it clear that the word "he" refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν αὐτὸς γὰρ, ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun "himself" makes it clear that the word "he" refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word "denarii" is the plural of "denarius. "Alternate translation: "The amount of bread that cost two hundred days' wages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 6 9 k3k6 πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley "Five loaves of barley bread." Barley was a common grain.
|
||||
JHN 6 9 fjx1 ἄρτους 1 loaves A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves.
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,10 +355,10 @@ JHN 6 13 h64z ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν 1 left over the food that no one ha
|
|||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 ὃ σημεῖον 1 this sign Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish
|
||||
JHN 6 14 g8zb ὁ προφήτης 1 the prophet the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world
|
||||
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus' disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
|
||||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 19 xx7d ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
|
||||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς εἴκοσι- σταδίους πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A "stadium" is 185 meters. Alternate translation: "about five or six kilometers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid!"
|
||||
JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid!"
|
||||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: "they gladly received him into the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 yy7c πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea "the Sea of Galilee"
|
||||
JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background 0 However, there were ... the Lord had given thanks Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς
|
|||
JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I will keep everyone who comes to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I will keep everyone who comes to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 38 z84i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me "my Father, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: "I should keep all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he
|
|||
JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily
|
||||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: "I am the one who is like true bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion 0 Is not this Jesus ... whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: "This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion ,'? λέγει νῦν λέγει πῶς καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ'?" 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion ,'? λέγει νῦν πῶς καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ'?" 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This can mean 1) "pulls" or 2) "attracts."
|
||||
JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -410,10 +410,10 @@ JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue
|
|||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about "his flesh." Alternate translation: "There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 q8jl ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases "eat the flesh" and "drink his blood" are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves "you will not receive eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves "you will not receive eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
|
||||
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor 0 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases "eats my flesh" and "drinks my blood" are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day "on the day when God judges everyone"
|
||||
JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor 0 my flesh is true food ... my blood is true drink The phrases "true food" and "true drink" are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him "has a close relationship with me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers "the forefathers" or "the ance
|
|||
JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background 0 Jesus said these things in the synagogue ... in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "no one can accept it!" or "it is too hard to understand!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει σκανδαλίζει? 1 Does this offend you? "Does this shock you?" or "Does this upset you?"
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει? 1 Does this offend you? "Does this shock you?" or "Does this upset you?"
|
||||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion οὖν? θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἐὰν ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον Ἀνθρώπου 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: "Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word "profit" means to cause good things to happen.
|
||||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words Possible meanings are 1) Jesus' words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or 2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here "his di
|
|||
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for "the twelve disciples," a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: "the twelve disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion 0 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: "Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα, ἐξελεξάμην ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: "I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα, ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: "I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "My time has not yet come"<br>This phrase and "his hour had not yet come" are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>##### "Living water"<br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Prophecy<br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>##### Irony<br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Did not believe in him"<br>Jesus' brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### "The Jews"<br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms "Jewish leaders" and "Jewish people" or "Jews (leaders)" and "Jews (in general)."<br>
|
||||
JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. "After he finished speaking with the disciples" ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or "Some time later"
|
||||
|
|
@ -455,20 +455,20 @@ JHN 7 3 x8ce οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers This refers to the actual younge
|
|||
JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word "works" refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
|
||||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word "he." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: "all people" or "everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers "his younger brothers"
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to end my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to end my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready "any time is good for you"
|
||||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "All the people in the world cannot hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil "I tell them that what they are doing is evil"
|
||||
JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
|
||||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 10 xw52 0 General Information: The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These "brothers" were the younger brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "very secretly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word "Jews"is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." The word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here "leads ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "he deceives the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here "leads ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "he deceives the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
|
||||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -477,32 +477,32 @@ JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but is of him who se
|
|||
JHN 7 17 srx3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος, ἀληθής ἐστιν καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him "when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie"
|
||||
JHN 7 19 pib5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "It was Moses who gave you the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "It was Moses who gave you the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law "obeys the law"
|
||||
JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: "You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon "This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!"
|
||||
JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one is trying to kill you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 b63z ἓν ἔργον 1 one work "one miracle" or "one sign"
|
||||
JHN 7 21 l1zf πάντες θαυμάζετε θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel "you all are shocked"
|
||||
JHN 7 21 l1zf πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel "you all are shocked"
|
||||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ, Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: "you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 dl6z ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath "on the Jewish Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken "If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken "If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 23 f437 ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath "on the Jewish Day of Rest?"
|
||||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit , μὴ κρίνετε κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: "Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit , μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: "Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: "they say nothing to oppose him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε? ἄρχοντες ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν ὅτι οἱ ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, μήποτε οὗτός 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε? ἄρχοντες ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν ὅτι οἱ ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, οὗτός 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out "spoke in a loud voice"
|
||||
JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 rq9t figs-irony 0 You both know me and know where I come from John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: "You all know me and you think you know where I come from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 w35k ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself "on my own authority." See how you translated "of himself" in [John 5:19](../05/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true "God is the one who sent me and he is true"
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God's plan. Alternate translation: "it was not the right time to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God's plan. Alternate translation: "it was not the right time to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς ὅταν ἔλθῃ πλείονα σημεῖα, ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
|
||||
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι ἔτι χρόνον χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time "I will remain with you for only a short period of time"
|
||||
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time "I will remain with you for only a short period of time"
|
||||
JHN 7 33 b4m8 καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him.
|
||||
JHN 7 34 p7w6 0 where I go, you will not be able to come "you will not be able to come to the place where I am"
|
||||
JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said among themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,17 +513,17 @@ JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is "great" because it i
|
|||
JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word "thirsty" is a metaphor that means one's great desire for the things of God, just as one "thirsts" for water. Alternate translation: "Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word "drink" is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: "let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says "As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me"
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The "rivers of living water" is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually "thirsty." Alternate translation: "spiritual life will flow like rivers of water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The "rivers of living water" is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually "thirsty." Alternate translation: "spiritual life will flow like rivers of water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are 1) "water that gives life" or 2) "water that causes people to live." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: "from inside of him" or "from his heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he Here "he" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit 0 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word "glorified" refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word "glorified" refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: "This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται ἔρχεται? 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The Christ cannot come from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν εἶπεν ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ, σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται? 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The Christ cannot come from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ, σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ 1 where David was "where David lived"
|
||||
JHN 7 43 lf5r σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν 1 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
|
||||
JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 but no one laid hands on him To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: "but no one grabbed him to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -531,10 +531,10 @@ JHN 7 45 m3rf οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers "the temple guards"
|
|||
JHN 7 46 qwv3 figs-explicit 0 Never has anyone spoken like this The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. "We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees "Because they said that, the Pharisees"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτοῖς 1 answered them "answered the officers"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: "You have been deceived too!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion ἐπίστευσεν? ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς τις, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων αὐτὸν 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: "You have been deceived too!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion ἐπίστευσεν? ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων εἰς τις, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων αὐτὸν 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
|
||||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος ὁ, μὴ γινώσκων γινώσκων τὸν νόμον ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed "As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!"
|
||||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος ὁ, μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed "As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!"
|
||||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν, ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion 0 Does our law judge a man ... what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man ... what he does!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification 0 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Do we judge a man" or "we do not judge a man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is speaking to a
|
|||
JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the "light" is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: "I am the one who gives light to the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: "the people of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means "everyone who does what I teach" or "everyone who obeys me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: "will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: "will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-metaphor φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life The "light of life" is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: "truth that brings eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself "You are just saying these things about yourself"
|
||||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: "you cannot be your own witness" or "what you say about yourself may not be true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ JHN 8 15 k92s τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh "human standards and the laws of m
|
|||
JHN 8 15 j79i 0 I judge no one Possible meanings are 1) "I do not judge anyone yet" or 2) "I am not judging anyone now."
|
||||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings are 1) "if I judge people" or 2) "whenever I judge people"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are 1) "my judgment will be right" or 2) "my judgment is right."
|
||||
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ, καὶ ὁ ὁ πέμψας πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ, καὶ ὁ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: "I am not alone in how I judge" or "I do not judge alone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: "the Father also judges with me" or "the Father judges as I do"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,12 +584,12 @@ JHN 8 17 i1sl 0 Yes, and in your law The word "Yes" shows that Jesus is adding
|
|||
JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: "if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am he who bears witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: "I give evidence to you about myself"
|
||||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ ὁ πέμψας πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus' testimony is true. Alternate translation: "my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus' testimony is true. Alternate translation: "my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus' speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου εἰ ἐμὲ; ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: "it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: "it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word "die" refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die while you are still sinful" or "you will die while you are sinning"
|
||||
JHN 8 21 e83m ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 you cannot come "you are not able to come"
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,26 +612,26 @@ JHN 8 30 ld9x ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was sayin
|
|||
JHN 8 30 uj29 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 many believed in him "many people trusted him"
|
||||
JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means "to obey Jesus." Alternate translation: "obey what I have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples "my followers"
|
||||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of "the truth" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "if you obey the truth, God will set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of "the truth" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "if you obey the truth, God will set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: "what is true about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion ; πῶς σὺ λέγεις λέγεις,' ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε'?" 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion ; πῶς σὺ λέγεις,' ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε'?" 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word "slave" is a metaphor. This implies that "sin" is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: "is like a slave to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here "house" is a metonym for "family." Alternate translation: "as a permanent member of a family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: "the son is a member of the family forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "If I, the Son, set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "If I, the Son, set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" or "message" of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: "you do not accept my teachings" or "you do not allow my message to change your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" or "message" of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: "you do not accept my teachings" or "you do not allow my message to change your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father "I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father"
|
||||
JHN 8 38 f9yu 0 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by "your father" Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: "you also continue doing what your father has told you to do"
|
||||
JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this "Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God"
|
||||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: "No! You are doing the things that your real father did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: "We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children" or "We were all born from proper marriages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this "Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God"
|
||||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: "No! You are doing the things that your real father did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: "We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children" or "We were all born from proper marriages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν: τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε γινώσκετε? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: "I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: "I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy 0 It is because you cannot hear my words Here "words" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστὲ, τοῦ διαβόλου 1 You are of your father, the devil "You belong to your father, Satan"
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here "father" is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: "he is the one who created all lies in the beginning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -639,10 +639,10 @@ JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
|||
JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth "because I tell you true things about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: "None of you can show that I have ever sinned!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth "If I say things that are true"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: "you have no reason for not believing in me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: "you have no reason for not believing in me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here "words" is a metonym for the "message" of God. Alternate translation: "the message of God" or "the truth that comes from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: "We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: "We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -651,9 +651,9 @@ JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an i
|
|||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here "Jews" is a metonym for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word "If anyone obeys my teaching"
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: "die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion σὺ? μὴ μείζων ἡμῶν τοῦ εἶ Ἀβραάμ ὅστις ἀπέθανεν, εἶ πατρὸς 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion σὺ? μὴ μείζων ἡμῶν τοῦ εἶ Ἀβραάμ ὅστις ἀπέθανεν, πατρὸς 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You should not think that you are so important!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You should not think that you are so important!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples — ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here "word" is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: "I obey what he says to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: "what I would do during my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -685,11 +685,11 @@ JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίο
|
|||
JHN 9 14 qxy9 Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Sabbath day "Jewish Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him "So the Pharisees also asked him"
|
||||
JHN 9 16 y3wn writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews' disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
|
||||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion ," πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?" 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus' signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: "A sinner can not do such signs!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs This is another word for miracles. "Signs" give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet "I think he is a prophet"
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents "They" refers to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child"
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man's parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -704,17 +704,17 @@ JHN 9 24 ww3t οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man This refers to Jesus
|
|||
JHN 9 25 sr93 ἐκεῖνος 1 that man This refers to the man who had been blind.
|
||||
JHN 9 26 z2l2 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
|
||||
JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man's amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς? μὴ θέλετε γενέσθαι θέλετε μαθηταὶ καὶ, θέλετε αὐτοῦ 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man's statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: "It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς? μὴ θέλετε γενέσθαι μαθηταὶ καὶ, αὐτοῦ 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man's statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: "It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 9 28 h7hy σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου 1 You are his disciple "You are following Jesus!"
|
||||
JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses The pronoun "we" is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: "but we are following Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses "We are sure that God has spoken to Moses"
|
||||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον οὐκ οἴδαμεν οἴδαμεν πόθεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: "we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε πόθεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus' authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: "that you do not know where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: "we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus' authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: "that you do not know where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 31 e7ec 0 does not listen to sinners ... listens to him "does not answer the prayers of sinners ... God answers his prayers"
|
||||
JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. "Only a man from God could do something like that!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ,," ὅλος ἐγεννήθης ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐγεννήθης καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?" 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: "You were born as a result of your parents' sins. You are not qualified to teach us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ,," ὅλος ἐγεννήθης ἐν ἁμαρτίαις καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?" 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: "You were born as a result of your parents' sins. You are not qualified to teach us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out "they threw him out of the synagogue"
|
||||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 believe in This means to "believe in Jesus," to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ JHN 10 3 iac4 ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper This is a hired man who watc
|
|||
JHN 10 3 db3c τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice "The sheep hear the shepherd's voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 n1ta ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them "he walks in front of them"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 z8dm ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 for they know his voice "because they recognize his voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: 1) "the disciples did not understand" or 2) "the crowd did not understand."
|
||||
JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: 1) "the disciples did not understand" or 2) "the crowd did not understand."
|
||||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The "shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. The "sheep" represent those who follow Jesus, and the "strangers" are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός
|
|||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: "dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The "hired servant" is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a hired servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει μέλει περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the "good shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: "I die for the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ JHN 10 17 i59j : διὰ τοῦτό με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ ἐγὼ
|
|||
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 px17 ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: "I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun "myself" is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: "I myself lay it down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun "myself" is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: "I myself lay it down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father "This is what my Father has commanded me to do." The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
|
||||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε 1 Why do you listen to him? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "Do not listen to him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ JHN 10 23 cs2b στοᾷ 1 porch This is a structure attached to the entrance o
|
|||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom 0 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "keep us wondering" or "keep us from knowing for sure?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ τοῦ Πατρός Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here "name" is a metonym for the power of God. Here "Father" is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father's power and authority. Alternate translation: "through my Father's power" or "with my Father's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here "name" is a metonym for the power of God. Here "Father" is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father's power and authority. Alternate translation: "through my Father's power" or "with my Father's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: "offer proof concerning me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not my followers" or "not my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the "shepherd" is also implied. Alternate translation: "Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -819,12 +819,12 @@ JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μ
|
|||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι,, οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion 0 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You know that the day has twelve hours of light!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor , ἐάν, τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐ προσκόπτει προσκόπτει ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. "Light" is a metaphor for "truth." Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor , ἐάν, τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐ προσκόπτει ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. "Light" is a metaphor for "truth." Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor 0 if he walks at night Here "night" is a metaphor that refers to one's walking without God's light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are 1) "he cannot see" or "he does not have God's light."
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here "fallen asleep" is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words "wake him out of sleep" form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words "wake him out of sleep" form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples' misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
|
||||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly "So Jesus told them in words that they could understand"
|
||||
|
|
@ -834,25 +834,25 @@ JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα πιστεύσητε ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκε
|
|||
JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they called Didymus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means "twin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 p5ya writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away "about three kilometers away." A "stadium" is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: "about their younger brother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἂν ἀπέθανεν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "Your younger brother will become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again "he will become alive again"
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here "dies" refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here "live" refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἀποθάνῃ 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die "those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God" or "those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever"
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἀποθάνῃ 1 will never die Here "die" refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die "those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God" or "those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever"
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 will never die Here "die" refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him "Martha said to Jesus"
|
||||
JHN 11 27 zd3n 0 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God ... coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: "she went away and called her younger sister Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 zs2t διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher This is a title referring to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 11 28 fv8f φωνεῖ σε 1 is calling for you "is asking that you come"
|
||||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 ἔπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
|
||||
JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary's younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary's younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: "he was greatly upset" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him This is a milder way of asking, "Where have you buried him?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 11 35 bj6b ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept "Jesus began to cry" or "Jesus started crying"
|
||||
|
|
@ -862,13 +862,13 @@ JHN 11 37 a76u figs-idiom ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 o
|
|||
JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 l2pd figs-explicit Μάρθα, ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: "Martha, the older sister of Lazarus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 lt1d 0 by this time the body will be decaying "by this time there will be a bad smell" or "the body is already stinking"
|
||||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν εἶπόν σοι ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς,, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: "I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς,, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: "I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: "Jesus looked up toward heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 41 s2dh Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου 1 Father, I thank you that you listened to me Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: "Father, I thank you that you have heard me" or "Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer"
|
||||
JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 42 bj2b ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 so that they may believe that you have sent me "I want them to believe that you have sent me"
|
||||
JHN 11 43 ev4z ταῦτα εἰπὼν 1 After he had said this "After Jesus had prayed"
|
||||
JHN 11 43 cz9f φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν 1 he cried out with a loud voice "he shouted"
|
||||
JHN 11 43 cz9f φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν 1 he cried out with a loud voice "he shouted"
|
||||
JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive 0 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 44 d8xf λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them The word "them" refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
|
||||
JHN 11 45 rlf4 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μα
|
|||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word "they" refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ δοκεῖ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ? ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words "do you think." The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: "Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ? εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words "do you think." The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: "Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 57 glb6 writing-background δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Mary anointed Jesus' feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person's head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person's body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person's feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>##### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>##### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: "He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life." But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one's life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).<br>
|
||||
JHN 12 1 elj4 0 General Information: Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
|
||||
|
|
@ -904,20 +904,20 @@ JHN 12 3 ki9d μύρου 1 perfume This is a good-smelling liquid made by using
|
|||
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The scent of her perfume filled the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who would betray him "the one who later enabled Jesus' enemies to seize him"
|
||||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 p838 translate-numbers τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 three hundred denarii You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: "300 denarii" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background 0 Now he said this ... would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν τοῦτο οὐχ ὅτι περὶ, τῶν, πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief "he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor"
|
||||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman's actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: "Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς πάντοτε ἔχετε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: "There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: "But I will not always be here with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman's actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: "Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: "There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: "But I will not always be here with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 11 kjk7 δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 11 f6mg figs-explicit ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 believed in Jesus This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: "were putting their trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
|
||||
JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὁ ὄχλος ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd "a great crowd of people"
|
||||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd "a great crowd of people"
|
||||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This means "May God save us now!"
|
||||
JHN 12 13 i5ul εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
|
||||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word "name" is a metonym for the person's authority and power. Alternate translation: "comes as the representative of the Lord" or "comes in the power of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριο
|
|||
JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as the prophets wrote in the Scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion "Daughter of Zion" here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "you people of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 a74d writing-background 0 General Information: John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words "these things" refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words "these things" refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when God glorified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words "these things" refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -943,8 +943,8 @@ JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθ
|
|||
JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated "Truly, truly" in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor 0 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies ... it will bear much fruit Here "a grain of wheat" or "seed" is a metaphor for Jesus' death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here "loves his life" means to consider one's own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τῷ τῷ κόσμῳ κόσμῳ τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who "hates his life" refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος, ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: "when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who "hates his life" refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος, ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: "when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί'??' Πάτερ, σῶσόν εἴπω ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὥρας με 1 what should I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: "I will not pray, 'Father, save me from this hour!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -952,30 +952,30 @@ JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here "th
|
|||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "make your glory known" or "reveal your glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here "this world" is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "Now is the time for God to judge all of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here "ruler" refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here "this world" is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "Now is the time for God to judge all of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here "ruler" refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being "lifted up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "When people raise me high on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο ἔλεγεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus' words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: "He said this to let the people know how he would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase "lifted up" means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words "on a cross." Alternate translation: "The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are 1) "What is the identity of this Son of Man? or 2) "What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?"
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε ἵνα μὴ. σκοτία., ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ καταλάβῃ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' teachings which reveal the truth of God. To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor that means to live without God's truth. Alternate translation: "My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε ἵνα μὴ. σκοτία., ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' teachings which reveal the truth of God. To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor that means to live without God's truth. Alternate translation: "My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε πιστεύετε εἰς, τὸ φῶς ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The "light" is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. "sons of light" is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God's truth. Alternate translation: "While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God's truth will be in you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion , Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet's dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: "Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion , Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet's dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: "Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord's ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy 0 he has hardened their hearts ... understand with their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hardened their hearts" is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to "understand with their hearts" means to "truly understand." Alternate translation: "he has made them stubborn ... truly understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "and they would repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 43 fx72 0 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God "They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them"
|
||||
JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: "Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word "him" refers to God. Alternate translation: "the one who sees me sees God, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' example. Alternate translation: "I have come to show the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God's truth. Alternate translation: "may not continue to be spiritually blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God's truth. Alternate translation: "may not continue to be spiritually blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit 0 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here "to judge the world" implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: "If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day "at the time when God judges people's sins"
|
||||
|
|
@ -992,15 +992,15 @@ JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy 0 had given everything over into his hands Here "hi
|
|||
JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
|
||||
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
|
||||
JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples' feet.
|
||||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter's question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: "Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives , ἐὰν μὴ νίψω νίψω σε οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: "If I wash you, you will always belong with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter's question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: "Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives , ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: "If I wash you, you will always belong with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses the word "you" to refer to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor , ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here "bathed" is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: "If anyone has already received God's forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: "Not all of you have received God's forgiveness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: "You need to understand what I have done for you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ' ὑμεῖς'' φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ Κύριος,' 1 You call me 'teacher' and 'Lord,' Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: "You show me great respect when you call me 'teacher' and 'Lord.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: "you should also humbly serve each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: "you should also humbly serve each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
|
||||
|
|
@ -1033,12 +1033,12 @@ JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from
|
|||
JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 13 37 ye6m τὴν ψυχήν μου θήσω 1 lay down my life "give up my life" or "die"
|
||||
JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus' statement. Alternate translation: "You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ φωνήσῃ ἕως ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times "you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows"
|
||||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ ἕως ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times "you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows"
|
||||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "My Father's house"<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>##### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ταρασσέσθω ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "Stop being so anxious and worried" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ τοῦ Πατρός Πατρός' μου μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father's house are many rooms "There are many places to live in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός 1 In my Father's house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "Stop being so anxious and worried" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός' μου μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father's house are many rooms "There are many places to live in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 In my Father's house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word "room" can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The "you" is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word "The message"
|
|||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says "you" he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world The "world" is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ταρασσέσθω, ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία μηδὲ μηδὲ δειλιάτω δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω, ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: "I am going back to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: "the Father has greater authority than I have here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous
|
|||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the "true vine" is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine that produces good fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The "gardener" is a metaphor. A "gardener" is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: "my Father is like a gardener" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον φέρον καρπὸν αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here "every branch" represents people, and "bear fruit" represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here "every branch" represents people, and "bear fruit" represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 takes away "cuts off and takes away"
|
||||
JHN 15 2 xej7 0 prunes every branch "trims every branch"
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the "clean branches" that have already been "pruned." Alternate translation: "It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατ
|
|||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here "fruit" is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: "when you live in a way that pleases him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples "show you are my disciples" or "demonstrate you are my disciples"
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples , καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ κἀγὼ κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples , καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love "Continue to accept my love"
|
||||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου καθὼς,, ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus' followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: "When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive 0 so that your joy will be complete You can t
|
|||
JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life.
|
||||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you "I have told you everything my Father told me"
|
||||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: "You did not decide to become my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: "You did not decide to become my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here "fruit" is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "live lives that please God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 v3je 0 that your fruit should remain "that the results of what you do should last forever"
|
||||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy 0 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1139,11 +1139,11 @@ JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world the people who do not
|
|||
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here "word" is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Remember the message that I spoke to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ τὸ ὄνομά ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here "because of my name" is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: "because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν εἴχοσαν νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God's message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: "Because I have come and told them God's message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here "because of my name" is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: "because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God's message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: "Because I have come and told them God's message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin "they would not have any sin." See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v6pt ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. "Word" here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" and "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1151,27 +1151,27 @@ JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Te
|
|||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 0 will send ... from the Father ... the Spirit of truth ... he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here "testifying" means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "You also must tell everyone what you know about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here "testifying" means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "You also must tell everyone what you know about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the "beginning" is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus' ministry. Alternate translation: "from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>##### "The hour is coming"<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. "The hour" in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but "the hour" in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase "fall away" implies to stop putting one's trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase "fall away" implies to stop putting one's trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 2 i79b 0 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God "it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God."
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus' followers. Alternate translation: "when they cause you to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus' ministry. Alternate translation: "when you first started following me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you are now very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἀπέλθω ἀπέλθω ὁ Παράκλητος, οὐκ ἐλεύσεται ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "the Comforter will come to you only if I go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἀπέλθω ὁ Παράκλητος, οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "the Comforter will come to you only if I go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||||
JHN 16 8 bpu5 ἐκεῖνος 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me "they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης ὅτι πρὸς τὸν, Πατέρα, ὑπάγω καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me "when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things"
|
||||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me "they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης ὅτι πρὸς τὸν, Πατέρα, ὑπάγω καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me "when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ κρίσεως ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ, τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged "God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: "Satan who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ κρίσεως ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ, κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged "God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: "Satan who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you "messages for you" or "words for you"
|
||||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The "truth" refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: "he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit 0 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he wi
|
|||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time "Soon" or "Before much time passes"
|
||||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time "again, before much time passes"
|
||||
JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus' speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν οὐ θεωρεῖτέ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus' death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus' death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 zd1n καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are 1) This could refer to Jesus' resurrection or 2) This could refer to Jesus' coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the
|
|||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but your sadness will become joy" or "but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you will be very happy" or "you will be very joyful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν ἄν τι τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα δώσει ὑμῖν, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα δώσει ὑμῖν, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "because you are my followers" or "on my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will give you great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
|||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: "I taught them who you really are and what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here "world" is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: "obeyed your teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "I am not praying for those who do not belong to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "I am not praying for those who do not belong to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "among the people who do not belong to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 a7un 0 Holy Father, keep them ... that they will be one ... as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1245,10 +1245,10 @@ JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1
|
|||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου. 1 the world ... because they are not of the world ... I am not of the world Here "the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, "the world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: "protect them from Satan, the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase "by the truth" here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: "Make them your own people by teaching them the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase "by the truth" here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: "Make them your own people by teaching them the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν 1 Your word is truth "Your message is true" or "What you say is true"
|
||||
JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here into "the world" is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "to the people of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ὦσιν ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 those who will believe in me through their word "those who will believe in me because they teach about me"
|
||||
JHN 17 21 s8a1 0 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
|
||||
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1264,12 +1264,12 @@ JHN 17 24 hz83 ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν
|
|||
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: "before we created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "I have revealed to them what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "I have revealed to them what you are like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 gk2j 0 love ... loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, "Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people." The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "It is not lawful for us to put any man to death"<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>##### Jesus' kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not "of this world" ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words "is not of this world" as "is not from this place" or "comes from another place."<br><br>##### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν εἰπὼν Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: "where there was a grove of olive trees" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1290,10 +1290,10 @@ JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here "cup" is a me
|
|||
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus' hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: "captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ δὲ δὲ μαθητὴς μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς, τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus' hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: "captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς, τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive , οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μαθητῶν," σὺ μὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου?" 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples! Are you not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μαθητῶν," σὺ μὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου?" 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples! Are you not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit 0 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves These were the high priest's servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: "It was cold, so the high priest's servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1308,23 +1308,23 @@ JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 if rig
|
|||
JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
|
||||
JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion ," μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ?" 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are also one of his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: "immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus' accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas' house. Alternate translation: "Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas' house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰσῆλθον τὸ πραιτώριον ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "they themselves remained outside Pilate's headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν οὐκ ἄν, σοι παρεδώκαμεν παρεδώκαμεν παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον τὸ πραιτώριον ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "they themselves remained outside Pilate's headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν οὐκ ἄν, σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus' predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: "According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: "According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die "regarding how he would die"
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι, εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι,? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people "Your fellow Jews"
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "My kingdom is not part of this world" or 2) "I do not need this world's permission to rule as their king" or "It is not from this world that I have authority to be king." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here "world" is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here "the truth" refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: "tell people the truth about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1343,28 +1343,28 @@ JHN 19 5 t9wn 0 crown of thorns ... purple garment The crown and the purple ro
|
|||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders answered Pilate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 vr7p 0 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was "the Son of God."
|
||||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!" or "Answer me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί, σε καὶ ἐξουσίαν σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!" or "Answer me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί, σε καὶ ἐξουσίαν σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here "power" is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives 0 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: "You are able to act against me only because God has made you able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 ὁ ὁ παραδούς παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 ὁ ὁ παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here "this answer" refers to Jesus' answer. Alternate translation: "When Pilate heard Jesus' answer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of "tried" in the original indicates that Pilate tried "hard" or "repeatedly" to release Jesus. Alternate translation: "he tried hard to release Jesus" or "he tried again and again to release Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of "cried out" indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: "but the Jewish leaders kept shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar "you are opposing Caesar" or "you are opposing the emperor"
|
||||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king "claims that he is a king"
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἔξω ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here "he" refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for "Pilate ordered the soldiers." Alternate translation: "he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here "he" refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for "Pilate ordered the soldiers." Alternate translation: "he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον" Λιθόστρωτον," δὲ 1 in a place called "The Pavement," but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in a place the people called The Pavement, but" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον" Λιθόστρωτον," δὲ 1 in a place called "The Pavement," but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in a place the people called The Pavement, but" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour "about noontime"
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Pilate said to the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche ," τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω?" 1 Should I crucify your King? Here "I" is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate's soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: "Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive 0 to the place called "The Place of a Skull," You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to the place that the people called 'The Place of a Skull,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ" Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called "Golgotha." Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "which in Hebrew they call 'Golgotha.'"
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: "they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he
|
|||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word "son" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: "Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word "mother" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: "Think of this woman as if she were your own mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour "From that very moment"
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 sour wine "bitter wine"
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here "they" refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1397,11 +1397,11 @@ JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τ
|
|||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they had crucified near Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To "testify" means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: "has told the truth about what he has seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here "believe" means to put one's trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "so that you will also put your trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here "believe" means to put one's trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "so that you will also put your trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "No one will break any of his bones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq λέγει ὄψονται ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq λέγει ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: "Joseph from the town of Arimathea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "for fear of the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit 0 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight 0 about one hundred litras in weight You may c
|
|||
JHN 19 39 nmr8 translate-numbers ἑκατόν 1 one hundred "100" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden ... had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in which people had buried no one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in which people had buried no one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit 0 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: "The Passover was about to begin that evening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>##### "Receive the Holy Spirit"<br><br>If your language uses the same word for "breath" and "spirit," be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus' breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means "Teacher." You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>##### Jesus' resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus' body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>##### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus' tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br>
|
||||
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1434,11 +1434,11 @@ JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺ
|
|||
JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: "She saw two angels dressed in white clothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her "They asked her"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord "Because they took away the body of my Lord"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him "I do not know where they have put it"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him "I do not know where they have put it"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her "Jesus asked her"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "If you have taken away the body of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "If you have taken away the body of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him "tell me where you have put it"
|
||||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus' body and bury it again. Alternate translation: "I will get the body and bury it again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus' body and bury it again. Alternate translation: "I will get the body and bury it again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word "Rabboni" means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word "brothers" to refer to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου καὶ, Πατέρα ὑμῶν καὶ Θεόν μου καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1462,11 +1462,11 @@ JHN 20 25 ss17 0 in his hands ... into his side The word "his" refers to Jesus
|
|||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word "his" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive 0 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when they had locked the doors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace" .
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative "Do not be unbelieving" to emphasize the words that follow, "but believe." If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: "This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative "Do not be unbelieving" to emphasize the words that follow, "but believe." If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: "This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here "believe" means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "put your trust in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: "you have believed that I am alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 zgv1 0 Blessed are those This means "God gives great happiness to those."
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: "who have not seen me alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: "who have not seen me alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word "signs" refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive 0 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "signs that the author did not write about in this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος
|
|||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means "twin." See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means "My dear friends."
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit 0 you will find some Here "some" refers to fish. Alternate translation: "you will catch some fish in your net" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in "pull the net in"
|
||||
JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in "pull the net in"
|
||||
JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 0 he tied up his outer garment "he secured his outer garment around him" or "he put on his tunic"
|
||||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: "for he had taken off some of his clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1491,16 +1491,16 @@ JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ
|
|||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits "90 meters." A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit 0 Simon Peter then went up Here "went up" means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: "So Simon Peter went back to the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς γῆν 1 drew the net to land "pulled the net to the shore"
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: "the net did not break" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: "the net did not break" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων ἰχθύων μεγάλων; 1 full of large fish; 153 "full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three." There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 21 12 za5g ἀριστήσατε 1 breakfast the morning meal
|
||||
JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term "third" as "time number 3." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here "love" refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here "lambs" is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Feed the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here "love" refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ τὰ πρόβατά πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus. Here "a third time" means "time number 3." Alternate translation: "Jesus said to him a third time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1124.
|
412
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
412
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
|
|
@ -4,30 +4,30 @@ ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
ACT 1 1 q9ep τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 The former book I wrote The former book is the Gospel of Luke.
|
||||
ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture's way of addressing a letter and write "Dear Theophilus" at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means "friend of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἀνελήμφθη 1 until the day that he was taken up This refers to Jesus' ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: "until the day on which God took him up to heaven" or "until the day that he ascended into heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος διὰ Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
|
||||
ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
|
||||
ACT 1 3 dup3 μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 After his suffering This refers to Jesus' suffering and death on the cross.
|
||||
ACT 1 3 yc16 0 he presented himself alive to them Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples.
|
||||
ACT 1 4 d3kr figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word "you" in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 1 4 lw3e 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead.
|
||||
ACT 1 4 vb7g καὶ συναλιζόμενος 1 When he was meeting together with them "When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles"
|
||||
ACT 1 4 sg4h figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the promise of the Father This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 4 tj6r ἣν, ἣν 1 about which, he said If you translated the previous phrase to include the words "Holy Spirit," you can change the word "which" to "whom." Alternate translation: "about whom Jesus said"
|
||||
ACT 1 4 tj6r ἣν, 1 about which, he said If you translated the previous phrase to include the words "Holy Spirit," you can change the word "which" to "whom." Alternate translation: "about whom Jesus said"
|
||||
ACT 1 5 uu4k 0 John indeed baptized with water ... baptized in the Holy Spirit Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 1 5 fnq5 Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι 1 John indeed baptized with water "John indeed baptized people with water"
|
||||
ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you shall be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 6 n9wt 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ εἰ ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel "will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
|
||||
ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel "will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
|
||||
ACT 1 7 y1fu figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 the times or the seasons Possible meanings are 1) the words "times" and "seasons" refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: "the general period of time or the specific date" or 2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: "the exact time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 ld4k 0 you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: "God will empower you ... to be my witnesses"
|
||||
ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom 0 to the ends of the earth Possible meanings are 1) "all over the world" or 2) "to the places on earth that are farthest away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking up "as they watched." The apostles "were looking up" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: "as they were looking up at the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking up "as they watched." The apostles "were looking up" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: "as they were looking up at the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he rose up into the sky" or "God took him up into the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 ug58 νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 a cloud hid him from their eyes "a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him"
|
||||
ACT 1 10 enu1 ἀτενίζοντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking intensely to heaven "staring at the sky" or "gazing at the sky"
|
||||
ACT 1 11 gpg3 0 You men of Galilee The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee.
|
||||
ACT 1 11 cue7 0 will return in the same manner Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven.
|
||||
ACT 1 12 x2nk τότε ὑπέστρεψαν 1 Then they returned "The apostles returned"
|
||||
ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν' Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 a Sabbath day's journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: "about one kilometer away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν' 1 a Sabbath day's journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: "about one kilometer away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 vis2 0 When they arrived "When they reached their destination." Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 1 13 zt12 τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 the upper chamber "the room on the upper level of the house"
|
||||
ACT 1 14 z6cf 0 They were all united as one This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ ACT 1 15 cup2 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the time that
|
|||
ACT 1 15 il8w writing-newevent 0 In those days These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: "During that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 1 15 tl5m translate-numbers ὀνομάτων 1 120 people "one hundred and twenty people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 1 15 liz1 ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 in the midst of the brothers Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women.
|
||||
ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David The word "mouth" refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: "through the words of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 17 tmv1 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 1 17 tmv1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word "us" refers only to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ ACT 1 19 mxf3 Χωρίον Αἵματος 1 Field of Blood When the people liv
|
|||
ACT 1 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω ἔρημος 1 be made desolate "become empty"
|
||||
ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom 0 the Lord Jesus went in and out among us Going in and
|
|||
ACT 1 22 mrx7 0 beginning from the baptism of John ... become a witness with us of his resurrection The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us" in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb "must be" is thus "one of the men." Here is a reduced form of the sentence: "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us ... beginning from the baptism of John ... must be a witness with us."
|
||||
ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John The noun "baptism" can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: 1) "beginning from when John baptized Jesus" or 2) "beginning from when John baptized people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 to the day that he was taken up from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven" or "until the day that God took him up from us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection "must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
|
||||
ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection "must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
|
||||
ACT 1 23 lz7y figs-explicit 0 They put forward two men Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: "They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 24 zd1f figs-explicit 0 They prayed and said Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: "The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 24 se6m figs-metonymy 0 You, Lord, know the hearts of all people Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: "You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-doublet λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς τῆς διακονίας διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship Here the word "apostleship" defines what kind of "ministry" this is. Alternate translation: "to take Judas' place in this apostolic ministry" or "to take Judas' place in serving as an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-doublet λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship Here the word "apostleship" defines what kind of "ministry" this is. Alternate translation: "to take Judas' place in this apostolic ministry" or "to take Judas' place in serving as an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 1 25 ryv6 ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας 1 from which Judas turned away Here the expression "turned away" means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: "which Judas stopped fulfilling"
|
||||
ACT 1 25 tx6n figs-euphemism πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον 1 to go to his own place This phrase refers to Judas' death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: "to go where he belongs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 26 r84c 0 They cast lots for them The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias.
|
||||
|
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: This is a new event; it is now the Day of
|
|||
ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jc1w 0 Suddenly This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly.
|
||||
ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐγένετο ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος 1 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are 1) "heaven" refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: "a sound came from heaven" or 2) "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sound came from the sky"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind "a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind "a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 t4y4 ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building.
|
||||
ACT 2 3 re3t figs-simile 0 There appeared to them tongues like fire These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are 1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or 2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the "tongues like fire" spread out so that there was one on each person.
|
||||
|
|
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ ACT 2 6 u9hc τὸ πλῆθος 1 the multitude "the large crowd of people"
|
|||
ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet 0 They were amazed and marveled These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: "They were greatly amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion ἰδοὺ, οὐχ ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι? 1 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: "All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or 2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born "in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
|
||||
ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born "in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
|
||||
ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names 0 Parthians ... Medes ... Elamites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names 0 Mesopotamia ... Judea ... Cappadocia ... Pontus ... Asia These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names 0 Phrygia ... Pamphylia ... Egypt ... Libya ... Cyrene These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ ACT 2 13 jj1n ὅτι γλεύκους 1 new wine This refers to wine that is i
|
|||
ACT 2 14 k5hr 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 c919 σταθεὶς σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter's statement.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 d9tb ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 raised his voice This is an idiom for "spoke loudly." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "know this" or "let me explain this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ τὰ ῥήματά ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ ὥρα ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day "It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "know this" or "let me explain this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day "It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation.
|
||||
ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this is what God told the prophet Joel to write" or "this is that which the prophet Joel spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 ijl8 0 It will be "This is what will happen" or "This is what I will do"
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ ACT 2 19 p5zi ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke "thick smoke" or "cl
|
|||
ACT 2 20 ylv7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel.
|
||||
ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: "The sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 the moon to blood This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: "the moon will appear to be red" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν ἡμέραν τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 lc4g ἐπιφανῆ 1 remarkable great and beautiful
|
||||
ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord will save everyone who calls on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 sa78 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ ACT 2 24 s8j3 figs-metaphor 0 freeing him from the pains of death Peter speaks
|
|||
ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for death to hold him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: "for him to remain dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 dd5a 0 General Information: Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus' crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "I" and "my" refer to Jesus and the words "Lord" and "he" refer to God.
|
||||
ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before my face "in front of me." Alternate translation: "in my presence" or "with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before my face "in front of me." Alternate translation: "in my presence" or "with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 beside my right hand To be at someone's "right hand" often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: "right beside me" or "with me to help me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. Alternate translation: "I was glad and rejoiced" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-synecdoche 0 my flesh will live in certain hope Possible meanings of the word "flesh" are 1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: "Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God" or 2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: "I will live with confidence in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 whi3 0 General Information: Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "my," "Holy One," and "me" refer to Jesus and the words "you" and "your" refer to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,11 +145,11 @@ ACT 2 28 ej5m εὐφροσύνης 1 gladness joy, happiness
|
|||
ACT 2 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he," "his," and "him" refer to David. In verse 31, the first "He" refers to David and the words within the quote "He" and "his" refer to Christ.
|
||||
ACT 2 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 2 29 ps7c 0 Brothers, I "My fellow Jews, I"
|
||||
ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς τῆς ὀσφύος ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς τῆς ὀσφύος ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word "this" refers to the disciples' speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word "we" refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν 1 poured out Here the words "pour out"
|
|||
ACT 2 34 i8wu 0 General Information: Peter again quotes one of David's Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. "The Lord" and "my" refer to God; "my Lord" and "your" refer to Jesus the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 2 34 m7fy 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 2 34 kvn8 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν τῶν ποδῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah's enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: "until I make you victorious over all of your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah's enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: "until I make you victorious over all of your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 36 pnp5 figs-idiom πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ 1 all the house of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "every Israelite" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 37 xan1 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke.
|
||||
ACT 2 37 w1ma 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews respond to Peter's speech and Peter answers them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,14 +202,14 @@ ACT 3 5 e3c6 0 The lame man looked at them Here the word "looked" means to pay
|
|||
ACT 3 6 x6bm figs-metonymy ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον 1 Silver and gold These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ ἔχω 1 what I do have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "With the authority of Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 Peter raised him up "Peter caused him to stand"
|
||||
ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 Peter raised him up "Peter caused him to stand"
|
||||
ACT 3 8 zp7x 0 he entered ... into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "he entered ... the temple area" or "he entered ... into the temple courtyard"
|
||||
ACT 3 10 zy7h 0 noticed that it was the man "realized that it was the man" or "recognized him as the man"
|
||||
ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words "wonder" and "amazement" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people's amazement. Alternate translation: "they were extremely amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase "in the porch that is called Solomon's" makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words "us" and "we" refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 11 eu1l 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος' Σολομῶντος 1 the porch that is called Solomon's "Solomon's Porch." This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος' 1 the porch that is called Solomon's "Solomon's Porch." This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rk1m ἔκθαμβοι 1 greatly marveling "extremely surprised"
|
||||
ACT 3 12 x9m9 ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος 1 When Peter saw this Here the word "this" refers to the amazement of the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 12 ndi3 0 You men of Israel "Fellow Israelites." Peter was addressing the crowd.
|
||||
|
|
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion 0 Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had mad
|
|||
ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-idiom 0 fix your eyes on us This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: "stare at us" or "look at us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 q8q2 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 3 13 cp1j figs-idiom 0 rejected before the face of Pilate Here the phrase "before the face of" means "in the presence of." Alternate translation: "rejected in Pilate's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him "when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him "when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 for a murderer to be released to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to release a murderer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 15 ljn8 figs-metaphor Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς 1 Founder of life This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who gives people eternal life" or 2) "the ruler of life" or 3) "the founder of life" or 4) "the one who leads people to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ ACT 3 21 u33e 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began
|
|||
ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι 1 He is the One heaven must receive "He is the One heaven must welcome." Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι 1 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are 1) "until the time when God will restore all things" or 2) "until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold."
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν τῶν ἁγίων ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν τῶν ἁγίων ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 v5nf 0 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers "will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him"
|
||||
ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers "your nation"
|
||||
ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 0 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that prophet, God will completely destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ ACT 3 24 m9pr τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days "these times" or
|
|||
ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῆς διαθήκης 1 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word "sons" refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: "You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 mad5 0 In your seed "Because of your offspring"
|
||||
ACT 3 25 g31m figs-activepassive 0 shall all the families of the earth be blessed Here the word "families" refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will bless all the people groups in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 After God raised up his servant "After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous"
|
||||
ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 After God raised up his servant "After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous"
|
||||
ACT 3 26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 his servant This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 turning every one of you from your wickedness Here "turning ... from" is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: "causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things" or "causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>##### "Signs and wonders"<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Cornerstone<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Name<br><br>"There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved" ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,12 +272,12 @@ ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-synecdoche 0 their rulers, elders and scribes This is a refer
|
|||
ACT 4 6 l44n Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος 1 John, and Alexander These two men were members of the high priest's family. This is not the same John as the apostle.
|
||||
ACT 4 7 t1eq ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 By what power "Who gave you power"
|
||||
ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here the word "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "by whose authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος, πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος, πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 pq85 figs-rquestion 0 if we this day are being questioned ... by what means was this man made well? Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: "You are asking us this day ... by what means we made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 je6d figs-activepassive 0 we this day are being questioned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are questioning us this day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 b92n figs-activepassive 0 by what means was this man made well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by what means we have made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel "to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"
|
||||
ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel "to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"
|
||||
ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ ACT 4 16 jn12 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰε
|
|||
ACT 4 17 f71l figs-explicit 0 in order that it spreads no further Here the word "it" refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: "in order that news of this miracle spreads no further" or "in order that no more people hear about this miracle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 17 w52j figs-metonymy 0 not to speak anymore to anyone in this name Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 19 hf3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right in the sight of God Here the phrase "in the sight of God" refers to God's opinion. Alternate translation: "Whether God thinks it is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right in the sight of God Here the phrase "in the sight of God" refers to God's opinion. Alternate translation: "Whether God thinks it is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 21 gy8d writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 4 21 y5y1 οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι 1 After further warning The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John.
|
||||
ACT 4 21 z2bx 0 They were unable to find any excuse to punish them Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot.
|
||||
|
|
@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ ACT 4 23 j3ap 0 General Information: Speaking together, the people quote a Psa
|
|||
ACT 4 23 j2cx figs-explicit ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους 1 came to their own people The phrase "their own people" refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: "went to the other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 24 zu28 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. "they began speaking together to God" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 4 25 vc5z 0 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυεὶδ 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"
|
||||
ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion 0 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 the peoples imagine useless things These "useless things" consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: "the peoples imagine useless things against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,10 +332,10 @@ ACT 4 29 b38z 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their prayer that
|
|||
ACT 4 29 t5qm figs-idiom 0 look upon their warnings Here the words "look upon" are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: "notice how they threaten to punish us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου 1 speak your word with all boldness The word "word" here is a metonym for God's message. The abstract noun "boldness" can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: "speak your message boldly" or "be bold when we speak your message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy 0 Stretch out your hand to heal Here the word "hand" refers to God's power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: "while you show your power by healing people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ τοῦ ἁγίου ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive 0 the place ... was shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place ... shook" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 32 xu3j figs-metonymy 0 were of one heart and soul Here the word "heart" refers to the thoughts and the word "soul" refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: "thought the same way and wanted the same things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 32 zyp5 0 they had everything in common "shared their belongings with one another." See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 33 d8dr 0 great grace was upon them all Possible meanings are: 1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or 2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion 0 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your
|
|||
ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained unsold "While you had not sold it"
|
||||
ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν, ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? 1 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 after it was sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after you sold it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί? ἔθου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο ὅτι πρᾶγμα ἐν σου τῇ καρδίᾳ τὸ 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί? ἔθου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο ὅτι ἐν σου τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 5 cc5y figs-euphemism πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 fell down and breathed his last Here "breathed his last" means "breathed his final breath" and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: "died and fell to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 5 7 ry54 0 his wife came in "Ananias' wife came in" or "Sapphira came in"
|
||||
ACT 5 7 k3c9 τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened "that her husband had died"
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were fi
|
|||
ACT 5 18 j58p figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 laid hands on the apostles This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: "had the guards arrest the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 19 wd37 0 General Information: Here the words "them" and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 5 20 qm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς τῆς ζωῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 all the words of this life The word "words" here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are 1) "all this message of eternal life" or 2) "the whole message of this new way of living" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 all the words of this life The word "words" here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are 1) "all this message of eternal life" or 2) "the whole message of this new way of living" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 21 df1u figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "into the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 21 l7uf ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον 1 about daybreak "as it began to be light." Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 5 21 li6a figs-ellipsis 0 sent to the jail to have the apostles brought This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: "sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,13 +407,13 @@ ACT 5 26 e24h 0 Connecting Statement: The captain and the officers bring the a
|
|||
ACT 5 26 i2v5 ἐφοβοῦντο 1 they feared "they were afraid"
|
||||
ACT 5 27 iq7w 0 The high priest interrogated them "The high priest questioned them." The word "interrogate" means to question someone to find out what is true.
|
||||
ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here the word "name" refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: "not to speak anymore about this person, Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς τῆς διδαχῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 ym1k figs-metonymy 0 desire to bring this man's blood upon us Here the word "blood" is a metonym for death, and to bring someone's blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person's death. Alternate translation: "desire to make us responsible for this man's death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 29 y211 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 29 di9u ἀποκριθεὶς Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
|
||||
ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν τῶν πατέρων πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here "raised up" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here "raised up" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 30 pu5j figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree Here Peter uses the word "tree" to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: "by hanging him on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ὕψωσεν τῇ τῇ δεξιᾷ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ὕψωσεν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words "repentance" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 q1il figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel The word "Israel" refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 32 yml6 τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 those who obey him "those who submit to God's authority"
|
||||
|
|
@ -431,13 +431,13 @@ ACT 5 37 f33y μετὰ τοῦτον 1 After this man "After Theudas"
|
|||
ACT 5 37 p56f ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς 1 in the days of the census "during the time of the census"
|
||||
ACT 5 37 kz4s figs-idiom ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 drew away some people after him This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: "caused many people to follow him" or "caused many people to join him in rebellion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 38 i4bw 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach.
|
||||
ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 38 zh1d 0 if this plan or work is of men "if men have devised this plan or are doing this work"
|
||||
ACT 5 38 uql8 figs-activepassive καταλυθήσεται 1 it will be overthrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone will overthrow it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is of God Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." Alternate translation: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν δὲ 1 So they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So Gamaliel persuaded them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 z31c 0 General Information: Here first word "they" refers to the council members. The rest of the words "them," "They," and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 fca9 figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to speak in the name of Jesus Here "name" refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: "to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 41 cv8y figs-activepassive 0 they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name Here "the Name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ ACT 6 11 x747 ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς 1 blasphemous words agains
|
|||
ACT 6 12 tqk9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Each use of word "they" most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). They were responsible for the false witnesses and for inciting the council, the elders, the scribes, and the other people. Here the word "we" refers only to the false witness that they brought to testify. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 6 12 l251 0 stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes "caused the people, the elders, and the scribes to be very angry at Stephen"
|
||||
ACT 6 12 j3wd 0 seized him "grabbed him and held him so he could not get away"
|
||||
ACT 6 13 zv6s οὐ παύεται παύεται λαλῶν 1 does not stop speaking "continually speaks"
|
||||
ACT 6 13 zv6s οὐ παύεται λαλῶν 1 does not stop speaking "continually speaks"
|
||||
ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 handed down to us The phrase "handed down" means "passed on." Alternate translation: "taught our ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 6 15 gf7e figs-idiom 0 fixed their eyes on him This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here "eyes" is a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: "looked intently at him" or "stared at him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile 0 was like the face of an angel This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσε
|
|||
ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 q6w6 figs-explicit ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα 1 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen's audience. Alternate translation: "because the bush was not burning up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 uk7u προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι 1 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν τῶν πατέρων πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 32 tdr7 0 Moses trembled and did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 e19k figs-explicit 0 Moses trembled Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Moses trembled with fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 x7cd translate-symaction λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα 1 Take off the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ ACT 7 35 x4p2 0 General Information: Verses 35-38 contains a series of connect
|
|||
ACT 7 35 gn6e 0 This Moses whom they rejected This refers back to the events recorded in [Acts 7:27-28](../07/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 7 35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 deliverer "rescuer"
|
||||
ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy 0 by the hand of the angel ... bush The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: "by the action of the angel" or "by having the angel ... bush command him to return to Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 during forty years Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 during forty years Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην ἀναστήσει 1 raise up a prophet "cause a man to be a prophet"
|
||||
ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers "from among your own people"
|
||||
ACT 7 38 l8u7 0 General Information: The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses.
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ ACT 7 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen's quotation here is from the prop
|
|||
ACT 7 41 ux1j figs-explicit ἐμοσχοποίησαν 1 they made a calf Stephen's audience knew the calf they made was a statue. Alternate translation: "they made a statue that looked like a calf" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 41 hh77 0 a calf ... the idol ... the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned "God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: "God stopped correcting them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up "abandoned them"
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up "abandoned them"
|
||||
ACT 7 42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the stars in the sky Possible meanings for the original phrase are 1) the stars only or 2) the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 f314 βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the book of the prophets This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 gd1b figs-rquestion 0 Did you offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel? God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: "You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -595,25 +595,25 @@ ACT 7 43 rk4z figs-explicit 0 You accepted It is implied that they took these i
|
|||
ACT 7 43 im7e σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ 1 tabernacle of Molech the tent that housed the false god Molech
|
||||
ACT 7 43 cq47 0 the star of the god Rephan the star that is identified with the false god Rephan
|
||||
ACT 7 43 gm4g τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε 1 the images that you made They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them.
|
||||
ACT 7 43 zgq6 μετοικιῶ μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος 1 I will carry you away beyond Babylon "I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon." This would be God's act of judgment.
|
||||
ACT 7 43 zgq6 μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος 1 I will carry you away beyond Babylon "I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon." This would be God's act of judgment.
|
||||
ACT 7 44 m9gw 0 the tabernacle of the testimony The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it
|
||||
ACT 7 45 n2sc 0 our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them The phrase "under Joshua" means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua's direction. Alternate translation: "our fathers, in accordance with Joshua's instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them"
|
||||
ACT 7 45 n1pp 0 God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: "God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers"
|
||||
ACT 7 45 spm5 figs-metonymy 0 God took the land ... before the face of our fathers Here "the face of our fathers" refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are 1) "As our ancestors watched, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" or 2) "When our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 45 c2fb figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: "the people who previously lived here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν ἐξῶσεν 1 drove them out "forced them to leave the land"
|
||||
ACT 7 45 m9ib ὧν ἐξῶσεν 1 drove them out "forced them to leave the land"
|
||||
ACT 7 46 w3cu σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ 1 a dwelling place for the God of Jacob "a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay." David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent.
|
||||
ACT 7 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
|
||||
ACT 7 48 c822 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 made with hands The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "made by people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 k2vn 0 Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
|
||||
ACT 7 49 wc9m figs-rquestion ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι? 1 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς τῆς καταπαύσεώς καταπαύσεώς μου? 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου? 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 zei2 0 Connecting Statement: With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 7 51 umq6 0 You people who are stiff-necked Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them.
|
||||
ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι- σκληροτράχηλοι 1 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were "stubborn." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι- 1 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were "stubborn." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 zp55 figs-metonymy ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν 1 uncircumcised in heart and ears The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses "hearts and ears" to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: "you refuse to obey and hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν? 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν? 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 q8wb Δικαίου 1 Righteous One This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 7 52 agd9 0 you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also "you have also betrayed and murdered him"
|
||||
ACT 7 52 fcc6 φονεῖς 1 murderers of him "murderers of the Righteous One" or "murderers of the Christ"
|
||||
|
|
@ -634,14 +634,14 @@ ACT 7 58 e2vl νεανίου 1 a young man Saul was probably around 30 years ol
|
|||
ACT 7 59 le7k 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 7 59 k2el δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 receive my spirit "take my spirit." It may be helpful to add "please" to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: "please receive my spirit"
|
||||
ACT 7 60 u86q translate-symaction 0 He knelt down This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-litotes μὴ στήσῃς στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "forgive them for this sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-litotes μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "forgive them for this sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 7 60 r9vi figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words "So there began."<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>##### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word "proclaim" translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.<br>
|
||||
ACT 8 1 tp9e translate-versebridge 0 General Information: It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 a7uc 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.
|
||||
ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background 0 So there began ... except the apostles This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen's death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 vc8x ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day This refers to the day that Stephen died ([Acts 7:59-60](../07/59.md)).
|
||||
ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες πάντες διεσπάρησαν διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 k5a2 figs-explicit πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 except the apostles This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 2 sjc8 0 Devout men "God-fearing men" or "Men who feared God"
|
||||
ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him "greatly mourned his death"
|
||||
|
|
@ -674,27 +674,27 @@ ACT 8 13 k2th figs-rpronouns 0 Simon himself believed The word "himself" is her
|
|||
ACT 8 13 v91t figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip baptized Simon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 13 aj93 0 When he saw signs This could begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: "When he saw"
|
||||
ACT 8 14 q8wx 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria.
|
||||
ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent ἀκούσαντες ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan's becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan's becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-synecdoche ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 14 e682 δέδεκται 1 had received "had believed" or "had accepted"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 af1n οἵτινες καταβάντες 1 When they had come down "when Peter and John had come down"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 hk1m καταβάντες 1 come down This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 8 15 bun9 καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 they prayed for them "Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that they might receive the Holy Spirit "that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that they might receive the Holy Spirit "that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 17 fwh8 ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 Peter and John placed their hands on them The word "them" refers to the Samaritan people who believed Stephen's message of the gospel.
|
||||
ACT 8 17 q7gd translate-symaction ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 placed their hands on them This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 8 18 rh79 figs-activepassive 0 the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit "that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit "that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 df1j 0 General Information: Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἴη εἰς εἰς ἀπώλειαν ἀπώλειαν 1 May your silver perish along with you "May you and your money be destroyed"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 May your silver perish along with you "May you and your money be destroyed"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 gh12 τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the gift of God Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.
|
||||
ACT 8 21 p2ev figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 You have no part or share in this matter The words "part" and "share" mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You may not participate in this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 8 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα 1 your heart is not right Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: "you are not right in your heart" or "the motives of your mind are not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς τῆς καρδίας καρδίας σου 1 for the intention of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "for what you intended to do" or "for what you were thinking of doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου 1 for the intention of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "for what you intended to do" or "for what you were thinking of doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας ταύτης 1 this wickedness "these evil thoughts"
|
||||
ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί ἀφεθήσεταί 1 he might perhaps forgive "he may be willing to forgive"
|
||||
ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί 1 he might perhaps forgive "he may be willing to forgive"
|
||||
ACT 8 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor εἰς χολὴν πικρίας 1 in the poison of bitterness Here "in the poison of bitterness" is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: "very envious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 23 j696 figs-metaphor 0 in the bonds of sin The phrase "bonds of sin" is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: "because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner" or "you are like a prisoner to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 24 n5cw 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Peter and John.
|
||||
|
|
@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ ACT 8 24 sk5w 0 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This refers to
|
|||
ACT 8 25 dl9f 0 Connecting Statement: This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.
|
||||
ACT 8 25 uz15 διαμαρτυράμενοι 1 testified Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.
|
||||
ACT 8 25 ww9k figs-metonymy λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 spoken the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche πολλάς κώμας κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche πολλάς κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 26 zkc5 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 26 rnh4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia.
|
||||
ACT 8 26 mbj9 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one "but
|
|||
ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he could see nothing "he could not see anything." Saul was blind.
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν μὴ βλέπων 1 was without sight "was blind" or "could not see anything"
|
||||
ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||||
ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||||
ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 vl8k 0 He said "Ananias said"
|
||||
|
|
@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you 0 General Information: The word "you" here is singular a
|
|||
ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"
|
||||
ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction 0 Laying his hands on him Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell "something that appeared like fish scales fell"
|
||||
ACT 9 18 g2ea ἀνέβλεψέν 1 he received his sight "he was able to see again"
|
||||
ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive 0 he arose and was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he got up and Ananias baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -795,16 +795,16 @@ ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to
|
|||
ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But someone told their plan to Saul" or "But Saul learned about their plan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 24 cy9n 0 They watched the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.
|
||||
ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket "used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket "used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
|
||||
ACT 9 26 j1el 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Saul all but one time. "And 'he' told them how" in verse 27 refers to Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: "but they were afraid of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: "but they were afraid of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: "had openly preached the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 28 m5rs 0 He met with them Here the word "He" refers to Paul. The word "them" probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Possible meanings are 1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: "about the Lord Jesus" or 2) "name" is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: "under the authority of the Lord Jesus" or "with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Grecian Jews Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words "the brothers" refers to the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 brought him down to Caesarea The phrase "brought him down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 brought him down to Caesarea The phrase "brought him down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 31 vk8y 0 General Information: Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church's growth.
|
||||
ACT 9 31 n7c5 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 31 s4bn ἐπληθύνετο 1 the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria This is the first use of the singular "church" to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel.
|
||||
|
|
@ -817,10 +817,10 @@ ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region
|
|||
ACT 9 32 ad7g κατελθεῖν 1 he came down The phrase "came down" is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling.
|
||||
ACT 9 32 g5c4 Λύδδα 1 Lydda Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel.
|
||||
ACT 9 33 hzd7 0 There he found a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: "There Peter met a man"
|
||||
ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background 0 who had been in his bed ... was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 k7hw παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist
|
||||
ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed "roll up your mat"
|
||||
ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed "roll up your mat"
|
||||
ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: "those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon" or "many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon.
|
||||
ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw the man It may be helpful to state that they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: "saw the man whom Peter had healed"
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give backg
|
|||
ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται" Δορκάς." 1 Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas." Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works "doing many good things"
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works "doing many good things"
|
||||
ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit 0 It came about in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "It came about while Peter was nearby" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες αὐτὴν 1 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||||
ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.
|
||||
|
|
@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows women whose husbands had died and therefore
|
|||
ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while she had been with them "while she was still alive with the disciples"
|
||||
ACT 9 40 ek9c writing-endofstory 0 The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας 1 put them all out of the room "told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 b73s 0 the believers and the widows The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.
|
||||
ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive 0 This matter became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter's raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord "believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,25 +849,25 @@ ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner "a man named Simon
|
|||
ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God's sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God's people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit "fell on" those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.<br>
|
||||
ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Regiment "his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Regiment "his name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 s6rh 0 He was a devout man, one who worshiped God "He believed in God and sought to honor and worship God in his life"
|
||||
ACT 10 2 n8i3 0 worshiped God The word for "worshiped" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 he constantly prayed to God The word "constantly" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "he prayed to God a lot" or "he prayed to God regularly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour "three o'clock in the afternoon." This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν εἶδεν φανερῶς ὡσεὶ 1 he clearly saw "Cornelius clearly saw"
|
||||
ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 he constantly prayed to God The word "constantly" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "he prayed to God a lot" or "he prayed to God regularly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour "three o'clock in the afternoon." This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν φανερῶς ὡσεὶ 1 he clearly saw "Cornelius clearly saw"
|
||||
ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit 0 Your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering into God's presence It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: "God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner a person who makes leather from animal skins
|
||||
ACT 10 7 g6lq 0 When the angel who spoke to him had left "When Cornelius' vision of the angel had ended."
|
||||
ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier from among those who served him "one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God." This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius' other soldiers probably did not worship God.
|
||||
ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier from among those who served him "one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God." This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius' other soldiers probably did not worship God.
|
||||
ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him.
|
||||
ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 1 told them all that had happened Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 sent them to Joppa "sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa."
|
||||
ACT 10 9 ey9n 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Cornelius' two servants and the soldier under Cornelius' command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
|
||||
ACT 10 9 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ὥραν ἕκτην 1 about the sixth hour "around noon"
|
||||
ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 about the sixth hour "around noon"
|
||||
ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 up upon the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων παρασκευαζόντων αὐτῶν 1 while the people were cooking some food "before the people finished cooking the food"
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων αὐτῶν 1 while the people were cooking some food "before the people finished cooking the food"
|
||||
ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive 0 he was given a vision "God gave him a vision" or "he saw a vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he saw the sky open This was the beginning of Peter's vision. It can be a new sentence.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 u9u4 0 something like a large sheet ... four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 let dow
|
|||
ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit 0 all kinds of four-footed animals ... birds of the sky From Peter's response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice spoke to him The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not so "I will not do that"
|
||||
ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "What I, God, have cleansed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 10 16 rlr9 0 This happened three times It is not likely that everything Peter saw happened three times. This probably means that the phrase, "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled," was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 d4zi διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
|
||||
|
|
@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ ACT 10 22 i4zh 0 General Information: The words "They" and "them" here refer t
|
|||
ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive 0 A centurion named Cornelius ... listen to a message from you This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 22 wvl1 0 worships God The word for "worship" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 all the nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word "all" to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
|
||||
ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
|
||||
ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 stay with him "be his guests"
|
||||
ACT 10 23 t7cz 0 some of the brothers from Joppa This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
|
||||
ACT 10 24 c3s6 0 On the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
|
||||
|
|
@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ ACT 10 32 ci31 0 call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter "tell Simon
|
|||
ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 at once "right away"
|
||||
ACT 10 33 ruf3 0 You are kind to have come This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: "I certainly thank you for coming"
|
||||
ACT 10 33 ry21 0 in the sight of God This refers to the presence of God.
|
||||
ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord to say This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the Lord has told you to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord to say This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the Lord has told you to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 Then Peter opened his mouth and said "Peter began to speak to them"
|
||||
ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 Truly This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.
|
||||
|
|
@ -933,13 +933,13 @@ ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 who is Lord
|
|||
ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "throughout Judea" or "in many places in Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John announced "after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them"
|
||||
ACT 10 38 jtr3 0 the events ... and with power This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. "You know ... of all. You yourselves know ... announced. You know the events ... with power"
|
||||
ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "those who were oppressed by the devil" or "many people who were oppressed by the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom "was with him" means "was helping him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words "We" and "we" here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words "he" and "him" here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
|
||||
ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: "nailing him to a wooden cross"
|
||||
ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἤγειρεν 1 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day "the third day after he died"
|
||||
ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen "permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead"
|
||||
ACT 10 41 q7d1 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
|
|
@ -977,16 +977,16 @@ ACT 11 3 t9e1 συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς 1 ate with them It was against
|
|||
ACT 11 4 lrh6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius' house.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 bfp5 ἀρξάμενος Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 nuy6 καθεξῆς 1 in detail "exactly what happened"
|
||||
ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην ὀθόνην μεγάλην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 5 axu6 τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 by its four corners "with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τετράποδα- τετράποδα τῆς γῆς 1 four-legged animals of earth From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τετράποδα- τῆς γῆς 1 four-legged animals of earth From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 11 6 ew64 θηρία 1 wild beasts This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
|
||||
ACT 11 6 t36i ἑρπετὰ 1 creeping animals These are reptiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche 0 I heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated "a voice" in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m4mu μηδαμῶς 1 Not so "I will not do that." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 kj91 ἀκάθαρτον 1 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually "unclean" in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 10 xrq6 0 This happened three times It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled" was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated "This happened three times" in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 11 b2qv 0 Behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
|
@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 they had been sent
|
|||
ACT 11 12 lf6m 0 that I should make no distinction regarding them "that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 cf8x 0 These six brothers went with me "These six brothers went with me to Caesarea"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 xrc6 0 These six brothers "These six Jewish believers"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν τοῦ ἀνδρός' οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 into the man's house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν τοῦ ἀνδρός' οἶκον 1 into the man's house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon who is called Peter "Simon who is also called Peter." See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: "everyone who lives in your house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ ACT 11 23 b7w7 ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw th
|
|||
ACT 11 23 m1q9 παρεκάλει πάντας 1 he encouraged them "he kept on encouraging them"
|
||||
ACT 11 23 qlu4 προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to remain with the Lord "to remain faithful to the Lord" or "to continue to trust in the Lord"
|
||||
ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 with all their heart Here the "heart" refers to a person's will and desire. Alternate translation: "with all their will" or "with complete commitment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 many people were added to the Lord Here "added" means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: "many more people also believed in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 25 yhl6 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Barnabas and "him" refers to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 out to Tarsus "out to the city of Tarsus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1064,11 +1064,11 @@ ACT 12 3 cu7s 0 That was "Herod did this" or "This happened"
|
|||
ACT 12 3 ly66 ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: "the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast"
|
||||
ACT 12 4 pps1 τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν 1 four squads of soldiers "four groups of soldiers." Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance.
|
||||
ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him to the people "Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people" or "Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people"
|
||||
ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ μὲν μὲν οὖν οὖν Πέτρος Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive 0 prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 g189 ἐκτενῶς 1 earnestly continuously and with dedication
|
||||
ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit 0 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: "The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 6 g2bh δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains "tied with two chains" or "fastened with two chains." Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 6 g2bh δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains "tied with two chains" or "fastened with two chains." Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 6 aqv1 0 were keeping watch over the prison "were guarding the prison doors"
|
||||
ACT 12 7 kk4i 0 General Information: The words "him" and "his" refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 i7g3 0 Behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ ACT 12 18 ail9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story-line.
|
|||
ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης ἡμέρας 1 when it became day "in the morning"
|
||||
ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." Alternate translation: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 19 twr1 Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν εὑρὼν 1 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him "After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"
|
||||
ACT 12 19 twr1 Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν 1 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him "After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"
|
||||
ACT 12 19 pz6v Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν 1 After Herod had searched for him Possible meanings are that 1) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison" or 2) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison."
|
||||
ACT 12 19 c69i ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι 1 he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
|
||||
ACT 12 19 br16 καὶ κατελθὼν 1 Then he went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-hyperbole 0 They went to him together Here the word "They"
|
|||
ACT 12 20 t6mi 0 They persuaded Blastus "These men persuaded Blastus"
|
||||
ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names Βλάστον 1 Blastus Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 l5r1 ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace "these men requested peace"
|
||||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς' βασιλικῆς 1 their country received its food from the king's country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς' 1 their country received its food from the king's country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν 1 received its food It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 21 e3w9 0 On a set day This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: "On the day when Herod agreed to meet them"
|
||||
ACT 12 21 kv7g ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν 1 royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
|
||||
|
|
@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ ACT 12 21 g6ir 0 sat on a throne This was where Herod formally addressed peopl
|
|||
ACT 12 22 ze1s 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b4bc 0 Immediately an angel "Right away an angel" or "While the people were praising Herod, an angel"
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b5s9 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν 1 struck him "afflicted Herod" or "caused Herod to become very ill"
|
||||
ACT 12 23 iw57 οὐκ ἔδωκεν ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 iw57 οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξεν 1 he was eaten by worms and died Here "worms" refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "worms ate Herod's insides and he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 j2un writing-endofstory 0 Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: "the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1170,24 +1170,24 @@ ACT 13 7 bee2 σὺν 1 associated with "was often with" or "was often in the c
|
|||
ACT 13 7 s1su ἀνθυπάτῳ 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: "governor"
|
||||
ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 who was an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας" ὁ μάγος"( 1 Elymas "the magician" This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called "the magician." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως μεθερμηνεύεται μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 that is how his name is translated "that was what he was called in Greek"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 that is how his name is translated "that was what he was called in Greek"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο αὐτοῖς; ζητῶν διαστρέψαι 1 opposed them; he tried to turn "resisted them by trying to turn" or "attempted to stop them by trying to turn"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here "to turn ... away from" is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: "attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here "to turn ... away from" is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: "attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 gws2 0 General Information: The word "him" refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 9 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 9 ey6d figs-activepassive Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also called Paul "Saul" as his Jewish name, and "Paul" was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: "Saul, who now called himself Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely "looked at him intensely"
|
||||
ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely "looked at him intensely"
|
||||
ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-metonymy υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 You son of the devil Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: "You are like the devil" or "You act like the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 r8x2 παύσῃ 1 you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness "you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong"
|
||||
ACT 13 10 pyu7 ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 wickedness In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 13 10 hlq9 ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion παύσῃ? παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς τὰς οὐ ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου, παύσῃ εὐθείας 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion παύσῃ? διαστρέφων τὰς τὰς οὐ ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου, εὐθείας 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-idiom τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 the straight paths of the Lord Here "straight paths" refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: "the true ways of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 k51g 0 General Information: The words "you" and "him" refer to Elymas the magician. The word "he" refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos).
|
||||
ACT 13 11 pey7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord is upon you Here "hand' represents the power of God and "upon you" implies punishment. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 rse8 figs-activepassive ἔσῃ τυφλὸς 1 you will become blind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make you blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 w3gh μὴ βλέπων βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 You will not see the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: "You will not even see the sun"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 w3gh μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 You will not see the sun Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: "You will not even see the sun"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 b5b8 ἄχρι καιροῦ 1 for a while "for a period of time" or "until the time appointed by God"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 t7j1 ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness "the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark" or "Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything"
|
||||
ACT 13 11 a7es περιάγων 1 he started going around "Elymas wandered around" or "Elymas started feeling around and"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ ACT 13 13 h1cb ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 ca
|
|||
ACT 13 13 g6l5 Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John left them "But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas"
|
||||
ACT 13 14 vrp1 Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia "the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 dnb4 figs-synecdoche 0 After the reading of the law and the prophets The "law and the prophets" refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: "After someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying "told someone to say" or "asked someone to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying "told someone to say" or "asked someone to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 td4h 0 Brothers The term "brothers" is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
|
||||
ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως 1 if you have any message of encouragement "if you want to say anything to encourage us"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 say it "please speak it" or "please tell it to us"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1211,10 +1211,10 @@ ACT 13 16 p93q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his speech to those in the
|
|||
ACT 13 16 i8pz translate-symaction κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ 1 motioned with his hand This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: "moved his hands to show that he was about to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 13 16 rh93 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 you who honor God This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. "you who are not Israelites but who worship God"
|
||||
ACT 13 16 ah55 τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε 1 God, listen "God, listen to me" or "God, listen to what I am about to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ τοῦ λαοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel "The God the people of Israel worship"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 The God of this people Israel "The God the people of Israel worship"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 l9cn τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers "our ancestors"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ὕψωσεν 1 made the people numerous "caused them to become very numerous"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to God's mighty power. Alternate translation: "with great power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 made the people numerous "caused them to become very numerous"
|
||||
ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to God's mighty power. Alternate translation: "with great power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 17 b74t ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 out of it "out from the land of Egypt"
|
||||
ACT 13 18 zv9e ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means "he tolerated them." Some versions have have a different word that means "he took care of them." Alternate translation: "God endured their disobedience" or "God took care of them"
|
||||
ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to God. The words "their land" refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word "them" refers to the people of Israel. The word "our" refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1223,26 +1223,26 @@ ACT 13 20 m4jd ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκ
|
|||
ACT 13 20 qmc8 ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet "until the time of the prophet Samuel"
|
||||
ACT 13 21 akg6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 13 21 yxi8 τεσσεράκοντα 1 for forty years "to be their king for forty years"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 z4x3 μεταστήσας μεταστήσας αὐτὸν 1 removed him from the kingship This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: "rejected Saul from being king"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 z4x3 μεταστήσας αὐτὸν 1 removed him from the kingship This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: "rejected Saul from being king"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 bsp6 0 he raised up David to be their king "God chose David to be their king"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 iyd6 βασιλέα 1 their king "the king of Israel" or "the king over the Israelites"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 sw2r 0 It was about David that God said "God said this about David"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 dbu5 εὗρον 1 I have found "I have observed that"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου 1 to be a man after my heart This expression means he "is a man who wants what I want." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 lby6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the Gospels.
|
||||
ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου ἀπὸ' τούτου τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man's descendants "From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου ἀπὸ' τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man's descendants "From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "gave to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 as he promised to do "just as God promised he would do"
|
||||
ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the word "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism to repent" or "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit ἐμὲ εἶναι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit ἐμὲ εἶναι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 nnl5 ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ 1 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
|
||||
ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ 1 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "The Messiah will soon come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 gys2 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie "I am not worthy even to untie his shoes." The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.
|
||||
ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "they" and "their" refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word "us" includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 kci9 0 Brothers, children of the line of Abraham ... who worship God Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.
|
||||
ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς τῆς σωτηρίας σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sent the message about this salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῆς σωτηρίας σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." Alternate translation: "that God will save people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has sent the message about this salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." Alternate translation: "that God will save people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize him "did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them"
|
||||
ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 sayings of the prophets Here the word "sayings" represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: "the writings of the prophets" or "the message of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς ἀναγινωσκομένας 1 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which someone reads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1272,10 +1272,10 @@ ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son ... Father These are importa
|
|||
ACT 13 34 iy5q 0 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way "God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again"
|
||||
ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq ὅσια τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings "certain blessings"
|
||||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει λέγει 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ λέγει λέγει 1 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ δώσεις δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ δώσεις δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ λέγει 1 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation "during his lifetime"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 served the desires of God "did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: "he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1319,8 +1319,8 @@ ACT 13 45 nc5l ἀντέλεγον 1 spoke against "contradicted" or "opposed"
|
|||
ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις 1 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first two instances of the word "you" are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul's quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word "I" refers to God and the word "you" is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ἦν ἀναγκαῖον 1 It was necessary This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: "God commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: "Since you reject the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: "Since you reject the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 ms36 οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life "have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life" or "act as though you are not worthy of eternal life"
|
||||
ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles "we will go to the Gentiles." Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 v8au figs-metaphor εἰς φῶς 1 as a light Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1347,8 +1347,8 @@ ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 the minds Here the word "min
|
|||
ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here "brothers" refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 a3gp μὲν οὖν διέτριψαν 1 So they stayed there "Nevertheless they stayed there." Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). "So" could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace "demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 about the message of his grace "about the message of the Lord's grace"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace "demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 about the message of his grace "about the message of the Lord's grace"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 c2cv figs-activepassive διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 3 p9iq figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by the hands of Paul and Barnabas Here "hands" refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 btu3 figs-metonymy 0 the majority of the city was divided Here "city"refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: "most of the people of the city were divided" or "most of the people of the city did not agree with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ ACT 14 8 ep46 0 General Information: The first word "he" refers to the cripple
|
|||
ACT 14 8 l5pu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
|
||||
ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet "unable to move his legs" or "unable to walk on his feet"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ μητρὸς αὐτοῦ' κοιλίας μητρὸς 1 a cripple from his mother's womb "having been born as a cripple"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ μητρὸς αὐτοῦ' κοιλίας 1 a cripple from his mother's womb "having been born as a cripple"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 hw4l χωλὸς 1 cripple person who cannot walk
|
||||
ACT 14 9 di49 ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 Paul fixed his eyes on him "Paul looked straight at him"
|
||||
ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 had faith to be made well The abstract noun "faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "believed that Jesus could heal him" or "believed that Jesus could make him well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1388,15 +1388,15 @@ ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1
|
|||
ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 doing these things "worshiping us"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you "like you in every way"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here "turn from ... to" is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: "stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God "a God who truly exists" or "a God who lives"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here "turn from ... to" is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: "stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God "a God who truly exists" or "a God who lives"
|
||||
ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the past ages "In previous times" or "Until now"
|
||||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ταῖς ὁδοῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one's life. Alternate translation: "to live their lives the way they wanted to" or "to do whatever they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to walk in their own ways Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one's life. Alternate translation: "to live their lives the way they wanted to" or "to do whatever they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 fw2s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)).
|
||||
ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God has certainly left a witness" or "God has indeed testified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God has certainly left a witness" or "God has indeed testified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 14 17 s3qn ἀγαθουργῶν 1 in that "as shown by the fact that"
|
||||
ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-metonymy ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Here "you hearts" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||||
ACT 14 18 ut73 μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
|
||||
ACT 14 18 la43 μόλις κατέπαυσαν 1 barely kept "had difficulty preventing"
|
||||
ACT 14 19 bz7k 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τ
|
|||
ACT 14 25 h8sh κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 went down to Attalia The phrase "went down" is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
|
||||
ACT 14 26 f2cg ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been committed to the grace of God This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "where believers and leaders in Antioch had committed Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God" or "where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas"
|
||||
ACT 14 27 vcd3 0 General Information: Here the words "they," "them," and "They" refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word "he" refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered the church together "called the local believers to meet together"
|
||||
ACT 14 27 i9dv συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 gathered the church together "called the local believers to meet together"
|
||||
ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles God's enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: "God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the "Jerusalem Council." This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word "brothers" to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>##### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>##### "Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality"<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.<br>
|
||||
ACT 15 1 qck6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit 0 Some men "Some men." You can make explicit that t
|
|||
ACT 15 1 p3k9 κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 came down from Judea The phrase "came down" is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Here "brothers" stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: "taught the believers at Antioch" or "were teaching the believers at Antioch" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ, Μωϋσέως οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 a sharp dispute and debate with them The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 a sharp dispute and debate with them The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question "this issue"
|
||||
ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "they," and "them" refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1453,8 +1453,8 @@ ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 t
|
|||
ACT 15 8 m1xc figs-metonymy ὁ καρδιογνώστης 1 who knows the heart Here "heart" refers to the "minds" or "inner beings." Alternate translation: "who knows the people's minds" or "who knows what people think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 8 p6d2 ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς 1 witnesses to them "witnesses to the Gentiles"
|
||||
ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the Holy Spirit "causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them"
|
||||
ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 making their hearts clean by faith God's forgiving the Gentile believers' sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here "heart" stands for the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 making their hearts clean by faith God's forgiving the Gentile believers' sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here "heart" stands for the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of "our" and "we." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
|
||||
ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ ACT 15 13 vb25 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and
|
|||
ACT 15 13 l7mp 0 Connecting Statement: James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 13 pl6m 0 Brothers, listen "Fellow believers, listen." James was probably speaking only to men.
|
||||
ACT 15 14 s9dn λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν 1 in order to take from them a people "so that he might choose from among them a people"
|
||||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ τῷ ὀνόματι ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name "for God's name." Here "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 14 pnr9 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 for his name "for God's name." Here "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 h9um 0 General Information: Here "I" refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
|
||||
ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy 0 The words of the prophets agree Here "words" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "What the prophets said agrees" or "The prophets agree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄ
|
|||
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](./13.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 wx8f 0 they must keep away from the pollution of idols ... sexual immorality ... strangled ... blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
|
||||
ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων 1 pollution of idols This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain men "that some men"
|
|||
ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 with no orders from us "even though we gave no orders for them to go"
|
||||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here "souls" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "have taught things that have troubled you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 to choose men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 27 j1jb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "We" and "us" refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 27 v2ee 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit 0 who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: "who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1533,10 +1533,10 @@ ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Let us return now "I suggest
|
|||
ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 visit the brothers "care for the brothers" or "offer to help the believers"
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for the message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 see how they are "learn how they are doing." They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God's truth.
|
||||
ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark "to take John, who was also called Mark"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος ἠξίου ἠξίου μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark "to take John, who was also called Mark"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος ἠξίου μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ht3k Παμφυλίας 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work "did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work "did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"
|
||||
ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Barnabas and Paul.
|
||||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς 1 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun "disagreement" can be stated as the verb "disagree." Alternate translation: "They strongly disagreed with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord" or "after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας
|
|||
ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Timothy's circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>##### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.<br>
|
||||
ACT 16 1 l2b1 0 General Information: The first, third, and fourth instances of the word "him" refer to Timothy. The second "him" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 f49m writing-background 0 This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν κατήντησεν καὶ 1 Paul also came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν καὶ 1 Paul also came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 d4ka Δέρβην 1 Derbe This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 1 u3vr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis πιστῆς 1 who believed The words "in Christ" are understood. Alternate translation: "who believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν
|
|||
ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "by the believers"
|
||||
ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews that were in those places "because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling"
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 4 n46i 0 General Information: The word "they" here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](./03.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to obey "for the church members to obey" or "for the believers to obey"
|
||||
ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive 0 that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy 0 her house Here "house" represents the people who
|
|||
ACT 16 16 vyn4 writing-background 0 General Information: Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people's futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 anc1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the first event in another short story during Paul's travels; it is about a young fortune teller.
|
||||
ACT 16 16 ufy4 0 It came about that This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην παιδίσκην τινὰ 1 a certain young woman The phrase "a certain" introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: "there was a young woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην τινὰ 1 a certain young woman The phrase "a certain" introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: "there was a young woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 16 ymt9 πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
|
||||
ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: "how God can save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive 0 But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned around" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas' time in
|
|||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 the foundations of the prison When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the doors opened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων' πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone's chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone's chains came loose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων' τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone's chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone's chains came loose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 ljy6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive 0 The jailer was awakened from sleep This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The jailer woke up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 was about to kill himself "was ready to kill himself." The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1631,16 +1631,16 @@ ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be
|
|||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy 0 your house Here "house" stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "all the members of your household" or "your family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word "they" as well as the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word "they" refers to the people in the jailers' household. The words "him," "his," and "he" refer to the jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy 0 They spoke the word of the Lord to him Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "They told him the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλαν τοὺς ῥαβδούχους 1 sent word to the guards Here "word" stands for "message" or "command." Alternate translation: "sent a message to the guards" or "sent a command to the guards" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 j5m6 ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent word Here "sent" means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message.
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Let those men go "Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Let those men go "Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"
|
||||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 come out "come outside of the jail"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word "they" is used and the first time "them" is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word "themselves" refers to the magistrates. The second time the word "them" is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word "us" refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: "said to the jailer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have publicly beaten us Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have publicly beaten us Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας— ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison "men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion 0 Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns 0 Let them come themselves Here "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ ACT 17 1 e4w5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main st
|
|||
ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 passed through "traveled through"
|
||||
ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to the city Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." Alternate translation: "they came to the city" or "they arrived at the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was "as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was "as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbath days "on each Sabbath day for three weeks"
|
||||
ACT 17 2 wp3k figs-explicit διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν 1 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them "gave them reasons" or "debated with them" or "discussed with them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1676,19 +1676,19 @@ ACT 17 5 vev6 figs-explicit 0 with jealousy It can be stated explicitly that th
|
|||
ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 took certain wicked men Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 lc6g ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 certain wicked men "some evil men." The word "men" here refers specifically to males.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 from the marketplace "from the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 set the city in an uproar Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 set the city in an uproar Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 s3uv 0 Assaulting the house "Violently attacking the house." This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 Jason This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 pp7k προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 out to the people Possible meanings or "people" are 1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or 2) a mob.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain other brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "some other believers"
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the officials "in the presence of the officials"
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ ἀναστατώσαντες οὗτοι 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, "These men," refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 οὓς ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων 1 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed "were worried"
|
||||
ACT 17 9 ya44 0 made Jason and the rest pay money as security Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The words "the rest" refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they let them go "the officials let Jason and the other believers go"
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they let them go "the officials let Jason and the other believers go"
|
||||
ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
|
||||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1736,20 +1736,20 @@ ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 ve
|
|||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For as I passed along "Because as I walked past" or "I walked along"
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the "world" refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος ὑπάρχων ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words "heaven" and "earth" are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Here "hands" stands for people. Alternate translation: "built by the hands of people" or "that people built" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται' χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 Neither is he served by men's hands Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων' χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by men's hands Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται' χειρῶν 1 Neither is he served by men's hands Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων' χειρῶν 1 by men's hands Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 since he himself "because he himself." The word "himself" is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to the one true God, the creator. The words "their" and "them" refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word "us," Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: "one couple"
|
||||
ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς τῆς κατοικίας κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "And he determined when and where they would live"
|
||||
ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "And he determined when and where they would live"
|
||||
ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor 0 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him Here "search for God" represents desiring to know him, and "feel their way toward him and find him" represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: "so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes 0 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Yet he is very near to everyone of us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and "his" refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says "we" here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him "Because of him"
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ' γένος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God's offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ' γένος 1 are God's offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 qualities of deity Here "deity" refers to God's nature or attributes. Alternate translation: "that God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images created by the art and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed" or "images that people make by using their art and imagination" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ ACT 18 1 h2si ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν 1 Athens Athens was one of the most
|
|||
ACT 18 2 d9zx 0 There he met Possible meanings are that 1) Paul happened to find by chance or 2) Paul intentionally found.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 hm16 writing-participants τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν 1 a Jew named Aquila Here the phrase "a certain" indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει 1 a native of Pontus Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἐληλυθότα 1 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 q4va προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα 1 had recently come This is probably sometime in the past year.
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n631 translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 2 n95f τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had commanded Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 3 q259 τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι 1 he worked at the same trade "he did the same kind of work that they did"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1787,17 +1787,17 @@ ACT 18 4 h3az διελέγετο δὲ 1 So Paul reasoned "So Paul debated" or
|
|||
ACT 18 4 r2gp ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 He persuaded both Jews and Greeks Possible meanings are 1) "He caused both Jews and Greeks to believe" or 2) "He kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks."
|
||||
ACT 18 5 d191 figs-activepassive 0 Paul was compelled by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit compelled Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 ncx8 translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια 1 shook out his garment This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God's judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν 1 May your blood be upon your own heads Here "blood" stands for the guilt of their actions. Here "heads" refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: "You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 6 z12a figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν 1 May your blood be upon your own heads Here "blood" stands for the guilt of their actions. Here "heads" refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: "You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 7 cd3u 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. The first word "his" refers to Titius Justus. The second word "his" refers to Crispus.
|
||||
ACT 18 7 vs6y translate-names Τιτίου Ἰούστου 1 Titius Justus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 7 v8xg σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 18 8 lj2t translate-names Κρίσπος 1 Crispus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 kkk9 ἀρχισυνάγωγος 1 leader of the synagogue a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher
|
||||
ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ τῷ οἴκῳ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those who lived in his house Here "house" refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: "the people who lived with him in his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those who lived in his house Here "house" refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: "the people who lived with him in his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism 0 Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: "You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet 0 speak and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "you must certainly continue to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city "there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me" or "many people in this city will put their faith in me"
|
||||
ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory 0 Paul lived there ... teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: "Paul lived there ... teaching the scriptures among them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1808,11 +1808,11 @@ ACT 18 12 lp79 κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 rose up togeth
|
|||
ACT 18 12 u36c figs-metonymy ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 14 d13b εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων 1 Gallio said Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your own law Here "law" refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul's time.
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters "I refuse to make a judgment about these matters"
|
||||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters "I refuse to make a judgment about these matters"
|
||||
ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word "they" probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy 0 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat "Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat." Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "Gallio made them leave his presence in the court" or "Gallio made them leave the court" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι ἐπιλαβόμενοι πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην, τὸν, ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην, τὸν, ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην, τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue "Sosthenes" was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 beat him "repeatedly hit him" or "repeatedly punched him."
|
||||
ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1830,11 +1830,11 @@ ACT 18 22 r26z ἀναβὰς 1 he went up He traveled to the city of Jerusalem
|
|||
ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the Jerusalem church Here "church" refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 22 n3rh κατέβη 1 then went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 18 23 pww5 ἐξῆλθεν 1 Paul departed "Paul went away" or "Paul left"
|
||||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 After having spent some time there This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 After having spent some time there This speaks about "time" as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: After staying there for a while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 xqy7 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος Ἰουδαῖος τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει 1 an Alexandrian by birth "a man who was born in the city of Alexandria." This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 t4zi λόγιος 1 eloquent in speech "a good speaker"
|
||||
ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 mighty in the scriptures "he knew the scriptures thoroughly." He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1849,14 +1849,14 @@ ACT 18 27 pql7 τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in th
|
|||
ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: "fellow believers in Ephesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 wrote to the disciples "wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia"
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who believed by grace "those who had believed in salvation by grace" or "those who by God's grace believed in Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate "In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate "In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ "as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus' followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>##### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.<br>
|
||||
ACT 19 1 rhv1 0 General Information: The "upper country" was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 lp23 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through "traveled through"
|
||||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 εἰ εἰ Πνεῦμα Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 nvn4 0 we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit "we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 19 3 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "you," and "they" refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word "him" refers to John.
|
||||
ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive ," εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε?" 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What kind of baptism did you receive?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς
|
|||
ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 he himself This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 y5ae writing-background 0 General Information: Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as "Diana." She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 l7gz 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο ἐγένετο τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 nb3p ἐγένετο τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance "the people became very upset" See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md)
|
||||
ACT 19 23 rwf2 τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants 0 A certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words "a certain" introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 cried out "shouted aloud" or "shouted loudly"
|
|||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy 0 The whole city was filled with confusion Here "city" refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, "confusion" is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: "Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 Παύλου' συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul's travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 Παύλου' συνεκδήμους 1 Paul's travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius and Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
|
||||
ACT 19 31 z7ww 0 enter the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated "theater" in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ ACT 19 35 fm3m figs-you 0 General Information: The words "You" and "you" refer
|
|||
ACT 19 35 pu96 0 Connecting Statement: The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 19 35 sy9m ὁ γραμματεὺς 1 the town clerk This refers to the town "writer" or "secretary."
|
||||
ACT 19 35 sd3s figs-rquestion 0 what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven? The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: "every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses "not" to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 who does not know The town clerk uses "not" to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 35 hiw3 νεωκόρον 1 temple keeper The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
|
||||
ACT 19 35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 the image which fell down from heaven Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
|
||||
ACT 19 36 r8cf ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων 1 Seeing then that these things are undeniable "Since you know these things"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ ACT 20 1 cwq7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his tr
|
|||
ACT 20 1 y5cq 0 After the uproar "After the riot" or "Following the riot"
|
||||
ACT 20 1 hr32 παρακαλέσας ἀσπασάμενος 1 he said farewell "he said goodbye"
|
||||
ACT 20 2 edb8 παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ 1 spoken many words of encouragement to them "had greatly encouraged the believers" or "had said many things to encourage the believers"
|
||||
ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς τρεῖς 1 After he had spent three months there "After he had stayed there three months." This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 yxj3 figs-metaphor ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς 1 After he had spent three months there "After he had stayed there three months." This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 cit9 figs-activepassive γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 a plot was formed against him by the Jews This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews formed a plot against him" or "the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: "by some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he was about to sail for Syria "as he was ready to sail for Syria"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ ACT 20 8 ak8z ὑπερῴῳ 1 upper room This may have been the third floor h
|
|||
ACT 20 9 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word "himself" refers to Paul. The first word "he" refers to Paul; the second word "he" refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word "him" refers to Eutychus.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 v5q7 0 In the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 ju64 translate-names Εὔτυχος 1 Eutychus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: "who slept soundly" or "who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: "who slept soundly" or "who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive τριστέγου καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the "second story."
|
||||
ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ ACT 20 19 m8x9 figs-metaphor ταπεινοφροσύνης 1 lowliness of mind
|
|||
ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 with tears Here "tears" stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: "I crying as I served the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 in sufferings that happened to me "Sufferings" is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: "while I suffered" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: "of some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you "You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you "You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
|
||||
ACT 20 20 kut9 figs-ellipsis κατ’ οἴκους 1 from house to house Paul taught people in various private homes. The words "I taught" are understood. Alternate translation: "I also taught when I was in your homes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word "I" refers to Paul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2046,26 +2046,26 @@ ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τ
|
|||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here "blood" stands for a person's death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God's truth. Alternate translation: "I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 any man Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: "any person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you "For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you "For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 ddg1 προσέχετε 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true," referring to all that Paul has said so far in his speech about his leaving them.
|
||||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο. ἐπισκόπους ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἣν περιεποιήσατο, διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the "blood" of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here "blood" stands for Christ's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor 0 in order to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: "in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε. μνημονεύοντες 1 be on guard. Remember "be on guard and remember" or "be on guard as you remember"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be on guard "be awake and alert" or "watch out." Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remember that "Continue to remember that" or "Do not forget that"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole 0 for three years I did not stop instructing ... night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην ἐπαυσάμην νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing "I did not stop warning"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing "I did not stop warning"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here "tears" refers to Paul's crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
|
||||
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person's faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: "which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the "word of his grace" as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: "God will give you the inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα' ἀργυρίου οὐδενὸς 1 I coveted no man's silver "I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα' ἀργυρίου 1 I coveted no man's silver "I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
|
||||
ACT 20 33 ipq5 0 man's silver, gold, or clothing Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
|
||||
ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 You yourselves The word "yourselves" is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands served my own needs The word "hands" here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we" and "u
|
|||
ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
|
||||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τοῦ Παύλου' τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τοῦ Παύλου' τὴν ζώνην 1 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes 0 Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up ... of the Gentiles.' This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "'The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles.' (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" or "some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 hand him over "deliver him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2120,9 +2120,9 @@ ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ
|
|||
ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here "heart" stands for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "discouraging me" or "making me very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be tied up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not only for them to tie me up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the sake of the Lord Jesus" or "because I believe in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου πειθομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "We were unable to persuade Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "We were unable to persuade Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis πειθομένου 1 persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything happen as the Lord has planned it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything happen as the Lord has planned it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "They" refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time in Caesarea.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2166,12 +2166,12 @@ ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Paul was n
|
|||
ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd's emotions. Alternate translation: "caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid hands on him Here "laid hands on" means to "seize" or to "grab." See how you translated "laid hands on" in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "grabbed Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 0 the people, the law, and this place "the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple"
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι, τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι, τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background 0 For they had previously ... into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 h1uu Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole 0 All the city was excited The word "All" here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word "city" represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Many people in the city became angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 30 x2sx ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου 1 laid hold of Paul "seized Paul" or "grabbed Paul"
|
||||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors" or "The temple guards immediately shut the doors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were immediately shut They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors" or "The temple guards immediately shut the doors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-metonymy ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 news came up to the chief captain of the guard Here "news" refers to the messenger who went to speak the news. Alternate translation: "someone gave news to the chief captain of the guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 31 hu5r ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 news came up to the chief captain The phrase "came up to" is used because the chief captain was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 21 31 p85a τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
|
|
@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ ACT 21 32 dgz5 κατέδραμεν 1 ran down From the fortress, there are sta
|
|||
ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of Paul "took hold of Paul" or "arrested Paul"
|
||||
ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι 1 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded his soldiers to bind him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||||
ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. 1 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "He asked, 'Who is this man? What has he done?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 fi22 ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη 1 he asked who he was The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 pci2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλο 1 and others another The words "were shouting" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and others were shouting another" or "and others in the crowd were shouting something else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2231,14 +2231,14 @@ ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order for
|
|||
ACT 22 6 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 6 w4l7 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice say to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone say to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there someone will tell you" or "there you will find out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n1kb 0 I could not see because of that light's brightness "I was left blind because of that light's brightness"
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here "hands" stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those with me guided me into Damascus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words "He" and "him" refer to Ananias.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν τῶν κατοικούντων κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns ἀνάβλεψον 1 receive your sight The word"sight" can be translated with the verb "see." Alternate translation: "see again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom 0 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: "At that instant" or "Instantly" or "Immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ ACT 22 17 znq6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell the crowd about his
|
|||
ACT 22 17 its2 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 17 yr9l figs-activepassive 0 I was given a vision This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I had a vision" or "God gave me a vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 18 jy2c 0 I saw him say to me "I saw Jesus as he said to me"
|
||||
ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me "those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me"
|
||||
ACT 22 18 qul6 οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 they will not accept your testimony about me "those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me"
|
||||
ACT 22 19 q5cl 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 p7gz 0 Connecting Statement: This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The word "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες ἀνετάζειν 1 the men who were
|
|||
ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 np3d βουλόμενος 1 chief captain a military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-metonymy 0 So he untied his bonds Possibly the "chief officer" stands for the chief officers' soldiers. Alternate translation: "So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul's bonds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 c5ia καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον 1 he brought Paul down From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
|
||||
ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>##### "Called a curse"<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The "chief captain" could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
ACT 23 1 z2sq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)).
|
||||
ACT 23 1 jru4 0 Brothers Here this means "Fellow Jews."
|
||||
|
|
@ -2298,15 +2298,15 @@ ACT 23 5 e8lg figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Paul
|
|||
ACT 23 6 pbe1 0 Brothers Here "Brothers" means "Fellow Jews"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 as3f Φαρισαῖός υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here "son" means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: "and my father and forefathers were Pharisees"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 the resurrection of the dead that I The word "resurrection" can be stated as "come back to life." The word "dead" can be stated as "those who have died." Alternate translation: "those who have died will come back to life, I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided "the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another"
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background 0 For the Sadducees ... but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred "So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred "So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo 0 What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him? The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: "Maybe a spirit or an angel has spoken with him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 When there arose a great argument The words "a great argument" can be re-stated as "argue violently." Alternate translation: "When they began to argue violently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 s65i χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul would be torn to pieces by them This can be stated in active form. The phrase "be torn to pieces" might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: "they might tear Paul to pieces" or "they would cause Paul great physical harm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 take him by force "use physical force to take him away"
|
||||
ACT 23 10 man3 ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν 1 take him by force "use physical force to take him away"
|
||||
ACT 23 10 ap3c εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 into the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 23 11 i9w5 0 The following night This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: "That night"
|
||||
ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-ellipsis 0 bear witness in Rome The words "about me" are understood. Alternate translation: "bear witness about me in Rome" or "testify about me in Rome" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2316,10 +2316,10 @@ ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-abstractnouns 0 called a curse down upon themselves with an
|
|||
ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 forty men "40 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who formed this conspiracy "who made this plan" or "who planned to kill Paul"
|
||||
ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "They" refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here "you" is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both "us" and "we" refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: "We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: "We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν, οὖν 1 Now, therefore "Because what we have just said is true" or "Because we have put ourselves under this curse"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you "bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you "bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 0 as if you would decide his case more precisely "as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done"
|
||||
ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul's nephew. The word "him" refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe τῷ Παύλῳ 1 Paul's sister's son "the son of Paul's sister" or "Paul's nephew"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ ACT 23 31 ptv4 0 They took Paul and brought him by night Here "brought" can be
|
|||
ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words "he" refer to Governor Felix, the third word "he" and the word "him" refer to Paul, and the last word "he" refers to Governor Felix. The words "you" and your" refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations 0 he asked what province Paul was from. When This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "he asked Paul, 'What province are you from?' When" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words "When he learned" in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "Paul said, 'I am from Cilicia.' Then the governor said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully "I will listen to all you have to say"
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully "I will listen to all you have to say"
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"
|
||||
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words "governor," "commander," and "centurion" may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
|
||||
ACT 24 1 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Felix, the governor. Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche 0 The Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who
|
|||
ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor motioned "the governor gestured"
|
||||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ τῷ ἔθνει ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 sr5t 0 explain myself "explain my situation"
|
||||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα ἀφ’ ἧς 1 twelve days since "12 days since" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 24 12 wbf6 figs-metaphor 0 I did not stir up a crowd "Stir up" here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. Alternate translation: "I did not provoke the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2441,7 +2441,7 @@ ACT 25 1 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea.
|
|||
ACT 25 1 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 w8h3 οὖν 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus entered the province Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 1 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 1 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 2 qnc8 figs-metaphor 0 The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: "The chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 2 uj5p παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Here the word "him" refers to Festus.
|
||||
ACT 25 3 w8um 0 asked him for a favor Here the word "him" refers to Festus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2487,9 +2487,9 @@ ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄ
|
|||
ACT 25 19 d1qm τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion Here "religion" means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural.
|
||||
ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-idiom 0 to stand trial there about these charges To "stand trial" is an idiom meaning to speak to a judge so the judge can decide if a person is right or wrong. Alternate translation: "to go to trial about these charges" or "for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ τοῦ δὲ δὲ Παύλου Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations ."" αὔριον," φησίν," ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ." 1 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations ."" αὔριον," φησίν ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ." 1 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony "with a great ceremony to honor them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion 0 Why should any of you think it is unbelievable t
|
|||
ACT 26 8 ukk6 νεκροὺς ἐγείρει 1 raises the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "makes dead people come alive again"
|
||||
ACT 26 9 hm33 μὲν οὖν 1 Now indeed Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus' people.
|
||||
ACT 26 9 r4df figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐναντία 1 against the name of Jesus The word "name" here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: "to stop people from teaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων ἀναιρουμένων αὐτῶν 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων αὐτῶν 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 11 rri6 0 I punished them many times Possible meanings are 1) Paul punished some believers many times or 2) Paul punished many different believers.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 p55i 0 Connecting Statement: While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 us8d ἐν οἷς 1 While I was doing this Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit 0 found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sa
|
|||
ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit 0 When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way "we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way "we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete "so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 p4ri figs-explicit 0 We sailed along the coast with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ ACT 27 9 vlu4 figs-exclusive 0 We had now taken The writer includes himself, Pa
|
|||
ACT 27 9 u6x5 0 the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 p29v 0 I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss "if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss"
|
||||
ACT 27 10 wq8l figs-inclusive 0 we are about to take ... our lives Paul includes himself and his hearers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου,, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν τῶν ψυχῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου,, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 q9xt οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου 1 not only of the cargo and the ship Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: "not only the ship and the goods on the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις 1 that were spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 12 l2n4 figs-activepassive 0 harbor was not easy to spend the winter in You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: "harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2640,7 +2640,7 @@ ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα 1 we h
|
|||
ACT 27 16 c4cg 0 We sailed along the lee of a small island "We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong"
|
||||
ACT 27 16 aq56 translate-names 0 a small island called Cauda This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 16 h9z2 σκάφης 1 lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες ἄραντες 1 they had hoisted the lifeboat up "they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες 1 they had hoisted the lifeboat up "they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 17 tx1f βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 dvv4 translate-names τὴν Σύρτιν 1 sandbars of Syrtis Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 17 l8kl χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος 1 they lowered the sea anchor They put the ship's anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ ACT 27 25 r9t8 figs-activepassive 0 just as it was told to me This can be state
|
|||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island "we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island"
|
||||
ACT 27 27 im34 0 Connecting Statement: The fierce storm continues.
|
||||
ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal 0 When the fourteenth night had come The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be translated as "fourteen" or "14." Alternate translation: "After 14 days since the storm started, that night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the wind blew us back and forth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the wind blew us back and forth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ 1 the Adriatic Sea This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ruj1 0 They took soundings "They measured the depth of the sea water." They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water.
|
||||
ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι 1 found twenty fathoms "found 20 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 40 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@ ACT 27 35 yh7y κλάσας 1 broke the bread "tore the bread" or "tore off a p
|
|||
ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες 1 Then they were all encouraged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This encouraged all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers 0 We were 276 people in the ship "We were two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship." This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 did not recognize the land "saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 did not recognize the land "saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων 1 cut loose the anchors and left them "cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 ntr9 πηδαλίων 1 rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
|
||||
ACT 27 40 cn2w τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the foresail "the sail at the front of the ship." The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2707,7 +2707,7 @@ ACT 28 2 r7jy figs-litotes οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπί
|
|||
ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες πυρὰν 1 they lit a fire "they put together twigs and branches and burned them"
|
||||
ACT 28 2 itw2 προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς 1 welcomed us all Possible meanings are 1) "welcomed all of the people from the ship" or 2) "welcomed Paul and all his companions."
|
||||
ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper came out "a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"
|
||||
ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς τῆς χειρὸς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened onto his hand "bit Paul's hand and did not let go"
|
||||
ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened onto his hand "bit Paul's hand and did not let go"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ye7h πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man certainly is a murderer "For sure, this man is a murderer" or "This man is truly a murderer"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit ἡ δίκη εἴασεν 1 yet justice The word "justice" refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: "the god called Justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 5 q5i3 0 shook the animal into the fire "shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ ACT 28 17 e1dd 0 Brothers Here this means "Fellow Jews."
|
|||
ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον τῷ λαῷ 1 against the people "against our people" or "against the Jews"
|
||||
ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 17 x3r2 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 into the hands of the Romans Here "hands" stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there was no reason in me for a death penalty "I had done nothing to cause them to execute me"
|
||||
ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there was no reason in me for a death penalty "I had done nothing to cause them to execute me"
|
||||
ACT 28 19 lr96 figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews This does not mean all of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 28 19 zk8f 0 spoke against their desire "complained about what the Roman authorities wanted to do"
|
||||
ACT 28 19 n6vf figs-activepassive ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα 1 I was forced to appeal to Caesar This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I had to ask for Caesar to judge me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2775,13 +2775,13 @@ ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewis
|
|||
ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
|
||||
ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy 0 after Paul had spoken this one word Here "word" stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: "after Paul had said one more thing" or "after Paul had made this statement" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes τὸ. Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν καλῶς διὰ τὸ τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς ὑμῶν τοὺς πατέρας Ἠσαΐου 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων. πορεύθητι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν λαὸν εἰπόν," ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ,' μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ ἴδητε οὐ μὴ ἴδητε οὐ 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων. πορεύθητι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν λαὸν εἰπόν," ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ,' μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ ἴδητε οὐ μὴ οὐ 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 pax8 0 By hearing you will hear ... and seeing you will see The words "hear" and "see" are repeated for emphasis. "You will listen carefully ... and you will look intently"
|
||||
ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism 0 but not understand ... but will not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md).
|
||||
ACT 28 27 qu6t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
|
||||
ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ τοῦ λαοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor , τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν ἤκουσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor , τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 lr99 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their heart Here "heart" stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 q8c2 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 turn again To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 vb9f ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
330
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
330
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
|
|
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting
|
|||
ROM 1 1 x3em figs-explicit Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. You may also need to tell in this same verse who the people are to whom Paul wrote the letter ([Romans 1:7](./07.md)). Alternate translation: "I, Paul, wrote this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God called me to be an apostle and chose me to tell people about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 1 sg88 κλητὸς 1 called This means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 1 2 r5x7 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις 1 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures God promised his people that he would set up his kingdom. He told the prophets to write these promises in the Scriptures.
|
||||
ROM 1 2 r5x7 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις 1 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures God promised his people that he would set up his kingdom. He told the prophets to write these promises in the Scriptures.
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lab1 περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This refers to "the gospel of God," the good news that God promised to send his Son into the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-explicit τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here the word "flesh" refers to the physical body. Alternate translation: "who is a descendant of David according to the physical nature" or "who was born into the family of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of G
|
|||
ROM 1 11 n5ql 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues his opening statements to the people in Rome by stating his desire to see them in person.
|
||||
ROM 1 11 ki6h ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you "Because I really want to see you"
|
||||
ROM 1 11 f3g1 figs-explicit τι χάρισμα πνευματικὸν, εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you Paul wants to strengthen the Roman Christians spiritually. Alternate translation: "some gift that will help you to grow spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς τῆς ἐν ἐν,' ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλήλοις, πίστεως ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other's faith, yours and mine You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I mean that I want us to encourage each other by sharing our experiences of faith in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Paul is emphasizing that he wanted them to have this information. You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν,' ἀλλήλοις,, πίστεως ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other's faith, yours and mine You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I mean that I want us to encourage each other by sharing our experiences of faith in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Paul is emphasizing that he wanted them to have this information. You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 u1cq ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 1 13 ru3x figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 but I was hindered until now You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "something has always prevented me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you The word "harvest" is a metaphor that represents people in Rome whom Paul wants to believe the gospel. Alternate translation: "that more people among you might trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 j96v τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the rest of the Gentiles the Gentiles in the other regions where he had gone
|
||||
ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor Ἕλλησίν τε ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both to Using the metaphor "debtor," Paul speaks of his duty to serve God as if he owed God a financial debt. Alternate translation: "I must take the gospel to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ ἐπαισχύνομαι ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I trust completely in the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I trust completely in the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here "believes" means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: "it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 f5x9 Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek "for Jewish people and also for Greek people"
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here "first" means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here "it" refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive Θεοῦ' δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God's righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive Θεοῦ' δικαιοσύνη ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God's righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as someone has written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit 0 The righteous will live by faith Here "righteous" refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: "It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God's great anger against sinful man.
|
||||
|
|
@ -64,26 +64,26 @@ ROM 1 22 ly68 0 They ... they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md)
|
|||
ROM 1 23 k9xu καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 exchanged the glory of the imperishable God "traded the truth that God is glorious and will never die" or "stopped believing that God is glorious and will never die"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 x2wl ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ 1 for the likenesses of an image of "and instead chose to worship idols that looked like"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 r14e φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 perishable man "some human being that will die"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 u971 - καὶ,, πετεινῶν καὶ καὶ τετραπόδων τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things "or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things"
|
||||
ROM 1 23 u971 - καὶ,, πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things "or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 24 tlv5 0 them ... their ... themselves These words refer to the "mankind" of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν τῶν καρδιῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here "lusts of their hearts" is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: "the morally impure things they desired greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ τὰ σώματα σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here "lusts of their hearts" is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: "the morally impure things they desired greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 they This word refers to the "mankind" of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here "creation" refers to what God created. Alternate translation: "They worshiped things that God created" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 v89u παρὰ 1 instead of "rather than"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 jb2g διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this "Because of idolatry and sexual sin"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 pil3 παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 pil3 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 God gave them over to "God allowed them to indulge in"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 hw81 πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions "shameful sexual desires"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 j4ni αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν 1 for their women "because their women"
|
||||
ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural The idea of relations "that were unnatural" is a euphemism for immoral sexuality. Alternate translation: "started practicing sexuality in a way God did not design" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here "natural relations" is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: "many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another "experienced strong sexual desire for other men"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 committed shameless acts "committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς τῆς πλάνης πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error "men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error "men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed"
|
||||
ROM 1 27 yvm1 τῆς πλάνης 1 error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts
|
||||
ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness "They did not think it was necessary to know God"
|
||||
ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness "They did not think it was necessary to know God"
|
||||
ROM 1 28 bt7u 0 they ... their ... them These words refer to the "mankind" of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit 0 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here "a depraved mind" means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: "God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 not proper "disgraceful" or "sinful"
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,13 +104,13 @@ ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun "you" is singular. (See: [[rc
|
|||
ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word "person" here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: "You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve God's punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 ybp2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself "But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do"
|
||||
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-inclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun "we" may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God's judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of "God's judgment" as if it were alive and could "fall" on people. Alternate translation: "God will judge those people truly and fairly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα' τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God's judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of "God's judgment" as if it were alive and could "fall" on people. Alternate translation: "God will judge those people truly and fairly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 those who practice such things "the people who do those wicked deeds"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 wg1h λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο 1 But consider this "So consider this" or "Therefore, consider this"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 ijd6 λογίζῃ τοῦτο 1 consider this "think about what I am going to tell you"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 zwg7 ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 person Use the general word for a human being "whoever you are"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 rk75 ὦ ἄνθρωπε ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things "you who say someone deserves God's punishment while you do the same wicked deeds"
|
||||
ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-rquestion ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: "You will certainly not escape God's judgment!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-rquestion ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: "You will certainly not escape God's judgment!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion 0 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience ... repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You should not act like it does not matter that God is good and that he patiently waits a long time before he punishes people, so that his goodness will cause them to repent!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 4 w537 0 think so little of the riches ... patience "consider the riches ... patience unimportant" or "consider ... not good"
|
||||
ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You must know that God shows you he is good so that you might repent!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ ROM 2 7 gec6 ζητοῦσιν 1 have sought This means that they act in a way
|
|||
ROM 2 7 ub51 δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility They want God to praise and honor them, and they want to never die.
|
||||
ROM 2 7 m341 ἀφθαρσίαν 1 incorruptibility This refers to physical, not moral, decay.
|
||||
ROM 2 8 guq1 0 Connecting Statement: Though this section is speaking to the non-religious wicked person, Paul sums it up by stating both non-Jews and Jews are wicked before God.
|
||||
ROM 2 8 wa6f ἐξ ἐριθείας- ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 self-seeking "selfish" or "only concerned with what makes themselves happy"
|
||||
ROM 2 8 wa6f ἐξ ἐριθείας- 1 self-seeking "selfish" or "only concerned with what makes themselves happy"
|
||||
ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second intensifies the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath and fierce anger will come The words "wrath" and "fierce anger" mean basically the same thing and emphasize God's anger. Alternate translation: "God will show his terrible anger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 wrath Here the word "wrath" is a metonym that refers to God's severe punishment of wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -140,17 +140,17 @@ ROM 2 10 zg3s Ἰουδαίῳ πρῶτον, τε καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 to t
|
|||
ROM 2 10 ib56 πρῶτον 1 first You should translate this the same way you did in [Romans 2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 2 11 s7a6 figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For there is no favoritism with God You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "For God treats all people the same" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 2 12 wkx8 ὅσοι γὰρ ἥμαρτον 1 For as many as have sinned "For those who have sinned"
|
||||
ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται ἀπολοῦνται 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats "without the law" to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: "without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats "without the law" to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: "without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned "all those who have sinned"
|
||||
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God's law is required even for those who never had God's law.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul's main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ οἱ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "it is not those who only hear the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "it is not those who only hear the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God "whom God considers righteous"
|
||||
ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law "but it is those who obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom God will accept" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom 0 Gentiles, who do not have the law ... are a law to themselves The phrase "law to themselves" is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God's laws. Alternate translation: "have God's laws already inside them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses." Alternate translation: "they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here "the law" refers to the law of Moses." Alternate translation: "they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show "By naturally obeying the law they show"
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 that the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for the person's thoughts or inner person. The phrase "written in their hearts" is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do" or "that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν, λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them to themselves Here "bears witness" refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: "tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of lit
|
|||
ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The knowledge of the truth that is in the law comes from God. Alternate translation: "because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion 0 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You teach others, but you do not teach yourself!" or "You teach others, but you do not do what you teach!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You tell people not to steal, but you steal!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 rob temples Possible meanings are 1) "steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit" or 2) "do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God."
|
||||
ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς? ἐν νόμῳ, ἀτιμάζεις τὸν καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου Θεὸν 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 1 if you break the l
|
|||
ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision "it is as though you were no longer circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person "the person who is not circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law "obeys what God commands in the law"
|
||||
ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will consider him as circumcised." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται? 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will consider him as circumcised." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-rquestion 0 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you ... the law? This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: "The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you ... the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see.
|
||||
ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man's body when someone circumcises him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -190,22 +190,22 @@ ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 i
|
|||
ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit This refers to the internal, spiritual part of a person that "God's Spirit" changes .
|
||||
ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, "What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?" (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>##### "For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God"<br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>##### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God's law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
|
||||
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit ? τί οὖν περισσὸν? Ἰουδαίου τὸ περισσὸν τὸ τοῦ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς ἢ 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: "Some people might say, 'Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?'" or "Some people might say, 'If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit ? τί οὖν περισσὸν? Ἰουδαίου τὸ τοῦ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς ἢ 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: "Some people might say, 'Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?'" or "Some people might say, 'If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here "It" refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "But there is great advantage to being a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 First of all Possible meanings are 1) "First in order of time" or 2) "Most certainly" or 3) "Most importantly."
|
||||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Jews were entrusted with revelation from God Here "revelation" refers to God's words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion γάρ? εἰ τινες ἠπίστησάν? μὴ αὐτῶν ἡ τί καταργήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν πίστιν ἀπιστία 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God's faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: "Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion γάρ? εἰ τινες ἠπίστησάν? μὴ αὐτῶν ἡ τί καταργήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν πίστιν ἀπιστία 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God's faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: "Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!"
|
||||
ROM 3 4 kz4j δὲ, γινέσθω 1 Instead, let "We should say this instead, let"
|
||||
ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω γινέσθω ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: "God always does what he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: "God always does what he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words "every" and "liar" are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: "even if every man were a liar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The Scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ κρίνεσθαί κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion 0 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: "Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God's righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy 0 to bring his wrath upon us Here "wrath" is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: "to bring his punishment upon us" or "to punish us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 j631 κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω 1 I am using a human argument "I am saying here what some people say" or "This is what some people say"
|
||||
ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "We must never say that God is unrighteous"
|
||||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "We all know that God will in fact judge the world!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον? 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "We all know that God will in fact judge the world!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "anyone in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion δὲ? ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί κἀγὼ ἔτι κρίνομαι ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς εἰς 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion 0 Why not say ... come"? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: "I might as well be saying ... come!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,10 +217,10 @@ ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a si
|
|||
ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: "No one really understands what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase "seeks after God" means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: "No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: "They have all turned away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: "Everyone has become useless to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: "They have all turned away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: "Everyone has become useless to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 zf4i 0 Their ... Their The word "their" refers to the "Jews and Greeks" of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word "throat" is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here "open grave" is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word "throat" is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here "open grave" is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word "tongues" is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: "People speak lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here "poison of snakes" is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word "lips" refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: "Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here "mouths" is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word "full" exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: "They often speak curses and cruel words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,11 +246,11 @@ ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ ν
|
|||
ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here "righteousness" means being right with God. Alternate translation: "being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: "There is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the "glory of God" is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: "have failed to be like God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here "justified" refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: "they are made right with God without earning it"
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here "justified" refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: "they are made right with God without earning it"
|
||||
ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: "in his death as a sacrifice for sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 25 ieq9 τὴν πάρεσιν 1 disregard Possible meanings are 1) ignoring or 2) forgiving.
|
||||
ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς τῆς δικαιοσύνης δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time "He did this to show how God makes people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time "He did this to show how God makes people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον, καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 This was so he could prove himself just, and to show that he justifies anyone because of faith in Jesus "By this he shows that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus"
|
||||
ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? ἐξεκλείσθη 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: "So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws. Boasting is excluded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion ? διὰ,? ποίου νόμου τῶν ἔργων οὐχί ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks and answers these rhetorical questions to emphasize that each point he is making is certainly true. You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies, and by using an active form. Alternate translation: "On what grounds should we exclude boasting? Should we exclude it because of our good works? No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -260,16 +260,16 @@ ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? 1 O
|
|||
ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy , ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here "circumcision" is a metonym that refers to Jews and "uncircumcision" is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: "God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith.
|
||||
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: "Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως? 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: "Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: "This is certainly not true" or "Certainly not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law "we obey the law"
|
||||
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-inclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God's commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### Circumcision<br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law.
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί? ἐροῦμεν Ἀβραὰμ, ἡμῶν οὖν προπάτορα κατὰ σάρκα, εὑρηκέναι τὸν 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: "This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. He speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: "For we can read in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. He speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: "For we can read in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God considered Abraham as a righteous person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but as what his employer owes him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies "in God, who justifies"
|
||||
ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God considers that person's faith as righteousness" or "God considers that person righteous because of his faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τ
|
|||
ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 even if they are in uncircumcision "even if they are not circumcised"
|
||||
ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This means that God will consider them righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 Abraham became the father of the circumcision Here "the circumcision" refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς πίστεως τοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here "follow in the steps of faith" is an idiom that means to follow someone's example of follow. Alternate translation: "who follow our father Abraham's example of faith" or "who have faith as our father Abraham did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς πίστεως τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here "follow in the steps of faith" is an idiom that means to follow someone's example of follow. Alternate translation: "who follow our father Abraham's example of faith" or "who have faith as our father Abraham did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words "the promise came" are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: "but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here "live by the law" refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: "if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,20 +296,20 @@ ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word "it" refers to rec
|
|||
ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor 0 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here "the promise may rest on grace" represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: "so that what he promised might be a free gift" or "so that his promise would be because of his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses.
|
||||
ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: "those who believe as Abraham did"
|
||||
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive πατὴρ πάντων πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word "us" refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word "us" refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as someone has written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word "you" is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν, Θεοῦ, Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 Abraham was in the presence of him whom he trusted, that is, God, who gives life to the dead Here "of him whom he trusted" refers to God. Alternate translation: "Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence "created everything from nothing"
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν, Θεοῦ,, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 Abraham was in the presence of him whom he trusted, that is, God, who gives life to the dead Here "of him whom he trusted" refers to God. Alternate translation: "Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence "created everything from nothing"
|
||||
ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem that he could have a son. Alternate translation: "Even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "just as God said to Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "You will have more descendants than you can count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "You will have more descendants than you can count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, 1 Without becoming weak in faith, You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "He remained strong in his faith, although" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "kept on acting in faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "kept on acting in faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he became stronger in his faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced "Abraham was completely sure"
|
||||
ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish "God was able to do"
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore God counted Abraham's belief as righteousness" or "Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore God counted Abraham's belief as righteousness" or "Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was "Now" is used here to connect Abraham's being made right by faith to present-day believer's being made right by faith in Christ's death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit "for Abraham only"
|
||||
ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God counted righteousness to him" or "God considered him righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -323,15 +323,15 @@ ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified "Because
|
|||
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive 0 we ... our All occurrences of "we" and "our" refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ "because of our Lord Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here "Lord" means that Jesus is God.
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν ἐσχήκαμεν τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here "by faith" refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: "Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence"
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here "by faith" refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: "Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence"
|
||||
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word "this" refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
|
||||
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive 0 we ... our ... We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive 0 our ... us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of "confidence" as if it were alive. Alternate translation: "we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of "confidence" as if it were alive. Alternate translation: "we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here "hearts" represents a person's thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase "the love of God has been poured into our hearts" is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because he has loved us greatly" or "because God has shown us how much he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word "we" here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man "It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man"
|
||||
ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man "It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man"
|
||||
ROM 5 7 nnj9 0 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person "But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person"
|
||||
ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using "demonstrated" or "showed."
|
||||
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν. 1 us ... we All occurrences of "us" and "we" refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -341,20 +341,20 @@ ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 saved This means that through Jesus' sacrif
|
|||
ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 the wrath of God Here "wrath" is a metonym that refers to God's punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: "God's punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-inclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of "we" refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 u6bn 0 his Son ... his life "God's Son ... the life of God's Son"
|
||||
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "now that God has made us his friends again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses.
|
||||
ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification 0 through one man sin entered ... death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of "one man," Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave the law. Alternate translation: "People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται ἐλλογεῖται μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: "but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: "but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ, ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death "Even though what I have just said is true, death" or "There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death" ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)).
|
||||
ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of death as if it were a king who ruled. Alternate translation: "people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ' ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam's disobedience "even people whose sins were different from Adam's continue to die"
|
||||
ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ' ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam's disobedience "even people whose sins were different from Adam's continue to die"
|
||||
ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is a pattern of him who was to come Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him.
|
||||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here "one" refers to Adam. Alternate translation: "For if by one man's sin, many died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι τῇ,, τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here "grace" refers to God's free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ δι’ ἑνὸς ἑνὸς' ἁμαρτήσαντος ἁμαρτήσαντος τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man's sin Here "the gift" refers to God's freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: "The gift is not like the result of Adam's sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι τῇ,, τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here "grace" refers to God's free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς' ἁμαρτήσαντος τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man's sin Here "the gift" refers to God's freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: "The gift is not like the result of Adam's sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit 0 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift ... justification Here Paul gives two reasons why "the gift is not like the result of Adam's sin." The "judgment of condemnation" implies that we all deserve God's punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: "God's kind gift to put us right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses "after the sins of many"
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,10 +364,10 @@ ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespa
|
|||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here "condemnation" refers to God's punishment. Alternate translation: "all people deserve God's punishment for sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act the sacrifice of Jesus Christ
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here "justification" refers to God's ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: "God's offer to make all people right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 j5yh τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου' παρακοῆς ἀνθρώπου 1 one man's disobedience the disobedience of Adam
|
||||
ROM 5 19 j5yh τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου' παρακοῆς 1 one man's disobedience the disobedience of Adam
|
||||
ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "many people sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus
|
||||
ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will make many people right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will make many people right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification νόμος παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Here Paul speaks of the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "God gave his law to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 c59u ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 sin abounded "sin increased"
|
||||
ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here "grace" refers to God's undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: "God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting
|
|||
ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God.
|
||||
ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί? ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ οὖν ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-inclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun "we" refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνομεν? ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, οἵτινες ζήσομεν ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ πῶς 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here "died to sin" means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνομεν? τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, οἵτινες ζήσομεν ἔτι ἐν αὐτῇ πῶς 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here "died to sin" means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ, διὰ, τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer's baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: "When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer's new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer's new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -389,8 +389,8 @@ ROM 6 6 f13e figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συ
|
|||
ROM 6 6 m7c2 ὁ παλαιὸς ἄνθρωπος 1 old man This means the person who once was, but who does not exist now.
|
||||
ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: "our sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 syc4 figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ 1 might be destroyed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "might die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "sin should no longer enslave us" or "we should no longer be slaves to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: "we should no longer be controlled by sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "sin should no longer enslave us" or "we should no longer be slaves to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: "we should no longer be controlled by sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit 0 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here "righteous" refers to God's ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here "died" refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-activepassive εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -403,13 +403,13 @@ ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dea
|
|||
ROM 6 11 q4ky νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin, but alive to God "dead to the power of sin, but living to honor God"
|
||||
ROM 6 11 vtl1 ζῶντας τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 alive to God in Christ Jesus "living to honor God through the power Christ Jesus gives you"
|
||||
ROM 6 12 dng2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that grace rules over us, not the law; we are not sin's slaves, but God's slaves.
|
||||
ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ βασιλευέτω βασιλευέτω βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was there master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was there master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: "you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the "parts of his body" to his master or king. One's "body parts" are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the "parts of his body" to his master or king. One's "body parts" are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here "now living" refers to the believer's new spiritual life. Alternate translation: "But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life" or "But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 present the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here "parts of your body" is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "let God use you for what is pleasing to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει κυριεύσει κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of "sin" here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control what you do" or "Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of "sin" here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: "Do not let sinful desires control what you do" or "Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be "under law" means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To be "under grace" means that God's free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "but you are bound to God's grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον?,? ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: "However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -426,18 +426,18 @@ ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτ
|
|||
ROM 6 18 g42l figs-metaphor ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness Slavery of righteousness is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: "you have been made like slaves of righteousness" or "you are now controlled by righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 fx5r ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has made you slaves of righteousness" or "Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness"
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4cl ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: "I am speaking about this in human terms" or "I am using examples from everyday life"
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς τῆς σαρκὸς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word "flesh" as the opposite of "spirit." Alternate translation: "because you do not fully understand spiritual things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word "flesh" as the opposite of "spirit." Alternate translation: "because you do not fully understand spiritual things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche 0 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Here, "body parts" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here "body parts" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here "body parts" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here "free from righteousness" is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: "it was as though you were free from righteousness" or "you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion οὖν? τίνα καρπὸν τότε εἴχετε, οἷς ἐπαισχύνεσθε νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε ἐφ’ 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: "Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame" or "You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion οὖν? τίνα καρπὸν τότε εἴχετε, οἷς ἐπαισχύνεσθε νῦν ἐφ’ 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: "Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame" or "You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive νυνὶ δέ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But now that you have become free from sin and have become God's slaves" or "But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor νυνὶ δέ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being "free from sin" is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "But now that God has made you able not to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being "enslaved" to God is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: "and God has made you able to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here "fruit" is a metaphor for "result" or "benefit." Alternate translation: "the benefit is your sanctification" or "the benefit is that you live in a holy way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life "The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God"
|
||||
ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life "The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God"
|
||||
ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word "wages" refers to a payment given to someone for their work. "For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment" or "For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death"
|
||||
ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord "but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord"
|
||||
ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord "but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord"
|
||||
ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### "Or do you not know"<br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "We have been released from the law"<br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Marriage<br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive ("in the flesh"), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law.
|
||||
ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion 0 do you not know, brothers ... that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by wh
|
|||
ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-explicit γράμματος 1 the letter This refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul is introducing a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 erx6 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "Of course that is not true!" This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 7 n43p ἁμαρτία 1 sin "my desire to sin"
|
||||
ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification 0 But sin took the opportunity ... brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 8 nj21 ἐπιθυμίαν 1 lust This word includes both the desire to have what belongs to other people and wrong sexual desire.
|
||||
|
|
@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-metaphor ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Paul speaks of
|
|||
ROM 7 12 t9uk ἅγιος 1 holy Morally perfect, without sin
|
||||
ROM 7 13 cz5k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 us69 οὖν 1 So Paul is introducing a new topic.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God's law.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me "cause me to die"
|
||||
ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: "Of course that is not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification 0 sin ... brought about death in me Paul is
|
|||
ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me "separated me from God"
|
||||
ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment "because I disobeyed the commandment"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand "I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand "I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do "because what I do"
|
||||
ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole 0 what I want to do, I do not do The words "I do not do" are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: "I do not always do what I want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole 0 what I hate, I do The words "I do," which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: "the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -496,9 +496,9 @@ ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil "the evil deeds" or "the evil actions"
|
|||
ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of "sin" as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of "evil" here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man This is the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ. νόμῳ. τοῦ τοῦ νοός νοός μου καὶ καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive "I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me"
|
||||
ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ. νόμῳ. τοῦ νοός μου καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive "I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me"
|
||||
ROM 7 23 t7yh νόμῳ 1 new principle This is the new spiritually alive nature.
|
||||
ROM 7 23 fct8 ἕτερον νόμον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 a different principle in my body parts This is the old nature, the way people are when they are born.
|
||||
ROM 7 23 fct8 ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 a different principle in my body parts This is the old nature, the way people are when they are born.
|
||||
ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts "my sinful nature"
|
||||
ROM 7 24 h8l8 figs-rquestion τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου? 1 Who will deliver me from this body of death? Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: "I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 24 nu6u με ῥύσεται 1 deliver me "rescue me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -507,16 +507,16 @@ ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τ
|
|||
ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῷ,. μὲν, νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either God's law or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: "My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Indwelling of the Spirit<br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>##### "These are sons of God"<br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>##### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as "predestination." This is related to the biblical concept of "predestine." Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### No condemnation<br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word "condemn" has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being "condemned to hell." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive ("in the flesh"), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here "condemnation" refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: "God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here "condemnation" refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: "God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore "for that reason" or "because what I have just told you is true"
|
||||
ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus This refers to God's Spirit. Alternate translation: "God's Spirit in Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: "has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: "has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death Possible meanings are that this refers to 1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: "the law which causes sin and death" or 2) the principle that people sin and die.
|
||||
ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει, διὰ τῆς σαρκός ὁ Θεὸς πέμψας 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: "For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh "because of people's sinful nature"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 p4qq ἁμαρτίας. τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς πέμψας σαρκὸς καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He ... sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh ... an offering for sin ... he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God's holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
|
||||
ROM 8 3 p4qq ἁμαρτίας. τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς πέμψας καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He ... sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh ... an offering for sin ... he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God's holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
|
||||
ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh "who looked like any other sinful human being"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh "who looked like any other sinful human being"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin "so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins"
|
||||
ROM 8 3 es29 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh "God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son"
|
||||
ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "we might fulfill what the law requires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,14 +543,14 @@ ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Pau
|
|||
ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Again Paul speaks of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. You can include the implied word "debtors." Alternate translation: "but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 13 ri75 εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh "Because if you live only to please your sinful desires"
|
||||
ROM 8 13 b9n5 μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die "you will certainly be separated from God"
|
||||
ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις' τοῦ τοῦ σώματος σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body's actions Paul speaks of the "old man," crucified with Christ, as the person who is responsible for his sinful desires. Alternate translation: "but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις' τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body's actions Paul speaks of the "old man," crucified with Christ, as the person who is responsible for his sinful desires. Alternate translation: "but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 14 gd1i υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus and is often translated as "children of God."
|
||||
ROM 8 15 ecq3 ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν 1 by which we cry "who causes us to cry out"
|
||||
ROM 8 15 vxs9 translate-unknown Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father "Abba" is "Father" in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "we also will one day receive what God has promised us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: "we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God may glorify us along with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that God may glorify us along with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 18 phk6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us as believers that our bodies will be changed at the redemption of our bodies in this section which ends in [Romans 8:25](../08/25.md).
|
||||
ROM 8 18 i5nu γὰρ 1 For This emphasizes "I consider." It does not mean "because."
|
||||
ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive 0 I consider that ... are not worthy to be compared with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -558,13 +558,13 @@ ROM 8 18 jjb8 figs-activepassive μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφ
|
|||
ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "for the time when God will reveal his children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 19 sr2p υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus. You can also translate this as "children of God."
|
||||
ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ τῇ γὰρ γὰρ ματαιότητι ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul describes "creation" as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: "not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will save creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here being in slavery to decay is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: "from being like a slave to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God "Freedom" here is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: "that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman groaning while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: "For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ τοῦ σώματος σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here "our adoption" means when we become full members of God's family, as adopted children. The word "redemption" means when God saves us. Alternate translation: "waiting for when we are fully members of God's family and he saves our bodies from decay and death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here "our adoption" means when we become full members of God's family, as adopted children. The word "redemption" means when God saves us. Alternate translation: "waiting for when we are fully members of God's family and he saves our bodies from decay and death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For God saved us because we hoped in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion . ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις ἐλπίζει? 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what "hope" is. Alternate translation: "But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us.
|
||||
|
|
@ -573,20 +573,20 @@ ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy 0 He who searches the hearts Here "He" refers to Go
|
|||
ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God's love.
|
||||
ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "for those whom God chose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew "those whom he knew before he even created them"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 rg4t προέγνω καὶ προώρισεν προώρισεν 1 he also predestined "he also made it their destiny" or "he also planned in advance"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that he would change them to be like his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 rg4t προέγνω καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined "he also made it their destiny" or "he also planned in advance"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that he would change them to be like his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn "so that his Son would be the firstborn"
|
||||
ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here "brothers" refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: "among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς δὲ προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined "Those whom God made plans for in advance"
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here "justified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he also put right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word "glorified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he will also glorify" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here "justified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he also put right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word "glorified" is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: "these he will also glorify" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί? ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ οὖν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν Θεὸς 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: "This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God's infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up "but put him under the control of his enemies"
|
||||
ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς? οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν χαρίσεται χαρίσεται ἡμῖν τὰ πάντα αὐτῷ 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "he will certainly and freely give us all things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God's infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up "but put him under the control of his enemies"
|
||||
ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς? οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν χαρίσεται ἡμῖν τὰ πάντα αὐτῷ 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "he will certainly and freely give us all things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things "kindly give us all things"
|
||||
ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν' Θεοῦ Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 Who will bring any accusation against God's chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν' Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 Who will bring any accusation against God's chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν? 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: "No one will condemn us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction 0 who is at the right hand of God To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "who is at the place of honor beside God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: "No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!" or "Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis , θλῖψις,,,,, ἢ στενοχωρία ἢ δ
|
|||
ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion , θλῖψις,,,,, ἢ στενοχωρία ἢ διωγμὸς ἢ λιμὸς ἢ γυμνότης ἢ κίνδυνος ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: "Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns , θλῖψις,,,,, ἢ στενοχωρία ἢ διωγμὸς ἢ λιμὸς ἢ γυμνότης ἢ κίνδυνος ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verb phrases. Here "sword" is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: "Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ὅτι ἕνεκεν ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here "your" is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: "For you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here "your" is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: "For you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-inclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here "we" refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase "all day long" is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "our enemies continually seek to kill us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors "we have complete victory"
|
||||
|
|
@ -604,18 +604,18 @@ ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Possible meanings are 1) demons or 2)
|
|||
ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers Possible meanings are 1) spiritual beings with power or 2) human beings with power.
|
||||
ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 09 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br>Paul uses the word "flesh" in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word "brother" to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses "my brothers" to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as "children of God" and "children of the promise."<br><br>##### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as "predestination." This is related to the biblical concept of "predestine." Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Stone of stumbling<br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This "stone of stumbling" causes them to "fall." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel"<br>Paul uses the word "Israel" in this verse with two different meanings. The first "Israel" means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second "Israel" means those who are God's people through faith. The UST reflects this.<br>
|
||||
ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
|
||||
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ. οὐ ψεύδομαι ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit "the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say"
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ τῇ καρδίᾳ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here "unceasing pain in my heart" is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: "I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ. οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit "the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say"
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here "unceasing pain in my heart" is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: "I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη μεγάλη καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι εἶναι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ, τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν συγγενῶν συγγενῶν μου κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ, τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν συγγενῶν μου κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites "They, like me, are Israelites. God chose them to be Jacob's descendants"
|
||||
ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of "adoption" to indicate that the Israelites are like God's children. Alternate translation: "They have God as their father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith.
|
||||
ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον οἷον δὲ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed "But God has not failed to keep his promises" or "God has kept his promises"
|
||||
ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν Ἀβραάμ πάντες' σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham's descendants truly his children "Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham's descendants"
|
||||
ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed "But God has not failed to keep his promises" or "God has kept his promises"
|
||||
ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν Ἀβραάμ πάντες' σπέρμα τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham's descendants truly his children "Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham's descendants"
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς ταῦτα τέκνα 1 the children of the flesh are not Here "children of the flesh" is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: "not all of Abraham's descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 ta8t τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
|
||||
|
|
@ -623,10 +623,10 @@ ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the wor
|
|||
ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: "I will give Sarah a son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-inclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as "our father" because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην ἔχουσα 1 had conceived "had become pregnant"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων γεννηθέντων μηδὲ μηδὲ πραξάντων πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad "before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad "before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand "so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born "before the children were born"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad "not because of anything they had done"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born "before the children were born"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad "not because of anything they had done"
|
||||
ROM 9 11 d6mr 0 because of him because of God
|
||||
ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: "our father Isaac,it was said to her, 'The older will serve the younger.' Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just"
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n ὁ— αὐτῇ," ὅτι ἐρρέθη μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι." 1 it was said to her, "The older will serve the younger." "God said to Rebecca, 'The older son will serve the younger son'"
|
||||
|
|
@ -634,12 +634,12 @@ ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ
|
|||
ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!" This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here.
|
||||
ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God's talking with Moses as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: "For God said to Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ τοῦ θέλοντος θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs "it is not because of what people want or because they try hard"
|
||||
ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs "it is not because of what people want or because they try hard"
|
||||
ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God's favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the scripture is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: "The scripture records that God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐνδείξωμαι μου 1 I ... my God is referring to himself.
|
||||
ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up "Raised" here is an idiom for "to cause something to be what it is." Alternate translation: "I made you the powerful man that you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up "Raised" here is an idiom for "to cause something to be what it is." Alternate translation: "I made you the powerful man that you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "that people might proclaim my name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name This metonym refers either 1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: "who I am" or 2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: "how great I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth "wherever there are people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion 0 Does the potter not have the right ... for daily
|
|||
ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: "people who deserve wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 ufj7 0 he ... his The words "he" and "his" here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: "people who deserve mercy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς τῆς δόξης δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God's wonderful actions here to great "riches." Alternate translation: "his glory, which is of great value, upon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God's wonderful actions here to great "riches." Alternate translation: "his glory, which is of great value, upon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here "glory" refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: "whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-inclusive καὶ ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word "us" here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here "called" means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -662,8 +662,8 @@ ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel
|
|||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here "he" refers to God. Alternate translation: "As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea Hosea was a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people "I will choose for my people those who were not my people"
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην ἠγαπημένην ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here "her" refers to Hosea's wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word "living" may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: "children of the true God"
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here "her" refers to Hosea's wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word "living" may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: "children of the true God"
|
||||
ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out "calls out"
|
||||
ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: "too many to count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word "saved" in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus' death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will save" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive 0 us ... we Here the words "us" and "we" refer to
|
|||
ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: "we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah" or "God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "This is what we must say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles "We will say that the Gentiles"
|
||||
ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness "who were not trying to please God"
|
||||
ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness "who were not trying to please God"
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit 0 the righteousness by faith Here "by faith" refers to placing one's trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit 0 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί? 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: "Why could they not attain righteousness?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -687,17 +687,17 @@ ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, inc
|
|||
ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy 0 my heart's desire Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: "my greatest desire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation "is that God will save the Jews"
|
||||
ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them "I declare truthfully about them"
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God's righteousness Here "righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: "For they do not know how God puts people right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God "They did not accept God's way of putting people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ' δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God's righteousness Here "righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: "For they do not know how God puts people right with himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God "They did not accept God's way of putting people right with himself"
|
||||
ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law "For Christ completely fulfilled the law"
|
||||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here "believes" means "trusts." Alternate translation: "in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of "righteousness" as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: "how the law makes a person right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὅτι ὁ ὁ ποιήσας ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: "The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: "The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words "will live" can refer to 1) eternal life or 2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here "righteousness" is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: "But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "Do not say to yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "Do not say to yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion ,' τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν?'( 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one is able to go up to heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down "in order that they might have Christ come down to earth"
|
||||
ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down "in order that they might have Christ come down to earth"
|
||||
ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, "Do not say" requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be brought up from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead This word speaks of physical death.
|
||||
|
|
@ -713,12 +713,12 @@ ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can trans
|
|||
ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy , καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes and has righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses and is saved Here "heart" is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: "For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here "mouth" is a synecdoche that represents a person's capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. You can make explicit who wrote the Scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah wrote in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: "Everyone who does not believe will be shamed." The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will honor everyone who believes in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: "Everyone who does not believe will be shamed." The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will honor everyone who believes in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here "he is rich" means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "he richly blesses all who trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word "name" is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word "they" refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: "Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν ἤκουσαν? 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!" or "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word "they" refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: "Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!" or "And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν οὗ 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
|
||||
ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: "And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy 0 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses "feet" to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: "It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -727,25 +727,25 @@ ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀ
|
|||
ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, "our" refers to God and Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here "faith" refers to "believing in Christ"
|
||||
ROM 10 17 nq87 ἀκοῆς ἡ δὲ ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ "hearing by listening to the message about Christ"
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ."," ἤκουσαν μὴ οὐκ λέγω?" μενοῦνγε, μενοῦνγε ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, "Did they not hear?" Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ."," ἤκουσαν μὴ οὐκ λέγω?" μενοῦνγε, 1 But I say, "Did they not hear?" Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word "their" refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God's power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: "As the Scriptures record, 'The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God's power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ, λέγω," μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω?" 1 Moreover, I say, "Did Israel not know?" Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word "Israel" is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ, λέγω," μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω?" 1 Moreover, I say, "Did Israel not know?" Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word "Israel" is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you 0 First Moses says, "I will provoke you ... I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. "I" refers to God, and "you" refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: "First Moses says that God will provoke you ... God will stir you up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation "by those you do not consider to be a real nation" or "by people who do not belong to any nation"
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here "without understanding" means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: "By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger "I will make you angry" or "I will cause you to become angry"
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger "I will make you angry" or "I will cause you to become angry"
|
||||
ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words "I," "me," and "my" refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet Isaiah wrote what God had said.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared "I made myself known"
|
||||
ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says "He" refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God's continual effort. "continually"
|
||||
ROM 10 21 il8s ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people "I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey"
|
||||
ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God's continual effort. "continually"
|
||||
ROM 10 21 il8s ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people "I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey"
|
||||
ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Grafting<br>Paul uses the image of "grafting" to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called "grafting." Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Did God reject his people? May it never be"<br><br>Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br>
|
||||
ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works.
|
||||
ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then "I, Paul, say then"
|
||||
ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ μὴ ἀπώσατο ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ? 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ? 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 1 wqu2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be "That is not possible!" or "Certainly not!" This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 1 bc4g φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin This refers to the tribe descended from Benjamin, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel.
|
||||
ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew "whom he knew ahead of time"
|
||||
|
|
@ -754,17 +754,17 @@ ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scr
|
|||
ROM 11 3 fh9i ἀπέκτειναν 1 they have killed "They" refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun "I" here refers to Elijah.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life "desiring to kill me"
|
||||
ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ' ἀλλὰ τί λέγει λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ὁ χρηματισμός χρηματισμός?" 1 But what does God's answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: "How does God answer him?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ' ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ὁ χρηματισμός?" 1 But what does God's answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: "How does God answer him?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 4 x6e9 αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun "him" refers to Elijah.
|
||||
ROM 11 4 c9tc translate-numbers ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 seven thousand men "7,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ROM 11 5 ce2r λῖμμα 1 remnant Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace.
|
||||
ROM 11 6 q6es figs-explicit εἰ δὲ χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul continues to explain how God's mercy works. Alternate translation: "But since God's mercy works by grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 7 k94b figs-rquestion τί οὖν? 1 What then? "What should we conclude?" Paul asks this question to move his reader to his next point. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is what we need to remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν,, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear This is a metaphor about the fact that the people are spiritually dull. They are not able to hear or receive spiritual truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 z47a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of Here this means "having the characteristics of," such as the "spirit of wisdom."
|
||||
ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one's eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding.
|
||||
ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience.
|
||||
ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap "Table" here is a metonym that represents feasting, and "net" and "trap" are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one's eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding.
|
||||
ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience.
|
||||
ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap "Table" here is a metonym that represents feasting, and "net" and "trap" are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor εἰς θήραν καὶ εἰς σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A "stumbling block" is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: "something that tempts them to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 xex5 εἰς ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them "something that allows you to take revenge on them"
|
||||
ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here "bend their back" is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: "make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -790,30 +790,30 @@ ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-you σὺ δὲ, ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wil
|
|||
ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as "broken branches." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "But if someone broke off some of the branches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were "grafted branches." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here "the rich root" is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here "the branches" is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν, βαστάζεις ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here "the branches" is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν, βαστάζεις ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here "branches" refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God broke branches off" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he might attach me in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 20 puj9 0 their ... they The pronouns "their" and "they" refer to the Jewish people who did not believe.
|
||||
ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: "but you remain because of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς, τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the "natural branches" refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: "Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree's natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς, τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the "natural branches" refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: "Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree's natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.
|
||||
ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns 0 severity came on the Jews who fell ... God's kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "severity" and "kindness." Alternate translation: "God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell ... but God acts kindly toward you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 the Jews who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: "the Jews who have done wrong" or "the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "kindness." Alternate translation: "if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can "cut off" if he needs to. Here "cut off" is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Otherwise God will cut you off" or "Otherwise God will reject you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase "do not continue in their unbelief" is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "if the Jews start believing in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase "do not continue in their unbelief" is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "if the Jews start believing in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will graft them back in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree.
|
||||
ROM 11 23 r5kg 0 they ... them All occurrences of "they" or "them" refer to the Jews.
|
||||
ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor γὰρ? σὺ ἐξεκόπης ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς εἰ, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐνκεντρισθήσονται οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν, ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ καλλιέλαιον 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor γὰρ? σὺ ἐξεκόπης ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς εἰ, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐνκεντρισθήσονται οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν, τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ καλλιέλαιον 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The "natural branches" represent the Jews, and the "grafted branches" represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I very much want you to be aware" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I very much want you to be aware" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I The pronoun "I" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 sf4v 0 you ... you ... your The pronouns "you" and "your" refer to the Gentile believers.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: "so that you will not think you are wiser than you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of "hardening" or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: "many people of Israel continue to be stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: "so that you will not think you are wiser than you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of "hardening" or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: "many people of Israel continue to be stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word "until" here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church.
|
||||
ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God.
|
||||
ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Thus God will save all Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -823,9 +823,9 @@ ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer "the one who brings his pe
|
|||
ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of ungodliness as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here "Jacob" is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: "from the Israelite people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: "I will remove the burden of their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ κατὰ μὲν μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: "Because the Jews rejected the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles' sake. Alternate translation: "they are God's enemies for your sake" or "God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ κατὰ τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 as far as election is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: "because God has elected the Jews" or "because God has chosen the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: "Because the Jews rejected the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles' sake. Alternate translation: "they are God's enemies for your sake" or "God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 as far as election is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: "because God has elected the Jews" or "because God has chosen the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: "For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient "you did not obey in the past"
|
||||
|
|
@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit 0 you have received mercy because of their disobed
|
|||
ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you This refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: "God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ, βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ! 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here "wisdom" and "knowledge" mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: "How amazing are the many benefits of both God's wisdom and knowledge!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ τὰ, κρίματα κρίματα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering "We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us"
|
||||
ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ, κρίματα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering "We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us"
|
||||
ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion γὰρ? ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου τίς τίς ἐγένετο αὐτοῦ σύμβουλος ἢ 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here "mind" is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: "all that the Lord knows" or "what the Lord thinks about" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?" Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) * **For from him ... through him ... to him** - Here, all occurrences of "him" refers to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶ
|
|||
ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word "therefore" in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one's Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Christian living<br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Body of Christ<br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Romans 12:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../11/intro.md) | [>>](../13/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve.
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit , παρακαλῶ, οὖν ὑμᾶς ἀδελφοί διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here "brothers" refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: "Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word "bodies" to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: "to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word "bodies" to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: "to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God Possible meanings are 1) "a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him" or 2) "acceptable to God because it is morally pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service "This is the right way to worship God"
|
||||
ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor 0 Do not be conformed to this world Possible meanings are 1) "Do not behave as the world behaves" or 2) "Do not think the way the world does." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,9 +849,9 @@ ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive 0 Do not be conformed Possible meanings are 1)
|
|||
ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but let God change the way you think and behave" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here "grace" refers to God's choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "because God freely chose me to be an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think "that no one among you should think they are better than other people"
|
||||
ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think "that no one among you should think they are better than other people"
|
||||
ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ, φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way "But you should be wise in how you think about yourselves"
|
||||
ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ ὁ Θεὸς Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: "since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: "since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others.
|
||||
ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human body. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands.
|
||||
|
|
@ -859,21 +859,21 @@ ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλ
|
|||
ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor 0 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers' different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Possible meanings are 1) "let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us" or 2) "let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith."
|
||||
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ' ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 If one's gift is giving Here "giving" refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "You must love people sincerely and truly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "You must love people sincerely and truly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
ROM 12 9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ, φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form "Concerning ... be" to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as "Concerning ... do." The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md).
|
||||
ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers "As for how you love your fellow believers"
|
||||
ROM 12 10 lcg8 figs-activepassive φιλόστοργοι 1 be affectionate You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "show affection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ, ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another "Honor and respect one another" or "Honor your fellow believers by respecting them"
|
||||
ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί ὀκνηροί τῷ., πνεύματι,,. ζέοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him "Do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί τῷ., πνεύματι,,. ζέοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him "Do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering "Wait patiently whenever you have troubles"
|
||||
ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). "When fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need"
|
||||
ROM 12 13 exd8 0 Find many ways to show hospitality "Always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: "Agree with one another" or "Live in unity with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways "Do not think that you are more important than others"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways "Do not think that you are more important than others"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people "welcome people who do not seem important"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts "Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else"
|
||||
ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts "Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else"
|
||||
ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil "Do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you"
|
||||
ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people "Do things that everyone considers to be good"
|
||||
ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people "do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone"
|
||||
|
|
@ -884,11 +884,11 @@ ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you 0 your enemy ... feed him ... give him a drink ... if y
|
|||
ROM 12 20 q7dq 0 But if your enemy is hungry ... his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: "But the Scripture also says, 'If your enemy is hungry ... his head'"
|
||||
ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him "give him some food"
|
||||
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are 1) "make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you" or 2) "give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes "evil" as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes "evil" as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Ungodly rulers<br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive ("in the flesh"), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Romans 13:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../12/intro.md) | [>>](../14/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers.
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑποτασσέσθω ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here "soul" is a synecdoche for the whole person. "Every Christian should obey" or "Everyone should obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here "soul" is a synecdoche for the whole person. "Every Christian should obey" or "Everyone should obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities "government officials"
|
||||
ROM 13 1 emi2 γὰρ 1 for because
|
||||
ROM 13 1 wii2 οὐ ἔστιν ἐξουσία εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God "all authority comes from God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ γὰρ ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1
|
|||
ROM 13 3 jt2z 0 to good deeds ... to evil deeds People are identified with their "good deeds" or "evil deeds."
|
||||
ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν? 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: "Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good.
|
||||
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "he carries the sword for a very good reason" or "he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "he carries the sword for a very good reason" or "he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here "wrath" represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: "a person who punishes people as an expression of the government's anger against evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 5 q81v , οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience "not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -918,11 +918,11 @@ ROM 13 8 p6cw figs-you ὀφείλετε 1 Owe This verb is plural and applies t
|
|||
ROM 13 8 ay3n εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another This is the one debt that can remain as shown in the note above.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 i5au ἀγαπᾶν 1 love This refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
ROM 13 9 wad4 ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 covet to desire to have or possess something that another person possesses.
|
||||
ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται' τῷ πλησίον 1 Love does not harm one's neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: "People who love their neighbors do not harm them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν ὅτι ὥρα ὥρα ἤδη, ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 you know the time, that it is already time for you to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται' 1 Love does not harm one's neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: "People who love their neighbors do not harm them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη, ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 you know the time, that it is already time for you to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: "The sinful time is almost over" or "It is as though the night is almost finished" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: "the time of righteousness will begin soon" or "it is as though it will soon be day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of of "works of darkness" as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to "put aside" means to stop doing something. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: "Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of of "works of darkness" as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to "put aside" means to stop doing something. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: "Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here "light" is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one's self. Alternate translation: "let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-inclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν, ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: "Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -941,20 +941,20 @@ ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is
|
|||
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ, ὁ κρίνων 1 you, you The form of "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a master who owned servants. Alternate translation: "Only the master can decide if he will accept the servant or not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being "made to stand" instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being "made to stand" instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 5 x7j2 0 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally "One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same"
|
||||
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ πληροφορείσθω πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here "observes" refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: "The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word "everything" is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: "the person who eats every kind of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 f9tm ὁ ἐσθίων Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord "eats to honor the Lord" or "eats that way in order to honor the Lord"
|
||||
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word "everything" is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: "He who does not eat everything" or "The person who does not eat certain kinds of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word "everything" is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: "He who does not eat everything" or "The person who does not eat certain kinds of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here "lives for himself" means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: "None of us should live merely to please ourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-inclusive οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means one's death affects other people. Alternate translation: "none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of "we" are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 10 db9a figs-you τί? σου τὸν ἀδελφόν? ἢ καὶ κρίνεις, τί ἐξουθενεῖς σου τὸν ἀδελφόν σὺ 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: "it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!" or "stop judging and despising your brother!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The "judgment seat" refers to God's authority to judge. Alternate translation: "For God will judge us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The "judgment seat" refers to God's authority to judge. Alternate translation: "For God will judge us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ," ἐγώ 1 For it is written, "As You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "For someone has written in the Scriptures: 'As" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: "You can be certain that this is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words "knee" and "tongue" to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word "God" to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "every person will bow and give praise to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -967,19 +967,19 @@ ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself "by its nature" or "because o
|
|||
ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "But if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ γὰρ διὰ βρῶμα ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt "If you hurt your fellow believer's faith over the matter of food." Here the word "your" refers to those who are strong in faith and "brother" refers to those who are weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: "then you are no longer showing love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω βλασφημείσθω βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ τὸ ἀγαθόν ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil "If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good"
|
||||
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ,, δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: "For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: "then you are no longer showing love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil "If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good"
|
||||
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ,, δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: "For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "people will approve of him" or "people will respect him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here "build up one another" refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: "let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: "Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: "Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that "causes him to stumble" means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: "but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 21 mrr4 0 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense "It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin"
|
||||
ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 21 e1du σου 1 your This refers to the strong in faith and "brother" refers to the weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This refers back to the beliefs about food and drink.
|
||||
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you 0 you ... yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves "Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do"
|
||||
ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves "Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do"
|
||||
ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive 0 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway" or "The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is "not from faith" is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: "God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is "not from faith" is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: "you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1
|
|||
ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here "the fathers" refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: "the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: "and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy"
|
||||
ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as someone has written in the Scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ τῷ ὀνόματί ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here "your name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "sing praise to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here "your name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "sing praise to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 10 yvy9 0 Again it says "Again the scripture says"
|
||||
ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God's people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: "with the people of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 11 xw7t καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 praise him "praise the Lord"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Jes
|
|||
ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here "him" refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: "The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "fill you with great joy and peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι πέπεισμαι, πέπεισμαι δέ δέ δέ ἀδελφοί μου καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: "I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι, δέ ἀδελφοί μου καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: "I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: "filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 also able to exhort one another Here "exhort" means to teach. Alternate translation: "also able to teach each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1026,12 +1026,12 @@ ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives 0 by the power of signs and wonders, and by
|
|||
ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ, καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of Jerusalem as far as the province of Illyricum, a region close to Italy.
|
||||
ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως, φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, δὲ οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: "Because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον οἰκοδομῶ οἰκοδομῶ' ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον 1 in order that I might not build upon another man's foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: "in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else's foundation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον οἰκοδομῶ' θεμέλιον 1 in order that I might not build upon another man's foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: "in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else's foundation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-activepassive 0 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: "What is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the "tidings" or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: "Those whom no one had told the news about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the "tidings" or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: "Those whom no one had told the news about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray.
|
||||
ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "they also hindered me" or "people also hindered me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: "there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "they also hindered me" or "people also hindered me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: "there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain This is a roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing "as I pass through Rome" or "while I am on my way"
|
||||
ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: "that you will help me on my journey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν Μακεδονία καὶ
|
|||
ROM 15 27 w5ap 0 Yes, it was their good pleasure "The believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it"
|
||||
ROM 15 27 tfz1 0 indeed, they are their debtors "indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem"
|
||||
ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ τοῖς, πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη ὀφείλουσιν καὶ λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them "since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles owe service to the Jerusalem believers"
|
||||
ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected for them. Alternate translation: "and have safely delivered this offering to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected for them. Alternate translation: "and have safely delivered this offering to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit οἶδα δὲ ὅτι ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: "And I know that when I visit you, Christ will abundantly bless us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here.
|
||||
ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you "I encourage you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμ
|
|||
ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names 0 Philologus ... Nereus ... Olympas These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The name of a woman. Julia was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers
|
||||
ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers
|
||||
ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the churches of Christ. Alternate translation: "The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God.
|
||||
ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1093,12 +1093,12 @@ ROM 16 17 j9x7 0 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned "The
|
|||
ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them "Turn away" here is an metaphor for "refuse to listen." Alternate translation: "Do not listen to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words "they serve" are understood from the previous phrase. This can be expressed as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "Rather, they serve their own stomach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here "stomach" is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: "but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words "smooth" and "flattering" mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: "By saying things that seem to be good and true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words "smooth" and "flattering" mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: "By saying things that seem to be good and true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "they deceive the innocent believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 m9h5 ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: "those who innocently trust them" or "those who do not know these teachers are fooling them"
|
||||
ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification 0 For your example of obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers' obedience as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: "For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil "not involved in doing evil things"
|
||||
ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase "crush under your feet" refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: "Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase "crush under your feet" refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: "Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him.
|
||||
ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος, καὶ Ἰάσων, καὶ Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names 0 Tertius, who write this epistle down Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1307.
|
148
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
148
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
|
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 01 02 r9kg τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 to the church of God at Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the intended audience. Alternate translation: "wrote this letter to you in Corinth who believe in God"
|
||||
1CO 01 02 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here "sanctified" refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: "to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God" or "to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus"
|
||||
1CO 01 02 e8jw figs-activepassive τῇ οὔσῃ κλητοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις 1 who are called to be holy people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God has called to be holy people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 01 02 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word "name" here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "who call on the Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 01 02 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word "name" here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "who call on the Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 01 02 l9rq figs-inclusive 0 their Lord and ours The word "ours" includes Paul's audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 01 03 gc2b 0 General Information: Paul and Sosthenes wrote this letter to the Christians who belonged to the church in Corinth.
|
||||
1CO 01 03 gc2b figs-you 0 General Information: Unless otherwise noted, such words as "you" and "your" refer to Paul's audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 01 06 h9zk τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the testimony about Christ has been confirmed as true among you Possible meanings are 1) "you saw for yourselves that what we had said about Christ was true" or 2) "other people learned from seeing how you now live that what we and you say about Christ is true."
|
||||
1CO 01 07 t2hd ὥστε 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true"
|
||||
1CO 01 07 p5y6 figs-litotes 0 you lack no spiritual gift This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "you have every spiritual gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1CO 01 07 fe4q τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) "the time when God will reveal the Lord Jesus Christ" or 2) "the time when our Lord Jesus Christ will reveal himself."
|
||||
1CO 01 07 fe4q τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) "the time when God will reveal the Lord Jesus Christ" or 2) "the time when our Lord Jesus Christ will reveal himself."
|
||||
1CO 01 08 pif5 0 you will be blameless There will be no reason for God to condemn you.
|
||||
1CO 01 09 u6w6 πιστὸς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God is faithful "God will do everything he has said he will do"
|
||||
1CO 01 09 kx3z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1CO 01 10 spu8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that they are to live in unity with each other and that the message of the cross of Christ, not baptism by people, is what saves.
|
||||
1CO 01 10 k7gw ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 01 10 sw54 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "by means of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 01 10 u4y2 ἵνα τὸ τὸ αὐτὸ αὐτὸ λέγητε λέγητε πάντες 1 that you all agree "that you live in harmony with one another"
|
||||
1CO 01 10 sw54 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "by means of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 01 10 u4y2 ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ λέγητε πάντες 1 that you all agree "that you live in harmony with one another"
|
||||
1CO 01 10 j75c 0 that there be no divisions among you "that you do not divide into separate groups among yourselves"
|
||||
1CO 01 10 emt2 ἦτε κατηρτισμένοι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ 1 be joined together with the same mind and by the same purpose "live in unity"
|
||||
1CO 01 11 e8jb 0 Chloe's people This refers to family members, servants, and others who are part of the household of which Chloe, a woman, is the head.
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 01 14 lv4y translate-names Γάϊον 1 Gaius He traveled with the Apostle Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 01 15 hv3m figs-metonymy 0 This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name Here "name" represents "authority." This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul's disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 01 16 ed59 translate-names τὸν Στεφανᾶ οἶκον 1 the household of Stephanas This refers to the family members and slaves in the house where Stephanas, a man, was the head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 01 17 tg7i οὐ ἀπέστειλέν ἀπέστειλέν με Χριστὸς βαπτίζειν 1 Christ did not send me to baptize This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul's ministry.
|
||||
1CO 01 17 tg7i οὐ ἀπέστειλέν με Χριστὸς βαπτίζειν 1 Christ did not send me to baptize This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul's ministry.
|
||||
1CO 01 17 zn1n figs-activepassive 0 words of human wisdom ... the cross of Christ should not be emptied of its power Paul speaks of "words of human wisdom" as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "words of human wisdom ... those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power" or "words of human wisdom ... people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 01 18 j7cw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes God's wisdom rather than man's wisdom.
|
||||
1CO 01 18 fq4x ὁ λόγος τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the message about the cross "the preaching about the crucifixion" or "the message of Christ's dying on the cross"
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 01 20 m6tf figs-rquestion 0 Where is the wise person? Where is the scholar? Where is the debater of this world? Paul emphasizes that truly wise people are nowhere to be found. Alternate translation: "Compared with the wisdom of the gospel, there are no wise people, no scholars, no debaters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 01 20 rkf9 γραμματεύς 1 the scholar a person who is recognized as someone who has studied a great deal
|
||||
1CO 01 20 u5j5 συνζητητὴς 1 the debater a person who argues about what he knows or who is skilled in such arguments
|
||||
1CO 01 20 a7zl figs-rquestion ἐμώρανεν? ὁ Θεὸς ἐμώρανεν οὐχὶ σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου ἐμώρανεν τὴν 1 Has not God turned the wisdom of the world into foolishness? Paul uses this question to emphasize what God has done to the wisdom of this world. Alternate translation: "God has shown that everything they call wisdom is really foolishness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 01 20 a7zl figs-rquestion ἐμώρανεν? ὁ Θεὸς οὐχὶ σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου τὴν 1 Has not God turned the wisdom of the world into foolishness? Paul uses this question to emphasize what God has done to the wisdom of this world. Alternate translation: "God has shown that everything they call wisdom is really foolishness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 01 21 d7xw τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 those who believe Possible meanings are 1) "all who believe the message" or 2) "all who believe in Christ."
|
||||
1CO 01 22 v9fa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul and other Bible teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 01 23 ntu3 figs-activepassive Χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 Christ crucified "about Christ, who died on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 02 09 j9ib figs-metonymy 0 Things that no eye has seen, no ear has heard, no mind has imagined This is a triplet referring to all parts of a person to emphasize that no man has ever been aware of the things that God has prepared. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 02 09 t61v 0 the things that God has prepared for those who love him The Lord has created in heaven wonderful surprises for those who love him.
|
||||
1CO 02 10 ul14 0 These are the things Paul speaks of the truths about Jesus and the cross. If [1 Corinthians 2:9](../02/09.md) is treated as an incomplete sentence, "these are the things."
|
||||
1CO 02 11 h4p8 figs-rquestion γὰρ? οἶδεν ἀνθρώπου' ἀνθρώπου τοῦ εἰ τίς τὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν αὐτῷ μὴ 1 For who knows a person's thoughts except the spirit of the person in him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: "No one knows what a person is thinking except that person's spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 02 11 h4p8 figs-rquestion γὰρ? οἶδεν ἀνθρώπου' τοῦ εἰ τίς τὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν αὐτῷ μὴ 1 For who knows a person's thoughts except the spirit of the person in him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: "No one knows what a person is thinking except that person's spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 02 11 i47d τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 spirit of the person This refers to a person's inner being, his own spiritual nature.
|
||||
1CO 02 11 gw3u figs-doublenegatives 0 no one knows the deep things of God except the Spirit of God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "only the Spirit of God knows the deep things of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 02 12 zbv8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 02 13 yg45 0 The Spirit interprets spiritual words with spiritual wisdom "The Spirit explains uses his own spiritual wisdom to explain spiritual words"
|
||||
1CO 02 14 cve2 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 02 14 hq3u ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος 1 unspiritual person the non-Christian person, who has not received the Holy Spirit
|
||||
1CO 02 14 gwe3 ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται ἀνακρίνεται 1 because they are spiritually discerned "because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit"
|
||||
1CO 02 14 gwe3 ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται 1 because they are spiritually discerned "because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit"
|
||||
1CO 02 15 w4q7 ὁ πνευματικὸς 1 The one who is spiritual "The believer who has received the Spirit"
|
||||
1CO 02 16 m4pu figs-rquestion 0 For who can know the mind of the Lord, that he can instruct him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows the mind of the Lord. No one is as wise as the Lord. Alternate translation: "No one can know the mind of the Lord, so no one can teach him anything he does not already know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 03 intro g6ku 0 # 1 Corinthians 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verses 19 and 20.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Fleshly people<br>The Corinthian believers were immature because of their unrighteous actions. He calls them "fleshly," meaning acting as nonbelievers. This term is used in opposition to those who are "spiritual." Christians following their "flesh" are acting foolishly. They are following the wisdom of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. Paul uses "babies" and "milk" to illustrate spiritual immaturity. He uses the metaphors of planting and watering to describe the roles he and Apollos played in growing the church in Corinth. Paul uses other metaphors to help teach spiritual truths to the Corinthians and to help them to understand his teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[1 Corinthians 03:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 03 08 za43 ἕν εἰσιν 1 are one Possible meanings are "one" are 1) "united in purpose" or 2) "equal in importance."
|
||||
1CO 03 08 zd36 μισθὸν 1 wages an amount of money that a worker receives for his work
|
||||
1CO 03 09 gj26 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 we This refers to Paul and Apollos but not the Corinthian church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 03 09 r9sn Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ συνεργοί 1 God's fellow workers Paul considers himself and Apollos as working together.
|
||||
1CO 03 09 lqg1 figs-metaphor Θεοῦ ἐστε' Θεοῦ γεώργιον 1 You are God's garden Possible meanings are 1) being God's garden represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: "You are like a garden that belongs to God" or 2) being God's garden represents God causing us to grow. Alternate translation: "You are like a garden that God makes grow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 03 09 l2fq figs-metaphor Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ οἰκοδομή 1 God's building Possible meanings are 1) being God's building represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: "and you are like a building that belongs to God" or 2) being God's building represents God causing us to become what he wants. Alternate translation: "and you are like a building that God is constructing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 03 09 r9sn Θεοῦ' συνεργοί 1 God's fellow workers Paul considers himself and Apollos as working together.
|
||||
1CO 03 09 lqg1 figs-metaphor Θεοῦ ἐστε' γεώργιον 1 You are God's garden Possible meanings are 1) being God's garden represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: "You are like a garden that belongs to God" or 2) being God's garden represents God causing us to grow. Alternate translation: "You are like a garden that God makes grow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 03 09 l2fq figs-metaphor Θεοῦ' οἰκοδομή 1 God's building Possible meanings are 1) being God's building represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: "and you are like a building that belongs to God" or 2) being God's building represents God causing us to become what he wants. Alternate translation: "and you are like a building that God is constructing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 03 10 iln9 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 According to the grace of God that was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "According to the task that God freely gave me to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 03 10 a69q figs-metaphor θεμέλιον ἔθηκα 1 I laid a foundation Paul equates his teaching of faith and salvation in Jesus Christ to laying a foundation for a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 03 10 pwi7 figs-metaphor 0 another is building on it Paul is referring to the person or people who are teaching the Corinthians at that time as if they are carpenters who are constructing the building above the foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,13 +149,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 03 13 ndu3 figs-metaphor 0 For it will be revealed in fire. The fire will test the quality of what each one had done Just as fire will reveal the strengths or destroy the weaknesses of a building, God's fire will judge man's efforts and activities. Alternate translation: "God will use fire to show the quality of his work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 03 14 t8yv 0 General Information: The terms "a person" and "anyone's" and "he" and "himself" refer to believers.
|
||||
1CO 03 14 s4u3 τὸ ἔργον μενεῖ 1 work remains "work lasts" or "work survives"
|
||||
1CO 03 15 c2xj figs-activepassive εἴ τινος' τινος τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται 1 if anyone's work is burned up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if the fire destroys anyone's work" or "if the fire ruins anyone's work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 03 15 c2xj figs-activepassive εἴ τινος' τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται 1 if anyone's work is burned up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if the fire destroys anyone's work" or "if the fire ruins anyone's work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 03 15 ups4 figs-abstractnouns ζημιωθήσεται 1 he will suffer loss The abstract noun "loss" can be expressed with the verb "lose." Alternate translation: "he will lose his reward" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 03 15 w1zv figs-activepassive αὐτὸς σωθήσεται σωθήσεται δὲ 1 but he himself will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but God will save him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 03 15 w1zv figs-activepassive αὐτὸς σωθήσεται δὲ 1 but he himself will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but God will save him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 03 16 uq2g figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that you are God's temple and that the Spirit of God lives in you? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You act as though you do not know that you are God's temple and the Spirit of God lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 03 18 glg8 μηδεὶς ἑαυτὸν ἐξαπατάτω ἐξαπατάτω 1 Let no one deceive himself Nobody should believe the lie that he himself is wise in this world.
|
||||
1CO 03 18 glg8 μηδεὶς ἑαυτὸν ἐξαπατάτω 1 Let no one deceive himself Nobody should believe the lie that he himself is wise in this world.
|
||||
1CO 03 18 p3wi ἐν αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age according to the way people who do not believe decide what is wise
|
||||
1CO 03 18 s7xi figs-irony μωρὸς γενέσθω" μωρὸς" 1 let him become a "fool" "that person should be willing to have people who do not believe call him a fool" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 03 18 s7xi figs-irony μωρὸς γενέσθω"" 1 let him become a "fool" "that person should be willing to have people who do not believe call him a fool" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 03 19 zws3 ὁ δρασσόμενος τοὺς σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 He catches the wise in their craftiness God traps the people who think they are clever and uses their own schemes to trap them.
|
||||
1CO 03 20 la6x Κύριος γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν ὅτι εἰσὶν μάταιοι 1 The Lord knows that the reasoning of the wise is futile "The Lord knows that what people who think they are wise plan to do is futile"
|
||||
1CO 03 20 kz2u μάταιοι 1 futile useless
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 04 07 e8l2 figs-rquestion 0 why do you boast as if you had not done so? Paul was rebuking them for boasting in what they had. Alternate translation: "you should not boast as if you had not done so." or "you have no right to boast!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 04 07 rqd7 0 as if you had not done so The phrase "done so" refers to freeling receiving what they had. Alternate translation: "as you you had not freely received it" or "as if you had earned it"
|
||||
1CO 04 08 yp8s figs-irony 0 General Information: Paul uses irony here to shame the Corinthians and make them realize that they are sinning when they are proud of themselves and their teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 04 09 bb41 figs-parallelism ὁ Θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἀπέδειξεν ἀπέδειξεν 1 God has put us apostles on display Paul expresses two ways how God has put his apostles on display for the world to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 04 09 vfq3 figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἀπέδειξεν ἀπέδειξεν 1 has put us apostles on display God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners at the end of a Roman military parade, who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 04 09 bb41 figs-parallelism ὁ Θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἀπέδειξεν 1 God has put us apostles on display Paul expresses two ways how God has put his apostles on display for the world to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 04 09 vfq3 figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἀπέδειξεν 1 has put us apostles on display God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners at the end of a Roman military parade, who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 04 09 cs4r figs-metaphor 0 like men sentenced to death God put the apostles on display like men who are about to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 04 09 cqh4 figs-merism τῷ κόσμῳ— ἀγγέλοις, καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 to the world—to angels, and to human beings Possible meanings are 1) "the world" consists of both supernatural ("angels") and natural ("human beings") or 2) the list consists of three items: "to the world, to angels, and to human beings." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 04 10 fkw2 figs-irony 0 We are fools ... in dishonor Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -206,21 +206,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 05 01 e66c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now specifically states about what sin of theirs he has heard, and how the Corinthian believers are proud of their acceptance of that man and his sin.
|
||||
1CO 05 01 dlj2 figs-activepassive 0 that is not even permitted among the Gentiles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that not even the Gentiles permit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 05 01 b9xn 0 A man has his father's wife "A man among you is commiting adultery with his father's wife"
|
||||
1CO 05 01 lxp1 πατρὸς' γυναῖκά πατρὸς 1 father's wife the wife of his father, but probably not his own mother
|
||||
1CO 05 01 lxp1 πατρὸς' γυναῖκά 1 father's wife the wife of his father, but probably not his own mother
|
||||
1CO 05 02 zk7g figs-rquestion 0 Should you not mourn instead? This rhetorical question is used to scold the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You should mourn over this instead!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 05 02 rr93 figs-activepassive ἀρθῇ ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν ὁ τοῦτο ποιήσας 1 The one who did this must be removed from among you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "You must remove the one who did this from among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 05 03 xm4e παρὼν τῷ πνεύματι 1 I am present in spirit "I am with you in spirit." Being with them in spirit represents caring about them or wanting to be with them. Alternate translation: "I care about you" or "I want to be with you"
|
||||
1CO 05 03 ax3u ἤδη κέκρικα κέκρικα τὸν τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον 1 I have already passed judgment on the one who did this Possible meanings are 1) "I have decided decided what you should do with the one who did this" or 2) "I have found the person who did this guilty"
|
||||
1CO 05 03 ax3u ἤδη κέκρικα τὸν τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον 1 I have already passed judgment on the one who did this Possible meanings are 1) "I have decided decided what you should do with the one who did this" or 2) "I have found the person who did this guilty"
|
||||
1CO 05 04 m9yz 0 When you are assembled "When you are together" or "When you meet together"
|
||||
1CO 05 04 t83d figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Possible meanings are 1) the name of the Lord Jesus is a metonym that represents his authority. Alternate translation: "with the authority of our Lord Jesus" or 2) being assembled in the Lord's name implies meeting together to worship him. Alternate translation: "to worship our Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 05 05 xcf6 figs-metaphor παραδοῦναι παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 hand this man over to Satan Handing the man over to Satan represents not allowing the man to be part of their group so that Satan would be allowed to harm him. Alternate translation: "make this man leave your group so that Satan can harm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 05 05 xcf6 figs-metaphor παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 hand this man over to Satan Handing the man over to Satan represents not allowing the man to be part of their group so that Satan would be allowed to harm him. Alternate translation: "make this man leave your group so that Satan can harm him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 05 05 nq4y figs-metaphor εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός 1 for the destruction of the flesh Possible meanings are 1) "flesh" refers to his physical body. Alternate translation: "so that Satan may harm his body" or 2) "flesh" is a metaphor for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "so that his sinful nature will be destroyed" or "so that he will not continue to live according to his sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 05 05 z2cl figs-activepassive ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 so that his spirit may be saved on the day of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God may save his spirit on the day of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 05 06 h2hk 0 Your boasting is not good "Your boasting is bad"
|
||||
1CO 05 06 ng4m figs-metaphor οἴδατε? οἴδατε ὅτι μικρὰ οὐκ ζυμοῖ τὸ ὅλον φύραμα ζύμη 1 Do you not know that a little yeast leavens the whole loaf? Just as a little yeast spreads throughout a whole loaf of bread, so can a little sin impact the entire fellowship of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 05 06 ng4m figs-metaphor οἴδατε? ὅτι μικρὰ οὐκ ζυμοῖ τὸ ὅλον φύραμα ζύμη 1 Do you not know that a little yeast leavens the whole loaf? Just as a little yeast spreads throughout a whole loaf of bread, so can a little sin impact the entire fellowship of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 05 07 ret3 figs-metaphor Χριστός, τὸ Πάσχα ἡμῶν, ἐτύθη 1 Christ, our Passover lamb, has been sacrificed As the Passover lamb covered the sins of Israel by faith each year, so did Christ's death cover the sins of all who trust in Christ by faith for eternity. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord has sacrificed Christ, our Passover lamb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 05 09 nrb4 πόρνοις 1 sexually immoral people This refers to people who claim to believe in Christ but behave in this manner.
|
||||
1CO 05 10 xp48 τοῖς πόρνοις τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου 1 the immoral people of this world people who have chosen to live an immoral lifestyle, who are not believers
|
||||
1CO 05 10 xp48 τοῖς πόρνοις τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the immoral people of this world people who have chosen to live an immoral lifestyle, who are not believers
|
||||
1CO 05 10 taf5 τοῖς πλεονέκταις 1 the greedy "those who are greedy" or "those who are willing to be dishonest to get what others have"
|
||||
1CO 05 10 hu63 ἅρπαξιν 1 swindlers This means people who cheat to get others' property.
|
||||
1CO 05 10 m59j ὠφείλετε ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελθεῖν 1 you would need to go out of the world "you would need to avoid all people"
|
||||
|
|
@ -234,10 +234,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 06 01 q5d3 πρᾶγμα 1 dispute disagreement or argument
|
||||
1CO 06 01 gmy5 figs-rquestion 0 does he dare to go ... saints? Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: "he should not dare to go ... saints!" or "he should be fear God and not go ... saints!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 01 f7s8 0 civil court where a local government judge considers cases and decides who is right
|
||||
1CO 06 02 i1m5 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν? 1 Do you not know that the believers will judge the world? Paul is shaming the Corinthians for acting like they do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 02 i1m5 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν? 1 Do you not know that the believers will judge the world? Paul is shaming the Corinthians for acting like they do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 02 i67f figs-rquestion 0 If then, you will judge the world, are you not able to settle matters of little importance? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: "you will judge the world in the future, so you should be able to settle this matter now." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 03 h374 0 judge matters of this life "stop arguments about things that have to do with this life"
|
||||
1CO 06 03 us55 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν? 1 Do you not know that we will judge the angels? Paul is surprised that they do not seem to know. Alternate translation: "You know that we will judge the angels." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 03 us55 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν? 1 Do you not know that we will judge the angels? Paul is surprised that they do not seem to know. Alternate translation: "You know that we will judge the angels." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 03 v5r5 figs-inclusive κρινοῦμεν 1 we Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 06 03 x6h3 figs-rquestion 0 How much more, then, can we judge matters of this life? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: "Because we know we will judge the angels, we can also be sure that God will enable us to judge matters in this life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 04 vw5t figs-rquestion 0 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question or 2) this is a statement, "When in the past you have settled matters that are important in this life, you have not handed off disputes between Christians to be settled by unbelievers" or 3) this is a command, "When you settle matters that are important in this life, it is even to those who have no standing in the church that you should hand off disputes to be settled!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 06 07 sv9j ἤδη ἥττημα ἐστιν 1 is already a defeat "is already a failure"
|
||||
1CO 06 07 tn9m figs-rquestion 0 Why not rather suffer the wrong? Why not rather allow yourselves to be cheated? Paul continues to shame the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "It would be better to let others wrong you and cheat you than to take them to court." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 08 kk7b 0 your own brothers All believers in Christ are brothers and sisters of each other. "your own fellow believers"
|
||||
1CO 06 09 h17l figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε οἴδατε ὅτι 1 Do you not know that Paul emphasizes that they should already know this truth. Alternate translation: "You already know that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 09 h17l figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι 1 Do you not know that Paul emphasizes that they should already know this truth. Alternate translation: "You already know that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 09 t1rt figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 06 09 vqx4 Θεοῦ Βασιλείαν κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit the kingdom of God God will not judge them as righteous at the judgment, and they will not enter eternal life.
|
||||
1CO 06 09 h2na figs-merism 0 male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality Possible meanings are 1) this is a merism for all homosexual activity or 2) Paul is naming two different activities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 06 13 jta4 0 Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food One possible meanings is that the speaker is speaking indirectly of the body and sex, but you should translate this literally as "stomach" and "food."
|
||||
1CO 06 13 uc1v καταργήσει 1 do away with "destroy"
|
||||
1CO 06 14 ev9l τὸν Κύριον ἤγειρεν 1 raised the Lord "caused the Lord to live again"
|
||||
1CO 06 15 gt2x figs-metaphor οἴδατε? οἴδατε ὅτι ὑμῶν οὐκ σώματα ἐστιν μέλη Χριστοῦ τὰ 1 Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ? The word translated as "members" refers to parts of a body. Our belonging to Christ is spoken of as if we were parts of his body. We belong to him so much that even our bodies belong to him. Paul uses this question to remind the people of something they should already know. Alternate translation: "You should know that your bodies belong to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 15 gt2x figs-metaphor οἴδατε? ὅτι ὑμῶν οὐκ σώματα ἐστιν μέλη Χριστοῦ τὰ 1 Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ? The word translated as "members" refers to parts of a body. Our belonging to Christ is spoken of as if we were parts of his body. We belong to him so much that even our bodies belong to him. Paul uses this question to remind the people of something they should already know. Alternate translation: "You should know that your bodies belong to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 15 f4vd figs-rquestion 0 Shall I then take away the members of Christ and join them to a prostitute? May it not be! Paul uses this question to emphasize how wrong it is for someone who belongs to Christ to go to a prostitute. Alternate translation: "I am part of Christ. I will not take my body and join myself to a prostitute!" or "We are parts of Christ's body. We must not take our bodies and join ourselves to prostitutes!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 15 kmt2 μὴ γένοιτο γένοιτο! 1 May it not be! "That should never happen!" or "We must never do that!"
|
||||
1CO 06 15 kmt2 μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it not be! "That should never happen!" or "We must never do that!"
|
||||
1CO 06 16 seg6 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that ... her? Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. "I want to remind you that ... her." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 06 16 z54k figs-activepassive 0 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 06 17 c2tb figs-activepassive 0 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 07 intro a25m 0 # 1 Corinthians 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins to answer a series of questions that the Corinthians may have asked him. The first question is about marriage. The second question is about a slave trying to become free, a Gentile becoming a Jew, or a Jew becoming a Gentile.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Divorce<br>Paul says married Christians should not divorce. A Christian married to an unbeliever should not leave their husband or wife. If the unbelieving husband or wife leaves, this is not a sin. Paul advises that, because of the difficult times and being near to time that Jesus will return, it is acceptable to remain unmarried. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Euphemisms<br>Paul uses many euphemisms to discreetly refer to sexual relations. This is often a sensitive topic. Many cultures do not wish to speak openly about these matters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br>
|
||||
1CO 07 01 iue7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the believers some specific instructions on marriage.
|
||||
1CO 07 01 y4lx δὲ 1 Now Paul is introducing a new topic in his teaching.
|
||||
1CO 07 01 jq21 ὧν ὧν ἐγράψατε 1 the issues you wrote about The Corinthians had written a letter to Paul to ask for answers to certain questions.
|
||||
1CO 07 01 jq21 ὧν ἐγράψατε 1 the issues you wrote about The Corinthians had written a letter to Paul to ask for answers to certain questions.
|
||||
1CO 07 01 erl5 :" καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι." 1 "It is good for a man not to touch a woman." Possible meanings are 1) Paul is quoting what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: "you wrote, 'It is good for a man not to touch a woman.'" or 2) Paul is saying what he really thinks. Alternate translation: "my answer is that yes, it is good for a man not to touch a woman."
|
||||
1CO 07 01 ui5c καλὸν 1 It is good "It is most helpful"
|
||||
1CO 07 01 cm7y ἀνθρώπῳ 1 for a man Possible meanings are 1) "a man" refers to a married man. Alternate translation: "a husband" or 2) "a man" refers to any man.
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,11 +299,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 07 02 fys4 0 But because of temptations for many immoral acts, each "But because Satan tempts people to commit sexual sin, each" or "But we desire to commit sexual sin because of our sinful nature, so each"
|
||||
1CO 07 03 mj8l figs-euphemism ὀφειλὴν 1 sexual rights Both husbands and wives are obligated to regularly sleep with their spouses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CO 07 03 vhv1 figs-ellipsis ὁμοίως ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί 1 likewise the wife to her husband The words "should give" and "sexual rights" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "likewise the wife should give to her husband his sexual rights" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 07 05 qq7u figs-euphemism μὴ ἀποστερεῖτε ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους 1 Do not deprive each other The word "deprive" means to keep from someone something that the other person has the right to receive. "Do not refuse to have marital relations with your spouse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 07 05 qq7u figs-euphemism μὴ ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους 1 Do not deprive each other The word "deprive" means to keep from someone something that the other person has the right to receive. "Do not refuse to have marital relations with your spouse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 07 05 uq6x 0 so that you may devote yourselves to prayer in order to have a period of especially deep prayer
|
||||
1CO 07 05 d3er σχολάσητε 1 devote yourselves "commit yourselves"
|
||||
1CO 07 05 s1ya 0 come together again "sleep together again"
|
||||
1CO 07 05 ii8n διὰ τὴν ἀκρασίαν ὑμῶν- τὴν ἀκρασίαν 1 because of your lack of self-control "because after some days, your sexual desires will be harder to keep under control"
|
||||
1CO 07 05 ii8n διὰ τὴν ἀκρασίαν ὑμῶν- 1 because of your lack of self-control "because after some days, your sexual desires will be harder to keep under control"
|
||||
1CO 07 06 xe7r 0 I say these things to you as a concession and not as a command Possible meanings are Paul is telling the Corinthians that he is allowing them, but not commanding them, 1) to marry and sleep together or 2) to stop sleeping together for a time.
|
||||
1CO 07 07 rbe7 0 were as I am Either Paul had never married or his wife had died. It is unlikely that he had been through a divorce.
|
||||
1CO 07 07 w9ld 0 But each one has his own gift from God. One has this kind of gift, and another that kind "God enables people to do different things. He enables one person to do one thing and another person to do something different"
|
||||
|
|
@ -311,9 +311,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 07 08 fq46 ταῖς χήραις 1 to widows "to women whose husband has died"
|
||||
1CO 07 08 r27x 0 it is good See how you translated this in [1 Corinthians 7:1](../07/01.md).
|
||||
1CO 07 09 ty79 πυροῦσθαι 1 to burn with passion "to live with the constant desire to sleep with someone"
|
||||
1CO 07 10 hc5p ἀπὸ μὴ χωρισθῆναι χωρισθῆναι 1 should not separate from Paul's readers knew no difference between separating and divorcing. To stop living with someone was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: "should not divorce"
|
||||
1CO 07 10 hc5p ἀπὸ μὴ χωρισθῆναι 1 should not separate from Paul's readers knew no difference between separating and divorcing. To stop living with someone was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: "should not divorce"
|
||||
1CO 07 11 lxf7 figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω 1 be reconciled to her husband This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "she should make peace with her husband and return to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 07 11 jd5w μὴ ἀφιέναι ἀφιέναι 1 should not divorce Paul's readers knew no difference between divorcing and simply separating. To do either was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: "should not separate from"
|
||||
1CO 07 11 jd5w μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 should not divorce Paul's readers knew no difference between divorcing and simply separating. To do either was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: "should not separate from"
|
||||
1CO 07 12 k9yd 0 content willing or satisfied
|
||||
1CO 07 13 mw6k ἄνδρα 1 husband This is the same Greek word as for "man."
|
||||
1CO 07 14 l84p figs-activepassive 0 For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife Possible meanings are 1) "For God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife" or 2) "God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 07 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει μενέτω 1 remain in the calling Here "calling" refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: "live and work as you did"
|
||||
1CO 07 21 ag5a figs-you 0 Were you ... called you? Do not be ... you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of "you" and the command "be" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 07 21 nli9 figs-rquestion 0 Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned This can be stated as a statement. Alternate translation: "To those who were slaves when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 07 22 l6vq Κυρίου' ἀπελεύθερος Κυρίου 1 the Lord's freeman This freeman is forgiven by God and therefore free from Satan and sin.
|
||||
1CO 07 22 l6vq Κυρίου' ἀπελεύθερος 1 the Lord's freeman This freeman is forgiven by God and therefore free from Satan and sin.
|
||||
1CO 07 23 m53p figs-activepassive τιμῆς ἠγοράσθητε 1 You have been bought with a price This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ bought you by dying for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 07 24 qu1l ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 07 24 c83e figs-activepassive 0 when we were called to believe This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when God called us to believe in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 07 25 qqz7 0 as one who, by the Lord's mercy, is trustworthy "because, by the Lord's mercy, I am trustworthy"
|
||||
1CO 07 27 a77x figs-you 0 General Information: Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if he were speaking to each person, so all these instances of "you" and the command "do not seek" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 07 27 k9td figs-rquestion δέδεσαι γυναικί? μὴ ζήτει 1 Are you married to a wife? Do not ... Paul uses this question to introduce a possible condition. The question can be translated as a phrase with "if." Alternate translation: "If you are married, do not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 07 27 x2lk μὴ ζήτει ζήτει λύσιν 1 Do not seek a divorce "Do not try to divorce her" or "Do try to separate from her"
|
||||
1CO 07 27 d79c μὴ ζήτει ζήτει γυναῖκα 1 do not seek a wife "do not try to get married"
|
||||
1CO 07 27 x2lk μὴ ζήτει λύσιν 1 Do not seek a divorce "Do not try to divorce her" or "Do try to separate from her"
|
||||
1CO 07 27 d79c μὴ ζήτει γυναῖκα 1 do not seek a wife "do not try to get married"
|
||||
1CO 07 28 whf5 figs-explicit 0 I want to spare you from this The word "this" refers to the kinds of worldly trouble that married people might have. Alternate translation: "I want to help you not to have worldly trouble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 07 29 r594 ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν 1 The time is short "There is little time" or "Time is almost gone"
|
||||
1CO 07 30 vm8k οἱ κλαίοντες 1 weep cry or grieve with tears
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 08 03 etd6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 that person is known by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 08 04 v4gx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: "We" and "us" here refer to all believers and include Paul's audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 08 04 y3ee figs-explicit 0 We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one Paul is probably quoting phrases that some Corinthians used. Being "nothing" represents having no power. Alternate translation: "We all know, as you yourselves like to say, that an idol in this world has no power and that there is no God but one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 08 05 sl8j λεγόμενοι- λεγόμενοι θεοὶ 1 so-called gods "things that people call gods"
|
||||
1CO 08 05 sl8j λεγόμενοι- θεοὶ 1 so-called gods "things that people call gods"
|
||||
1CO 08 05 l7ib πολλοὶ" θεοὶ" καὶ πολλοί" κύριοι 1 many "gods" and many "lords." Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
|
||||
1CO 08 06 y6hq 0 Yet for us there is only one God "Yet we know that there is only one God"
|
||||
1CO 08 07 th5p 0 General Information: Paul is speaking here of "weak" brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers' conscience.
|
||||
|
|
@ -397,20 +397,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 09 01 fu7x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how he uses the liberty he has in Christ.
|
||||
1CO 09 01 mdm4 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐλεύθερος? 1 Am I not free? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of the rights he has. Alternate translation: "I am a free person." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 01 dbp9 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος? 1 Am I not an apostle? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is and the rights he has. Alternate translation: "I am an apostle." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 01 re1t figs-rquestion οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα ἑόρακα? 1 Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: "I have seen Jesus our Lord." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 01 re1t figs-rquestion οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα? 1 Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: "I have seen Jesus our Lord." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 01 zd7e figs-rquestion οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ? 1 Are you not my workmanship in the Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: "You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 02 j6qz figs-metonymy ἡ σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord "Proof" here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: "you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 09 03 b17x 0 This is my defense ... me: Possible meanings are 1) the words that follow are Paul's defense or 2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul's defense. Alternate translation: "This is my defense ... me."
|
||||
1CO 09 04 mr4g figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν? 1 Do we not have the right to eat and drink? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: "We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 04 mr4g figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν? 1 Do we not have the right to eat and drink? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: "We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 04 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we Here "we" refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 09 05 s9k8 figs-rquestion 0 Do we not have the right to take along with us a wife who is a believer, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: "If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 06 wx1p figs-rquestion 0 Or is it only Barnabas and I who must work? Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You seem to think that the only people you think need to work to earn money are Barnabas and me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 07 f3qf figs-rquestion τίς στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις? 1 Who serves as a soldier at his own expense? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: "We all know that no soldier has to buy his own supplies." or "We all know that every soldier receives his supplies from the government." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 07 zh5m figs-rquestion τίς? ἀμπελῶνα καὶ ἐσθίει φυτεύει ἐσθίει αὐτοῦ τὸν καρπὸν οὐκ 1 Who plants a vineyard and does not eat its fruit? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: "We all know that the one who plants a vineyard will always eat its fruit." or "We all know that no one expects someone who plants a vineyard not to eat its fruits." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 07 zh5m figs-rquestion τίς? ἀμπελῶνα καὶ ἐσθίει φυτεύει αὐτοῦ τὸν καρπὸν οὐκ 1 Who plants a vineyard and does not eat its fruit? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: "We all know that the one who plants a vineyard will always eat its fruit." or "We all know that no one expects someone who plants a vineyard not to eat its fruits." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 07 r1ih figs-rquestion 0 Or who tends a flock and does not drink milk from it? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: "We all know that those who tend flocks get their drink from the flocks." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 08 jld4 figs-rquestion κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ταῦτα λαλῶ? 1 Do I say these things based on human authority? Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You seem to think that I am saying these things based on merely human authority." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 08 vy1n figs-rquestion 0 Does not the law also say this? Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You act as if you do not know that this is what is written in the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 09 h2d3 figs-you οὐ φιμώσεις φιμώσεις 1 Do not put Moses was speaking to the Israelites as if they were one person, so this command is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 09 09 h2d3 figs-you οὐ φιμώσεις 1 Do not put Moses was speaking to the Israelites as if they were one person, so this command is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 09 09 sxk2 figs-rquestion 0 Is it really the oxen that God cares about? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Alternate translation: "You should know without me telling you that it is not the oxen that God cares most about." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 10 x84t figs-rquestion 0 Is he not speaking about us? Paul asks a question to emphasize the statement he is making. Alternate translation: "Instead, God was certainly speaking about us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 10 f8f4 figs-exclusive 0 about us Here "us" refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 09 12 nr6u ἄλλοι 1 others other workers of the gospel
|
||||
1CO 09 12 q7vj τῆς ἐξουσίας 1 this right the right to have the believers at Corinth provide for the living expenses of those who told them the good news
|
||||
1CO 09 12 vt6t ἐνκοπὴν δῶμεν τῷ 1 be a hindrance to "be a burden to" or "stop the spread of"
|
||||
1CO 09 13 slf9 figs-rquestion οἴδατε? οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι οὐκ ἱερὰ ἐσθίουσιν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὰ 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple get their food from the temple? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: "I want to remind you that those who serve in the temple get their food from the temple." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 13 slf9 figs-rquestion οἴδατε? ὅτι οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι οὐκ ἱερὰ ἐσθίουσιν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὰ 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple get their food from the temple? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: "I want to remind you that those who serve in the temple get their food from the temple." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 13 wwj4 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know that those who serve at the altar share in what is offered on the altar? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: "I want to remind you that those who serve at the altar get some of the foods and meat that people offer on the altar." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 09 14 rj38 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ζῆν 1 get their living from the gospel The words "the gospel" here are a metonym for 1) the people to whom they tell the gospel, "receive their food and other things they need from those to whom they teach the good news," or 2) the result of working to tell the gospel, "receive their food and other things they need because they work to tell the good news." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 09 15 fs7a 0 these rights "these things that I deserve"
|
||||
|
|
@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 09 24 mh8z figs-metaphor 0 run to win the prize Paul is speaking of the reward God will give his faithful people as if it were a prize given for an athletic contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 09 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor 0 a wreath that is perishable ... one that is imperishable A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 09 26 k64n figs-metaphor 0 I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air Here "running" and "boxing" are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 09 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι γένωμαι γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: "the judge will not disqualify me" or "God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 09 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: "the judge will not disqualify me" or "God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: "Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?"<br><br>In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord's Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Exodus<br>Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>##### Eating meat sacrificed to idol<br>Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don't eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>##### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)<br>
|
||||
1CO 10 01 r66h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers' experiences with immorality and idolatry.
|
||||
1CO 10 01 g34f figs-inclusive οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word "our" refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -473,8 +473,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 11 j3z1 τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων 1 the end of the ages "the last days"
|
||||
1CO 10 12 df2p 0 does not fall does not sin or reject God
|
||||
1CO 10 13 a8vj figs-doublenegatives 0 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "The temptations that affect you are temptations that all people experience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 10 13 hc7q ὃς οὐκ ἐάσει ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε 1 He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability "He will only allow you to be tempted in ways that you are strong enough to resist"
|
||||
1CO 10 13 a72t figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐάσει ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι 1 will not let you be tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not allow anyone to tempt you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 13 hc7q ὃς οὐκ ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε 1 He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability "He will only allow you to be tempted in ways that you are strong enough to resist"
|
||||
1CO 10 13 a72t figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι 1 will not let you be tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not allow anyone to tempt you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 14 dab4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind them to be pure and to stay away from idolatry and immorality as he talks about communion, which represents the blood and body of Christ.
|
||||
1CO 10 14 n5tb figs-metaphor φεύγετε ἀπὸ τῆς εἰδωλολατρίας 1 run away from idolatry Paul is speaking of the practice of worshiping idols as if it were a physical thing like a dangerous animal. Alternate translation: "do all you can to get away from worshiping idols" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 10 16 gi4s figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας 1 The cup of blessing Paul is speaking of God's blessing as though it were the wine in the cup used in the ritual of the Lord's Supper. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 19 j8dj figs-rquestion 0 Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer the question in their minds so he does not have to tell them. Alternate translation: "You know that I am not saying that food sacrificed to an idol is not important." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 10 21 dy2g figs-metonymy οὐ δύνασθε ποτήριον Κυρίου πίνειν καὶ ποτήριον δαιμονίων 1 You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons Paul speaks of a person drinking from the same cup as the demon as evidence that that person is a friend of the demon. Alternate translation: "It is impossible for you to be true friends with both the Lord and demons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 10 21 qwk7 οὐ δύνασθε τραπέζης Κυρίου μετέχειν καὶ τραπέζης δαιμονίων 1 You cannot have fellowship at the table of the Lord and the table of demons "It is impossible for you to be truly one with the Lord's people and also with demons"
|
||||
1CO 10 22 l8ik ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον? 1 Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: "You should know without me telling you that it is not right to make the Lord jealous."
|
||||
1CO 10 22 l8ik ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον? 1 Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: "You should know without me telling you that it is not right to make the Lord jealous."
|
||||
1CO 10 22 h9fh παραζηλοῦμεν 1 provoke to anger or irritate
|
||||
1CO 10 22 zv17 figs-rquestion 0 Are we stronger than he is? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: "You should know without me telling you that we are not stronger than God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 10 23 ped1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul again reminds them of the law of liberty and doing everything for the benefit of others.
|
||||
|
|
@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 05 e1pz 0 as if her head were shaved as if she had removed all the hair on her head with a razor
|
||||
1CO 11 06 s4r5 0 If it is disgraceful for a woman It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short.
|
||||
1CO 11 06 i624 κατακαλύπτεται 1 cover her head place on her head the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders
|
||||
1CO 11 07 aa4r figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 should not have his head covered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) "must not cover his head" or 2) "does not need to cover his head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 07 aa4r figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 should not have his head covered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) "must not cover his head" or 2) "does not need to cover his head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 07 t5jn δόξα ἀνδρός 1 glory of the man Just as man reflects God's greatness, the woman reflects the man's character.
|
||||
1CO 11 08 s5ns figs-activepassive 0 For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 09 w8jm 0 For neither ... for man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word "this" in "this is why ... the angels" clearly refers back to the words "the woman is the glory of the man" in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -554,13 +554,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 22 d2cm καταφρονεῖτε 1 despise hate or treat with dishonor and disrespect
|
||||
1CO 11 22 w476 καταισχύνετε 1 humiliate embarrass or cause to feel shame
|
||||
1CO 11 22 nz88 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω ὑμῖν? ἐπαινέσω ἐπαινῶ? 1 What should I say to you? Should I praise you? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "I can say nothing good about this. I cannot praise you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 11 23 av31 ἐγὼ γὰρ παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα παρέδωκα, ὑμῖν ὅτι ὁ Κύριος 1 For I received from the Lord what I also passed on to you, that the Lord "For it was from the Lord that I heard what I told you, and it was this: the Lord"
|
||||
1CO 11 23 av31 ἐγὼ γὰρ παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα, ὑμῖν ὅτι ὁ Κύριος 1 For I received from the Lord what I also passed on to you, that the Lord "For it was from the Lord that I heard what I told you, and it was this: the Lord"
|
||||
1CO 11 23 c197 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδετο 1 on the night when he was betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "on the night that Judas Iscariot betrayed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 24 e19d 0 he broke it "he pulled pieces from it"
|
||||
1CO 11 24 f6hn τοῦτό μού ἐστιν τὸ σῶμα 1 This is my body "The bread I am holding is my body"
|
||||
1CO 11 25 gr2k τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup It is best to translate this literally. The Corinthians knew which cup he took, so it is not simply "a cup" or "some cup" or "any cup." Possible meanings are that it was 1) the cup of wine that one would expect him to use or 2) the third or fourth of the four cups of wine that the Jews drank at the Passover meal.
|
||||
1CO 11 25 z54e τοῦτο ποιεῖτε ὁσάκις πίνητε 1 Do this as often as you drink it "Drink from this cup, and as often as you drink from it"
|
||||
1CO 11 26 sj1l τοῦ Κυρίου καταγγέλλετε' τὸν θάνατον Κυρίου 1 proclaim the Lord's death teach about the crucifixion and resurrection
|
||||
1CO 11 26 sj1l τοῦ Κυρίου καταγγέλλετε' τὸν θάνατον 1 proclaim the Lord's death teach about the crucifixion and resurrection
|
||||
1CO 11 26 m89f figs-explicit ἄχρι οὗ ἔλθῃ 1 until he comes Where Jesus comes to can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "until Jesus comes back to the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 11 27 as6y ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν ἄρτον ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 eats the bread or drinks the cup of the Lord "eats the bread of the Lord or drinks the cup of the Lord"
|
||||
1CO 11 28 nhx7 figs-metaphor δοκιμαζέτω 1 examine Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how "test the quality" is translated in [1 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -569,15 +569,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 30 vx5t figs-euphemism 0 and some of you have fallen asleep "Sleep" here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: "and some of you have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]).
|
||||
1CO 11 30 bh6j figs-explicit 0 some of you If this would sound like Paul is talking to those who have died, you may need to make explicit that he is not. Alternate translation: "some of the members of your group" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 11 31 j6ml figs-metaphor διεκρίνομεν 1 examine Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 11 31 egl8 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα ἐκρινόμεθα 1 we will not be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not judge us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 32 ruq5 figs-activepassive κρινόμενοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου, παιδευόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ κατακριθῶμεν κατακριθῶμεν 1 we are judged by the Lord, we are disciplined, so that we may not be condemned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord judges us, he disciplines us, so that he will not condemn us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 31 egl8 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα 1 we will not be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not judge us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 32 ruq5 figs-activepassive κρινόμενοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου, παιδευόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ κατακριθῶμεν 1 we are judged by the Lord, we are disciplined, so that we may not be condemned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord judges us, he disciplines us, so that he will not condemn us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 33 maa7 συνερχόμενοι φαγεῖν 1 come together to eat gather to eat a meal together before celebrating the Lord's Supper
|
||||
1CO 11 33 nky5 ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε 1 wait for one another "allow the others to arrive before beginning the meal"
|
||||
1CO 11 34 v2uh ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω 1 let him eat at home "let him eat before attending this gathering"
|
||||
1CO 11 34 x1l8 figs-metonymy 0 it will not be for judgment "it will not be an occasion for God to discipline you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### Gifts of the Holy Spirit<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The Church, the body of Christ<br><br>This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "No one can say, 'Jesus is Lord,' except by the Holy Spirit."<br>In reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word "Lord" for the word "Yahweh." This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit's influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences.<br>
|
||||
1CO 12 01 da2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
|
||||
1CO 12 01 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "I want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 12 01 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "I want you to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 12 02 hbt8 figs-metaphor 0 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here "led astray" is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases "were led astray" and "you were led by them" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak" or "you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 03 zg4j 0 no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say Possible meanings are 1) "no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say" or 2) "no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say."
|
||||
1CO 12 03 jak6 0 Jesus is accursed "God will punish Jesus" or "God will make Jesus suffer"
|
||||
|
|
@ -598,11 +598,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 10 c14y ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 the interpretation of tongues This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: "the ability to interpret what is said in other languages"
|
||||
1CO 12 11 z383 τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα 1 one and the same Spirit God gives the gifts through the work of the one and only Holy Spirit. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md).
|
||||
1CO 12 12 j3xl 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk of the variety of gifts God gives believers, God gives different gifts to different believers, but Paul wants them to know that all believers are made into one body, which is called the body of Christ. For this reason believers should have unity.
|
||||
1CO 12 13 g8uk figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐβαπτίσθημεν ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 For by one Spirit we were all baptized Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, "For one Spirit baptized us" or 2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, "For in one Spirit we were all baptized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 g8uk figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 For by one Spirit we were all baptized Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, "For one Spirit baptized us" or 2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, "For in one Spirit we were all baptized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r9hm figs-metonymy εἴτε δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 whether bound or free "Bound" here is a metonym for "slaves." Alternate translation: "whether slave-people or free-people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r5kw figs-activepassive πάντες ἓν Πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν 1 all were made to drink of one Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God gave all of us the same Spirit, and we share the Spirit as people might share a drink" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 17 rsl6 figs-rquestion 0 where would the sense of hearing be? ... where would the sense of smell be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: "you could not hear anything ... you could not smell anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 19 zw6k ἓν μέλος μέλος 1 the same member The word "member" is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: "the same part of the body"
|
||||
1CO 12 19 zw6k ἓν μέλος 1 the same member The word "member" is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: "the same part of the body"
|
||||
1CO 12 19 y4vg figs-rquestion 0 where would the body be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: "there would be no body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 21 u9r9 0 I have no need of you "I do not need you"
|
||||
1CO 12 23 rrs6 ἀτιμότερα 1 less honorable "less important"
|
||||
|
|
@ -615,17 +615,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 28 l6p1 0 those who do the work of administration "those who govern the church"
|
||||
1CO 12 28 w726 0 those who have various kinds of tongues an individual who can speak in one or more foreign languages without having studied that language
|
||||
1CO 12 29 aq64 figs-rquestion 0 Are all of them apostles? Are all prophets? Are all teachers? Do all do powerful deeds? Paul is reminding his readers of what they already know. Alternate translation: "Only some of them are apostles. Only some of them are prophets. Only some of them are teachers. Only some of them do powerful deeds." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 p919 figs-rquestion πάντες χαρίσματα ἔχουσιν ἔχουσιν ἰαμάτων? 1 Do all of them have gifts of healing? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them have gifts of healing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 q8ht figs-rquestion πάντες γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν λαλοῦσιν? 1 Do all of them speak with tongues? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them speak with tongues." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 d3k8 figs-rquestion πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν διερμηνεύουσιν? 1 Do all of them interpret tongues? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them interpret tongues." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 p919 figs-rquestion πάντες χαρίσματα ἔχουσιν ἰαμάτων? 1 Do all of them have gifts of healing? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them have gifts of healing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 q8ht figs-rquestion πάντες γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν? 1 Do all of them speak with tongues? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them speak with tongues." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 d3k8 figs-rquestion πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν? 1 Do all of them interpret tongues? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them interpret tongues." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 ab9e διερμηνεύουσιν 1 interpret This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 12 31 vb1m ζηλοῦτε τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα. 1 Zealously seek the greater gifts. Possible meanings are 1) "You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church." or 2) "You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have."
|
||||
1CO 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Love<br><br>Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1CO 13 01 n8lm 0 Connecting Statement: Having just talked about the gifts that God gave to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important.
|
||||
1CO 13 01 cm2n figs-hyperbole 0 the tongues of ... angels Possible meanings are 1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or 2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 13 01 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 13 01 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 13 01 krt1 translate-unknown χαλκὸς 1 gong a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 01 qbx6 translate-unknown κύμβαλον κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 a clanging cymbal two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 01 qbx6 translate-unknown κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 a clanging cymbal two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 03 ar2q figs-activepassive παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου καυχήσωμαι 1 I give my body to be burned The phrase "to be burned" can be made active. Alternate translation: "I allow those who persecute me to burn me to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 13 04 m671 figs-personification 0 Love is patient and kind ... It is not arrogant Here Paul speaks about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 13 05 cp6x figs-personification 0 Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 05 z5my figs-synecdoche 0 The one who prophesies is greater Paul is emphasizing that the gift of prophecy is greater than the gift of speaking in tongues. Alternate translation: "The one who prophesies has a greater gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 05 g9k1 διερμηνεύῃ 1 interprets This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 14 06 l71k figs-rquestion τί ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσω? 1 how will I benefit you? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "I will not benefit you." or "I will not have done anything that helps you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 07 t3rb διαστολὴν τοῖς φθόγγοις μὴ δῷ δῷ 1 they do not produce different tones This refers to sounds of different pitch that make up the melody, not to the difference between a flute sound and a harp sound.
|
||||
1CO 14 07 t3rb διαστολὴν τοῖς φθόγγοις μὴ δῷ 1 they do not produce different tones This refers to sounds of different pitch that make up the melody, not to the difference between a flute sound and a harp sound.
|
||||
1CO 14 07 hq2u figs-rquestion 0 how will anyone know what tune the flute or harp is playing? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this themselves. Alternate translation: "no one will know what tune the flute or harp is playing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 07 yea4 0 tune melody or song
|
||||
1CO 14 08 z6jg figs-rquestion 0 how will anyone know when it is time to prepare for battle? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this themselves. Alternate translation: "no one would know when it is time to prepare for battle." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -665,24 +665,24 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 the outsider Possible meanings are 1) "another person" or 2) "people who are new to your group."
|
||||
1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ" τὸ ἀμήν" 1 say "Amen" "be able to agree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 a7wr figs-you σὺ μὲν εὐχαριστεῖς 1 you certainly give Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 w25k figs-metaphor ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται οἰκοδομεῖται 1 the other person is not built up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated "builds up" in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "the other person is not strengthened" or "what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 w25k figs-metaphor ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 the other person is not built up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated "builds up" in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "the other person is not strengthened" or "what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 19 cbw8 translate-numbers ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ 1 than ten thousand words in a tongue Paul was not counting words, but used exaggeration to emphasize that a few understandable words are far more valuable than even a great number of words in a language that people cannot understand. Alternate translation: "10,000 words" or "a great many words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 14 20 luu4 0 General Information: Paul tells them that speaking in different languages was told ahead of time by the prophet Isaiah many years before this speaking in other languages happened at the start of Christ's church.
|
||||
1CO 14 20 mh5t figs-metaphor μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν 1 do not be children in your thinking Here "children" is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: "do not think like children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 14 20 mh5t figs-metaphor μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν 1 do not be children in your thinking Here "children" is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: "do not think like children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 14 21 jx6l figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται," 1 In the law it is written, This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "The prophet wrote these words in the law:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 21 l9xz figs-parallelism 0 By men of strange tongues and by the lips of strangers These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 22 bp4j 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives specific instructions on an orderly way to use gifts in the church.
|
||||
1CO 14 22 qj5f figs-doublenegatives οὐ τοῖς ἀπίστοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 not for unbelievers, but for believers This can be expressed positively and combined with the other positive statement. Alternate translation: "only for believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 23 hj3d figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐροῦσιν ἐροῦσιν ὅτι μαίνεσθε? 1 would they not say that you are insane? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "they would say that you are insane." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 23 hj3d figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐροῦσιν ὅτι μαίνεσθε? 1 would they not say that you are insane? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "they would say that you are insane." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 24 xxy5 figs-parallelism 0 he would be convicted by all he hears. He would be judged by all that is said Paul says basically the same thing twice for emphasis. Alternate translation: "he would realize that he is guilty of sin because he hears what you are saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 ma47 figs-metonymy τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς τῆς καρδίας καρδίας αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται 1 The secrets of his heart would be revealed Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God would reveal to him the secrets of his heart" or "He would recognize his own private inner thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 ma47 figs-metonymy τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται 1 The secrets of his heart would be revealed Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God would reveal to him the secrets of his heart" or "He would recognize his own private inner thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 w31w figs-idiom 0 he would fall on his face and worship God "Fall on his face" here is an idiom, meaning to bow down. Alternate translation: "He would bow down and worship God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 14 26 bv9k figs-rquestion 0 What is next then, brothers? Paul uses a question to introduce the next part of his message. Alternate translation: "Because everything I have just told you is true, this is what you need to do, my fellow believers." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 26 xzz2 ἑρμηνίαν 1 interpretation This means a telling of what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how "interpret" is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 14 27 wc1z 0 and each one in turn "and they should speak one after another" or "and they should speak one at a time"
|
||||
1CO 14 27 zh9z figs-activepassive 0 interpret what is said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "interpret what they said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 27 ari2 διερμηνευέτω 1 interpret This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how "interpret" is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 14 29 a9iz προφῆται δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν λαλείτωσαν 1 Let two or three prophets speak Possible meanings are 1) only two or three prophets speak at any one meeting or 2) only two or three prophets take turns speaking at any one time.
|
||||
1CO 14 29 a9iz προφῆται δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν 1 Let two or three prophets speak Possible meanings are 1) only two or three prophets speak at any one meeting or 2) only two or three prophets take turns speaking at any one time.
|
||||
1CO 14 29 m5l8 figs-activepassive 0 to what is said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to what they say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 30 sl1q figs-activepassive 0 if an insight is given to one This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if God gives someone insight" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 14 31 xr69 καθ’ ἕνα προφητεύειν 1 prophesy one by one Only one person should prophesy at a time.
|
||||
|
|
@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 37 ab6u ἐπιγινωσκέτω 1 he should acknowledge A true prophet or truly spiritual person will accept Paul's writings as coming from the Lord.
|
||||
1CO 14 38 l68a figs-activepassive 0 let him not be recognized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you should not recognize him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 39 jvr7 0 do not forbid anyone from speaking in tongues Paul makes it clear that speaking in tongues at a church gathering is permissible and acceptable.
|
||||
1CO 14 40 d7ia πάντα δὲ εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω γινέσθω 1 But let all things be done properly and in order Paul is stressing that church gatherings should be held in an orderly manner. Alternate translation: "But do all things properly and in order" or "But do everything in an orderly, appropriate way"
|
||||
1CO 14 40 d7ia πάντα δὲ εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω 1 But let all things be done properly and in order Paul is stressing that church gatherings should be held in an orderly manner. Alternate translation: "But do all things properly and in order" or "But do everything in an orderly, appropriate way"
|
||||
1CO 0 # 1 Corinthians 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### Resurrection<br>This chapter includes a very important teaching about the resurrection of Jesus. The Greek people did not believe that a person could live after they died. Paul defends the resurrection of Jesus. He teaches why it is important to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Resurrection<br>Paul presents the resurrection as the ultimate proof that Jesus is God. Christ is the first of many who God will raise to life. The resurrection is central to the gospel. Few doctrines are as important as this one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>Paul uses many different figures of speech in this chapter. He uses them to express difficult theological teachings in a way that people can understand.<br>
|
||||
1CO 15 01 gc6n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that it is the gospel that saves them and he tells them again what the gospel is. Then he gives them a short history lesson, which ends with what will yet happen.
|
||||
1CO 15 01 la9v 0 remind you "help you remember"
|
||||
|
|
@ -741,12 +741,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 28 a1cd figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς ὑποταγήσεται 1 the Son himself will be subjected This can stated as active. Alternate translation: "the Son himself will become subject" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 28 ksj4 αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς 1 the Son himself In the previous verses he was referred to as "Christ." Alternate translation: "Christ, that is, the Son himself"
|
||||
1CO 15 28 im2j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς 1 Son This is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 a4d4 figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ? ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ποιήσουσιν τί βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν οἱ 1 Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead? Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Otherwise it would be useless for Christians to receive baptism for the dead." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 lw86 figs-hypo , εἰ ὅλως νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται ἐγείρονται τί βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν? 1 If the dead are not raised at all, why are they baptized for them? Paul uses a hypothetical situation to argue that the dead are raised. To say that the dead are not raised is to say that people should not be baptized for the dead. But some people, probably some members of the church in Corinth, are baptized for the dead, so he infers those people are baptized for the dead because they believe that the dead are raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 jdc9 figs-activepassive νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται ἐγείρονται 1 the dead are not raised This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God does not raise the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 t3yc οὐκ ἐγείρονται ἐγείρονται 1 are not raised "are not caused to live again"
|
||||
1CO 15 29 a4d4 figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ? ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι τί ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead? Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Otherwise it would be useless for Christians to receive baptism for the dead." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 lw86 figs-hypo , εἰ ὅλως νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται τί βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν? 1 If the dead are not raised at all, why are they baptized for them? Paul uses a hypothetical situation to argue that the dead are raised. To say that the dead are not raised is to say that people should not be baptized for the dead. But some people, probably some members of the church in Corinth, are baptized for the dead, so he infers those people are baptized for the dead because they believe that the dead are raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 jdc9 figs-activepassive νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 the dead are not raised This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God does not raise the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 t3yc οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 are not raised "are not caused to live again"
|
||||
1CO 15 29 s7kx figs-rquestion τί βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν? 1 why are they baptized for them? Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there would be no reason for them to have people baptize them on behalf of dead people." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 30 h4ra figs-rquestion τί καὶ, ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύομεν κινδυνεύομεν πᾶσαν ὥραν? 1 Why then, are we in danger every hour? Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. The reason he and others were in danger is that some people were angry that they taught that Jesus will raise people from death. Alternate translation: "If people will not rise from the dead, we gain nothing by being in danger every hour for teaching that people will rise." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 15 30 h4ra figs-rquestion τί καὶ, ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύομεν πᾶσαν ὥραν? 1 Why then, are we in danger every hour? Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. The reason he and others were in danger is that some people were angry that they taught that Jesus will raise people from death. Alternate translation: "If people will not rise from the dead, we gain nothing by being in danger every hour for teaching that people will rise." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 15 31 i7d7 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀποθνῄσκω! 1 I die every day! This exaggeration means he was in danger of dying. He knew that some people wanted to kill him because they did not like what he was teaching. Alternate translation: "Every day I am in danger of dying" or "Every day I risk my life!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 15 31 d51t 0 This is as sure as my boasting in you Paul uses this statement as evidence that he faces death every day. Alternate translation: "You can know that this is true, because you know about my boasting in you" or "You can know that this is true, because you know about how much I boast in you"
|
||||
1CO 15 31 znl3 figs-explicit 0 my boasting in you, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord Paul boasted in them because of what Christ Jesus had done for them. Alternate translation: "my boasting in you, which I do because of what Christ Jesus our Lord has done for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 35 e5lv 0 with what kind of body will they come That is, will it be a physical body or a spiritual body? What shape will the body have? What will the body be made of? Translate using the most general question that someone who wants to know the answers to these questions would ask.
|
||||
1CO 15 36 ha84 figs-you ἄφρων σὺ! ὃ σπείρεις 1 You are so ignorant! What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of "you" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 36 jnf9 ἄφρων σὺ 1 You are so ignorant "You do not know about this at all"
|
||||
1CO 15 36 q2zd figs-metaphor ὃ σπείρεις οὐ ζῳοποιεῖται ζῳοποιεῖται ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 What you sow will not start to grow unless it dies A seed will not grow unless it is first buried underground. In the same way, a person has to die before God can resurrect him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 36 q2zd figs-metaphor ὃ σπείρεις οὐ ζῳοποιεῖται ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 What you sow will not start to grow unless it dies A seed will not grow unless it is first buried underground. In the same way, a person has to die before God can resurrect him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 pw6v figs-metaphor 0 What you sow is not the body that will be Paul uses the metaphor of the seed again to say that God will resurrect the dead body of the believer, but that body will not appear as it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 h6zi figs-you ὃ σπείρεις 1 What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 38 dmx1 Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα καθὼς ἠθέλησεν 1 God will give it a body as he chooses "God will decide what kind of body it will have"
|
||||
|
|
@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 50 nz7s figs-metaphor σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα 1 flesh and blood Those who inhabit a body that is doomed to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 e4gd figs-metaphor κληρονομῆσαι 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 b9hc 0 is perishable ... is imperishable "can rot ... cannot rot." See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 51 k5dw figs-activepassive πάντες ἀλλαγησόμεθα ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 we will all be changed This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: "God will change us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 51 k5dw figs-activepassive πάντες ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 we will all be changed This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: "God will change us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 52 p8f8 figs-activepassive 0 We will be changed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will change us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 52 r4ix ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ 1 in the twinkling of an eye It will happen as fast as it takes for a person to blink his or her eye.
|
||||
1CO 15 52 h668 ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι 1 at the last trumpet "when the last trumpet sounds"
|
||||
|
|
@ -816,9 +816,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 16 03 yj6c οὓς ἐὰν δοκιμάσητε 1 whomever you approve Paul is telling the church to choose some of their own people to take their offering to Jerusalem. "whomever you choose" or "the people you appoint"
|
||||
1CO 16 03 j612 δι’ ἐπιστολῶν πέμψω 1 I will send with letters Possible meanings are 1) "I will send with letters that I will write" or 2) "I will send with letters that you will write."
|
||||
1CO 16 06 w94k 0 you may help me on my journey This means they might give Paul money or other things he needs so that he and his ministry team could continue to travel.
|
||||
1CO 16 07 xr88 οὐ θέλω θέλω ὑμᾶς ἄρτι ἰδεῖν 1 I do not wish to see you now Paul is stating that he wants to visit for a long time later, not just for a short time soon.
|
||||
1CO 16 07 xr88 οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἄρτι ἰδεῖν 1 I do not wish to see you now Paul is stating that he wants to visit for a long time later, not just for a short time soon.
|
||||
1CO 16 08 qkw9 τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 Pentecost Paul would stay in Ephesus until this festival, which came in May or June, 50 days after Passover. He would then travel through Macedonia, and later try to arrive in Corinth before winter started in November.
|
||||
1CO 16 09 fyj3 figs-metaphor θύρα θύρα ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη 1 a wide door has opened Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 09 fyj3 figs-metaphor θύρα ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη 1 a wide door has opened Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 10 p6vb βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 see that he is with you unafraid "see that he has no cause to fear being with you"
|
||||
1CO 16 11 f4mw 0 Let no one despise him Because Timothy was much younger than Paul, sometimes he was not shown the respect he deserved as a minister of the gospel.
|
||||
1CO 16 12 is6j figs-inclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word "our" refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1905.
|
|
|
@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ GAL 1 7 gy1i οἱ ταράσσοντες 1 some men "some people"
|
|||
GAL 1 8 i82d figs-hypo εὐαγγελίζηται 1 should proclaim This is describing something that has not happened and should not happen. Alternate translation: "would proclaim" or "were to proclaim" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 1 8 s5uq παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα 1 other than the one "different from the gospel" or "different from the message"
|
||||
GAL 1 8 xb2c ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 let him be cursed "God should punish that person forever." If your language has a common way of calling a curse down on someone, you should use that.
|
||||
GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion γὰρ? ἄρτι πείθω ἀνθρώπους ἢ τὸν πείθω? ἢ ζητῶ ἀρέσκειν ἀνθρώποις Θεόν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? These rhetorical questions expect the answer "no." Alternate translation: "I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I seek the approval of God. I am not seeking to please men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 1 10 fl3c , εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον ἤρεσκον Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ Both the "if" phrase and the "then" phrase are contrary to fact. "I am not still trying to please men; I am a servant of Christ" or "If I were still trying to please men, then I would not be a servant of Christ"
|
||||
GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion γὰρ? ἄρτι πείθω ἀνθρώπους ἢ τὸν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀρέσκειν ἀνθρώποις Θεόν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? These rhetorical questions expect the answer "no." Alternate translation: "I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I seek the approval of God. I am not seeking to please men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 1 10 fl3c , εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ Both the "if" phrase and the "then" phrase are contrary to fact. "I am not still trying to please men; I am a servant of Christ" or "If I were still trying to please men, then I would not be a servant of Christ"
|
||||
GAL 1 11 llg6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that he did not learn the gospel from others; he learned it from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 11 g1qg ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 1 11 k33s ὅτι οὐκ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον' κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 not man's gospel By using this phrase, Paul was not trying to say that Jesus Christ is not himself human. Because Christ is both man and God, however, he is not a sinful human being. Paul is writing about where the gospel came from; that it did not come from other sinful human beings, but it came from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 11 k33s ὅτι οὐκ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον' 1 not man's gospel By using this phrase, Paul was not trying to say that Jesus Christ is not himself human. Because Christ is both man and God, however, he is not a sinful human being. Paul is writing about where the gospel came from; that it did not come from other sinful human beings, but it came from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 12 wed1 δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 it was by revelation of Jesus Christ to me Possible meanings are 1) "Jesus Christ himself revealed the gospel to me" or 2) "God made me know the gospel when he showed me who Jesus Christ was."
|
||||
GAL 1 13 f3gl ἀναστροφήν ποτε 1 former life "behavior at one time" or "prior life" or "earlier life"
|
||||
GAL 1 14 r44z καὶ προέκοπτον 1 I advanced This metaphor pictures Paul as being ahead of other Jews his age in their goal to be perfect Jews.
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-idiom προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵμα
|
|||
GAL 1 17 qh88 ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 go up to Jerusalem "go to Jerusalem." Jerusalem was in a region of high hills, making it necessary to climb many hills in order to get there, and so it was common to describe travel to Jerusalem as "going up to Jerusalem."
|
||||
GAL 1 19 av43 figs-doublenegatives ἕτερον τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James This double negative emphasizes that James was the only apostle whom Paul saw. Alternate translation: "the only other apostle I saw was James" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 1 20 lh36 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul wants the Galatians to understand that Paul is completely serious and that he knows that God hears what he says and will judge him if he does not tell the truth.
|
||||
GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes ἃ δὲ γράφω ὑμῖν ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον, τοῦ, Θεοῦ ὅτι οὐ ψεύδομαι ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Paul uses litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am not lying to you in the messages I write to you" or "in the things I write to you I am telling you the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes ἃ δὲ γράφω ὑμῖν ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον, τοῦ, Θεοῦ ὅτι οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Paul uses litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am not lying to you in the messages I write to you" or "in the things I write to you I am telling you the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 1 21 m25a κλίματα τῆς Συρίας 1 regions of "part of the world called"
|
||||
GAL 1 22 y6l4 ἤμην δὲ ἀγνοούμενος ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ "None of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me"
|
||||
GAL 1 23 z8qt μόνον δὲ ἀκούοντες ἀκούοντες ἦσαν ἦσαν 1 They only heard it being said "but they only knew what they heard others saying about me"
|
||||
GAL 1 22 y6l4 ἤμην δὲ ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ "None of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me"
|
||||
GAL 1 23 z8qt μόνον δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 They only heard it being said "but they only knew what they heard others saying about me"
|
||||
GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Freedom and slavery<br><br>Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "I do not negate the grace of God"<br><br>Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words "I do not negate the grace of God" as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, "If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 2 1 zt61 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give the history of how he learned the gospel from God, not the apostles.
|
||||
GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up "traveled." Jerusalem is located in hilly country. The Jews also viewed Jerusalem as the place on earth that is closest to heaven, so Paul may have been speaking figuratively, or it may be that it was reflecting the difficult, uphill, journey to get to Jerusalem.
|
||||
GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς δοκοῦσιν 1 those who seemed to be important "the most important leaders among the believers"
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-doublenegatives μή πως τρέχω τρέχω— ἢ ἔδραμον— εἰς κενὸν 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work, and he uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: "I was doing, or had done, profitable work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-doublenegatives μή πως τρέχω— ἢ ἔδραμον— εἰς κενὸν 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work, and he uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: "I was doing, or had done, profitable work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 t6we εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain "for no benefit" or "for nothing"
|
||||
GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to have someone circumcise him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 4 j5ka 0 The false brothers came in secretly "People who pretended to be Christians came into the church," or "People who pretended to be Christians came among us"
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ GAL 2 16 zy8p καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐπ
|
|||
GAL 2 16 j6l1 figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we This probably refers to Paul and others but not to the Galatians, who were primarily Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh The word "flesh" is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "no person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 vnp6 ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase "justified in Christ" means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ, εὑρέθημεν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The words "were found to be" are an idiom that emphasizes that "we are" certainly sinners. Alternate translation: "we see that we also certainly are sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ, ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The words "were found to be" are an idiom that emphasizes that "we are" certainly sinners. Alternate translation: "we see that we also certainly are sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 yy9s figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο! 1 Absolutely not! "Of course, that is not true!" This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question "Does Christ become a servant of sin?" You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Alternate translation: "I confirm the value of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Alternate translation: "I confirm the value of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 k6bg εἰ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law "if people could become righteous by obeying the law"
|
||||
GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing "then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying"
|
||||
|
|
@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galati
|
|||
GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms "as a person" or "of things most people understand"
|
||||
GAL 3 16 f1xu τῷ δὲ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case.
|
||||
GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many "referring to many descendants"
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ τῷ σπέρματί σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word "your" is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as "Christ"). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word "your" is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as "Christ"). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years "four hundred and thirty years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo , εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία οὐκέτι οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: "the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo , εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: "the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance of property and wealth from a family member, and eternal blessings and redemption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 fr5t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Galatia why God gave the law.
|
||||
GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί, οὖν, ὁ νόμος? 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul uses a rhetorical question to introduce the next topic he wants to discuss. It can also be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what the purpose of the law is." or "Let me tell you why God gave the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ GAL 3 20 x9l1 , ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ δ
|
|||
GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "us" in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises "opposed to the promises" or "in conflict with the promises"
|
||||
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun "life" can be translated with the verb "live." Alternate translation: "if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law "we could have become righteous by obeying that law"
|
||||
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law "we could have become righteous by obeying that law"
|
||||
GAL 3 22 n5js συνέκλεισεν Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν ἵνα ἡ. ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 scripture imprisoned everything under sin. God did this so that the promise to save us by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe Other possible meanings are 1) "because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe" or 2) "because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe."
|
||||
GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Paul is treating scripture as though it were a person and is speaking of God, who wrote scripture. Alternate translation: "God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 rch2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds those in Galatia that believers are free in God's family, not slaves under the law.
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα,
|
|||
GAL 3 23 bs6i figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. Alternate translation: "the law controlled us like a prison guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive 0 until faith should be revealed This can be stated in active form, and who this faith is in can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ" or "until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 24 ln1s παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian More than simply "one who gives oversight to a child," this was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child's actions.
|
||||
GAL 3 24 m7jy εἰς εἰς Χριστόν 1 until Christ came "until the time when Christ came"
|
||||
GAL 3 24 m7jy εἰς Χριστόν 1 until Christ came "until the time when Christ came"
|
||||
GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God would declare us to be righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ "For all of you who were baptized into Christ"
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: "have become united with Christ" or "belong to Christ" or 2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: "have become like Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental princ
|
|||
GAL 4 4 l5tf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people's sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 a274 ἐστε υἱοί 1 you are sons Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 εἰς, Θεὸς ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ ὁ ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας, κρᾶζον," Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ." 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, "Abba, Father." By calling out "Abba, Father" the Spirit assures us that we are God's children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts The heart is metonym for the part of a person that thinks and feels. Alternate translation: "sent his Son's Spirit to show us how to think and act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 εἰς, Θεὸς ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας, κρᾶζον," Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ." 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, "Abba, Father." By calling out "Abba, Father" the Spirit assures us that we are God's children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts The heart is metonym for the part of a person that thinks and feels. Alternate translation: "sent his Son's Spirit to show us how to think and act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 xhe6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the one who calls.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 mlg1 Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father This is the way a young child would address his father in Paul's home language, but not in the language of the Galatian readers. To keep the sense of a foreign language, translate this as a word that sounds as much like "Abba" as your language allows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galati
|
|||
GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "You treated me well" or "You treated me as you should have"
|
||||
GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test "Though it was difficult for you to see me so physically ill"
|
||||
GAL 4 14 v9xa ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise hate very much
|
||||
GAL 4 17 t1ft ζηλοῦσιν ζηλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 to win you over "to convince you to join them"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out "to shut you out from us" or "to make you stop being loyal to us"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 t1ft ζηλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 to win you over "to convince you to join them"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out "to shut you out from us" or "to make you stop being loyal to us"
|
||||
GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them "zealous to do what they tell you to do"
|
||||
GAL 4 19 zhv9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers that grace and law cannot work together.
|
||||
GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor for disciples or followers. Alternate translation: "You who are disciples because of me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς ὠδίνω μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: "I am in pain as though I were a woman having to give birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me "I want to ask a question" or "I want to tell you something"
|
||||
GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε ἀκούετε? 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: "you need to learn what the law really says." or "let me tell you what the law really says." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε? 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: "you need to learn what the law really says." or "let me tell you what the law really says." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 iit5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins a story to illustrate a truth—that law and grace cannot exist together.
|
||||
GAL 4 24 bu23 ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα 1 These things may be interpreted as an allegory "This story of the two sons is like a picture of what I will tell you now"
|
||||
GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An "allegory" is a story in which the people and things in it represent other things. In Paul's allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two covenants.
|
||||
|
|
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galati
|
|||
GAL 4 31 y3c2 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 but of the free woman The words "we are children" are understood from the previous phrase. This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "Rather, we are children of the free woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase "the fruit of the Spirit" is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace."<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory by reminding the believers to use their liberty in Christ because all the law is fulfilled in loving neighbors as ourselves.
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free "It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free." It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free" or "Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free "It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free." It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free" or "Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm Standing firm here represents being determined not to change. How they are not to change can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else" or "Be determined to stay free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 usl9 figs-metaphor 0 do not again be put under the control of a yoke of slavery Here being under control of a yoke of slavery represents being obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: "do not live like one who is under the control of a yoke of slavery to the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 2 bg6b figs-metonymy ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 if you let yourselves be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for Judaism. Alternate translation: "if you turn to the Jewish religion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -237,11 +237,11 @@ GAL 5 7 jj48 ἐτρέχετε 1 You were running "You were practicing what Jes
|
|||
GAL 5 8 ct7g ἡ πεισμονὴ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 This persuasion does not come from him who calls you "The one who persuades you to do that is not God, the one who calls you"
|
||||
GAL 5 8 j7f8 figs-explicit τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 him who calls you What he calls them to can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "the one who calls you to be his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 8 sx6u πεισμονὴ 1 persuasion To persuade someone is to get that person to change what he believes and so to act differently.
|
||||
GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view "you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view "you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 rb76 0 The one who is troubling you will pay the penalty "God will punish the one who is troubling you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you "is causing you to be uncertain about what is truth" or "stirs up trouble among you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is Possible meanings are 1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses or 2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether those who "confuse" them are rich or poor or great or small or religious or not religious.
|
||||
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-rquestion ἀδελφοί? εἰ ἐγὼ δέ ἔτι κηρύσσω,, τί διώκομαι ἔτι διώκομαι περιτομὴν 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-rquestion ἀδελφοί? εἰ ἐγὼ δέ ἔτι κηρύσσω,, τί διώκομαι ἔτι περιτομὴν 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 nv5x ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 11 znh3 figs-hypo ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 In that case the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people persecute him because he is preaching that God forgives people because of Jesus' work on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 dtv9 ἄρα 1 In that case "If I were still saying that people need to become Jews"
|
||||
|
|
@ -257,14 +257,14 @@ GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωτ
|
|||
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-you ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words "you," "your," and "yourself" are all singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 q8wk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the Spirit gives control over sin.
|
||||
GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Walking is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: "conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit" or "live your life in dependence on the Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε τελέσητε 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase "carry out someone's desires" is an idiom meaning "do what someone desires." Alternate translation: "You will not do what your sinful nature desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase "carry out someone's desires" is an idiom meaning "do what someone desires." Alternate translation: "You will not do what your sinful nature desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person and wanted to sin. Alternate translation: "what you want to do because of your sinful nature" or "the things you want to do because you are sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law "not obligated to obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
GAL 5 19 yf2a τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The abstract noun "works" can be translated with the verb "does." Alternate translation: "what the sinful nature does"
|
||||
GAL 5 19 u2pu figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person who does things. Alternate translation: "what people do because of their sinful nature" or "the things people do because they are sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor 0 the fruit of the Spirit is love ... faith Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love ... faith" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love ... faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k figs-metaphor πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια- ἐνκράτεια; 1 gentleness ... self-control The list of "the fruit of the Spirit" that begins with the words "love, joy, peace" ends here. Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k figs-metaphor πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια-; 1 gentleness ... self-control The list of "the fruit of the Spirit" that begins with the words "love, joy, peace" ends here. Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if it were a person and they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: "refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 m3nm figs-personification τὴν σάρκα σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 the sinful nature with its passions and desires The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person that had passions and desires. Alternate translation: "their sinful nature, and the things they strongly want to do because of it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit "Since God's Spirit has caused us to be alive"
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual
|
|||
GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 restore him "correct the person who sinned" or "exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Possible meanings are 1) that the Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction or 2) "with an attitude of gentleness" or "in a kind way."
|
||||
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-you σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: "Be concerned about yourselves" or "I say to each one of you, 'Be concerned about yourself'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will tempt you also to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will tempt you also to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if "Because if." The words that follow tell why the Galatians should 1) "carry one other's burdens" ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) or 2) be careful that they themselves are not tempted ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) or 3) "not become conceited" ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)).
|
||||
GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something "he is someone important" or "he is better than others"
|
||||
GAL 6 3 zz1g μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing "he is not important" or "he is not better than others"
|
||||
|
|
@ -288,15 +288,15 @@ GAL 6 5 ee8v ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει
|
|||
GAL 6 5 vej6 ἕκαστος βαστάσει 1 each one will "each person will"
|
||||
GAL 6 6 k1n5 ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 The one "The person"
|
||||
GAL 6 6 l4vp τὸν λόγον 1 the word "the message," everything God has said or commanded
|
||||
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Planting represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and gathering in represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: "for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Planting represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and gathering in represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: "for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Paul is not specifying males here. Alternate translation: "whatever a person plants" or "whatever someone plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: "plants seed according to what he wants because of his sinful nature" or "does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction God punishing the person is spoken of as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: "will receive punishment for what he did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing good actions because he is listening to God's Spirit. Alternate translation: "does the things God's Spirit loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 k1p7 θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 will gather in eternal life from the Spirit "will receive eternal life as a reward from God's Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 pnq1 τὸ τὸ δὲ δὲ καλὸν καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν ἐνκακῶμεν 1 Let us not become weary in doing good "We should continue to do good"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 pnq1 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν 1 Let us not become weary in doing good "We should continue to do good"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 a4n4 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες 1 doing good doing good to others for their well-being
|
||||
GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time "for in due time" or "because at the time God has chosen"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time "for in due time" or "because at the time God has chosen"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ax66 ἄρα οὖν 1 So then "As a result of this" or "Because of this"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ud5u , μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους 1 especially ... to those "most of all ... to those" or "in particular ... to those"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 jz9i τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith "those who are members of God's family through faith in Christ"
|
||||
|
|
@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ GAL 6 12 hl1r 0 only to avoid being persecuted for the cross of Christ "so tha
|
|||
GAL 6 12 jd4x figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ 1 the cross The cross here represents what Christ did for us when he died on the cross. Alternate translation: "the work Jesus did on the cross" or "the death and resurrection of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 6 13 zqf5 θέλουσιν 1 they want "those people who are urging you to be circumcised want"
|
||||
GAL 6 13 bb5a ἵνα ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ καυχήσωνται 1 so that they may boast about your flesh "so that they may be proud that they have added you to the people who try to keep the law"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 g7hh ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ μὴ γένοιτο γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 But may I never boast except in the cross "I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross" or "May I boast only in the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 g7hh ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 But may I never boast except in the cross "I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross" or "May I boast only in the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s6ic figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται 1 the world has been crucified to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I think of the world as already dead" or "I treat the world like a criminal God has killed on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world The words "have been crucified" are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: "and I have been crucified to the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 m45b κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world Possible meanings are 1) "the world thinks of me as already dead" or 2) "the world treats me like a criminal that God has killed on the cross"
|
||||
|
|
@ -322,5 +322,5 @@ GAL 6 17 v963 τοῦ λοιποῦ 1 From now on This can also mean "Lastly" o
|
|||
GAL 6 17 dm22 κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω 1 let no one trouble me Possible meanings are 1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to trouble him, "I am commanding you this: do not trouble me," or 2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him, "I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me," or 3) Paul is expressing a desire, "I do not want anyone to trouble me."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me Possible meanings are 1) "speak of these matters to me" or 2) "cause me hardship" or "give me hard work."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus These marks were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus"
|
||||
GAL 6 18 b64i ἡ χάρις τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit "I pray that the Lord Jesus will be kind to your spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 18 b64i ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit "I pray that the Lord Jesus will be kind to your spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 18 pk25 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 2653.
|
|
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor τοῖς οὖσιν πιστοῖς ἐν Χρισ
|
|||
EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in his letters.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words "us" and "we" refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, as well as all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers' position and their safety before God.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us "for God has blessed us"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing "every blessing coming from the Spirit of God"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is.
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ EPH 1 5 e6f6 figs-gendernotations 0 for adoption as sons Here "adoption" refers
|
|||
EPH 1 5 ciu3 διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through Jesus Christ God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
|
||||
EPH 1 6 s9qk ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 he has freely given us in the One he loves. "he has kindly given to us by means of the One he loves"
|
||||
EPH 1 6 x7jp τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 the One he loves "the One he loves, Jesus Christ" or "his Son, whom he loves"
|
||||
EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τῆς τῆς χάριτος χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 riches of his grace Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: "greatness of God's grace" or "abundance of God's grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 riches of his grace Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: "greatness of God's grace" or "abundance of God's grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 8 pg6j 0 He lavished this grace upon us "He gave us this great amount of grace" or "He was extremely kind to us"
|
||||
EPH 1 8 sw98 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 with all wisdom and understanding Possible meanings are 1) "because he has all wisdom and understanding" 2) "so that we might have great wisdom and understanding"
|
||||
EPH 1 9 v71p 0 according to what pleased him Possible meanings are 1) "because he wanted to make it known to us" or 2) "which was what he wanted."
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ EPH 1 12 jm4j figs-exclusive 0 so that we might be the first ... so we would be
|
|||
EPH 1 13 j1zc 0 General Information: Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
|
||||
EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are 1) "the message about the truth" or 2) "the true message."
|
||||
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit Wax was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: "God has sealed you with the Holy Spirit that he promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς τῆς κληρονομίας κληρονομίας ἡμῶν 1 the guarantee of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of as though one inherits property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "the guarantee that we will receive what God has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν 1 the guarantee of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of as though one inherits property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "the guarantee that we will receive what God has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 15 d9qy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the Ephesian believers and praises God for the power that believers have through Christ.
|
||||
EPH 1 16 scy9 figs-litotes 0 I have not stopped thanking God Paul uses "not stopped" to emphasize that he continues to thank God. Alternate translation: "I continue to thank God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him "spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation"
|
||||
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "eyes of your heart" is a metaphor for one's ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: "that you may gain understanding and be enlightened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened This may be stated in the active tense. Alternate translation: that God may enlighten your heart" or "that God may enlighten your understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "eyes of your heart" is a metaphor for one's ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: "that you may gain understanding and be enlightened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened This may be stated in the active tense. Alternate translation: that God may enlighten your heart" or "that God may enlighten your understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 enlightened "made to see"
|
||||
EPH 1 18 h6ig figs-metaphor τῆς κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers, is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 lg8h 0 all God's holy people "all those whom he has set apart for himself" or "all those who belong completely to him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 his body Just as with
|
|||
EPH 1 23 w2kh 0 the fullness of him who fills all in all "Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things"
|
||||
EPH 2 intro e7qn 0 # Ephesians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on a Christian's life before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person's former way of living is distinct from a Christian's new identity "in Christ." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### One body<br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or "body." The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### "Dead in trespasses and sins"<br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are "dead" in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually "dead." Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>##### Descriptions of worldly living<br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They "lived according to the ways of this world" and are "living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air," "fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature," and "carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind."<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "It is the gift of God"<br>Some scholars believe "it" here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, "it" here more likely refers to all of being saved by God's grace through faith.<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for a person's sinful nature. The phrase "Gentiles in the flesh" indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. "Flesh" is also used in this verse to refer to the physical part of man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br>
|
||||
EPH 2 1 xf5s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
|
||||
EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how sinful people are unable to obey God in the same way a dead person is unable to respond physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how sinful people are unable to obey God in the same way a dead person is unable to respond physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 1 lp32 figs-doublet τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 your trespasses and sins The words "trespasses" and "sins" have similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize the greatness of the people's sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 i7d4 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ τοῦ κόσμου κόσμου τούτου 1 according to the ways of this world The apostles also used "world" to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: "according to the values of people living in the world" or "following the principles of this present world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 i7d4 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 according to the ways of this world The apostles also used "world" to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: "according to the values of people living in the world" or "following the principles of this present world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 n5d2 τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος 1 the ruler of the authorities of the air This refers to the devil or Satan.
|
||||
EPH 2 2 bj9y 0 the spirit that is working "the spirit of Satan, who is working"
|
||||
EPH 2 3 d3wd figs-metonymy τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 1 the desires of the body and of the mind The words "body" and "mind" represent the entire person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ EPH 3 16 z9q5 δῷ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς,, δόξ
|
|||
EPH 3 16 rgf5 δῷ 1 would grant "would give"
|
||||
EPH 3 17 n87p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues the prayer he began in [Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md).
|
||||
EPH 3 17 wg1v 0 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith, that you will be rooted and grounded in his love This is the second item for which Paul prays that God will "grant" the Ephesians "according to the riches of his glory." The first is that they would "be strengthened" ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)).
|
||||
EPH 3 17 q6yy figs-metonymy κατοικῆσαι κατοικῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith Here "heart" represents a person's inner being, and "through" expresses the means by which Christ lives within the believer. Christ lives in the hearts of believers because God graciously allows them to have faith. Alternate translation: "that Christ may live within you because you trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 3 17 q6yy figs-metonymy κατοικῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith Here "heart" represents a person's inner being, and "through" expresses the means by which Christ lives within the believer. Christ lives in the hearts of believers because God graciously allows them to have faith. Alternate translation: "that Christ may live within you because you trust in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 3 17 g4g1 figs-metaphor 0 that you will be rooted and grounded in his love Paul speaks of their faith as if it were a tree that has deep roots or a house built on a solid foundation. Alternate translation: "that you will be like a firmly rooted tree and a building built on stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 18 cja8 0 May you have strength so you can understand These words can be combined with the words that begin with "faith, that you will be rooted and grounded in his love" in verse 17 in two ways. Possible meanings are 1) "faith. I pray that you will be rooted and grounded in his love so that you have strength and can understand" or 2) "faith so you will be rooted and grounded in his love. I also pray that you will have strength so you can understand"
|
||||
EPH 3 18 bkk6 0 so you can understand This is the second item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)). And "understand" is the first thing that Paul prays that the Ephesians themselves will be able to do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that
|
|||
EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive 0 To each one of us grace has been given This can be stated using an active form. Alternate translation: "God has given grace to each one of us" or "God gave a gift to each believer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights "When Christ went up into heaven"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 e5at ἀνέβη 1 He ascended "Christ went up"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη κατέβη 1 he also descended "Christ also came down"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη 1 he also descended "Christ also came down"
|
||||
EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth Possible meanings are 1) the lower regions are a part of the earth or 2) "the lower regions" is another way of referring to the earth. Alternate translation: "into the lower regions, the earth"
|
||||
EPH 4 10 w6t5 ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα 1 that he might fill all things "so that he might be present everywhere in his power"
|
||||
EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 fill "complete" or "satisfy"
|
||||
|
|
@ -212,26 +212,26 @@ EPH 4 18 w69u figs-activepassive ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆ
|
|||
EPH 4 18 w235 ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι 1 alienated "cut off" or "separated"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 s1uz ἄγνοιαν 1 ignorance "lack of knowledge" or "lack of information"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 k8qv figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 because of the hardness of their hearts Here "hearts" is a metaphor for people's minds. The phrase "hardness of their hearts" is a metaphor that means "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "because they are stubborn" or "because they refuse to listen to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 have handed themselves over to sensuality Paul speaks of these people as if they were objects that they themselves were giving to other people, and he speaks of the way they want to satisfy their physical desires as if it were the person to whom they give themselves. Alternate translation: "only want to satisfy their physical desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But that is not how you learned about Christ The word "that" refers to the way the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](./17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned about Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: "But what you learned about Christ was not like that"
|
||||
EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 have handed themselves over to sensuality Paul speaks of these people as if they were objects that they themselves were giving to other people, and he speaks of the way they want to satisfy their physical desires as if it were the person to whom they give themselves. Alternate translation: "only want to satisfy their physical desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But that is not how you learned about Christ The word "that" refers to the way the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](./17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned about Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: "But what you learned about Christ was not like that"
|
||||
EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony 0 I assume that you have heard ... and that you were taught Paul knows that the Ephesians have heard and been taught. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive 0 you were taught in him Possible meanings are 1) "Jesus' people have taught you" or 2) "someone has taught you because you are Jesus' people." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus "as everything about Jesus is true"
|
||||
EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor 0 to put off what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: "to stop living according to your former manner of life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor 0 to put off the old man Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: "to stop living as your former self did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 d3j6 παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 old man The "old man" refers to the "old nature" or "former self."
|
||||
EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts" or "to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 24 x41y ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας 1 in true righteousness and holiness "truly righteous and holy"
|
||||
EPH 4 25 abn8 0 get rid of lies "stop telling lies"
|
||||
EPH 4 25 zh2g ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 we are members of one another "we belong to one another" or "we are members of God's family"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin "You may get angry, but do not sin" or "If you become angry, do not sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin "You may get angry, but do not sin" or "If you become angry, do not sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 ki7p figs-metonymy 0 Do not let the sun go down on your anger The sun going down represents nightfall, or the end of the day. Alternate translation: "You must stop being angry before night comes" or "Let go of your anger before the day ends" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 4 27 w71s 0 Do not give an opportunity to the devil "Do not give the devil an opportunity to lead you into sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 29 f6yk λόγος σαπρὸς 1 filthy talk This refers to speech that is cruel or rude.
|
||||
EPH 4 29 p9wc 0 for building others up "for encouraging others" or "for strengthening others"
|
||||
EPH 4 29 bv8a 0 their needs, that your words would be helpful to those who hear you "their needs. In this way you will help those who hear you"
|
||||
EPH 4 30 air6 μὴ λυπεῖτε λυπεῖτε 1 do not grieve "do not distress" or "do not upset"
|
||||
EPH 4 30 air6 μὴ λυπεῖτε 1 do not grieve "do not distress" or "do not upset"
|
||||
EPH 4 30 pgk9 figs-metaphor 0 for it is by him that you were sealed for the day of redemption The Holy Spirit assures believers that God will redeem them. Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a mark that God puts on believers to show that he owns them. Alternate translation: "for he is the seal that assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption" or "for he is the one who assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 31 b72p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
|
||||
EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor 0 Put away all bitterness, rage, anger "Put away" here is a metaphor for not continuing to have certain attitudes or behaviors. Alternate translation: "You must not allow these things to be part of your life: bitterness, rage, anger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ EPH 5 15 du5n figs-doublenegatives 0 Look carefully how you live—not as unwis
|
|||
EPH 5 16 h8b1 figs-metaphor 0 Redeem the time Using time wisely is spoken of as if it were redeeming the time. Alternate translation: "Do the best things you can with your time" or "Use time wisely" or "Put time to its best use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 16 lrb6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν 1 because the days are evil The word "days" is a metonym for what people do during those days. Alternate translation: "because the people around you are doing all kinds of evil things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 5 18 tz9e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his instructions on how all believers should live.
|
||||
EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get drunk with wine "You should not get drunk from drinking wine"
|
||||
EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get drunk with wine "You should not get drunk from drinking wine"
|
||||
EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ, πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Holy Spirit "Instead, you should be controlled with the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs Possible meanings are that 1) Paul is using these words as a merism for "all sorts of songs to praise God" or 2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 n5jj ψαλμοῖς 1 psalms These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
|
||||
|
|
@ -278,10 +278,10 @@ EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians ar
|
|||
EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor 0 the head of the wife ... the head of the church The word "head" represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words "himself" and "he" refer to Christ. The word "her" refers to the church.
|
||||
EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here "love" refers to unselfish serving or giving love to wives.
|
||||
EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up "allowed people to kill him"
|
||||
EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up "allowed people to kill him"
|
||||
EPH 5 25 kp8k figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς 1 for her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor αὐτὴν καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring to God making Christ's people clean by God's word and through water baptism in Christ or 2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ ἁγιάσῃ, αὐτὴν καθαρίσας 1 make her holy ... cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "make us holy ... cleansed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας 1 make her holy ... cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "make us holy ... cleansed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 d1sm figs-metaphor ἄμωμος 1 without stain or wrinkle Paul speaks of the church as though it were a garment that is clean and in good condition. He uses the same idea in two ways to emphasize the church's purity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 jvi4 figs-doublet ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος 1 holy and without fault The phrase "without fault" means basically the same thing as "holy." Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church's purity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 28 wp8b figs-explicit ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα 1 as their own bodies That people love their own bodies may be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "as husbands love their own bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ EPH 6 intro r7c3 0 # Ephesians 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in t
|
|||
EPH 6 1 wq46 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word "your" is plural. Then Paul quotes Moses. Moses was talking to the people of Israel as though they were one person, so "your" and "you" are singular. You may need to translate them as plurals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EPH 6 1 jf17 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to each other. He gives instructions to children, fathers, workers, and masters.
|
||||
EPH 6 1 ev8m τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Children, obey your parents in the Lord Paul reminds children to obey their physical parents.
|
||||
EPH 6 4 bb7g μὴ παροργίζετε παροργίζετε παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children to anger "do not make your children angry" or "do not cause your children to be angry"
|
||||
EPH 6 4 bb7g μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children to anger "do not make your children angry" or "do not cause your children to be angry"
|
||||
EPH 6 4 ytg5 figs-abstractnouns ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου 1 raise them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord The abstract nouns "discipline" and "instruction" can be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: "teach them to become adults by making sure that they know and do what the Lord wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 6 5 r29d ὑπακούετε τοῖς 1 be obedient to "obey." This is a command.
|
||||
EPH 6 5 s1pq figs-doublet 0 deep respect and trembling The phrase "deep respect and trembling" uses two similar ideas to emphasize the importance of honoring their masters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1741.
|
|
|
@ -72,17 +72,17 @@ PHP 1 27 ya3h τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the faith
|
|||
PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you 0 Do not be frightened in any respect This is a command to the Philippian believers. If your language has a plural command form, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 1 28 l495 0 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God "Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you"
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God "and this is from God." Possible meanings are the word "this" refers to 1) the believers' courage or 2) the sign or 3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me "suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering"
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me "suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering"
|
||||
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "If there is any"<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as "Since there is."<br>
|
||||
PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ's example.
|
||||
PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ "If Christ has encouraged you" or "If you are encouraged because of Christ"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase "by love" probably refers to Christ's love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "if his love has given you any comfort" or "if his love for you has comforted you in any way"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 m84k εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος 1 if there is any fellowship in the Spirit "if you have fellowship with the Spirit"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 l2px εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 if there are any tender mercies and compassions "if you have experienced many of God's acts of tender mercy and compassion"
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ πληρώσατέ μου χαρὰν 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of joy as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: "cause me to rejoice greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ μου χαρὰν 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of joy as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: "cause me to rejoice greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 y1le μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κενοδοξίαν 1 Do nothing out of selfishness or empty conceit "Do not serve yourselves or think of yourselves as better than others"
|
||||
PHP 2 4 ezk6 0 Let each of you look not only to his own interests, but also to the interests of others "Do not care only about what you need, but also about what others need"
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 τοῦτο φρονεῖτε φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus "Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had" or "Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people"
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus "Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had" or "Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people"
|
||||
PHP 2 6 hs4q ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων 1 he existed in the form of God "everything that is true of God was true of him"
|
||||
PHP 2 6 els2 figs-metaphor 0 did not consider his equality with God as something to hold on to Here "equality" refers to "equal status" or "equal honor." Holding onto equality with God represents demanding that he continue to be honored as God is honored. Christ did not do that. Though he did not cease to be God, he ceased to act as God. Alternate translation: "did not think that he had to have the same status as God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 7 yu25 figs-metaphor ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν 1 he emptied himself Paul speaks of Christ as if he were a container in order to say that Christ refused to act with his divine powers during his ministry on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ PHP 2 12 cm1s figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear
|
|||
PHP 2 13 m6b8 καὶ τὸ θέλειν καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας 1 both to will and to work for his good pleasure "so that you will want to do what pleases him and will be able to do what pleases him"
|
||||
PHP 2 15 z2lz figs-doublet ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι 1 blameless and pure The words "blameless" and "pure" are very similar in meaning and are used together to strenghten the idea. Alternate translation: "completely innocent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 p71u figs-metaphor 0 so that you may shine as lights in the world Light represents goodness and truth. Shining as lights in the world represents living in a good and righteous way so that people in the world can see that God is good and true. Alternate translation: "so that you will be like lights in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον κόσμῳ, μέσον γενεᾶς γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης ἐν 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word "world" refers to the people of the world. The words "crooked" and "depraved" are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: "in the world, among people who are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον κόσμῳ, γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης ἐν 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word "world" refers to the people of the world. The words "crooked" and "depraved" are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: "in the world, among people who are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 u3qb figs-metaphor λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες 1 Hold on to the word of life "Hold on" represents firmly believing. Alternate translation: "Continue to firmly believe the word of life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 eq86 λόγον ζωῆς 1 the word of life "the message that brings life" or "the message that shows how to live the way God wants you to"
|
||||
PHP 2 16 q7y8 εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ 1 on the day of Christ This refers to when Jesus comes back to set up his kingdom and rule over the earth. Alternate translation: "when Christ returns"
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases "run in vain" and "labor in vain" here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: "I did not work so hard for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases "run in vain" and "labor in vain" here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: "I did not work so hard for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m1z7 figs-metaphor ἔδραμον 1 run The scriptures often use the image of walking to represent conducting one's life. Running is living life intensively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 17 bky1 figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς, πίστεως ὑμῶν χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all Paul speaks of his death as if he were a drink offering which is poured upon the animal sacrifice to honor God. What Paul means is that he would gladly die for the Philippians if that would make them more pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "But, even if the Romans kill me and it is as if my blood pours out as an offering, I will be glad and rejoice with you all if my death will make your faith and obedience more pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 dr9c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Philippian believers about his plan to send Timothy soon and that they should treat Epaphroditus as special.
|
||||
|
|
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no o
|
|||
PHP 2 21 b922 οἱ πάντες γὰρ 1 For they all Here the word "they" refers to a group of people Paul does not feel he can trust to send to Philippi. Paul is also expressing his displeasure with the group, who should have been able to go, but Paul does not trust them to fulfill their mission.
|
||||
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν 1 as a son with his father, so he served with me Fathers and sons love each other and work together. Timothy was not really Paul's son, but he worked with Paul as a son works with his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here "the gospel" stands for the activity of telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: "in telling people about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα ἐν Κυρίῳ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι ἐλεύσομαι ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon "I am sure, if it is the Lord's will, that I will also come soon"
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα ἐν Κυρίῳ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon "I am sure, if it is the Lord's will, that I will also come soon"
|
||||
PHP 2 25 k4wz translate-names Ἐπαφρόδιτον 1 Epaphroditus This is the name of a man sent by the Philippian church to minister to Paul in prison. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 c3ce figs-metaphor συνεργὸν καὶ συνστρατιώτην 1 fellow worker and fellow soldier Here Paul is speaking of Epaphroditus as if he were a soldier. He means that Epaphroditus is trained and is dedicated to serving God, no matter how great the hardship he must suffer. Alternate translation: "fellow believer who works and struggles along with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 qsd6 0 your messenger and servant for my needs "who brings your messages to me and helps me when I am in need"
|
||||
|
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-metaphor κύνας 1 dogs The word "dogs" was used by the Jew
|
|||
PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 mutilate Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. The false teachers said God will only save a person who is circumcised, who cuts off the foreskin. This action was required by the law of Moses for all male Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν καυχώμενοι 1 For it is we who are Paul uses "we" to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 xt5r ἡ περιτομή 1 the circumcision Paul uses this phrase to refer to believers in Christ who are not physically circumcised but are spiritually circumcised, which means they have received the Holy Spirit through faith. Alternate translation: "the truly circumcised ones" or "truly God's people"
|
||||
PHP 3 3 k8ph οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες πεποιθότες 1 have no confidence in the flesh "do not trust that only cutting our flesh will please God"
|
||||
PHP 3 3 k8ph οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 have no confidence in the flesh "do not trust that only cutting our flesh will please God"
|
||||
PHP 3 4 e346 figs-hypo καίπερ 1 Even so "Although if I wanted to." Paul is introducing a hypothetical situation that could not possibly exist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 4 upw5 figs-hypo 0 I myself could have confidence in the flesh. If anyone thinks he has confidence in the flesh, I could have even more This is a hypothetical situation that Paul does not believe is possible. Paul says if it were possible that God would save people based on what they did, then God would certainly have saved him. Alternate translation: "No one can do enough things to please God, but if anyone could do enough things to please God, I could do more good things and please God more than anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
PHP 3 4 u4f1 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ 1 I myself Paul uses "myself" for emphasis. Alternate translation: "certainly I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,12 +173,12 @@ PHP 3 12 h8p7 0 or that I have become complete "so I am not yet perfect" or "s
|
|||
PHP 3 12 i5ld διώκω δὲ 1 But I press on "But I keep trying"
|
||||
PHP 3 12 m52v figs-metaphor καταλάβω ἐφ’ ᾧ ᾧ κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 I may grasp that for which I was grasped by Christ Jesus Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. And, Jesus choosing Paul to belong to him is spoken of as if Jesus grasped Paul with his hands. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "I may receive these things because that is why Jesus claimed me as his own" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 tzg8 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 13 kqk7 figs-metaphor ἐμαυτὸν κατειληφέναι κατειληφέναι 1 I myself have yet grasped it Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. Alternate translation: "all these things belong to me yet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 kqk7 figs-metaphor ἐμαυτὸν κατειληφέναι 1 I myself have yet grasped it Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. Alternate translation: "all these things belong to me yet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 ia2b figs-metaphor 0 I forget what is behind and strain for what is ahead Like a runner in a race is no longer concerned about the part of the race that is completed but only focuses on what is ahead, Paul speaks of setting aside his religious works of righteousness and only focusing on the race of life that Christ has set before him to complete. Alternate translation: "I do not care what I have done in the past; I only work as hard as I can on what is ahead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 z39s figs-metaphor 0 I press on toward the goal to win the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus As a runner presses onward to win the race, Paul presses onward in serving and living in obedience to Christ. Alternate translation: "I do all I can to be like Christ, like a runner racing to the finish line, so that I may belong to him, and God may call me to himself after I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 lmr6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως 1 the upward calling Possible meanings are that Paul speaks of living eternally with God as if God were to call Paul to ascend 1) to heaven as Jesus did or 2) the steps to the podium where winners of races received prizes, as a metaphor for meeting God face to face and receiving eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 15 de4y 0 All of us who are mature, let us think this way Paul wants his fellow believers to have the same desires he listed in [Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md). Alternate translation: "I encourage all of us believers who are strong in the faith to think the same way"
|
||||
PHP 3 15 yy22 καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει ἀποκαλύψει 1 God will also reveal that to you "God will also make it clear to you" or "God will make sure you know it"
|
||||
PHP 3 15 yy22 καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει 1 God will also reveal that to you "God will also make it clear to you" or "God will make sure you know it"
|
||||
PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-inclusive ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν 1 whatever we have reached, let us hold on to it Paul uses "we" to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: "let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 17 jed4 συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε 1 Be imitators of me "Do what I do" or "Live as I live"
|
||||
PHP 3 17 uxc5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ PHP 3 17 h4tv 0 those who are walking by the example that you have in us "thos
|
|||
PHP 3 18 ab61 0 Many are walking ... as enemies of the cross of Christ These words are Paul's main thought for this verse.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 kr19 figs-metaphor 0 Many are walking A person's behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: "Many are living" or "Many are conducting their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 18 x2lu 0 those about whom I have often told you, and now I am telling you with tears Paul interrupts his main thought with these words that describe the "many." You can move them to the beginning or end of the verse if you need to.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 πολλάκις ἔλεγον ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 I have often told you "I have told you many times"
|
||||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 I have often told you "I have told you many times"
|
||||
PHP 3 18 h6pc 0 am telling you with tears "am telling you with great sadness"
|
||||
PHP 3 18 n8q2 figs-metonymy ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as enemies of the cross of Christ Here "the cross of Christ" refers to Christ's suffering and death. The enemies are those who say they believe in Jesus but are not willing to suffer or die like Jesus did. Alternate translation: "in a way that shows they are actually against Jesus, who was willing to suffer and die on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 v8gv ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 Their end is destruction "Someday God will destroy them." The last thing that happens to them is that God will destroy them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -206,14 +206,14 @@ PHP 4 1 ngs7 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philipp
|
|||
PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-metonymy χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy and crown Paul uses the word "joy" to mean that the Philippian church is the cause of his happiness. A "crown" was made of leaves, and a man wore it on his head as a sign of honor after he won an important game. Here the word "crown" means the Philippian church brought honor to Paul before God. Alternate translation: "You give me joy because you have believed in Jesus, and you are my reward and honor for my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 dz44 οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί 1 in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved friends "so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends"
|
||||
PHP 4 2 x5qf translate-names Εὐοδίαν παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ 1 I am pleading with Euodia, and I am pleading with Syntyche These are women who were believers and helped Paul in the church at Philippi. Alternate translation: "I beg Euodia, and I beg Syntyche" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 be of the same mind in the Lord The phrase "be of the same mind" means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: "agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 be of the same mind in the Lord The phrase "be of the same mind" means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: "agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 yb3f figs-you 0 Yes, I ask you, my true companion Here "you" refers to the "true fellow worker" and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 hdz7 figs-metaphor γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 true companion This metaphor is from farming, where two animals would be bound to the same yoke, and so they work together. Alternate translation: "fellow worker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 cm3u translate-names μετὰ Κλήμεντος 1 along with Clement Clement was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 s9h9 ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς 1 whose names are in the Book of Life "whose names God has written in the Book of Life"
|
||||
PHP 4 4 elt7 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Rejoice in the Lord "be happy because of all the Lord has done." See how you translated this in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 5 snk5 ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς 1 The Lord is near Possible meanings are 1) The Lord Jesus is near to the believers in spirit or 2) the day the Lord Jesus will return to the earth is near.
|
||||
PHP 4 6 h63g , ἐν παντὶ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God "whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks"
|
||||
PHP 4 6 h63g , ἐν παντὶ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God "whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 u1sz ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of God "the peace that God gives"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding "which is more than we can understand"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-personification φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ This presents God's peace as a soldier who protects our hearts and thoughts from worrying. Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "will be like a soldier and guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ" or "will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ PHP 4 10 pwh9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to thank the Philippians for
|
|||
PHP 4 11 ts2k αὐτάρκης εἶναι 1 to be content "to be satisfied" or "to be happy"
|
||||
PHP 4 11 ew5e 0 in all circumstances "no matter what my situation is"
|
||||
PHP 4 12 lgp9 figs-explicit 0 I know what it is to be poor ... to have plenty Paul knows how to live happily having either no possessions or many possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 12 i9vp figs-parallelism χορτάζεσθαι- χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι 1 how to be well-fed or to be hungry, and how to have an abundance or to be in need These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he has learned how to be content in any situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
PHP 4 12 i9vp figs-parallelism χορτάζεσθαι- καὶ πεινᾶν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι 1 how to be well-fed or to be hungry, and how to have an abundance or to be in need These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he has learned how to be content in any situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
PHP 4 13 z1pb 0 I can do all things through him who strengthens me "I can do all things because Christ gives me strength"
|
||||
PHP 4 14 bs72 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues explaining that he is thanking the Philippians for their gift to him simply because he is grateful, not because he needs them to give him anything more (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)).
|
||||
PHP 4 14 fe2z figs-metaphor μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my difficulties Paul speaks of his hardships as if they were a place that he was in. Alternate translation: "when things became difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit 0 even more Paul means plenty of the things that he
|
|||
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor 0 They are a sweet-smelling aroma, a sacrifice acceptable and pleasing to God Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian church as if it were a sacrifice offered to God on an altar. Paul implies that the church's gift is very pleasing to God, like the sacrifices that the priests burned, which had a smell that pleased God. Alternate translation: "I assure you these gifts are very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will meet all your needs This is the same word translated "have been well-supplied" in verse 18. It is an idiom meaning "will provide everything you need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus "from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus"
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 δὲ Θεῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God The word "Now" marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 δὲ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God The word "Now" marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 h2jr οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 The brothers This refers to those people who were either ministering with or to Paul.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 z65a ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 21 lq4e πάντα ἅγιον 1 every believer Some versions translate this as "every holy person."
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1855.
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the wor
|
|||
COL 1 6 ait7 τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth "the true grace of God"
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 our beloved ... our behalf The word "our" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 mjv5 0 gospel as you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who "gospel. It is exactly what you learned from Epaphras, who is our beloved fellow servant and who" or "gospel. It is exactly what Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, taught you. He"
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν ὅς, ἐστιν, πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here "on our behalf" means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν ὅς, ἐστιν, πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here "on our behalf" means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras the man who preached the gospel to the people in Colossae (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 k2k9 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 to us The word "us" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 e7ez figs-metaphor τὴν ὑμῶν ἀγάπην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 your love in the Spirit Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a place in which the believers were located. Alternate translation: "how the Holy Spirit has enabled you to love believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ COL 2 2 ge1w figs-pronouns 0 so that their hearts Paul includes the Galatians e
|
|||
COL 2 2 a4px συμβιβασθέντες 1 brought together This means brought together in a close relationship.
|
||||
COL 2 2 kdg8 figs-metaphor πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως 1 all the riches of full assurance of understanding Paul speaks of a person who is completely sure that the good news is true as though that person were rich in physical things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 qgi2 τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the secret truth of God This is knowledge that can be revealed only by God.
|
||||
COL 2 2 v13e Χριστοῦ, Χριστοῦ 1 that is, Christ Jesus Christ is the secret truth revealed by God.
|
||||
COL 2 2 v13e Χριστοῦ, 1 that is, Christ Jesus Christ is the secret truth revealed by God.
|
||||
COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι 1 In him all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden Only Christ can reveal God's true wisdom and knowledge. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w4mr figs-metaphor οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 the treasures of wisdom and knowledge Paul speaks of God's wisdom and knowledge as if they were material wealth. Alternate translation: "the very precious wisdom and knowledge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 vd98 figs-doublet τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 wisdom and knowledge These words mean basically the same thing here. Paul uses them together to emphasize that all spiritual understanding comes from Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ COL 2 8 l9jt 0 the tradition of men ... the elements of the world Both Jewish
|
|||
COL 2 9 ahq5 ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς 1 in him all the fullness of God lives in bodily form "God's total nature lives in physical form in Christ"
|
||||
COL 2 10 lbk7 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι 1 You have been filled in him Paul speaks of people as though they were containers into which God has placed Christ. Alternate translation: "You are made complete in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 je36 figs-metaphor 0 who is the head over every power and authority Christ is the ruler over every other ruler (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 xeq7 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε περιετμήθητε 1 In him you were also circumcised Paul is speaking of those who belong to Christ as if they were inside Christ's body. This can also be made active. Alternate translation: "When you joined the church in baptism, God circumcised you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 xeq7 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε 1 In him you were also circumcised Paul is speaking of those who belong to Christ as if they were inside Christ's body. This can also be made active. Alternate translation: "When you joined the church in baptism, God circumcised you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 ii43 figs-metaphor περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ 1 a circumcision not done by humans With this metaphor, Paul says that God has made Christian believers acceptable to himself in a way that reminded him of circumcision, the ceremony through which Hebrew male babies were added to the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 ln8e figs-metaphor συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ 1 You were buried with him in baptism Paul speaks of being baptized and joining the assembly of believers as if it were being buried with Christ. This can be made active. Alternate translation: "God buried you with Christ when you joined the church in baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 g1rq figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ συνηγέρθητε 1 in him you were raised up With this metaphor, Paul speaks of the new spiritual life of believers that God made possible by making Christ come alive again. This can be made active. Alternate translation: "because you have joined yourself to Christ, God raised you up" or "in him God caused you to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ COL 3 11 t2w2 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖο
|
|||
COL 3 11 vt4t βάρβαρος 1 barbarian a foreigner who does not know local customs
|
||||
COL 3 11 n7by Σκύθης 1 Scythian This is someone from the land of Scythia, which was outside the Roman Empire. Greeks and Romans used this word for someone who grew up in a place where everyone did wicked things all the time.
|
||||
COL 3 11 i964 figs-explicit 0 Christ is all, and is in all Nothing is excluded or left out of the rule of Christ. Alternate translation: "Christ is all important and lives in all his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 b5ti figs-activepassive ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ,' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι 1 as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved This can be made active. Alternate translation: "as those whom God has chosen for himself, whom he desires to see live for him alone, and whom he loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 b5ti figs-activepassive ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ,' τοῦ Θεοῦ ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι 1 as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved This can be made active. Alternate translation: "as those whom God has chosen for himself, whom he desires to see live for him alone, and whom he loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 d217 figs-metaphor 0 put on a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience The "heart" is a metaphor for feelings and attitudes. Here it is spoken of as if it has certain feelings and attitudes, and as if it were clothing to wear. Alternate translation: "have a merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient heart" or "be merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 r8iy ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων 1 Bear with one another "Be patient with one another" or "Accept each other even when you disappoint each other"
|
||||
COL 3 13 rts1 χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς 1 Be gracious to each other "Treat each other better than they deserve for you to treat them"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1928.
|
|
|
@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 1 luw5 figs-metonymy 0 May grace and peace be to you The terms "grace" and "peace" are metonyms for the person who acts toward people in a kindly and peaceful manner. Alternate translation: "May God be kind to you and give you peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 1 nn67 figs-you 0 peace be to you The word "you" refers to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 y98w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this letter the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word "you" is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here "always" suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here "always" suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 r3yd μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we mention you continually in our prayers "we continually pray for you"
|
||||
1TH 1 3 bl7l τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως 1 work of faith acts done because of trust in God
|
||||
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 u5er figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we know The word "we" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only "not only in what we said"
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, in the Holy Spirit Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or 2) the Holy Spirit made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or 3) the Holy Spirit demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, in the Holy Spirit Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or 2) the Holy Spirit made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or 3) the Holy Spirit demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns 0 in much assurance The abstract noun "assurance" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "God made you sure that it was true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 e889 οἷοι 1 what kind of men "how we conducted ourselves when"
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cs49 καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε 1 You became imitators To "imitate" means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
|
||||
|
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 9 rd2b αὐτοὶ γὰρ 1 For they themselves Paul is referring to the churches that already existed in the surrounding regions, who have heard about the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 1 9 amc1 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 they themselves Here "themselves" is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 v145 figs-metonymy ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had among you The abstract noun "reception" can be expressed as the verb "receive" or "welcome." Alternate translation: "how warmly you received us" or "how warmly you welcomed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων δουλεύειν Θεῷ Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here "turned to ... from" is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: "you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here "turned to ... from" is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: "you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised "whom God caused to live again"
|
||||
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead "so that he was no longer dead." This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak Paul is referring to preaching the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-metonymy τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 who examines our hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for a person's desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: "who knows our desires and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 5 xcy6 0 General Information: Paul tells the Thessalonian believers that his conduct was not based in flattery, greed, or self glory.
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν ἐγενήθημεν 1 we never came with words of flattery "we never spoke to you with false praise"
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 we never came with words of flattery "we never spoke to you with false praise"
|
||||
1TH 2 6 p9ih 0 could have claimed privileges "could have insisted you give us money"
|
||||
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as a mother comforting her own children Just as a mother gently comforts her children, so Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy spoke gently to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 r8b4 οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 In this way we had affection for you "This is how we demonstrated our affection for you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 8 p4e4 ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε 1 you had become very dear to us "we cared for you deeply"
|
||||
1TH 2 9 j9lu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil The words "labor" and "toil" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how hard they worked. Alternate translation: "how hard we worked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 b16f νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι πρὸς μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Night and day we were working so that we might not weigh down any of you "We worked hard to make our own living so you would not need to support us"
|
||||
1TH 2 9 b16f νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι πρὸς μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Night and day we were working so that we might not weigh down any of you "We worked hard to make our own living so you would not need to support us"
|
||||
1TH 2 10 il3e ὁσίως, δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως 1 holy, righteous, and blameless Paul uses three words that describe their good behavior toward the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-metaphor ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father with his own children Paul compares how he encouraged the Thessalonians to a father gently teaching his children how to behave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 m91e figs-doublet παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς καὶ παραμυθούμενοι καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and urging you The words "exhorting," "encouraging," and "urging" are used together to express how passionately Paul's group encouraged the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "We were strongly encouraging you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 13 z53w καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we also thank God constantly Paul often thanks God for their acceptance of the gospel message he shared with them.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 zj5f figs-synecdoche οὐ λόγον ἀνθρώπων 1 not as the word of man "Word of man" here is a synecdoche for "a message that comes simply from a man." Alternate translation: "(it is) not a message that is made up by a man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 rpb1 figs-metonymy 0 you accepted it ... as it truly is, the word of God "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "you accepted it ... as it truly is, the message that comes from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also at work in you who believe Paul speaks of God's gospel message as if it were a person who was doing work. "Word" is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "which those of you who believe are listening to and beginning to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also at work in you who believe Paul speaks of God's gospel message as if it were a person who was doing work. "Word" is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "which those of you who believe are listening to and beginning to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 14 s2mp ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 14 mh8n μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 became imitators of the churches The Thessalonian believers endured persecutions similar to the Judean believers. "became like the churches"
|
||||
1TH 2 14 cxm3 ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν 1 from your own countrymen "from other Thessalonians"
|
||||
1TH 2 16 rw7e κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς λαλῆσαι 1 They forbid us to speak "They try to make us stop speaking"
|
||||
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor ἀναπληρῶσαι ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 they always fill up their own sins Paul speaks as though someone can fill a container with their own sins as with liquid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 they always fill up their own sins Paul speaks as though someone can fill a container with their own sins as with liquid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m ἔφθασεν αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 wrath will overtake them in the end This refers to God finally judging and punishing people for their sins.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 edb1 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 in person not in heart Here "heart" represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: "in person, but we continued to think about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of pride Here "crown" refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression "crown of pride" means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses "stand firm" to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses "be shaken" as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
|
||||
1TH 3 1 nal1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers he has sent Timothy to strengthen their faith.
|
||||
1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it "we could no longer endure worrying about you"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it "we could no longer endure worrying about you"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 t3vt ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 good to be left behind at Athens alone "good for Silvanus and me to stay behind in Athens"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 qhj4 0 it was good "it was proper" or "it was reasonable"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 laf9 translate-names Ἀθήναις 1 Athens This is a city in the Achaia province, which is now modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -87,14 +87,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 3 rkx9 figs-explicit κείμεθα 1 we have been appointed Paul assumes that everyone knows that it was God who appointed them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "God has appointed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 4 shn3 0 Truly This word marks that there is more to the truth than what has just been said. Alternate translation: "Moreover"
|
||||
1TH 3 4 nm1l θλίβεσθαι 1 to suffer affliction "to be mistreated by others"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 st3d figs-idiom κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων στέγων 1 I could no longer stand it Paul was describing his own emotions by using an idiom. Alternate translation: "I could not longer wait patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 st3d figs-idiom κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων 1 I could no longer stand it Paul was describing his own emotions by using an idiom. Alternate translation: "I could not longer wait patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 zn36 figs-explicit ἔπεμψα 1 I sent It is implied that Paul sent Timothy. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I sent Timothy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 g92s ὁ κόπος ἡμῶν 1 our labor "our hard work among you" or "our teaching among you"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 ne5x εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain "useless"
|
||||
1TH 3 6 r4pa 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells his readers about Timothy's report after he returned from visiting them.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 gci4 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 came to us The word "us" refers to Paul and Silvanus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-explicit εὐαγγελισαμένου τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 the good news of your faith It is understood that this refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "a good report of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε ἔχετε μνείαν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε μνείαν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tx4h ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν 1 you long to see us "you desire to see us"
|
||||
1TH 3 7 mqy5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 3 7 k54j figs-explicit διὰ ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith This refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "because of your faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here "himself" refers back to "Father" for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f5z3 figs-metaphor πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 increase and abound in love Paul speaks of love as an object that one could obtain more of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy 0 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here "heart" is a metonym for one's beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: "strenghten you, so that you will be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus "when Jesus comes back to earth"
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus "when Jesus comes back to earth"
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints "with all those who belong to him"
|
||||
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>##### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>##### "Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air"<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ's final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br>
|
||||
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: "do wrong things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 d1ip προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 forewarned you and testified "told you beforehand and strongly warned against"
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ, ἀκαθαρσίᾳ ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God called us to cleanness and holiness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ, ἀκαθαρσίᾳ ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God called us to cleanness and holiness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 8 mn5y ὁ ἀθετῶν 1 he who rejects this "whoever disregards this teaching" or "whoever ignores this teaching"
|
||||
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
|
||||
1TH 4 9 uxn8 τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love "love for fellow believers"
|
||||
|
|
@ -143,12 +143,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 12 yl36 εὐσχημόνως 1 properly in a way that shows respect to others and earns their respect
|
||||
1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before outsiders Paul speaks of those who do not believer in Christ as if they are outside of a place away from the believers. Alternate translation: "in the sight of those who do not believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 j68e 0 General Information: Paul talks about believers who have died, who are still alive, and those who will be alive when Christ returns.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 οὐ θέλομεν θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 We do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "We want you to be informed" or "We want you to know"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 οὐ θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 We do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "We want you to be informed" or "We want you to know"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 wt7l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 zqz6 figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 those who sleep Here "sleep" is a euphemism for being dead. Alternate translation: "those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε λυπῆσθε καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest "because we do not want you grieve like the rest"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest "because we do not want you grieve like the rest"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 qt5b λυπῆσθε 1 grieve mourn, be sad about something
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ λοιποὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope "like people who do not confidence in the future promise." It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: "like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope "like people who do not confidence in the future promise." It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: "like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-inclusive εἰ πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here "we" refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 kmk2 ἀνέστη 1 rose again "rose to live again"
|
||||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας αὐτῷ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here "fallen asleep" is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The "dead in Christ" are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: "those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here "we" refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word "them" refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y οἱ οἱ ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air "meet the Lord Jesus in the sky"
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y οἱ οἱ ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air "meet the Lord Jesus in the sky"
|
||||
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile "like a thief in the night" means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>##### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit's guidance and work.<br>
|
||||
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word "you" is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 4 elp9 figs-simile ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day would overtake you like a thief The day when the Lord comes should not be a surprise to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: "For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor 0 We are not sons of the night or the darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: We are not unknowing, like people who live in the darkness, like people at night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: "let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: "let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-inclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 keep watch and be sober Paul describes spiritual awareness as the opposite of sleep and drunkenness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor 0 For those who sleep do so at night Just as when people sleep and do not know what is happening, so the people of this world do not know that Christ will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως ἀγάπης καὶ 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves with faith and love" or "protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 fk6r figs-metaphor 0 the hope of salvation for our helmet As a helmet protects a soldier's head, assurance of salvation protects the believer. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves by being certain that Christ will save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-euphemism εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we are awake or asleep These are polite ways of saying alive or dead. Alternate translation: "whether we are alive or dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς ἕνα 1 build each other up Here "build" is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: "encourage each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς ἕνα 1 build each other up Here "build" is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: "encourage each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 12 pd47 0 General Information: Paul begins to give his final instructions to the church in Thessalonica.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 rka4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 ksp2 εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας 1 to acknowledge those who labor "to esteem and appreciate those who are involved in leading"
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 18 z9gg ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε 1 In everything give thanks Paul is exhorting the believers to express thankfulness in all things.
|
||||
1TH 5 18 bt5q ἐν παντὶ 1 In everything In all circumstances
|
||||
1TH 5 18 l3sk τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 For this is the will of God Paul is referring to the behavior he just mentioned as being God's will for the believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 19 j1ei τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit "Do not stop the Holy Spirit from working among you"
|
||||
1TH 5 20 iv1n προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies "Do not have contempt for prophecies" or "Do not hate anything the Holy Spirit tells someone"
|
||||
1TH 5 19 j1ei τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit "Do not stop the Holy Spirit from working among you"
|
||||
1TH 5 20 iv1n προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies "Do not have contempt for prophecies" or "Do not hate anything the Holy Spirit tells someone"
|
||||
1TH 5 21 wx69 πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things "Make sure that all messages that seem to come from God truly come from him"
|
||||
1TH 5 21 r12r figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Hold on to what is good Paul speaks of messages from the Holy Spirit as if they were objects that one could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς 1 make you completely holy This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ σῶμα ἀμέμπτως,, τηρηθείη τηρηθείη 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here "spirit, soul, and body" represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as "your whole life" or "you." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God make your whole life without sin" or "May God keep you completely blameless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς 1 make you completely holy This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ σῶμα ἀμέμπτως,, τηρηθείη 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here "spirit, soul, and body" represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as "your whole life" or "you." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God make your whole life without sin" or "May God keep you completely blameless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 24 mq2u πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς 1 Faithful is he who calls you "He is faithful who calls you"
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς καὶ ποιήσει ποιήσει 1 the one who will also do it "he will be helping you"
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς καὶ ποιήσει 1 the one who will also do it "he will be helping you"
|
||||
1TH 5 25 q8ki 0 General Information: Paul gives his closing statements.
|
||||
1TH 5 26 qa1c ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter" or "With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter" or "With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1935.
|
|
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 1 hm3e Σιλουανὸς 1 Silvanus This is the Latin form of "Silas." He is the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul's fellow traveler.
|
||||
2TH 1 2 g6rb χάρις ὑμῖν 1 Grace to you Paul commonly uses this greeting in his letters.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 m6z5 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We should always give thanks to God Paul uses "always" as a generalization meaning "often" or "regularly. The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: "We should often give thanks to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We should always give thanks to God Paul uses "always" as a generalization meaning "often" or "regularly. The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: "We should often give thanks to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 u3m8 0 This is appropriate "It is the right thing to do" or "It is good"
|
||||
2TH 1 3 xy7k 0 the love each of you has for one another increases "you sincerely love one another"
|
||||
|
|
@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right "to return" to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "and to relieve you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: "for God to provide relief to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 yix7 0 the angels of his power "his powerful angels"
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι εἰδόσι Θεὸν καὶ τοῖς 1 In flaming fire he will take vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who "He will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God and those who" or "Then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God and those who"
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν καὶ τοῖς 1 In flaming fire he will take vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who "He will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God and those who" or "Then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God and those who"
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive 0 They will be punished Here "They" refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here "that day" is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his people and to be marveled at by all those who believed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 καὶ προσευχόμεθα προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray continually for you Paul is emphasizing how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: we also pray regularly for you" or "we continue to pray for you"
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray continually for you Paul is emphasizing how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: we also pray regularly for you" or "we continue to pray for you"
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 calling Here "calling" refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 1 11 r8gk πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης 1 fulfill every desire of goodness "make you able to do good in every way that you desire"
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word "Now" marks a change of topic in Paul's instructions.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled "that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled "that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 d334 0 by a message, or by a letter that seems to be coming from us "by spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 k4dk 0 to the effect that "saying that"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 ib6m ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord This refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,15 +50,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 7 fcu7 0 who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold them back or to keep them from doing what they want to do.
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive 0 Then the lawless one will be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then God will allow the lawless one to show himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος 1 with the breath of his mouth Here "breath" represents the power of God. Alternate translation: "by the power of his spoken word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y αὐτοῦ καταργήσει καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y αὐτοῦ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, signs, and false wonders "with all kinds of power, signs, and false wonders"
|
||||
2TH 2 10 tf75 ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας 1 with all deceit of unrighteousness This person will use every sort of evil to deceive people to believe in him instead of God.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 v366 0 These things will be for those who are perishing This man who is given power by Satan will deceive everyone who did not believe in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here "perishing" has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason "Because the people do not love the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason "Because the people do not love the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης εἰς πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a work of error so that they would believe a lie Paul is speaking of God allowing something to happen to people as if he is sending them something. Alternate translation: "God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they will all be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will judge all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who did not believe the truth but instead took pleasure in unrighteousness "those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they will all be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will judge all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who did not believe the truth but instead took pleasure in unrighteousness "those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 But Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
|
|
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us "to act the way that my fellow workers and I act"
|
||||
2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives 0 We did not live among you as those who had no discipline Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "We lived among you as those who had much discipline" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul uses this word to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers The word "you" refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ τις οὐχ ὑπακούει ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word "if anyone does not obey our instructions"
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word "if anyone does not obey our instructions"
|
||||
2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 take note of him Notice who he is. Alternate translation: "publicly identify that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 y552 ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be ashamed Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης δῴη δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul's prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul's prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here "himself" emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 17 c2cb 0 This is my greeting, Paul, with my own hand, which is the sign in every letter "I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me"
|
||||
2TH 3 17 wg3f 0 This is how I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 681.
|
|
|
@ -24,18 +24,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 5 myi5 τὸ δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul explains the purpose of what he is commanding Timothy.
|
||||
1TI 1 5 l7un 0 the commandment Here this does not mean the Old Testament or the Ten Commandments but rather the instructions that Paul gives in [1 Timothy 1:3](../01/03.md) and [1 Timothy 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 5 i9rs ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love Possible meanings are 1) "is to love God" or 2) "is to love people."
|
||||
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here "pure" means the person does not have hidden motives to do wrong. Here "heart" refers to a person's mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: "from a mind that is honest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here "pure" means the person does not have hidden motives to do wrong. Here "heart" refers to a person's mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: "from a mind that is honest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 ar8t καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong"
|
||||
1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 sincere faith "genuine faith" or "a faith without hypocrisy"
|
||||
1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 Some people have missed the mark Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which to aim. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love as he just explained in 1:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-idiom ὧν ἀστοχήσαντες ἐξετράπησαν 1 have turned away from these things Here "turned away" is an idiom that means they have stopped doing what God has commanded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 v28u νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here "law" refers to the law of Moses.
|
||||
1TI 1 7 kz8x μὴ μὴ νοοῦντες νοοῦντες 1 but they do not understand "even though they do not understand" or "and yet they do not understand"
|
||||
1TI 1 7 kz8x μὴ νοοῦντες 1 but they do not understand "even though they do not understand" or "and yet they do not understand"
|
||||
1TI 1 7 j2hc περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they so confidently affirm "what they so confidently state is true"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good "we understand that the law is useful" or "we understand that the law is beneficial"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully "if a person uses it correctly" or "if a person uses it the way God intended"
|
||||
1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 We know this "Because we realize this" or "We also know this"
|
||||
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive ὅτι δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται κεῖται 1 that law is not made for a righteous man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God did not make the law for the righteous man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive ὅτι δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 that law is not made for a righteous man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God did not make the law for the righteous man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 dl5l figs-gendernotations δικαίῳ 1 a righteous man Here "man" includes both male and female. Alternate translation: "a righteous person" or "a good person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 ci94 figs-activepassive 0 It is made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God made the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 10 y5dx πόρνοις 1 sexually immoral people This refers to anyone who sleeps with someone to whom they are not married.
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 13 rq2m 0 But I received mercy because I acted ignorantly in unbelief "But because I did not believe in Jesus, and I did not know what I was doing, I received mercy from Jesus"
|
||||
1TI 1 13 nv6k ἠλεήθην 1 I received mercy "Jesus showed me mercy" or "Jesus had mercy on me"
|
||||
1TI 1 14 zp83 δὲ ἡ χάρις 1 But the grace "And the grace"
|
||||
1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ὑπερεπλεόνασεν ἡ χάρις τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were a liquid that could fill a container and spill out of the top when the container is full. Alternate translation: "God showed me much grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ὑπερεπλεόνασεν ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of God's grace as if it were a liquid that could fill a container and spill out of the top when the container is full. Alternate translation: "God showed me much grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 14 z5lv μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης 1 with faith and love This is the result of God showing much grace to Paul. Alternate translation: "which caused me to trust in Jesus and love him"
|
||||
1TI 1 14 d9m7 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 that is in Christ Jesus This speaks about Jesus as if he were a container that holds a liquid. Here "in Christ Jesus" refers to having a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "that Christ Jesus enables me to give to God because I am united to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 15 z48s πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This message is reliable "This statement is true"
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 my child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though Paul is the father and Timothy is the child. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is truly like my child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 y6jg figs-activepassive κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the prophecies previously made about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks about Timothy working for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: "continue to work hard for the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 19 ly6q ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong." See how you translated this in [1 Timothy 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 19 ly6q ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong." See how you translated this in [1 Timothy 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor 0 some have shipwrecked their faith Paul speaks of these people's faith as if it were a ship that could be wrecked at sea. He means that they have ruined their faith and no longer believe in Jesus. You should use this or a similar metaphor if it will be understood in the project language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names 0 Hymenaeus ... Alexander These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I gave over to Satan Paul speaks as if he physically handed these men to Satan. This probably means that Paul rejected them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan can have power over them and harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 5 t666 0 one mediator for God and man A mediator is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Here Jesus helps sinners enter into a peaceful relationship with God.
|
||||
1TI 2 6 u8r1 δοὺς ἑαυτὸν 1 gave himself "died willingly"
|
||||
1TI 2 6 vz12 ἀντίλυτρον 1 as a ransom "as a price of freedom" or "as a payment to obtain freedom"
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fm1c figs-explicit τὸ μαρτύριον καιροῖς καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 as the testimony at the right time It can be made explicit that this was the testimony that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: "as the proof at the right time that God wants to save all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fq7r καιροῖς καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time This means that this was the time that God had chosen.
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fm1c figs-explicit τὸ μαρτύριον καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 as the testimony at the right time It can be made explicit that this was the testimony that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: "as the proof at the right time that God wants to save all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fq7r καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time This means that this was the time that God had chosen.
|
||||
1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 For this purpose "For this" or "For this reason"
|
||||
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive , ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος. 1 I myself, was made a herald and an apostle This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ made me, Paul, a preacher and an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 h18q figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 I am a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and truth "I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth." Here, Paul may be using "faith" and truth" to express one idea. Alternate translation: "I teach the Gentiles about the true faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -93,17 +93,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 8 yzg3 figs-metonymy 0 I want men in every place to pray and to lift up holy hands Here "holy hands" means the entire person is holy. Alternate translation: "I want men in every place who are holy to lift up their hands and pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 8 a841 τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 men in every place "the males in all places" or "the males everywhere." Here the word "men" refers specifically to males.
|
||||
1TI 2 8 unw6 0 lift up holy hands It was a normal posture for people to raise their hands while praying.
|
||||
1TI 2 9 au5c figs-doublet μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης- σωφροσύνης 1 with modesty and self-control Both of these words mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing that women should wear clothes that are appropriate and do not attract improper attention from men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 sw21 figs-metonymy μὴ ἐν ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 They should not have braided hair During Paul's time, many Roman women braided their hair to make themselves attractive. Braiding is only one way a woman can give undue attention to her hair. If braided hair is unknown, it can be stated in a more general way. Alternate translation: "They should not have fancy hairstyles" or "They should not have elaborate hairstyle that attract attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 au5c figs-doublet μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης- 1 with modesty and self-control Both of these words mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing that women should wear clothes that are appropriate and do not attract improper attention from men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 sw21 figs-metonymy μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 They should not have braided hair During Paul's time, many Roman women braided their hair to make themselves attractive. Braiding is only one way a woman can give undue attention to her hair. If braided hair is unknown, it can be stated in a more general way. Alternate translation: "They should not have fancy hairstyles" or "They should not have elaborate hairstyle that attract attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 rf5v translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls These are beautiful and valuable white balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 2 10 g35m ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν δι’ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 who profess godliness through good works "who want to honor God by the good things they do"
|
||||
1TI 2 11 gb7a ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 in silence "in quietness"
|
||||
1TI 2 11 c7sh ἐν πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ 1 and with all submission "and submit to what is taught"
|
||||
1TI 2 12 e2hg γυναικὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπω ἐπιτρέπω 1 I do not permit a woman "I do not allow a woman"
|
||||
1TI 2 12 e2hg γυναικὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπω 1 I do not permit a woman "I do not allow a woman"
|
||||
1TI 2 13 iv31 figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη 1 Adam was formed first This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Adam is the one God formed first" or "God created Adam first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "and then God formed Eve" or "then God created Eve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "And Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα ἐν ἐν παραβάσει παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman was deceived and became a transgressor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "And Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman was deceived and became a transgressor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through bearing children Here "she" refers to women in general. Possible meanings are 1) God will keep women physically safe as they give birth to children, or 2) God will save women from their sins through their role as child bearers.
|
||||
1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save her" or "God will save women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they continue "if they remain" or "if they continue living." Here "they" refers to women.
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 15 zr4b figs-abstractnouns σωφροσύνης 1 soundness of mind If the idiom is retained in translation, the abstract noun "soundness" can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: "a sound mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Overseers and deacons<br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word "overseer" reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about "deacons" in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Character qualities<br>This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
|
||||
1TI 3 1 rwi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the overseers of the church should act and be.
|
||||
1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου ἔργου 1 a good work "an honorable task"
|
||||
1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a good work "an honorable task"
|
||||
1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 husband of one wife An overseer must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed or divorced, or never married.
|
||||
1TI 3 2 qnq9 0 He must be moderate, sensible, orderly, and hospitable "He must not do anything to excess, must be reasonable and behave well, and must be friendly to strangers"
|
||||
1TI 3 3 c2c7 0 He must not be addicted to wine, not a brawler, but instead, gentle, peaceful "He must neither drink too much alcohol nor like to fight and argue, but instead he must be gentle and peaceful"
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,19 +120,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 3 4 a8gu 0 He should manage "He should lead" or "He should take care of"
|
||||
1TI 3 4 w3un μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος 1 with all respect Possible meanings are 1) the overseer's children should obey and show respect to their father or 2) the overseer's children should show respect to everyone or 3) the overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them.
|
||||
1TI 3 4 m8a5 πάσης σεμνότητος 1 all respect "complete respect" or "respect at all times"
|
||||
1TI 3 5 n8zi εἰ δέ τις προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν 1 For if a man does not know how to manage "For when a man cannot manage"
|
||||
1TI 3 5 n8zi εἰ δέ τις προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν 1 For if a man does not know how to manage "For when a man cannot manage"
|
||||
1TI 3 5 n5lt figs-rquestion 0 how will he care for a church of God? Paul uses a question to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: "he cannot take care of a church of God." or "he will not be able to lead a church of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TI 3 5 c814 figs-metonymy 0 a church of God Here "church" refers to a local group of God's people. Alternate translation: "a group of God's people" or "the believers over whom he is in charge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 3 6 q7hu 0 He should not be a new convert "He should not be a new believer" or "He must be a mature believer"
|
||||
1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor 0 fall into condemnation as the devil Paul speaks of the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: "have God condemn him as he condemned the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 si1d figs-metaphor τῶν ἔξωθεν 1 those outside "those outside of the church." Paul speaks of the church as though it were a place, and of unbelievers as though they were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: "those who are not Christians" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ ἐμπέσῃ καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 he does not fall into disgrace and the trap of the devil Paul speaks of disgrace and the devil causing someone to sin as if they were a hole or a trap into which a person falls. Here "fall into" means to experience. Alternate translation: "nothing causes him shame before the unbelievers and so that the devil does not cause him to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 he does not fall into disgrace and the trap of the devil Paul speaks of disgrace and the devil causing someone to sin as if they were a hole or a trap into which a person falls. Here "fall into" means to experience. Alternate translation: "nothing causes him shame before the unbelievers and so that the devil does not cause him to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 8 z1gd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the deacons of the church and their wives should act and be.
|
||||
1TI 3 8 nz2w διακόνους, ὡσαύτως 1 Deacons, likewise "Deacons, like overseers"
|
||||
1TI 3 8 sxq4 figs-metaphor 0 should be dignified, not double-talkers Paul speaks about these people as if they were "double-talkers" or could say two things at once. He means the person says one thing but mean something else. Alternate translation: "should act properly and mean what they say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 c44a figs-metaphor 0 They should keep the revealed truth of the faith "They must continue to believe the true message God revealed to us and that we believe." This refers to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was showing to them at that moment. Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could keep with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-activepassive τὸ μυστήριον 1 the revealed truth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the truth that God revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor πίστεως ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει συνειδήσει 1 faith with a clean conscience Paul speaks of a person's knowledge that he has done no wrong as if that knowledge or conscience were clean. Alternate translation: "faith, knowing they have tried their hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor πίστεως ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 faith with a clean conscience Paul speaks of a person's knowledge that he has done no wrong as if that knowledge or conscience were clean. Alternate translation: "faith, knowing they have tried their hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive 0 They should also be approved first This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Other believers should approve of them first" or "They should prove themselves first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 3 10 m5ar δοκιμαζέσθωσαν 1 be approved This means other believers should evaluate those who want to be a deacon and determine if they are fit to serve in the church.
|
||||
1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας ὡσαύτως 1 Women in the same way Possible meanings are 1) "women" refers to the wives of deacons or 2) "women" refers to female deacons.
|
||||
|
|
@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 3 12 dv31 0 manage well their children and household "properly take care of and lead their children and others who live in their homes"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 rfq2 οἱ γὰρ 1 For those "For those deacons" or "For these church leaders"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 s9si ἑαυτοῖς περιποιοῦνται 1 acquire for themselves "receive for themselves" or "gain for themselves"
|
||||
1TI 3 13 cv34 figs-explicit βαθμὸν βαθμὸν καλὸν 1 a good standing The implied meaning may be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "a good reputation among other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 3 13 cv34 figs-explicit βαθμὸν καλὸν 1 a good standing The implied meaning may be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "a good reputation among other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 3 13 m684 πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 great confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus Possible meanings are 1) they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence or 2) they will speak confidently to other people about their faith in Jesus.
|
||||
1TI 3 14 s4p2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells Timothy the reason he wrote to him and then describes Christ's godliness.
|
||||
1TI 3 15 z9z8 0 But if I delay "But in case I cannot go there soon" or "But if something prevents me for being there soon"
|
||||
1TI 3 15 p9u4 figs-metaphor 0 so that you may know how to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as if they were a family. Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring only to Timothy's behavior in the church. Alternate translation: "so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God's family" or 2) Paul is referring to the believers' in general. Alternate translation: "so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us information about "the household of God" rather than making a distinction between a household of God which is the church and one that is not the church. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "house hold of God. Those who belong to the family of God are the community of believers in the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor , ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 which is the church of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the believers bearing witness to the truth about Christ as if they were a pillar and a base supporting a building. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "which is the church of the living God. And, by keeping and teaching God's truth, these members of the church support the truth just as a pillar and base support a building" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us information about "the household of God" rather than making a distinction between a household of God which is the church and one that is not the church. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "house hold of God. Those who belong to the family of God are the community of believers in the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor , ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 which is the church of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the believers bearing witness to the truth about Christ as if they were a pillar and a base supporting a building. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "which is the church of the living God. And, by keeping and teaching God's truth, these members of the church support the truth just as a pillar and base support a building" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 sg64 Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here this expression may be speaking of God as the one who gives life to all, as in the UST.
|
||||
1TI 3 16 ak8w 0 We all agree "No one can deny"
|
||||
1TI 3 16 w473 0 that the mystery of godliness is great "that the truth that God has revealed is great"
|
||||
|
|
@ -192,13 +192,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 9 hc1t πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 worthy of full acceptance "worthy of your complete belief" or "worthy of your full trust"
|
||||
1TI 4 10 l2yl 0 For it is for this "This is the reason"
|
||||
1TI 4 10 c9db figs-doublet κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 struggle and work very hard The words "struggle" and "work very hard" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize the intensity with which they serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 10 qmj6 ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ Θεῷ Θεῷ ζῶντι 1 we have hope in the living God Here "living God" probably means, "God, who makes all things live."
|
||||
1TI 4 10 qmj6 ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ Θεῷ ζῶντι 1 we have hope in the living God Here "living God" probably means, "God, who makes all things live."
|
||||
1TI 4 10 dsz3 figs-ellipsis 0 but especially of believers The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "but he is especially the Savior of those people who believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 4 11 lg9h 0 Proclaim and teach these things "Command and teach these things" or "Command and teach these things I just mentioned"
|
||||
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth "Do not let anyone consider you less important because you are young"
|
||||
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth "Do not let anyone consider you less important because you are young"
|
||||
1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, and to the teaching The words "reading," "exhortation," and "teaching" can be translated with verbal phrases. The implied information can also be supplied in translation Alternate translation: "continue reading the scripture to the people, exhorting the people, and teaching the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 t221 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift that is in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God's gifts. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Do not neglect your spiritual gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-activepassive μὴ ἀμέλει ἀμέλει 1 Do not neglect This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Be sure to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 t221 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift that is in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God's gifts. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Do not neglect your spiritual gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-activepassive μὴ ἀμέλει 1 Do not neglect This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Be sure to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 xp1k figs-activepassive ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας 1 which was given to you through prophecy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which you received when leaders of the church spoke God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 rr8f ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου 1 laying on of the hands of the elders This was a ceremony in which the church leaders put their hands on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do.
|
||||
1TI 4 15 m65m figs-metaphor 0 Care for these things. Be in them Paul speaks of God's gifts to Timothy as if he could physically be in them. Alternate translation: "Do all these things and live according to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Honor and respect<br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>##### Widows<br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.<br>
|
||||
1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of "you" or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TI 5 1 h7d1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell Timothy how to treat the men, women, widows, and younger women in the church.
|
||||
1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man "Do not speak harshly to an older man"
|
||||
1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man "Do not speak harshly to an older man"
|
||||
1TI 5 1 dnf2 0 Instead, exhort him "Instead, encourage him"
|
||||
1TI 5 1 enp9 figs-simile 0 as if he were a father ... as brothers Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TI 5 2 t1pv figs-simile 0 as mothers ... as sisters Paul uses these similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 2 ivl7 ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνίᾳ 1 in all purity "with pure thoughts and actions" or "in a holy way"
|
||||
1TI 5 3 smp5 χήρας τίμα 1 Honor widows "Respect and provide for widows"
|
||||
1TI 5 3 qc6s τὰς ὄντως χήρας 1 the real widows "widows with no one to provide for them"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 w38h μανθανέτωσαν μανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them first learn "first of all they should learn" or "let them make it a priority to learn"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 w38h μανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them first learn "first of all they should learn" or "let them make it a priority to learn"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 g5mu τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον 1 in their own household "to their own family" or "to those living in their homes"
|
||||
1TI 5 4 q5c8 0 Let them repay their parents "Let them do good to their parents in return for the good things their parents have given them"
|
||||
1TI 5 5 xp1u 0 But a real widow is left all alone "But one who is truly a widow has no family"
|
||||
|
|
@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 8 y645 τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται 1 he has denied the faith "he has acted contrary to the truth we believe"
|
||||
1TI 5 8 evm7 ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever "is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus." Paul means this person is worse than an unbeliever because even unbelievers take care of their relatives. Therefore, a believer should certainly take care of his relatives.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 s8ql 0 be enrolled as a widow There seems to have been a list, written or not, of widows. The church members met these women's needs for shelter, clothing, and food, and these women were expected to devote their lives to serving the Christian community.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 i27x translate-numbers μὴ ἔλαττον ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα 1 who is not younger than sixty As Paul will explain in 5:11-16, widows who were younger than 60 years old might get married again. Therefore the Christian community was to care only for widows who were older than 60. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1TI 5 9 i27x translate-numbers μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα 1 who is not younger than sixty As Paul will explain in 5:11-16, widows who were younger than 60 years old might get married again. Therefore the Christian community was to care only for widows who were older than 60. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1TI 5 9 q9dj γεγονυῖα ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Possible meanings are 1) she was always faithful to her husband or 2) she had not divorced her husband then married another man.
|
||||
1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive 0 She must be known for good deeds This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People must be able to attest to her good deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 mik7 ἐξενοδόχησεν 1 has been hospitable to strangers "has welcomed strangers into her home"
|
||||
|
|
@ -254,10 +254,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path to be followed. This means the woman stopped obeying Jesus and started obeying Satan. Alternate translation: "left the path of Christ to follow Satan" or "decided to obey Satan instead of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 16 g8k5 τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman "any Christian woman" or "any woman who believes in Christ"
|
||||
1TI 5 16 mf4s ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows "has widows among her relatives"
|
||||
1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 so that the church will not be weighed down Paul speaks of the community having to help more people than they are able as if they were carrying too much weight on their backs. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that the church will not have more work to do than they can" or "so that the Christian community will not have to help widows whose families could provide for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 so that the church will not be weighed down Paul speaks of the community having to help more people than they are able as if they were carrying too much weight on their backs. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that the church will not have more work to do than they can" or "so that the Christian community will not have to help widows whose families could provide for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 real widows "those women who have no one to provide for them"
|
||||
1TI 5 17 i3l3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul again talks of how elders (overseers) should be treated and then gives Timothy some personal instructions.
|
||||
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι ἀξιούσθωσαν ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 Let the elders who rule well be considered worthy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All believers should think of the elders who are good leaders as worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 Let the elders who rule well be considered worthy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All believers should think of the elders who are good leaders as worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 wp9d διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 double honor Possible meanings are 1) "respect and payment" or 2) "more respect than others receive"
|
||||
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 those who work with the word and in teaching Paul speaks about the word as if it is an object that a person can work with. Alternate translation: "those who preach and teach God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the scripture says This is personification that means that this is what someone has written in the scriptures. Alternate translation: "For we read in the scriptures that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 18 g985 translate-unknown φιμώσεις 1 muzzle a sleeve that goes over an animal's snout and mouth to prevent it from eating while it is doing work (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 t6kp ἀλοῶντα 1 treads the grain And ox "treads the grain" when it walks on or pulls a heavy object over the cut grain to separate the grain from the stalks. The ox was allowed to eat some of the grain as they worked.
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kys1 ἄξιος τοῦ μισθοῦ 1 is worthy of "deserves"
|
||||
1TI 5 19 af68 figs-metaphor κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου παραδέχου 1 Do not receive an accusation Paul speaks of accusations as if they were objects that could be physically accepted by people. Alternate translation: "Do not accept as true any accusation that someone speaks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 19 af68 figs-metaphor κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου 1 Do not receive an accusation Paul speaks of accusations as if they were objects that could be physically accepted by people. Alternate translation: "Do not accept as true any accusation that someone speaks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three "at least two" or "two or more"
|
||||
1TI 5 20 m4uh 0 sinners This refers to anyone doing anything that disobeys or displeases God, even things that other people do not know about.
|
||||
1TI 5 20 db63 ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 before all "where everyone can see"
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 1 zg9b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specific instructions to slaves and masters and then continues with instructions on living in a godly way.
|
||||
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι ἡγείσθωσαν 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: "Let all who are working as slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν ἡγείσθωσαν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: "Let all who are believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται βλασφημῆται 1 the name of God and the teaching might not be blasphemed This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "the unbelievers might always speak respectfully about the name of God and the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 the name of God and the teaching might not be blasphemed This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "the unbelievers might always speak respectfully about the name of God and the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here "name" refers to God's nature or character. Alternate translation: "the character of God" or "God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 f5pc ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching "the faith" or "the gospel"
|
||||
1TI 6 2 fvv7 ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here "brothers" means "fellow believers."
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1690.
|
|
|
@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 01 02 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ 1 God the Father and "God, who is the Father, and." This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) Paul could be referring to God here as 1) the Father of Christ, or 2) the Father of believers.
|
||||
2TI 01 02 yp2q Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Lord "Christ Jesus, who is our Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 tvb7 ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my forefathers "whom I serve as my ancestors did"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 ha9d figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a "clean conscience" does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: "knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 03 rz7s ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω ἔχω τὴν τὴν περὶ περὶ σοῦ σοῦ μνείαν μνείαν 1 as I constantly remember you Here "remember" is used to mean "mention" or "talk about." Alternate translation: "when I mention you continually" or "while I talk about you all the time"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 ha9d figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a "clean conscience" does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: "knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 03 rz7s ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν 1 as I constantly remember you Here "remember" is used to mean "mention" or "talk about." Alternate translation: "when I mention you continually" or "while I talk about you all the time"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 pa6q figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day Here "night and day" are used together to mean "always." Alternate translation: "always" or "at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TI 01 04 kk82 figs-metonymy μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων 1 I remember your tears Here "tears" represents crying. Alternate translation: "I remember how you cried for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 04 zc8s ἐπιποθῶν σε ἰδεῖν 1 I long to see you "I want very much to see you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 01 06 j58k 0 This is the reason "For this reason" or "Because of your sincere faith in Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 01 06 h6eq figs-metaphor ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα 1 to rekindle the gift Paul speaks about Timothy's need to start using his gift again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: "to start using again the gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 06 i977 τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God which is in you through the laying on of my hands "the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you." This refers to a time when Paul placed his hands on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God's Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do.
|
||||
2TI 01 07 h1z3 οὐ ἔδωκεν ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power and love and discipline Possible meanings are 1) "spirit" refers to the "Holy Spirit." Alternate translation: "God's Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline" or 2) "spirit" refers to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: "God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline"
|
||||
2TI 01 07 h1z3 οὐ ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power and love and discipline Possible meanings are 1) "spirit" refers to the "Holy Spirit." Alternate translation: "God's Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline" or 2) "spirit" refers to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: "God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline"
|
||||
2TI 01 07 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 discipline Possible meanings are 1) the power to control ourselves or 2) the power to correct other people who are doing wrong.
|
||||
2TI 01 08 fk9z τὸ μαρτύριον 1 of the testimony "of testifying" or "of telling others"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner "a prisoner for his sake" or "a prisoner because I testify about the Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 ry82 figs-metaphor 0 share in suffering for the gospel Paul speaks of suffering as if it were an object that could be shared or distributed among people. Alternate translation: "suffer with me for the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 08 hi9a εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 gospel according to the power of God "gospel, allowing God to make you strong"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ld55 κλήσει κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 with a holy calling "with a calling that set us apart as his people" or "to be his holy people"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ld55 κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 with a holy calling "with a calling that set us apart as his people" or "to be his holy people"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 j8dp 0 He did this "He saved and called us"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ub31 οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works "not because we did anything to deserve it"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 kyr5 ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own plan and grace "but because he planned to show us kindness"
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 01 10 i3wl figs-metaphor 0 brought life that never ends to light through the gospel Paul speaks of teaching about eternal life as if it were an object that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see it. Alternate translation: "taught what life that never ends is by preaching the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 11 tb9b figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 I was appointed a preacher This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God chose me to be a preacher" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 01 12 j37g δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 For this cause "Because I am an apostle"
|
||||
2TI 01 12 y8l4 καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω πάσχω 1 I also suffer these things Paul is referring to being a prisoner.
|
||||
2TI 01 12 y8l4 καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω 1 I also suffer these things Paul is referring to being a prisoner.
|
||||
2TI 01 12 td39 0 I am persuaded "I am convinced"
|
||||
2TI 01 12 p6pi figs-metaphor 0 to keep that which I have entrusted to him Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. Possible meanings are 1) Paul is trusting Jesus to help him remain faithful, or 2) Paul is trusting that Jesus will ensure that people continue spreading the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 12 qcu3 figs-metonymy ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the day when God judges all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 01 15 x6cc translate-names Φύγελος καὶ Ἑρμογένης 1 Phygelus and Hermogenes These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 zz44 Κύριος τῷ οἴκῳ 1 to the household "to the family"
|
||||
2TI 01 16 td1q figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη ἐπησχύνθη 1 was not ashamed of my chain Here "chain" is a metonym for being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: "was not ashamed that I was in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 td1q figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη 1 was not ashamed of my chain Here "chain" is a metonym for being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: "was not ashamed that I was in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 18 p3di 0 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from him "May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord" or "May the Lord show him mercy"
|
||||
2TI 01 18 x2dk figs-metaphor 0 to find mercy from him Paul speaks of mercy as if it were an object that could be found. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 18 f3ep figs-metonymy 0 on that day This refers to the day when God will judge all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 02 02 ig9v διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 among many witnesses "with many witnesses there to agree that what I said is true"
|
||||
2TI 02 02 kv1m figs-metaphor 0 entrust them to faithful people Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: "commit them" or "teach them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 03 yc1j συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer hardship with me Possible meanings are 1) "Endure suffering as I do" or 2) "Share in my suffering"
|
||||
2TI 02 03 juu2 figs-simile ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Christ Jesus Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 02 03 juu2 figs-simile ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Christ Jesus Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 02 04 a4x7 0 No soldier serves while entangled in the affairs of this life "No soldier serves when he is involved in the everyday business of this life" or "When soldiers are serving, they do not get distracted by the ordinary things that people do." Christ's servants should not allow everyday life to keep them from working for Christ.
|
||||
2TI 02 04 p7n5 figs-metaphor 0 while entangled Paul speaks of this distraction as if it were a net that tripped people up as they were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 04 d2lg 0 his superior officer "his leader" or "the one who commands him"
|
||||
2TI 02 05 d483 figs-explicit 0 as an athlete, he is not crowned unless he competes by the rules Paul is implicitly speaking of Christ's servants as if they were athletes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 05 xbn6 figs-activepassive 0 he is not crowned unless he competes by the rules This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will crown him as winner only if he competes by the rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 05 lea8 οὐ στεφανοῦται στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned "he does not win the prize." Athletes in Paul's time were crowned with wreaths made from the leaves of plants when they won competitions.
|
||||
2TI 02 05 lea8 οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned "he does not win the prize." Athletes in Paul's time were crowned with wreaths made from the leaves of plants when they won competitions.
|
||||
2TI 02 05 reg6 0 competes by the rules "competes according to the rules" or "strictly obeys the rules"
|
||||
2TI 02 06 wz35 figs-metaphor 0 It is necessary that the hardworking farmer receive his share of the crops first This is the third metaphor Paul gives Timothy about working. The reader should understand that Christ's servants need to work hard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 07 bdk9 νόει ὃ λέγω 1 Think about what I am saying Paul gave Timothy word pictures, but he did not completely explain their meanings. He expected Timothy to figure out what he was saying about Christ's servants.
|
||||
|
|
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 02 08 wt31 figs-activepassive 0 who was raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" or "whom God raised from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 02 08 s4vh figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 according to my gospel message Paul speaks of the gospel message as if it were especially his. He means that this is the gospel message that he proclaims. Alternate translation: "according to the gospel message that I preach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 09 t2ax figs-metonymy 0 to the point of being bound with chains as a criminal Here "being chained" represents being a prisoner. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to the point of wearing chains as a criminal in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 09 pc6t figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται δέδεται 1 the word of God is not bound Here "bound" speaks of what happens to a prisoner, and the phrase is a metaphor that means no one can stop God's message. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one can put the word of God in prison" or "no one can stop the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 09 pc6t figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται 1 the word of God is not bound Here "bound" speaks of what happens to a prisoner, and the phrase is a metaphor that means no one can stop God's message. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one can put the word of God in prison" or "no one can stop the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 aa1x figs-activepassive διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 for those who are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 j2bk figs-metaphor σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of salvation as if it were an object that could be physically grasped. Alternate translation: "will receive salvation from Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 el68 μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου 1 with eternal glory "and that they will be forever with him in the glorious place where he is"
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 02 17 i73t figs-simile 0 Their talk will spread like cancer Cancer quickly spreads in a person's body and destroys it. This is a metaphor that means what those people were saying would spread from person to person and harm the faith of those who heard it. Alternate translation: "What they say will spread like an infectious disease" or "Their talk will spread quickly and cause destruction like cancer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 02 17 x2k6 translate-names Ὑμέναιος καὶ Φίλητος 1 Hymenaeus and Philetus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 02 18 fi9z figs-metaphor 0 who have gone astray from the truth Here "gone astray from the truth" is a metaphor for no longer believing or teaching what is true. Alternate translation: "who have started saying things that are not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 18 pu22 ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι γεγονέναι 1 the resurrection has already happened "God has already raised dead believers to eternal life"
|
||||
2TI 02 18 pu22 ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι 1 the resurrection has already happened "God has already raised dead believers to eternal life"
|
||||
2TI 02 18 ura5 0 they destroy the faith of some "they cause some people to stop believing"
|
||||
2TI 02 19 zp5m figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Just as precious and common containers can be used for honorable ways in a wealthy house, any person who turns to God can be used by God in honorable ways in doing good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 ir1z figs-metaphor ὁ στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν 1 the firm foundation of God stands Possible meanings are 1) "God's truth is like a firm foundation" or 2) "God has established his people like a building on a firm foundation" or 3) "God's faithfulness is like a firm foundation." In any case, Paul speaks of this idea as if it were a building's foundation laid in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 02 22 srb7 figs-metaphor 0 Pursue righteousness Here "Pursue" means the opposite of "Flee." Paul speaks of righteousness as if it is an object that Timothy should run towards because it will do him good. Alternate translation: "Try your best to obtain righteousness" or "Seek after righteousness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 hg99 μετὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων 1 with those Possible meanings are 1) Paul wants Timothy to join with other believers in pursuing righteousness, faith, love, and peace, or 2) Paul wants Timothy to be at peace and not argue with other believers.
|
||||
2TI 02 22 gl3q figs-idiom τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον 1 those who call on the Lord Here "call on the Lord" is an idiom that means to trust and worship the Lord. Alternate translation: "those who worship the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 b2ti figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας καρδίας 1 out of a clean heart Here "clean" is a metaphor for something pure or sincere. And, "heart" here is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Alternate translation: "with a sincere mind" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 22 b2ti figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 out of a clean heart Here "clean" is a metaphor for something pure or sincere. And, "heart" here is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Alternate translation: "with a sincere mind" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 23 tmf7 figs-metonymy τὰς δὲ μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ 1 refuse foolish and ignorant questions "refuse to answer foolish and ignorant questions." Paul means that the people who ask such questions are foolish and ignorant. Alternate translation: "refuse to answer the questions that foolish people who do not want to know the truth ask" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 23 kh6p figs-metaphor γεννῶσι μάχας 1 they give birth to arguments Paul speaks of ignorant questions as if they were women giving birth to children. Alternate translation: "they cause arguments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 25 un9l ἐν πραΰτητι 1 in meekness "meekly" or "gently"
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 03 06 gu4b 0 enter into households and captivate "enter into houses and greatly influence"
|
||||
2TI 03 06 u9m5 γυναικάρια 1 foolish women "women who are spiritually weak." These women may be spiritually be weak because they fail to work at becoming godly or because they are idle and have many sins.
|
||||
2TI 03 06 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are heaped up with sins Paul speaks of the attraction of sin as if sin were heaped up on the backs of these women. Possible meanings are 1) "who sin often" or 2) "who feel terrible guilt because they continue to sin." The idea is that these men can easily influence these women because the women are unable to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 06 izz9 figs-metaphor ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 are led away by various desires Paul speaks about these various desires as if they could lead another person away. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they desire to sin in various ways rather than obey Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 06 izz9 figs-metaphor ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 are led away by various desires Paul speaks about these various desires as if they could lead another person away. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they desire to sin in various ways rather than obey Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 08 m6a7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives an example of two false teachers from the time of Moses and applies it to the way people will be. Paul encourages Timothy to follow his own example and stay in God's word.
|
||||
2TI 03 08 b8el translate-names Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς 1 Jannes and Jambres These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 03 08 tgn8 figs-metaphor 0 stood against Paul speaks of those who argue against someone as if they were standing against them. Alternate translation: "opposed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 08 dc3z 0 stand against the truth "oppose the gospel of Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 03 08 g4kk 0 They are men corrupt in mind "Their minds are corrupt" or "They cannot think rightly"
|
||||
2TI 03 08 pfh1 ἀδόκιμοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 and with regard to the faith they are proven to be false They have been tested in how well they trust in Christ and obey him, and they have failed the test. Alternate translation: "and without sincere faith" or "and they have shown that their faith is not genuine"
|
||||
2TI 03 09 c6xx figs-metaphor οὐ προκόψουσιν προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 they will not advance very far Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: "they will not have much success" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 09 c6xx figs-metaphor οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 they will not advance very far Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: "they will not have much success" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 09 mv4j ἔκδηλος 1 obvious something people can easily see
|
||||
2TI 03 09 z4fu ἐκείνων 1 of those men "of Jannes and Jambres"
|
||||
2TI 03 10 vw42 figs-metaphor σὺ παρηκολούθησάς μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 you have followed my teaching Paul speaks of giving close attention to these things as if one were physically following them as they moved. Alternate translation: "you have observed my teaching" or "you have payed close attention to my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,15 +187,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 04 02 u1yc παρακάλεσον, ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 exhort, with all patience and teaching "exhort, and teach the people, and always be patient with them"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 jv7a ἔσται γὰρ καιρὸς ὅτε 1 For the time will come when "Because at some time in the future"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 ilx7 ἀνέξονται 1 people The context indicates that these will be people who are a part of the community of believers.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 u2cc τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας οὐκ ἀνέξονται ἀνέξονται 1 will not endure sound teaching "will no longer want to listen to sound teaching"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 u2cc τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 will not endure sound teaching "will no longer want to listen to sound teaching"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 fyl3 τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας 1 sound teaching This means the teaching that is true and correct, according to God's word.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 e5t2 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους 1 they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires Paul speaks of people obtaining many teachers as if it were putting them into a heap or pile. Alternate translation: "they will listen to many teachers who assure them that there is nothing wrong with their sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 03 s375 figs-idiom 0 who say what their itching ears want to hear Paul speaks of people strongly wanting to hear something as if their ears itched and could only be satisfied if teachers taught them what they wanted to hear. Alternate translation: "who say only what they want so much to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 04 04 rh2i figs-metaphor 0 They will turn their hearing away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning away so they cannot hear. Alternate translation: "They will no longer pay attention to the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 04 xrv7 figs-metaphor 0 they will turn aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if they were physically turning towards them to listen. Alternate translation: "they will pay attention to teachings that are not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε- νῆφε 1 be sober-minded Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and he speaks about them as if he wanted them to be sober, that is, not drunk with wine. Alternate translation: "think clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε- 1 be sober-minded Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and he speaks about them as if he wanted them to be sober, that is, not drunk with wine. Alternate translation: "think clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 tv3k ἔργον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 the work of an evangelist This means to tell people about who Jesus is, what he did for them, and how they are to live for him.
|
||||
2TI 04 06 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἤδη σπένδομαι σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of his readiness to die as if he were a cup of wine ready to be poured out as a sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 06 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of his readiness to die as if he were a cup of wine ready to be poured out as a sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 06 fb7l figs-euphemism 0 The time of my departure has come Here "departure" is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: "Soon I will die and leave this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have competed in the good contest Paul speaks of his hard work as if he had been an athlete competing for a prize. Alternate translation: "I have done my best" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: "I have completed what I needed to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 04 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 opposed our words Here "words" refers to a message or teaching. Alternate translation: "opposed the message that we teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 16 v847 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ 1 At my first defense "When I first appeared in court and explained my actions"
|
||||
2TI 04 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one stood with me "no one stayed with me and helped me"
|
||||
2TI 04 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God not count it against them" or "I pray that God does not punish those believers for leaving me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God not count it against them" or "I pray that God does not punish those believers for leaving me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 t1fw figs-metaphor 0 the Lord stood by me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: "the Lord helped me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 y69m figs-activepassive 0 so that, through me, the message might be fully proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that I was able to speak all of the Lord's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ λέοντος' στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the lion's mouth Paul is speaking about danger as if he had been threatened by a lion. This danger could have been physical, spiritual, or both. Alternate translation: "I was rescued from great danger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ λέοντος' στόματος 1 I was rescued out of the lion's mouth Paul is speaking about danger as if he had been threatened by a lion. This danger could have been physical, spiritual, or both. Alternate translation: "I was rescued from great danger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 19 n4zc figs-metonymy 0 house of Onesiphorus Here "house" stands for the people who live there. Alternate translation: "family of Onesiphorus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 19 mef8 Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [2 Timothy 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
2TI 04 20 lie9 translate-names 0 Erastus ... Trophimus These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1503.
|
|
|
@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ TIT 1 1 fyf8 τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness
|
|||
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time "before time began"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 At the right time "At the proper time"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν δὲ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 he revealed his word Paul speaks of God's message as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: "He caused me to understand his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u ἐπιστεύθην ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 he trusted me to deliver "he trusted me to bring" or "he gave me the responsibility to preach"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 he trusted me to deliver "he trusted me to bring" or "he gave me the responsibility to preach"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "God, who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul's biological son, they share a common faith in Christ. Thus, in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. Alternate translation: "you are like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul's biological son, they share a common faith in Christ. Thus, in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. Alternate translation: "you are like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 our common faith Paul expresses the same faith in Christ that they both share. Alternate translation: "the teachings that we both believe"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: "May you experience kindness and peace within" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior "Christ Jesus who is our Savior"
|
||||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος, ἀνήρ 1 An eld
|
|||
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. It may also imply that he does not commit adultery and that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: "a man who has only one woman" or "a man who is faithful to his wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα ἔχων πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are 1) children who believe in Jesus or 2) children who are trustworthy.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 lz7x ἐπίσκοπον 1 overseer This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as "elder" in 1:6.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ' Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 God's household manager Paul speaks of the church as if it were God's household and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing the household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ' οἰκονόμον 1 God's household manager Paul speaks of the church as if it were God's household and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing the household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine "not an alcoholic" or "not one who drinks much wine"
|
||||
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler "not one who is violent" or "not one who likes to fight"
|
||||
TIT 1 8 i549 ἀλλὰ 1 Instead Paul is changing his argument from what an elder is not to be to what an elder is to be.
|
||||
|
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ TIT 1 11 tw4e ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 what they should not teach These are things t
|
|||
TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 for shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 are upsetting whole families "are ruining whole families." The issue was that they were upsetting families by destroying their faith. This may have caused the members of the families to argue with one another.
|
||||
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of their own prophets "A prophet from Crete itself" or "A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet"
|
||||
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars "Cretans lie all the time." This is an exaggeration that means many Cretans lie a lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars "Cretans lie all the time." This is an exaggeration that means many Cretans lie a lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
TIT 1 12 h3jb figs-metaphor κακὰ θηρία 1 evil beasts This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 Therefore, correct them severely "You must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them"
|
||||
TIT 1 13 je3r ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 so that they may be sound in the faith "so they will have a healthy faith" or "so their faith may be true"
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ TIT 2 2 y3j2 Εἶναι ... σώφρονας 1 to be ... sensible "to ... cont
|
|||
TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει, τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 sound in faith, in love, and in perseverance Here the word "sound" means to be firm and unwavering. The abstract nouns "faith," "love," and "perseverance" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "and they must firmly believe the true teachings about God, truly love others, and continually serve God even when things are difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 gl8e πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως ἐν καταστήματι 1 Teach older women likewise "In the same way, teach older women" or "Also teach older women"
|
||||
TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor μηδὲ οἴνῳ οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine A person who cannot control themselves and drinks too much wine is spoken of as if the person were a slave to the wine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and not drinking too much wine" or "and not addicted to wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ τοῦ' Θεοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται βλασφημῆται 1 so that God's word may not be insulted "Word" here is a metonym for "message," which in turn is a metonym for God himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that no one insults God's word" or "so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor μηδὲ οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine A person who cannot control themselves and drinks too much wine is spoken of as if the person were a slave to the wine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and not drinking too much wine" or "and not addicted to wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ' Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that God's word may not be insulted "Word" here is a metonym for "message," which in turn is a metonym for God himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that no one insults God's word" or "so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 In the same way Titus was to train the younger men like he was to train the older people.
|
||||
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον 1 present yourself as "show yourself to be"
|
||||
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 an example of good works "an example of one who does right and proper things"
|
||||
|
|
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything "in every situation" or "always"
|
|||
TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 please them "make their masters happy" or "satisfy their masters"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 demonstrate all good faith "show that they are worthy of their masters' trust"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way "in everything they do"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior "they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive" or "they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior "they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive" or "they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "our God who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus' coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
|
||||
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who goes to other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 we look forward to receiving "we wai
|
|||
TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our blessed hope, the appearance of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Here "glory" represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: "the good thing for which we hope, that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 gave himself for us This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: "gave himself to die for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people A group of people that he treasures.
|
||||
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people A group of people that he treasures.
|
||||
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν 1 are eager "have a strong desire"
|
||||
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 give correction with all authority This statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Correct with all authority those people who do not do these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one "Do not allow anyone to"
|
||||
|
|
@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι δουλεύοντες
|
|||
TIT 3 3 tl5n ἐπιθυμίαις 1 passions "lusts" or "desires"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 dec4 figs-hendiadys ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 We lived in evil and envy Here "evil" and "envy" are similar words for sin. Alternate translation: "We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 We were detestable "We caused others to hate us"
|
||||
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God's kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God's kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy "because he had mercy on us"
|
||||
TIT 3 5 k1a6 figs-metaphor λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας 1 washing of new birth Paul is probably speaking of God's forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: "whom God gave to us generously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: "whom God gave to us generously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ "when Jesus saved us"
|
||||
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "since God has declared us to be without sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs with the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs with the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This refers to God giving the believers the Holy Spirit through Jesus in [Titus 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works "may seek to do good works"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 tzh9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1186.
|
|
|
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ PHM 1 3 r4nq 0 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord
|
|||
PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-inclusive Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word "our" here refers to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 lh8a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
PHM 1 4 kh5l figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "us" is plural and refers to Paul, those with him, and all Christians, including the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 6 t54l ὅπως ἡ κοινωνία τῆς τῆς πίστεώς πίστεώς σου 1 that the fellowship of your faith "that your working together with us"
|
||||
PHM 1 6 t54l ὅπως ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου 1 that the fellowship of your faith "that your working together with us"
|
||||
PHM 1 6 pxw1 ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 be effective for the knowledge of everything good "result in knowing what is good"
|
||||
PHM 1 6 n25e εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ "because of Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 7 aq4g figs-metonymy τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 the hearts of the saints have been refreshed by you Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's emotions or inner being. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you have encouraged believers" or "you have helped the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,18 +27,18 @@ PHM 1 10 m6fw figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου Ὀνήσιμον 1
|
|||
PHM 1 10 dj9h translate-names Ὀνήσιμον 1 Onesimus The name "Onesimus" means "profitable" or "useful." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 mui3 figs-metaphor ὃν ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 whom I have fathered in my chains Here "fathered" is a metaphor that means Paul converted Onesimus to Christ. Alternate translation: "who became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ and he received new life while I was in my chains" or "who became like a son to me while I was in my chains" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 nx1p figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 in my chains Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: "while I was in prison ... while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 12 t1kp ὃν ἀνέπεμψά ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 I have sent him back to you Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 t1kp ὃν ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 I have sent him back to you Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 h9qv figs-metonymy αὐτόν τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 who is my very heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. The phrase "who is my very heart" is a metaphor for loving someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: "whom I love dearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 t4xl ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ 1 so he could serve me for you "so that, since you cannot be here, he might help me" or "so that he could help me in your place"
|
||||
PHM 1 13 bb3t figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 while I am in chains Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: "while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 iwa8 figs-explicit τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the sake of the gospel Paul was in prison because he preached the gospel publicly. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "because I preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 g9wp figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς δὲ τῆς σῆς γνώμης οὐδὲν οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι 1 But I did not want to do anything without your consent Paul states a double negative to mean the opposite. Alternate translation: "But I wanted to keep him with me only if you approved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 g9wp figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς δὲ τῆς σῆς γνώμης οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι 1 But I did not want to do anything without your consent Paul states a double negative to mean the opposite. Alternate translation: "But I wanted to keep him with me only if you approved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 jxi7 ἵνα μὴ ὡς κατὰ ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν σου ᾖ ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 I did not want your good deed to be from necessity but from good will "I did not want you to do this good deed because I commanded you to do it, but because you wanted to do it"
|
||||
PHM 1 14 ngg8 ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 but from good will "but because you freely chose to do the right thing"
|
||||
PHM 1 15 q1dr figs-activepassive τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα 1 Perhaps for this he was separated from you for a time, so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Perhaps the reason God took Onesimus away from you for a time was so that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 fp5v πρὸς ὥραν 1 for a time "during this time"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 l3e4 ὑπὲρ δοῦλον 1 better than a slave "more valuable than a slave"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f8tz δοῦλον ἀδελφὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved brother "a dear brother" or "a precious brother in Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f8tz δοῦλον ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved brother "a dear brother" or "a precious brother in Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f38v πόσῳ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ 1 much more so to you "he means even more to you"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 yub9 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in both the flesh "both as a man." Paul is referring to Onesimus' being a trustworthy servant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 16 scj1 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord "as a brother in the Lord" or "because he belongs to the Lord"
|
||||
|
|
@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ PHM 1 23 khx1 ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησ
|
|||
PHM 1 24 si6p , Μᾶρκος,,, Ἀρίσταρχος Δημᾶς Λουκᾶς οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 So do Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers "Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers, also greet you"
|
||||
PHM 1 24 i5gc translate-names Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, 1 Mark ... Aristarchus ... Demas ... Luke These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 24 gf6e οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 my fellow workers "the men who work with me" or "who all work with me."
|
||||
PHM 1 25 gq7p figs-you ἡ χάρις τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit The word "your" here refers to Philemon and all who met in his house. The words "your spirit" are a synecdoche and represent the people themselves. Alternate translation: "May our Lord Jesus Christ be kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHM 1 25 gq7p figs-you ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit The word "your" here refers to Philemon and all who met in his house. The words "your spirit" are a synecdoche and represent the people themselves. Alternate translation: "May our Lord Jesus Christ be kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1432.
|
|
|
@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 2 a3gd κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 according to the foreknowledge of God the Father "according to his own foreknowledge"
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun "foreknowledge" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are 1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father decided previously" or 2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father knew beforehand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here "the blood" refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus' death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers' salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive 0 our Lord Jesus Christ ... has given us new birth The words "our" and "us" refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth "he has caused us to be born again"
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth "he has caused us to be born again"
|
||||
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: "We confidently expect to receive an inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον, ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 will not perish, will not become stained, and will not fade away Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 It is reserved in heaven for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is reserving it in heaven for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους' δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 You are protected by God's power This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is protecting you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν Θεοῦ' δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 by God's power Here "power" is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους' δυνάμει 1 You are protected by God's power This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is protecting you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν Θεοῦ' δυνάμει 1 by God's power Here "power" is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 through faith Here "faith" refers to the fact that the believers trust in Christ. Alternate translation: "because of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 g4rb figs-activepassive ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 that is ready to be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is ready to reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 hy8d ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 You are very glad about this The word "this" refers to all the blessings that Peter mentions in the previous verses.
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 13 i56f figs-idiom νήφοντες 1 Be sober Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. Alternate translation: "Control your thoughts" or "Be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 y771 figs-activepassive τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that will be brought to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God will bring to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 ut69 figs-metaphor τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that will be brought to you Here God's way of dealing kindly with believers is spoken of as if it were an object that he will bring to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 l45d figs-activepassive ἐν ἐν ἀποκαλύψει ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when Jesus Christ is revealed This refers to when Christ returns. This can also be expressed with an active form. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 do not conform yourselves to the desires "do not desire the same things" Alternate translation: "do not live to gratify the desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 l45d figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when Jesus Christ is revealed This refers to when Christ returns. This can also be expressed with an active form. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 do not conform yourselves to the desires "do not desire the same things" Alternate translation: "do not live to gratify the desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 m1q7 figs-activepassive διότι ὅτι 1 For it is written This refers to God's message in the scripture. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For as God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 s8kz ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος 1 Be holy, because I am holy Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον ἀναστράφητε 1 go through the time of your journey Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land away from their home. Alternate translation: "use the time you are living away from your true home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed to you Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 lt5u τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 who raised him from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead"
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 and gave him glory "and glorified him" or "and showed that he is glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἡγνικότες 1 You made your souls pure Here the word "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "You made yourselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες 1 You made your souls pure Here the word "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "You made yourselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 hj14 figs-metaphor ἡγνικότες 1 pure Here the idea of cleanliness refers to being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by obedience to the truth You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "by obeying the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 j777 φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly love This refers to love between fellow believers.
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy φιλαδελφίαν ἐκ καρδίας ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from the heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or emotions. To love someone "from the heart" means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: "love one another earnestly and completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable seed Possible meanings are that Peter speaks of the word of God either 1) as the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or 2) as the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 nh9r ἀφθάρτου 1 imperishable seed seed that will not rot or dry up or die
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ διὰ λόγου λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and remaining word of God Peter speaks of God's word as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and remaining word of God Peter speaks of God's word as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 kyc5 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed.
|
||||
1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα αὐτῆς 1 All flesh is like grass, and all its The word "flesh" refers to humanity. The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: "All people will die like grass dies, and all their" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 glory is like the wild flower of the grass Here the word "glory" refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: "goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,14 +79,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 2 ypy6 figs-metaphor αὐξηθῆτε 1 grow Peter speaks of believers advancing in knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 3 tui9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος 1 if you have tasted that the Lord is kind Here to taste means to experience something personally. Alternate translation: "if you have experienced the Lord's kindness toward you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 sa2z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Peter begins to tell a metaphor about Jesus and the believers being living stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον λίθον ζῶντα 1 Come to him who is a living stone Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: "Come to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν λίθον λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) "who is a stone that is alive" or 2) "who is a stone that gives life."
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα 1 Come to him who is a living stone Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: "Come to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) "who is a stone that is alive" or 2) "who is a stone that gives life."
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 that has been rejected by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but that has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but that God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor 0 You also are ... being built up to be a spiritual house Just as people used stones to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is building into a spiritual house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is building into a spiritual house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 ibi1 figs-metaphor διότι περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ 1 Scripture contains this The scriptures are spoken of as if they were a container. This passage refers to the words that a person reads in scripture. Alternate translation: "This is what a prophet wrote in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 q7jx ἰδοὺ 1 See The word "see" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον καὶ ὁ πιστεύων 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: "a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 8 h7ta 0 stumble because they disobey the word Here "the word" refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. "stumble because they are not believing the message about Jesus"
|
||||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive 0 which is what they were appointed to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for which God also appointed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 dc8m 0 General Information: In verse 10 Peter quotes a verse from the prophet Hosea. Some modern versions do not format this as a quote, which is also acceptable.
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people You can clarify that God is the one who has chosen them. Alternate translation: "a people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood Possible meanings are 1) "a group of kings and a group of priests" or 2) "a group of priests who serve the king."
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν' περιποίησιν 1 a people for God's possession "a people who belong to God"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people You can clarify that God is the one who has chosen them. Alternate translation: "a people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood Possible meanings are 1) "a group of kings and a group of priests" or 2) "a group of priests who serve the king."
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν' 1 a people for God's possession "a people who belong to God"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z ἐκ ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος 1 who called you out "who called you to come out"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here "darkness" refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and "light" refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: "from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 jnr9 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 12 mkt4 0 if they speak about you as "if they accuse you of"
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες 1 they may observe your good works The abstract noun "works" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "they may observe the good things that you do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 on the day of his coming "on the day when he comes." This refers to the day when God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "when he comes to judge everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον' διὰ τὸν Κύριον 1 for the Lord's sake Possible meanings are 1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or 2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον' 1 for the Lord's sake Possible meanings are 1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or 2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
1PE 2 13 al6q βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι 1 the king as supreme "the king as the highest human authority"
|
||||
1PE 2 14 y1l2 figs-activepassive ὡς δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις εἰς ἐκδίκησιν 1 who are sent to punish This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the king has sent to punish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 15 mh6s ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν 1 in doing good you silence the ignorant talk of foolish people "by doing good you stop foolish people from speaking about things that they do not know"
|
||||
|
|
@ -129,15 +129,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 21 c1jn 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to people who are servants in people's houses.
|
||||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 it is to this that you were called Here the word "this" refers to believers enduring while suffering for doing good, as Peter has just described. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has called you to this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 si3l figs-metaphor ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 for you to follow in his steps "so that you would follow his footprints." Peter speaks of following Jesus' example in the way that they suffer as if one were walking on the same path that Jesus had taken. Alternate translation: "so that you would imitate his behavior" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth Here "deceit" refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: "neither did he speak any lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει ἀντελοιδόρει 1 When he was reviled, he did not revile back To "revile" someone is to speak abusively to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people insulted him, he did not insult them back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth Here "deceit" refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: "neither did he speak any lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει 1 When he was reviled, he did not revile back To "revile" someone is to speak abusively to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people insulted him, he did not insult them back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 gqb5 παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως 1 gave himself to the one who judges justly "he entrusted himself to the one who judges justly." This means that he trusted God to take away his shame, which had been put on him by those who treated him harshly.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k5fm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about Jesus Christ. He is still speaking to people who are servants.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k632 figs-rpronouns ὃς αὐτὸς 1 He himself This refers to Jesus, with emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ σώματι σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here "carried our sins" means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here "carried our sins" means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 zl8e figs-metonymy τὸ ξύλον 1 the tree This is a reference to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ τῷ μώλωπι μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has healed you because people bruised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has healed you because people bruised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd. Just as a shepherd protects his sheep, Jesus protects those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Outward ornaments"<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>##### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 give them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "honor them because they will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 heirs of the grace of life Eternal life is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dv7t figs-explicit εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι 1 Do this Here "this" refers to the ways husbands should treat their wives. Alternate translation: "Live with your wives in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς εἰς τὸ τὸ μὴ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To "hinder" is to prevent something from happening. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will hinder your prayers" or "so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To "hinder" is to prevent something from happening. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will hinder your prayers" or "so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers.
|
||||
1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded "have the same opinion and be" or "have the same attitude and be"
|
||||
1PE 3 8 rut5 εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: "Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: "Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 continue to bless You can clarify the object of blessing. Alternate translation: "continue to bless those who do evil to you or insult you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 for this you were called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God called you for this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of receiving God's blessing as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: "that you might receive God's blessing as your permanent possession" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,16 +175,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit The words "tongue" and "lips" refer to the person who is speaking. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: "stop saying evil and deceitful things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 Let him turn away from what is bad Here "turn away" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "Let him stop doing what is bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 The eyes of the Lord see the righteous The word "eyes" refers to the Lord's ability to know things. The Lord's approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: "The Lord sees the righteous" or "The Lord approves of the righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς εἰς δέησιν δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears hear their requests The word "ears" refers to the Lord's awareness of what people say. That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: "he hears their requests" or "he grants their requests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears hear their requests The word "ears" refers to the Lord's awareness of what people say. That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: "he hears their requests" or "he grants their requests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 t22b figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 the face of the Lord is against The word "face" refers to the Lord's will to oppose his enemies. Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one's face against that person. Alternate translation: "the Lord opposes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching the believers how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 Who is the one who will harm you if you are eager to do what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: "No one will harm you if you do good things." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 suffer because of righteousness You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "suffer because you do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν τὸν δὲ δὲ φόβον φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε φοβηθῆτε. μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε ταραχθῆτε 1 Do not fear what they fear. Do not be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of what people might do to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν τὸν δὲ δὲ φόβον φόβον αὐτῶν 1 what they fear Here the word "they" refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε. μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 Do not fear what they fear. Do not be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of what people might do to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν 1 what they fear Here the word "they" refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ, ἁγιάσατε 1 Instead, set apart "Instead of being troubled, set apart"
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy The phrase "set apart the Lord Christ ... as holy" is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ's holiness. Here "hearts" is a metonym for the "inner person." Alternate translation: "acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy" or "honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy The phrase "set apart the Lord Christ ... as holy" is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ's holiness. Here "hearts" is a metonym for the "inner person." Alternate translation: "acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy" or "honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering.
|
||||
1PE 3 18 kz83 figs-inclusive 0 suffered for us The word "us" includes the people Peter was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he would bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase "arm yourselves" makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures "the same intention" as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: "prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here "flesh" means "body." Alternate translation: "in his body" or "while here on earth"
|
||||
1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin "has stopped sinning"
|
||||
1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις' ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for men's desires for the things that sinful people normally desire
|
||||
1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις' 1 for men's desires for the things that sinful people normally desire
|
||||
1PE 4 3 rp5p πότοις, κώμοις 1 drunken celebrations, having wild parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 floods of reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that sweep over people.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
|
||||
|
|
@ -227,39 +227,39 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 glorified praised, honored
|
||||
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the testing in the fire that has happened to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person's faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 rejoice and be glad These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: "rejoice even more" or "be very glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς τῆς δόξης δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory "when God reveals Christ's glory"
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν Χριστοῦ' ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are insulted for Christ's name Here the word "name" refers to Christ himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people insult you because you believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory "when God reveals Christ's glory"
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν Χριστοῦ' ὀνόματι 1 If you are insulted for Christ's name Here the word "name" refers to Christ himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people insult you because you believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and the Spirit of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God" or "the glorious Spirit of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you
|
||||
1PE 4 15 nr6n ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so.
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν ἐν τῷ τῷ ὀνόματι ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 with that name "because he bears the name Christian" or "because people have recognized him as a Christian." The words "that name" refer to the word "Christian."
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 with that name "because he bears the name Christian" or "because people have recognized him as a Christian." The words "that name" refer to the word "Christian."
|
||||
1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God's family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ? πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν δὲ τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ' τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ ἀπειθούντων 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God's judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: "If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel will be much worse." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ? πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν δὲ τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ' ἀπειθούντων 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God's judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: "If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel will be much worse." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the outcome for those "what will happen to those"
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τῷ τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ' εὐαγγελίῳ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God's gospel "those who do not believe God's gospel." Here the word "obey" means to believe.
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ' εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God's gospel "those who do not believe God's gospel." Here the word "obey" means to believe.
|
||||
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the righteous ... what will become of the ungodly and the sinner? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: "the righteous man ... the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner "what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner"
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved Here the word "saved" refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words "ungodly" and "sinner" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: "ungodly sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 entrust their souls Here the word "souls" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "entrust themselves" or "entrust their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ- ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun "well-doing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "while they do good" or "while they live rightly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ- 1 in well-doing The abstract noun "well-doing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "while they do good" or "while they live rightly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God's people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God's people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>##### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
|
||||
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 the glory that will be revealed This is a reference to Christ's second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the glory of Christ that God will reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Be shepherds of God's flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor μηδ’ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες κατακυριεύοντες κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων., ἀλλὰ τύποι γινόμενοι 1 Do not act as a master over the people ... Instead, be an example Elders are to lead by example and not act toward the people as a harsh master would toward his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον 1 Be shepherds of God's flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor μηδ’ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων., ἀλλὰ τύποι γινόμενοι 1 Do not act as a master over the people ... Instead, be an example Elders are to lead by example and not act toward the people as a harsh master would toward his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 xwr3 figs-abstractnouns τῶν κλήρων 1 who are in your care You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "whom God has placed in your care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 td11 figs-metaphor καὶ φανερωθέντος φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 Then when the Chief Shepherd is revealed Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd who had authority over all other shepherds. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Jesus, the Chief Shepherd, appears" or "When God reveals Jesus, the Chief Shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 td11 figs-metaphor καὶ φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 Then when the Chief Shepherd is revealed Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd who had authority over all other shepherds. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Jesus, the Chief Shepherd, appears" or "When God reveals Jesus, the Chief Shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 ll4r figs-metaphor τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον 1 an unfading crown of glory Here the word "crown" represents the reward that someone receives as a symbol of victory. The word "unfading" means that it is eternal. Alternate translation: "a glorious prize that will last forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 c6h3 τῆς δόξης 1 of glory glorious
|
||||
1PE 5 5 qm2h 0 General Information: Peter gives an instruction specifically to younger men and then continues to instruct all of the believers.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 x6c2 ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers back to the way the elders were to submit to the Chief Shepherd as Peter described in [1 Peter 5:1](../05/01.md) through [1 Peter 5:4](../05/04.md).
|
||||
1PE 5 5 uh4n πάντες δὲ 1 All of you This refers to all believers, not just the younger men.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 r6s6 figs-metaphor τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε 1 clothe yourselves with humility Peter speaks of having the moral quality of humility as putting on a piece of clothing. Alternate translation: "act humbly toward each other" or "act with humility" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἵνα 1 under God's mighty hand so Here the word "hand" refers to God's power to save the humble and punish the proud. Alternate translation: "under God's great power so" or "before God, realizing that he has great power, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα ἵνα 1 under God's mighty hand so Here the word "hand" refers to God's power to save the humble and punish the proud. Alternate translation: "under God's great power so" or "before God, realizing that he has great power, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 7 c1uu figs-metaphor πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Cast all your anxiety on him Peter speaks of anxiety as if it were a heavy burden that a person places on God, rather than carrying it himself. Alternate translation: "Trust him with everything that worries you" or "Let him take care of all the things that trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 k9nt figs-idiom νήψατε 1 Be sober Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "Control your thoughts" or "Be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile ὠρυόμενος,, περιπατεῖ ὡς λέων διάβολος λέων, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν. 1 the devil, is stalking around like a roaring lion ... looking for someone to devour Peter compares the devil to a roaring lion. Just as a hungry lion completely devours its prey, the devil is seeking to completely destroy the faith of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile ὠρυόμενος,, περιπατεῖ ὡς λέων διάβολος, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν. 1 the devil, is stalking around like a roaring lion ... looking for someone to devour Peter compares the devil to a roaring lion. Just as a hungry lion completely devours its prey, the devil is seeking to completely destroy the faith of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 l4u5 περιπατεῖ 1 stalking around "walking about" or "walking about and hunting"
|
||||
1PE 5 9 c5z9 figs-metonymy ᾧ ἀντίστητε 1 Stand against him Standing is a metonym for fighting. Alternate translation: "Fight against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 v451 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι 1 your community Peter speaks of fellow believers as members of the same community. Alternate translation: "your fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 625.
|
|
|
@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: "to those to whom God has given the same precious faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 mbg7 τοῖς λαχοῦσιν 1 to those who have received "to you who have received." Peter addresses all believers who may read this letter.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 y157 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 we have received Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to those to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: "we apostles have received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase in measure God is the one who will give grace and peace to believers. Alternate translation: "May God increase your grace and your peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase Peter speaks of peace as if it were an object that could increase in size or numbers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase in measure God is the one who will give grace and peace to believers. Alternate translation: "May God increase your grace and your peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase Peter speaks of peace as if it were an object that could increase in size or numbers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 ywj9 0 General Information: Peter begins to teach the believers about living godly lives.
|
||||
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here "godliness" describes the word "life." Alternate translation: "for a godly life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -19,31 +19,31 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 5 exd9 figs-explicit αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 For this reason This refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. Alternate translation: "Because of what God has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 7 a8ti τὴν φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly affection This refers to love for a friend or family member and likely means love for ones spiritual family.
|
||||
2PE 1 8 jz77 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to faith, virtue, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor πλεονάζοντα οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν καθίστησιν 1 you will not be barren or unfruitful Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he is a field that will not produce a crop. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "you will produce and be fruitful" or "you will be effective" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor πλεονάζοντα οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 you will not be barren or unfruitful Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he is a field that will not produce a crop. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "you will produce and be fruitful" or "you will be effective" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 f9qm figs-doublet ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 barren or unfruitful These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this person will not be productive or experience any benefits from knowing Jesus. Alternate translation: "unproductive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gg2c ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα 1 whoever lacks these things any person who does not have these things
|
||||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 is so nearsighted that he is blind Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a nearsighted or blind person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: "is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gq4d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 he has been cleansed from his past sins You can use a verb to translate this. Alternate translation: "that God has cleansed him from his old sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 make your calling and election sure The words "calling" and "election" share similar meanings and refer to God's choosing them to belong to him. Alternate translation: "make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ πταίσητέ 1 you will not stumble Here the word "stumble" refers either to 1) committing sin. Alternate translation: "you will not practice sinful behavior" or 2) becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: "you will not become unfaithful to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 there will be richly provided for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will richly provide for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ 1 you will not stumble Here the word "stumble" refers either to 1) committing sin. Alternate translation: "you will not practice sinful behavior" or 2) becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: "you will not become unfaithful to Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 there will be richly provided for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will richly provide for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 k1e4 ἡ εἴσοδος 1 an entrance the opportunity to enter
|
||||
2PE 1 12 du69 0 Connecting Statement: Peter tells the believers about his obligation to continue reminding them and teaching them.
|
||||
2PE 1 12 l2kh ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the truth "you strongly believe the truth of these things"
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up by way of reminder Here the word "stir" means to awaken someone from sleep. Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to remind you of these things so that you will think about them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up by way of reminder Here the word "stir" means to awaken someone from sleep. Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to remind you of these things so that you will think about them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 ax2a figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι 1 as long as I am in this tent Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "as long as I am in this body" or "as long as I am alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 j8f5 figs-metaphor ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ τοῦ σκηνώματός σκηνώματός μου 1 the putting off of my tent will be soon Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "I will soon take off this body" or "I will die soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 c2iw ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν ἔχειν ὑμᾶς τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 you may be always able to remember these things Here the words "these things" refers to everything that Peter has said in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 14 j8f5 figs-metaphor ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου 1 the putting off of my tent will be soon Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "I will soon take off this body" or "I will die soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 c2iw ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν ὑμᾶς τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 you may be always able to remember these things Here the words "these things" refers to everything that Peter has said in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 15 alg8 figs-metaphor μετὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον 1 after my departure Peter speaks of his death as if he were leaving one place to go to another. Alternate translation: "after my death" or "after I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 k3rm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to explain his teachings to the believers and explains why they are trustworthy.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ γὰρ σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: "For we apostles did not follow cleverly made-up stories" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ γὰρ σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: "For we apostles did not follow cleverly made-up stories" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and the coming These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: "the powerful coming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or 2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or 2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory" or "when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him" or "when the Majestic Glory spoke to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory" or "when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him" or "when the Majestic Glory spoke to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης οὗτός 1 the Majestic Glory saying Peter refers to God in terms of his glory. This is a euphemism that avoids using God's name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: "God, the Supreme Glory, saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word "We," Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: "We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word "We," Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: "We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 heard this voice brought from heaven "heard the voice of the one who spoke from heaven"
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντες 1 we were with him "we were with Jesus"
|
||||
2PE 1 19 km3l 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,48 +51,48 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-inclusive καὶ ἔχομεν 1 For we have Here the word "we" refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this prophetic word made This refers to the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "the scriptures, which the prophets spoke, made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 sjd3 ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 you do well to pay attention to it Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message.
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day dawns Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christ's coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day dawns Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christ's coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star rises in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the "morning star," which indicates that daybreak and the end of darkness is near. Christ will bring light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds. Alternate translation: "Christ shines his light into your hearts like the morning star shines its light into the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 bl8s φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The "morning star" refers to the planet Venus, which sometimes rises just before the sun and indicates that daybreak is near.
|
||||
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον, γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand "Most importantly, you must understand"
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται' ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 no prophecy comes from someone's own interpretation Possible meanings are 1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or 2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or 3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται' 1 no prophecy comes from someone's own interpretation Possible meanings are 1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or 2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or 3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: "men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>"Flesh" is a metaphor for a person's sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. "Flesh" represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>##### Implicit information<br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
2PE 2 1 us8u 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ ἐν, ὑμῖν ἔσονται ἔσονται ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ ἐν, ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 tbz8 αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies The word "heresies" refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. These heresies destroy the faith of those who believe them.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them The word "master" here refers to a person who owns slaves. Peter speaks of Jesus as the owner of people whom he has bought, the price being his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 z53e ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 sensuality immoral sexual behavior
|
||||
2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be blasphemed The phrase "way of truth" refers to the Christian faith as the true path to God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "unbelievers will blaspheme the way of truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται 1 exploit you with deceptive words "convince you to give them money by telling you lies"
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-personification οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep Peter speaks of "condemnation" and "destruction" as if they are persons who act. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: "God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται 1 exploit you with deceptive words "convince you to give them money by telling you lies"
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-personification οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep Peter speaks of "condemnation" and "destruction" as if they are persons who act. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: "God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 s115 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives examples of people who acted against God and whom God punished because of what they did.
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare "did not refrain from punishing" or "punished"
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare "did not refrain from punishing" or "punished"
|
||||
2PE 2 4 b54v translate-names ταρταρώσας 1 he handed them down to Tartarus The word "Tartarus" is a term from Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Alternate translation: "he cast them into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 h7uj figs-activepassive σειροῖς ζόφου ταρταρώσας τηρουμένους 1 to be kept in chains of lower darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where he will keep them in chains of lower darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of lower darkness Possible meanings are 1) "in chains in a very dark place" or 2) "in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 until the judgment This refers to the day of judgment when God will judge every person.
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word "world" refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: "he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word "world" refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: "he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 iw5v 0 he preserved Noah ... along with seven others God did not destroy Noah and seven other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
|
||||
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας τεφρώσας 1 reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes "burned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained"
|
||||
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes "burned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained"
|
||||
2PE 2 6 reg3 καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 condemned them to destruction Here the word "them" refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them.
|
||||
2PE 2 6 hgt7 ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν 1 as an example of what is to happen to the ungodly Sodom and Gomorrah serve as an example and a warning of what will happen to others who disobey God.
|
||||
2PE 2 7 fm1p 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives an example of Lot, whom God rescued out from among men who deserved punishment.
|
||||
2PE 2 7 k79d τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 the sensual behavior of lawless people "the immoral behavior of people who broke God's law"
|
||||
2PE 2 8 b1ba ὁ δίκαιος 1 that righteous man This refers to Lot.
|
||||
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν ψυχὴν δικαίαν ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormented in his righteous soul Here the word "soul" refers to Lot's thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: "was greatly disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormented in his righteous soul Here the word "soul" refers to Lot's thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: "was greatly disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 skh8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins describing the characteristics of unrighteous men.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 c9e5 μάλιστα 1 This is especially true The word "this" refers to God keeping unrighteous men in prison until judgment day in [2 Peter 2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2PE 2 10 eb1k τοὺς σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορευομένους 1 those who continue in the corrupt desires of the flesh Here the phrase "desires of the flesh" refers to the desires of the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "those who continue to indulge their corrupt, sinful desires"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 despise authority "refuse to submit to God's authority." Here the word "authority" probably refers to God's authority.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 n7n8 figs-metonymy κυριότητος 1 authority Here "authority" stands for God, who has the right to give commands and to punish disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις- αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed "do whatever they want to do"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις- 1 self-willed "do whatever they want to do"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 the glorious ones This phrase refers to spiritual beings, such as angels or demons.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 u2jk ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες 1 greater strength and power "more strength and power than the false teachers"
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt οὐ φέρουσιν φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 they do not bring insulting judgments against them The word "they" refers to angels. Possible meanings for the word "them" are 1) the glorious ones or 2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 they do not bring insulting judgments against them The word "they" refers to angels. Possible meanings for the word "them" are 1) the glorious ones or 2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 zi6p figs-metaphor φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 bring insulting judgments against them The idea that angels could accuse them is spoken of as if they could attack them using accusations as weapons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι. ἄλογα ζῷα γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ ὡς εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν γεγεννημένα 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Just as animals cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: "these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι. ἄλογα ζῷα γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ ὡς εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Just as animals cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: "these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 They do not know what they insult They speak evil of what they do not know or understand.
|
||||
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 They will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-irony ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 They will receive the reward of their wrongdoing Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive as if it were a reward. Alternate translation: "They will receive what they deserve for their wrongdoing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 14 a22r ἀκαταπαύστους ἁμαρτίας 1 they are never satisfied with sin Although they sin in order to satisfy their lusts, the sin that they commit never satisfies.
|
||||
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 They entice unstable souls Here the word "souls" refers to persons. Alternate translation: "They entice unstable people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας 1 hearts trained in covetousness Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and emotions of the person. Because of their habitual actions, they have trained themselves to think and act out of covetousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθησαν ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 They have abandoned the right way and have wandered off to follow "These false teachers have abandoned the right way and have gone astray to follow." The false teachers have refused to be obedient to God because they have rejected what is right.
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-metaphor εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Right behavior that honors God is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθησαν ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 They have abandoned the right way and have wandered off to follow "These false teachers have abandoned the right way and have gone astray to follow." The false teachers have refused to be obedient to God because they have rejected what is right.
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-metaphor εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Right behavior that honors God is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν ἔσχεν 1 he obtained a rebuke You can specify it was God who rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: "God rebuked him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 g9dr ὑποζύγιον ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον ἐν ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ φωνῇ φθεγξάμενον 1 a mute donkey speaking in a human voice A donkey, which is naturally unable to speak, spoke with a voice like a human.
|
||||
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-metonymy ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου' τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 stopped the prophet's insanity God used a donkey to stop the prophet's foolish action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 g9dr ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον ἐν ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ φθεγξάμενον 1 a mute donkey speaking in a human voice A donkey, which is naturally unable to speak, spoke with a voice like a human.
|
||||
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-metonymy ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου' παραφρονίαν 1 stopped the prophet's insanity God used a donkey to stop the prophet's foolish action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Springs flowing with water promise refreshment for thirsty people, but "springs without water" will leave the thirsty disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the storm blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 The gloom of thick darkness is reserved for them The word "them" refers to the false teachers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has reserved the gloom of thick darkness for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 18 f8tg δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς ἀσελγείαις 1 They entice people through the lusts of the flesh They appeal to the sinful nature to engage people in immoral and sinful actions.
|
||||
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 people who try to escape from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase "those who live in error" refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: "people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 people who try to escape Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption "Freedom" here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: "They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption "Freedom" here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: "They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor 0 promise freedom ... slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται δεδούλωται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: "For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words "they" and "them" refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
|
||||
|
|
@ -126,16 +126,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 turn away from the holy commandment Here "turn away from" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "stop obeying the holy commandment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "the holy commandment that God delivered to them" or "the holy commandment that God made sure that they received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This proverb is true for them "This proverb applies to them" or "This proverb describes them"
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί ὗς ὗς λουσαμένη εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί ὗς λουσαμένη εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>##### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile "like a thief in the night" means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
2PE 3 1 n92f 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the last days.
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to cause you to think pure thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of our Lord and Savior given through your apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 lm1a τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Know this first "Know this as the most important thing." See how you translated this in [2 Peter 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἰδίας ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 proceed according to their own desires Here the word "desires" refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God's will. Alternate translation: "live according to their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 proceed according to their own desires Here the word "desires" refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God's will. Alternate translation: "live according to their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 hl23 πορευόμενοι 1 proceed act, behave
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς τῆς παρουσίας παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his return? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. The word "promise" refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "The promise that Jesus would return is not true! He will not return!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his return? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. The word "promise" refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "The promise that Jesus would return is not true! He will not return!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 our fathers fell asleep Here "fathers" refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "our ancestors died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει, ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word "all", and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 since the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "since God created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 for the day of judgment and the destruction of the ungodly people This can be stated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "for the day when he judges and destroys ungodly people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν δὲ τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 It should not escape your notice "You should not fail to understand this" or "Do not ignore this"
|
||||
2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years "that from the Lord's point of view, one day is like a thousand years"
|
||||
2PE 3 9 zv9m οὐ βραδύνει βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises "The Lord does not move slowly to fulfill his promises"
|
||||
2PE 3 9 dzq8 ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness to be Some people think that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises because their perspective of time is different than God's.
|
||||
2PE 3 9 zv9m οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises "The Lord does not move slowly to fulfill his promises"
|
||||
2PE 3 9 dzq8 ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness to be Some people think that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises because their perspective of time is different than God's.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 w6ma δὲ 1 However Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-personification ἥξει ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the day when God will judge everyone as if it were a thief who will unexpectedly and take people by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 k31z οἱ οὐρανοὶ παρελεύσονται 1 The heavens will pass away "The heavens will disappear"
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα 1 The elements Possible meanings are 1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or 2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the earth and all the deeds of everyone, and he will then judge everything. This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "God will expose the earth and everything that people have done on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 buq4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to tell the believers how they should live as they wait for the day of the Lord.
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων λυομένων 1 Since all these things will be destroyed in this way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Since God will destroy all these things in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 Since all these things will be destroyed in this way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Since God will destroy all these things in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 what kind of people should you be? Peter uses this rhetorical question to emphasize what he will say next, that they "should live holy and godly lives." Alternate translation: "you know what kind of people you should be." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθήσονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα τήκεται 1 the heavens will be destroyed by fire, and the elements will be melted in great heat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy the heavens by fire, and he will melt the elements in great heat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα 1 the elements Possible meanings are 1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or 2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water. See how you translated this in [2 Peter 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι, ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "do your best to live in a way so that God will find you spotless and blameless, and be at peace with him and each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words "spotless" and "blameless" mean basically the same thing and emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: "completely pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 byr8 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλοι 1 spotless Here this stands for "faultless." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord to be salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as he explained in [2 Peter 3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: "Also, think about the patience of our Lord as giving you an opportunity to repent and be saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord to be salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as he explained in [2 Peter 3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: "Also, think about the patience of our Lord as giving you an opportunity to repent and be saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom that was given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "according to the wisdom that God gave to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς λαλῶν περὶ τούτων 1 Paul speaks of these things in all his letters "Paul speaks of the patience of God leading to salvation in all his letters"
|
||||
2PE 3 16 z4cj ἐν αἷς ἐστιν δυσνόητά τινα 1 in which there are things that are difficult to understand There are things in Paul's letters that are difficult to understand.
|
||||
|
|
@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 16 giz1 οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι 1 Ignorant and unstable "Unlearned and unsteady." These men have not been taught how to properly interpret scripture and are not well established in the truth of the gospel.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 sh4j πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction "resulting in their own destruction"
|
||||
2PE 3 17 kn3d 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes instructing the believers and ends his letter.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 t1gd ὑμεῖς προγινώσκοντες προγινώσκοντες 1 since you know about these things "These things" refers to the truths about the patience of God and the teachings of these false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 t1gd ὑμεῖς προγινώσκοντες 1 since you know about these things "These things" refers to the truths about the patience of God and the teachings of these false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 z54q φυλάσσεσθε 1 guard yourselves "protect yourselves"
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες συναπαχθέντες 1 so that you are not led astray by the deceit of lawless people Here "led astray" is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 so that you are not led astray by the deceit of lawless people Here "led astray" is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you lose your own faithfulness Faithfulness is spoken of as if it were a possession that believers could lose. Alternate translation: "you stop being faithful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here growing in the grace and knowledge of the Lord represents experiencing his grace more and knowing him more. The abstract noun "grace" can be expressed with the phrase "act kindly." Alternate translation: "receive more of the grace of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and know him more" or "be more aware of how our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ acts kindly toward you, and know him better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here growing in the grace and knowledge of the Lord represents experiencing his grace more and knowing him more. The abstract noun "grace" can be expressed with the phrase "act kindly." Alternate translation: "receive more of the grace of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and know him more" or "be more aware of how our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ acts kindly toward you, and know him better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1263.
|
|
|
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 3 qn85 ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 if we keep his commandments "if we obey what he commands"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 kmz5 ὁ λέγων 1 The one who says "Anyone who says" or "The person who says"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 q665 0 I know God "I have a good relationship with God"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qp1j μὴ τηρῶν τηρῶν 1 does not keep "does not obey" or "disobeys"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qp1j μὴ τηρῶν 1 does not keep "does not obey" or "disobeys"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qt4e τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his commandments "what God tells him to do"
|
||||
1JN 2 4 cj84 figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 the truth is not in him The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside the believers. Alternate translation: "he does not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 aqa4 figs-idiom τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word To keep someone's word here is an idiom for to obey. Alternate translation: "does what God tells him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -55,24 +55,24 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 6 x5n1 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 should himself also walk just as he walked Conducting one's life is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "must live as he lived" or "should also obey God just as Jesus Christ did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 7 s5wc 0 Connecting Statement: John gives believers basic principles of fellowship—obedience and love.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 py9g ἀγαπητοί, γράφω 1 Beloved, I am "You people whom I love, I am" or "Dear friends, I am"
|
||||
1JN 2 7 amu6 οὐκ ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω γράφω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν 1 I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment "I write to you to love one other, which is not a new thing to do but an old commandment that you had heard." John refers to Jesus' command to love one another.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 amu6 οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν 1 I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment "I write to you to love one other, which is not a new thing to do but an old commandment that you had heard." John refers to Jesus' command to love one another.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 vz9w figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning Here, "beginning" refers to when they decided to follow Christ. Alternate translation: "from when you first believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 7 eia9 ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε. 1 The old commandment is the word that you heard. ""The old commandment is the message that you heard"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i1up πάλιν ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 Yet I am writing a new commandment to you "But in one way the commandment I write to you is a new commandment"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i1up πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 Yet I am writing a new commandment to you "But in one way the commandment I write to you is a new commandment"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 c2fa 0 which is true in Christ and in you "which is true, as shown in Christ's deeds and your deeds"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i8gr figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία παράγεται καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ, ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει φαίνει 1 the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil" and "light" is a metaphor for "good." Alternate translation: "because you are ceasing to do evil and you are doing more and more good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i8gr figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία παράγεται καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ, ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil" and "light" is a metaphor for "good." Alternate translation: "because you are ceasing to do evil and you are doing more and more good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 j4f7 0 General Information: Here the word "brother" refers to a fellow Christian.
|
||||
1JN 2 9 a3jt ὁ λέγων 1 The one who says "Anyone who says" or "Someone who claims." This does not refer to a specific person.
|
||||
1JN 2 9 srl7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι 1 he is in the light Here to be "in the light" is a metaphor for doing what is right. Alternate translation: "he does what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 mp9f figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν 1 is in the darkness Here to be "in the darkness" is a metaphor for doing what is evil. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 q2x1 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 there is no occasion for stumbling in him "nothing will cause him to stumble." The word "stumbling" is a metaphor that means to fail spiritually or morally. Alternate translation: "nothing will cause him to sin" or "he will not fail to do what is pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 u44x figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 is in the darkness and walks in the darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here to be "in the darkness" and "walks in the darkness" mean the same thing. This brings attention to how evil it is to hate a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 y5cs figs-metaphor οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 he does not know where he is going This is a metaphor for the believer who is not living as a Christian should be living. Alternate translation: "he does not know what he should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 y5cs figs-metaphor οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 he does not know where he is going This is a metaphor for the believer who is not living as a Christian should be living. Alternate translation: "he does not know what he should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 w4r2 figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 the darkness has blinded his eyes "the darkness has made him unable to see." Darkness is a metaphor for sin or evil. Alternate translation: "sin has made it impossible for him to understand the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 k1w9 0 General Information: John explains why he is writing his letter either to different age groups or to believers with differences in maturity. Try to use similar wording for these sentences, as they are written poetically.
|
||||
1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor 0 you, dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "you, my dear children in Christ" or "you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God forgives your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ τὸ ὄνομα ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name "his name" refers to Christ and who he is. Alternate translation: "because of what Christ has done for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name "his name" refers to Christ and who he is. Alternate translation: "because of what Christ has done for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor γράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες 1 I am writing to you, fathers The word "fathers" here is possibly a metaphor referring to mature believers. Alternate translation: "I am writing to you, mature believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 13 y1vm ἐγνώκατε 1 you know "you have a relationship with"
|
||||
1JN 2 13 wmt8 τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 the one who is from the beginning "the one who has always lived" or "the one who has always existed." It refers either to "Jesus" or to "God the Father."
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 13 tfh1 figs-metaphor νενικήκατε 1 overcome The writer is speaking of the believers' refusal to follow Satan and of their frustrating his plans as if it were a matter of conquering him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 l74j figs-metaphor ἰσχυροί ἐστε 1 you are strong Here "strong" refers not to believers' physical strength, but to their faithfulness to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 u3n8 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει 1 the word of God remains in you "Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. The writer refers to the believers' increased faithfulness to Christ and knowledge of him as if he were speaking of God's word existing in them. Alternate translation: "God's message continues to teach you" or "you know the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 xig6 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ 1 Do not love the world nor In 2:15-17 the word "world" refers to all the things people want to do that do not honor God. Alternate translation: "Do not behave like the people in the world who do not honor God, and do not love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 xig6 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ 1 Do not love the world nor In 2:15-17 the word "world" refers to all the things people want to do that do not honor God. Alternate translation: "Do not behave like the people in the world who do not honor God, and do not love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 h2hm τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the things that are in the world "the things that those who dishonor God want"
|
||||
1JN 2 15 p56b figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη, τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him A person cannot love this world and all that dishonors God and love the Father at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 s48z οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of the Father is not in him "he does not love the Father"
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 24 xmi4 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the people to whom John wrote as well as all believers. The word "he" is emphatic and refers to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 p41e 0 Connecting Statement: John reminds believers to continue in what they have first heard.
|
||||
1JN 2 24 c42w ὑμεῖς 1 As for you This marks John's telling them how they should live as followers of Jesus instead of how those against Christ live.
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω μενέτω 1 let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you "remember and believe what you have heard from the beginning." How they heard it, what they heard, and what "the beginning" means can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "continue to trust what we have taught you about Jesus just as you have trusted since you first became believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω 1 let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you "remember and believe what you have heard from the beginning." How they heard it, what they heard, and what "the beginning" means can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "continue to trust what we have taught you about Jesus just as you have trusted since you first became believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 dsl7 ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 what you have heard from the beginning "what we taught you about Jesus when you first became believers"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 rfz8 ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε 1 If what you heard from the beginning remains in you The word "remains" is talking about relationship, not salvation. Alternate translation: "If you continue to trust what we first taught you"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 ty7q figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 also remain in the Son and in the Father To "remain in" means to continue to have fellowship with. See how translated a similar phrase to "remain in" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "also continue to have fellowship with Son and with the Father" or "also stay joined to the Son and to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 25 llj2 αὕτη. ἡ ἐπαγγελία αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἐστὶν— τὴν αἰώνιον τὴν ζωὴν ἡμῖν 1 This is the promise he gave to us—eternal life. "This is what he promised to give us—eternal life" or "He has promised to cause us to live forever"
|
||||
1JN 2 25 id51 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν τῶν πλανώντων πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who would lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "those who want to deceive you" or "those who want to make you believe lies about Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who would lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "those who want to deceive you" or "those who want to make you believe lies about Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 tdj7 0 Connecting Statement: Starting in verse 29, John introduces the idea of being born into God's family. The previous verses show that believers continue to sin; this part shows that believers also have the new nature, which cannot sin. It continues to show how believers can recognize each other.
|
||||
1JN 2 27 qw47 ὑμεῖς 1 As for you This marks John's telling them something else about how they should live as followers of Jesus instead of following those who are against Christ.
|
||||
1JN 2 27 cn2f τὸ χρῖσμα 1 the anointing This refers to "God's Spirit." See the note about "anointing" in [1 John 2:20](../02/20.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -135,17 +135,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 1 gl8n ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 See what kind of love the Father has given to us "Think about how our Father loves us so much"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 x99a τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 we should be called children of God "the Father called us his children"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 c3z8 τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here this means people who belong to God through faith in Jesus.
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t διὰ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει γινώσκει,, ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him Possible meanings are 1) "Because we are the children of God and because the world did not know God, it does not know us" or 2) "Because the world did not know God, it does not know us."
|
||||
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy , ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει γινώσκει ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 the world does not know us, because it did not know him Here "the world" refers to people who do not honor God. What the world did not know can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "those who do not honor God do not know that we belong to God, because they did not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει,, ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him Possible meanings are 1) "Because we are the children of God and because the world did not know God, it does not know us" or 2) "Because the world did not know God, it does not know us."
|
||||
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy , ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 the world does not know us, because it did not know him Here "the world" refers to people who do not honor God. What the world did not know can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "those who do not honor God do not know that we belong to God, because they did not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 ek9v ἀγαπητοί, ἐσμεν 1 Beloved, we are "You people whom I love, we are" or "Dear friends, we are." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη ἐφανερώθη 1 it has not yet been revealed This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "God has not yet revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη 1 it has not yet been revealed This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "God has not yet revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 w2v8 ἐφανερώθη 1 revealed This can mean here either "told," "demonstrated," or "shown."
|
||||
1JN 3 3 pj6a 0 Everyone who has this hope fixed on him purifies himself just as he is pure "Everyone who confidently expects to see Christ as he really is will keep himself pure because Christ is pure"
|
||||
1JN 3 5 g4ph figs-activepassive 0 Christ was revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ appeared" or "the Father revealed Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j999 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ 1 remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet ἑώρακεν. ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ πᾶς αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν. 1 No one ... has seen him or known him John uses the words "seen" and "known" to say that the person who sins has never met Christ in a spiritual sense. A person behaving according to his sinful nature cannot know Christ. Alternate translation: "No one ... has ever truly believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 ia4z figs-metaphor 0 Dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς μηδεὶς πλανάτω πλανάτω ὑμᾶς 1 do not let anyone lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "do not let anyone fool you" or "do not let anyone deceive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς 1 do not let anyone lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "do not let anyone fool you" or "do not let anyone deceive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 v4yp 0 The one who does righteousness is righteous, just as Christ is righteous "He who does what is right is pleasing to God just as Christ is pleasing to God."
|
||||
1JN 3 8 uja7 ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν 1 is from the devil "belongs to the devil" or "is like the devil"
|
||||
1JN 3 8 cit3 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning This refers to the very earliest time of creation before humans first sinned. Alternate translation: "since the earliest time of creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 17 zql1 figs-metonymy 0 shuts up his heart of compassion from him Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Here "shuts up his heart of compassion" is a metaphor for no longer showing someone compassion. Alternate translation: "does not show him compassion" or "does not willingly help him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John uses a question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "God's love is not in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 g6uh figs-metaphor 0 My dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue, but in actions and truth The phrases "in word" and "in tongue" both refer to what a person says. The word "love" is understood in the second part of the sentence. Alternate translation: "do not just say that you love people, but show that you truly love people by helping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue, but in actions and truth The phrases "in word" and "in tongue" both refer to what a person says. The word "love" is understood in the second part of the sentence. Alternate translation: "do not just say that you love people, but show that you truly love people by helping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 up2h 0 Connecting Statement: Here John probably means that believers' ability to love God and each other sincerely ([1 John 3:18](../03/18.md)) is a sign that their new life has indeed originated from the truth about Christ.
|
||||
1JN 3 19 qx9c ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth "we belong to the truth" or Alternate translation: "we are living according the way Jesus taught us"
|
||||
1JN 3 19 mv6c figs-metonymy πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we assure our hearts The word "heart" here refers to feelings. Alternate translation: "we do not feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 24 we1m figs-metaphor 0 remains in him, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 intro l3qa 0 # 1 John 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Spirit<br>This word "spirit" is used in different ways in this chapter. Sometimes the word "spirit" refers to spiritual beings. Sometimes it refers to the character of something. For example "the spirit of the antichrist," "the spirit of truth," and "the spirit of error" refer to what is typical of the antichrist, truth, and error. "The Spirit" (written with a capital "S") and "the Spirit of God" refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Loving God<br>If people love God, they should show it in the way they live and the way they treat other people. Doing this may assure us that God has saved us and that we belong to him, but loving others does not save us. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 4 1 c9jb 0 General Information: John gives a warning against false teachers who teach against Christ's having had a human body and teachers who talk the way those who love the world talk.
|
||||
1JN 4 1 h1lv ἀγαπητοί, μὴ πιστεύετε πιστεύετε 1 Beloved, do not believe "You people whom I love, do not believe" or "Dear friends, do not believe." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 1 zm7f figs-metonymy μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε πιστεύετε 1 do not believe every spirit Here, the word "spirit" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "do not trust every prophet who claims to have a message from a spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 1 h1lv ἀγαπητοί, μὴ πιστεύετε 1 Beloved, do not believe "You people whom I love, do not believe" or "Dear friends, do not believe." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 1 zm7f figs-metonymy μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε 1 do not believe every spirit Here, the word "spirit" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "do not trust every prophet who claims to have a message from a spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 1 l5nv figs-metonymy δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα 1 test the spirits Here, the word "spirits" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "think carefully about what the prophet says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 2 e6ww figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα 1 has come in the flesh Here "flesh" represents the human body. Alternate translation: "has come as a human being" or "has come in a physical body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 cda6 0 This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming, and now is already in the world "These are prophets opposed to Christ, whom you have heard are coming, and now are already in the world"
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 7 zvt9 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and everyone who loves is born from God and knows God "and because those who love their fellow believers have become God's children and know him"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 c6w6 ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 for love is from God "because God causes us to love each other"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 born from God This is a metaphor which means someone has a relationship to God like a child to his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν οὐκ ἔγνω ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love The phrase "God is love" a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." Alternate translation: "Those who do not love their fellow believers do not know God because the character of God is to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love The phrase "God is love" a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." Alternate translation: "Those who do not love their fellow believers do not know God because the character of God is to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 i2b5 0 Because of this ... among us, that God has sent his only Son "Because of this ... among us: God has sent his only Son." The phrase "Because of this" refers to the phrase "that God has sent his only Son."
|
||||
1JN 4 9 y4m8 figs-abstractnouns ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God was revealed among us The noun "love" can be translated as a verb. This phrase can be made active. Alternate translation: "God showed that he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 wxf8 ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 so that we would live because of him "to enable us to live eternally because of what Jesus did"
|
||||
|
|
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 13 yv6s figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 we remain in him and he in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "we continue to have fellowship with God and he continues to have fellowship with us" or "we stay joined to God and he stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 13 m69h figs-ellipsis καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 and he in us The word "remains" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and he remains in us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 4 13 gj7p 0 By this we know ... us, because he has given Your translation may be clearer if you omit either "by this" or "because." Alternate translation: "We know ... us because he gave" or "By this we know ... us: he gave"
|
||||
1JN 4 13 dge3 ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ τοῦ Πνεύματος Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 because he has given us some of his Spirit "because he gave us his Spirit" or "because he has put his Holy Spirit in us." This phrase, however, does not imply that God has less of his Spirit after he has given us some.
|
||||
1JN 4 13 dge3 ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 because he has given us some of his Spirit "because he gave us his Spirit" or "because he has put his Holy Spirit in us." This phrase, however, does not imply that God has less of his Spirit after he has given us some.
|
||||
1JN 4 14 w6mz 0 Also, we have seen and have borne witness that the Father has sent the Son to be the Savior of the world "And we apostles have seen the Son of God and tell everyone that God the Father has sent his Son to save people on this earth"
|
||||
1JN 4 14 m7cb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 nvb1 ὃς ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God "Anyone who says the truth about Jesus, that he is the Son of God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 17 l78r ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 because as he is, just so are we in this world "because the relationship that Jesus has with God is the same relationship we have with God in this world"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἀλλ’, ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 Instead, perfect love throws out fear Here "love" is described as a person with the power to remove fear. God's love is perfect. Alternate translation: "But when our love is complete, we are no longer afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 sq7k 0 because fear has to do with punishment "because we would be afraid only if we thought that he would punish us"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 tfq3 τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ 1 hates his brother "hates a fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives , ὁ,, γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεὸν ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν ἑώρακεν οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: "the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives , ὁ,, γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεὸν ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: "the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 5 intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Children born from God<br>When people believe in Jesus, God makes them his children and gives them eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Christian living<br>People who believe in Jesus should obey God's commands and love his children.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Death<br>When John writes about death in this chapter, he refers to physical death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>##### "the whole world lies in the power of the evil one"<br>The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but ultimately God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 5 1 nej3 0 General Information: John continues to teach his readers about God's love and the love believers are to have because they have this new nature from God.
|
||||
1JN 5 1 h8if ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 is born from God "is a child of God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -262,13 +262,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 9 nxq1 τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 the witness of God is greater the witness of God is more important and more reliable
|
||||
1JN 5 9 gt7u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 10 gkj1 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 Anyone who believes in the Son of God has the testimony in himself "Whoever believes in Jesus knows for sure Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 j255 ψεύστην πεποίηκεν πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him out to be a liar "has called God a liar"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 sii2 ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν πεπίστευκεν τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 because he has not believed the witness that God has given concerning his Son "because he has not believed that God has told the truth about his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 j255 ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him out to be a liar "has called God a liar"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 sii2 ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 because he has not believed the witness that God has given concerning his Son "because he has not believed that God has told the truth about his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 bi7k καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 And the witness is this "This is what God says"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 k2qn figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 11 u1w5 αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 this life is in his Son "this life is through his Son" or "we will live forever if we are joined with his Son" or "we will live forever if we are united with his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 sz21 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 st2z figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει τὴν ζωήν ὁ μὴ. ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει ἔχει 1 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life Being in a close relationship to the Son is spoken of as having the Son. Alternate translation: "He who believes in the Son of God has eternal life. He who does not believe in the Son of God does not have eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 st2z figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει τὴν ζωήν ὁ μὴ. ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life Being in a close relationship to the Son is spoken of as having the Son. Alternate translation: "He who believes in the Son of God has eternal life. He who does not believe in the Son of God does not have eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 uwm2 0 General Information: This begins the end of John's letter. He tells his readers the last purpose for his letter and gives them some final teachings.
|
||||
1JN 5 13 ezl8 ταῦτα 1 these things "this letter"
|
||||
1JN 5 13 wns6 figs-metonymy τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to you who believe in the name of the Son of God Here "name" is a metonym for the Son of God. Alternate translation: "to you who trust in the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 18 f9y9 0 Connecting Statement: John closes his letter, reviewing what he has said about the new nature of believers, which cannot sin, and he reminds them to keep themselves from idols.
|
||||
1JN 5 18 l7h8 ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one cannot harm him The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan, the devil.
|
||||
1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the whole world lies in the power of the evil one Lying in someone's power represents being controlled or ruled by him. Alternate translation: "the whole world is controlled by the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ ὁ κόσμος κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world Here "world" is a way in which some biblical writers refer to the people living in the world who are in rebellion against God and to the world system that is affected in every way by the corrupting power of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world Here "world" is a way in which some biblical writers refer to the people living in the world who are in rebellion against God and to the world system that is affected in every way by the corrupting power of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 n1nh δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding "has enabled us to understand the truth"
|
||||
1JN 5 20 ge7c figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 we are in him who is true Being "in" someone represents having a close relationship with him, that is being united to him or belonging to him. The phrase "him who is true" refers to the true God, and the phrase "in his Son Jesus Christ" explains how we are in him who is true. Alternate translation: "we are united to him who is true by being united to his Son Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 963.
|
|
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children The word "your" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 s7hr 0 just as we have received this commandment from the Father "just as God the Father commanded us"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 c9xi figs-you 0 you, lady ... writing to you These instances of "you" are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 u38f οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 not as though I were writing to you a new commandment "not as though I were commanding you to do something new"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 u38f οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 not as though I were writing to you a new commandment "not as though I were commanding you to do something new"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 uhs8 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ἣν εἴχαμεν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 but one that we have had from the beginning Here, "beginning" refers to "when we first believed." Alternate translation: "but I am writing to you what Christ commanded us to do when we first believed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς— ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 beginning—that we should love one another This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "beginning. He commanded that we should love one another"
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor αὕτη ἡ ἐντολή ἐστιν καθὼς ἠκούσατε, ἀπ’, ἀρχῆς ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε 1 This is the commandment, just as you heard from the beginning, that you should walk in it Conducting our lives according to God's commands is spoken of as if we were walking in them. The word "it" refers to love. "And he has commanded you, since you first believed, to love one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 8 b91r ἀπολέσητε εἰργασάμεθα 1 lose the things "lose your future rewards in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 eu46 μισθὸν πλήρη 1 full reward "complete reward in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 mn3v πᾶς ὁ προάγων 1 Whoever goes on ahead This refers to a person who claims to know more about God and truth than everyone else. Alternate translation: "Whoever claims to know more about God" or "Whoever disobeys the truth"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 xty9 Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει ἔχει 1 does not have God "does not belong to God"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 xty9 Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 does not have God "does not belong to God"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν, Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son "Someone who follows Christ's teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 k8cv guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Father and the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 ls1c 0 receive him into your house Here this means to welcome him and treat him with honor in order to build a relationship with him.
|
||||
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς τοῖς ἔργοις ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 participates in his evil deeds "shares with him in his evil deeds" or "helps him in his evil deeds"
|
||||
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 participates in his evil deeds "shares with him in his evil deeds" or "helps him in his evil deeds"
|
||||
2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-you 0 General Information: The words "you" in verse 12 are singular. The word "your" in verse 13 is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 y4gw 0 Connecting Statement: John's letter closes with his desire to visit them and gives greetings from another church.
|
||||
2JN 1 12 gq26 0 I did not wish to write them with paper and ink John does not wish to write these other things but would like to come say the words to them. He is not saying that he would write them with something other than paper and ink.
|
||||
2JN 1 12 v4v2 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 speak face to face "Face to face" here is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Alternate translation: "speak in your presence" or "speak to you in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister Here John speaks of this other church as if it were a sister to the readers' church and the believers that are a part of that church as if they were that church's children. This emphasizes that all believers are a spiritual family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister Here John speaks of this other church as if it were a sister to the readers' church and the believers that are a part of that church as if they were that church's children. This emphasizes that all believers are a spiritual family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 434.
|
|
|
@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 10 g98b 0 puts them out of the church "he forces them to leave the congregation"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 a16a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 11 a3z8 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here this is used as a term of endearment for fellow believers. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil "do not copy the evil things that people do"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil "do not copy the evil things that people do"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 sz2h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 but what is good There are words left out but they are understood. Alternate translation: "but imitate the good things that people do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is of God "belongs to God"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 zan2 οὐχ ἑώρακεν ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God "does not belong to God" or "does not believe in God"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 zan2 οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God "does not belong to God" or "does not believe in God"
|
||||
3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Demetrius is borne witness to by all This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All who know Demetrius bear witness of him" or "Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself "the truth itself speaks well of him." Here "truth" is described as a person speaking. Alternate translation: "everyone who knows the truth knows he is a good person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 426.
|
|
|
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br>## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the writer of this letter and greets his readers. He was probably the half-brother of Jesus. There are two other Judes mentioned in the New Testament. The word "you" in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: "I am Jude, a servant of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you "may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you." These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns "mercy," "peace," and "love." Alternate translation: "May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you "may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you." These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns "mercy," "peace," and "love." Alternate translation: "May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "our" in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers his reason for writing this letter.
|
||||
JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation "the salvation we share"
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ JUD 1 3 yyf4 γράψαι ὑμῖν παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσ
|
|||
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all "finally and completely"
|
||||
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 For certain men have slipped in secretly among you "For some men have come in among the believers without drawing attention to themselves"
|
||||
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τὸ κρίμα 1 men who were marked out for condemnation This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: "men whom God chose to condemn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 who have changed the grace of our God into sensuality God's grace is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: "who teach that God's grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 who have changed the grace of our God into sensuality God's grace is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: "who teach that God's grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν ἀρνούμενοι, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 deny our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) they teach that he is not God or 2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Connecting Statement: Jude gives examples from the past of those who did not follow the Lord.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 f4mm 0 the Lord saved a people out of the land of Egypt "the Lord rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt"
|
||||
JUD 1 5 xbq1 0 the Lord Some texts read "Jesus."
|
||||
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own position of authority "the responsibilities God entrusted to them"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn δεσμοῖς δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις τετήρηκεν, ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 God has kept them in everlasting chains, in utter darkness "God has put these angels in a dark prison from which they will never escape"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις τετήρηκεν, ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 God has kept them in everlasting chains, in utter darkness "God has put these angels in a dark prison from which they will never escape"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ζόφον 1 utter darkness Here "darkness" is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: "in utter darkness in hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 ccz6 κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας ἡμέρας 1 the great day the final day when God will judge everyone
|
||||
JUD 1 6 ccz6 κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 the great day the final day when God will judge everyone
|
||||
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 the cities around them Here "cities" stands for the people who lived in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 7 r3e9 τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 also indulged themselves The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels' evil ways.
|
||||
JUD 1 7 pi4t δεῖγμα δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 as examples of those who suffer the punishment The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah became an example of the fate of all who reject God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor σάρκα μιαίνουσιν 1 pollute their bodie
|
|||
JUD 1 8 e73k βλασφημοῦσιν 1 say slanderous things "speak insults"
|
||||
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 glorious ones This refers to spiritual beings, such as angels.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 rmg9 0 General Information: Balaam was a prophet who refused to curse Israel for an enemy but then taught that enemy to get the people to marry unbelievers and become idol worshipers. Korah was a man of Israel who rebelled against Moses' leadership and Aaron's priesthood.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἐτόλμησεν ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring "controlled himself. He did not bring" or "was not willing to bring"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν κρίσιν βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment "an evil-speaking judgment" or "an evil judgment"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 bring a slanderous judgment against "say evil, untrue things about"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring "controlled himself. He did not bring" or "was not willing to bring"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment "an evil-speaking judgment" or "an evil judgment"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 bring a slanderous judgment against "say evil, untrue things about"
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα οὐκ οἴδασιν οἴδασιν 1 whatever they do not understand "anything of which they do not know the meaning." Possible meanings are 1) "everything good that they do not understand" or 2) "the glorious ones, which they do not understand" ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 whatever they do not understand "anything of which they do not know the meaning." Possible meanings are 1) "everything good that they do not understand" or 2) "the glorious ones, which they do not understand" ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 walked in the way of Cain "Walked in the way" here is a metaphor for "lived in the same way as." Alternate translation: "lived the same way Cain lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Connecting Statement: Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
|
||||
JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 These are the ones The word "These" refers to the "ungodly men" of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ JUD 1 12 zk57 figs-metaphor δὶς ἀποθανόντα, ἐκριζωθέντ
|
|||
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 torn up by the roots Like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots, the ungodly people have been separated from God, who is the source of life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 violent waves in the sea As the sea's waves are blown by a strong wind, so the ungodly people are easily moved in many directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 foaming out their own shame As wind causes wild waves to stir up dirty foam—so these men, through their false teaching and actions, shame themselves. Alternate translation: "and just as waves bring up foam and dirt, these men pollute others with their shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 They are wandering stars Those who studied the stars in ancient times noticed that what we call planets do not move the way that stars do. Alternate translation: "They are like moving stars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 They are wandering stars Those who studied the stars in ancient times noticed that what we call planets do not move the way that stars do. Alternate translation: "They are like moving stars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-metonymy οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of thick darkness has been reserved forever Here "darkness" is a metonym that represents the place of the dead or hell. Here "thick darkness" is an idiom that means "very dark." The phrase "has been reserved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and God will put them in the gloom and darkness of hell forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 the seventh from Adam If Adam is counted as the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh. If Adam's son is counted as the first, Enoch is sixth in line.
|
||||
JUD 1 14 lu2y ἰδοὺ 1 Look "Listen" or "Pay attention to this important thing I am going to say"
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,17 +50,17 @@ JUD 1 15 bl4q ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 to execute judgment on "
|
|||
JUD 1 16 zs28 γογγυσταί, μεμψίμοιροι 1 grumblers, complainers People who do not want to obey and speak against godly authority. "Grumblers" tend to speak quietly, while "complainers" speak openly.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 eaf2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 loud boasters People who praise themselves so that others can hear.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 flatter others "give false praise to others"
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ κατὰ τὰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 r28j οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 It is these "It is these mockers" or "These mockers are the ones"
|
||||
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metaphor ψυχικοί 1 are worldly think as other ungodly people think, they value the things that unbelievers value (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p ψυχικοί Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the Spirit The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. Alternate translation: "the Spirit is not within them"
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p ψυχικοί Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the Spirit The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. Alternate translation: "the Spirit is not within them"
|
||||
JUD 1 20 e3ga 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers how they should live and how they should treat others.
|
||||
JUD 1 20 xm93 ὑμεῖς δέ, ἀγαπητοί 1 But you, beloved "Do not be like them, beloved. Instead"
|
||||
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 build yourselves up Becoming increasingly able to trust in God and obey him is spoken of as if it were the process of constructing a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ τηρήσατε' ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ 1 Keep yourselves in God's love Remaining able to receive God's love is spoken of as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 build yourselves up Becoming increasingly able to trust in God and obey him is spoken of as if it were the process of constructing a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ τηρήσατε' ἀγάπῃ 1 Keep yourselves in God's love Remaining able to receive God's love is spoken of as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι 1 wait for "eagerly look forward to"
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ that brings you eternal life Here "mercy" stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ that brings you eternal life Here "mercy" stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς διακρινομένους 1 those who doubt "those who do not yet believe that Jesus is God"
|
||||
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 snatching them out of the fire The picture is that of pulling people from a fire before they start to burn. Alternate translation: "doing for them whatever needs to be done to keep them from dying without Christ. This is like pulling them from the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 1 To others be merciful with fear "Be kind to others, but be afraid of sinning the way they did"
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆ
|
|||
JUD 1 24 r3jx 0 Connecting Statement: Jude closes with a blessing.
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-metaphor στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 to cause you to stand before his glorious presence His glory is brilliant light that represents his greatness. Alternate translation: "and to allow you to enjoy and worship his glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 gq9e figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης ἀμώμους ἐν 1 glorious presence without blemish and with Here sin is spoken of as if it were dirt on one's body or a flaw on one's body. Alternate translation: "glorious presence, where you will be without sin and have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord "to the only God, who saved us because of what Jesus Christ did." This emphasizes that God the Father as well as the Son is the Savior.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord "to the only God, who saved us because of what Jesus Christ did." This emphasizes that God the Father as well as the Son is the Savior.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 δόξα μεγαλωσύνη κράτος καὶ ἐξουσία πρὸ, παντὸς,,,,, τοῦ αἰῶνος νῦν καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 be glory, majesty, dominion, and power, before all time, now, and forevermore God has always had, now has, and always will have glory, absolute leadership, and complete control of all things.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1009.
|
222
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
222
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
|
|
@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ REV 1 9 c1a9 διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word
|
|||
REV 1 9 j5rg τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God "the message that God spoke." Translate as in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
REV 1 9 sim8 τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus "the testimony that God has given about Jesus." Translate as in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit John speaks of being influenced by God's Spirit as if he were in the Spirit. Alternate translation: "I was influenced by the Spirit" or "The Spirit influenced me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ' Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord's day the day of worship for believers in Christ
|
||||
REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ' ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord's day the day of worship for believers in Christ
|
||||
REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The voice was so loud it sounded like a trumpet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet This refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting.
|
||||
REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names 0 Smyrna ... Pergamum ... Thyatira ... Sardis ... Philadelphia ... Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 1 12 dkp1 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to explain what he saw in his vision.
|
||||
REV 1 12 r89l figs-synecdoche τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice This refers to the person speaking. Alternate translation: "who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-metaphor Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man This expression describes a human figure, someone who looks human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash a piece of cloth worn around the chest. It may have had golden threads in it.
|
||||
REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash a piece of cloth worn around the chest. It may have had golden threads in it.
|
||||
REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile 0 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Wool and snow are examples of things that are very white. The repetition of "as white as" emphasizes that they were very white. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool This is the hair of a sheep or goat. It was known to be very white.
|
||||
REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile 0 his eyes were like a flame of fire His eyes are described as being full of light like a flame of fire. Alternate translation: "his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ REV 1 15 d6je figs-events 0 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been ref
|
|||
REV 1 15 ldx7 καμίνῳ 1 furnace a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would burn away any impurities that were in the metal.
|
||||
REV 1 15 izg6 0 the sound of many rushing waters This is very loud, like the sound of a large, fast flowing river, of a large waterfall, or of loud waves in the sea.
|
||||
REV 1 16 pp58 0 a sword ... was coming out of his mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion.
|
||||
REV 1 16 zy4d ῥομφαία δίστομος δίστομος ὀξεῖα 1 a sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions.
|
||||
REV 1 16 zy4d ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα 1 a sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions.
|
||||
REV 1 17 twy9 figs-simile ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground. He was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 17 jw5r ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me "He touched me with his right hand"
|
||||
REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns 0 I know ... your hard labor and your patient e
|
|||
REV 2 2 szc1 καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but are not "but are not apostles"
|
||||
REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false "you have recognized that those people are false apostles"
|
||||
REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you believe in my name" or "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as being tired. Alternate translation: "you have not become discouraged" or "you have not quit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as being tired. Alternate translation: "you have not become discouraged" or "you have not quit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that "I disapprove of you because" or "I am angry with you because"
|
||||
REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it behind. Love is spoken of as if it is an object that can be left behind. AT "you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen No longer loving as much as they used to is spoken of as haven fallen. Alternate translation: "how much you have changed" or "how much you used to love me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 5 j6p5 ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσῃς 1 Unless you repent "If you do not repent"
|
||||
REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated "lampstand" in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: "anyone who resists evil" or "those who do not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God "God's garden." This is a symbol for heaven.
|
||||
|
|
@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ REV 2 10 agx4 figs-metonymy μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐ
|
|||
REV 2 10 f5t1 γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death "Be faithful to me even if they kill you." The use of the word "until" does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death.
|
||||
REV 2 10 sp8z τὸν στέφανον 1 the crown "the winner's crown." This was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete.
|
||||
REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Possible meanings are 1) "a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life" or 2) "true life as a prize like a winner's crown" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Anyone who resists evil" or "Those who do not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 q6w2 οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death "will not experience the second death" or "will not die a second time"
|
||||
REV 2 11 q6w2 οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death "will not experience the second death" or "will not die a second time"
|
||||
REV 2 12 ll17 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Pergamum.
|
||||
REV 2 12 y864 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 12 il7c translate-names Περγάμῳ 1 Pergamum This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 12 f6s5 ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν 1 the sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md)
|
||||
REV 2 13 ryn6 figs-metonymy τοῦ Σατανᾶ' ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Satan's throne Possible meanings are 1) Satan's power and evil influence on people, or 2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 tf7c figs-metaphor κρατεῖς τὸ τὸ ὄνομά ὄνομά μου 1 you hold on tightly to my name "Name" here is a metonym for the person. Firmly believing is spoken of as holding on tightly. Alternate translation: "you firmly believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 12 f6s5 ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν 1 the sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md)
|
||||
REV 2 13 ryn6 figs-metonymy τοῦ Σατανᾶ' ὁ θρόνος 1 Satan's throne Possible meanings are 1) Satan's power and evil influence on people, or 2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 tf7c figs-metaphor κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 you hold on tightly to my name "Name" here is a metonym for the person. Firmly believing is spoken of as holding on tightly. Alternate translation: "you firmly believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 x6j6 figs-abstractnouns 0 you did not deny your faith in me "Faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." AT "you continued to tell people that you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 lu4b translate-names Ἀντιπᾶς 1 Antipas This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 wu6n ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα 1 But I have a few things against you "I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done" or "I am angry with you because of a few things you did." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ REV 2 15 hc85 translate-names Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans This was the n
|
|||
REV 2 16 rwa4 μετανόησον, οὖν 1 Repent, therefore "So repent"
|
||||
REV 2 16 f8dy figs-ellipsis 0 If you do not, I The verb can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "If you do not repent, I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 2 16 fd6u πολεμήσω μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 wage war against them "fight against them"
|
||||
REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ τοῦ στόματός στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the sword in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this as a symbol represents God's word, as the UST does. This symbol indicates that Christ will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: "with the sword in my mouth, which is the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the sword in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this as a symbol represents God's word, as the UST does. This symbol indicates that Christ will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: "with the sword in my mouth, which is the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "anyone who resists evil" or "those who do not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 b83m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Thyatira.
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,18 +142,18 @@ REV 2 23 kx34 τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτ
|
|||
REV 2 23 cn5s figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς 1 her children Jesus spoke of her followers as if they were her children. Alternate translation: 'her followers" or "the people who do what she teaches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 23 zm6t figs-metonymy νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας 1 thoughts and hearts The term "heart" a metonym that represents feelings and desires. Alternate translation: "what people think and want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 23 bgs9 figs-idiom δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ 1 I will give to each one of you This is an expression about punishment and reward. Alternate translation: "I will punish or reward each one of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 2 24 tli6 figs-metaphor ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 everyone who does not hold this teaching Believing a teaching is spoken of as holding the teaching. Alternate translation: "everyone who does not believe this teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 24 scu6 οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 does not hold this teaching The noun "teaching" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "does not hold to what she teaches" or "does not believe what she teaches"
|
||||
REV 2 24 tli6 figs-metaphor ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 everyone who does not hold this teaching Believing a teaching is spoken of as holding the teaching. Alternate translation: "everyone who does not believe this teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 24 scu6 οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 does not hold this teaching The noun "teaching" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "does not hold to what she teaches" or "does not believe what she teaches"
|
||||
REV 2 24 d5i9 figs-metaphor βαθέα 1 deep things Secret things are spoken of as if they were deep. Alternate translation: "secret things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Anyone who resists evil" or "The person who does not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 27 c9gu 0 He will rule ... break them into pieces This is a prophecy from the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations.
|
||||
REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. Alternate translation: "He will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. Alternate translation: "He will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either 1) destroying evildoers or 2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: "He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was received. Possible meanings are 1) "Just as I have received authority from my Father" or 2) "Just as I have received the morning star from my Father." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here "him" refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here "him" refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the "seven letters to the seven churches." You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>##### Seven stars<br><br>These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking<br><br>Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>##### "Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches"<br><br>The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The angel of the church"<br><br>The word "angel" here can also mean "messenger." This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>##### "The words of the one who"<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add "These are" to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.<br>
|
||||
REV 3 1 k6b7 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Sardis.
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,10 +165,10 @@ REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor 0 alive ... dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken
|
|||
REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor 0 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: "Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless" or "Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: "Be alert" or "Be careful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This refers to God's word, which they believed. Alternate translation: "God's word that you heard and the truth that you believed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ γρηγορήσῃς γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated "wake up" on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "If you are not alert" or "If you are not careful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated "wake up" on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "If you are not alert" or "If you are not careful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy 0 a few names The word "names" is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: "a few people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person's life as if it were dirty clothes. Alternate translation: "have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person's life as if it were dirty clothes. Alternate translation: "have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as "walking." Alternate translation: "will live with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor 0 dressed in white White clothes represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: "and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 5 v69e figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Anyone who resists evil" or "Anyone who does not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοι
|
|||
REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name He would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person's name. Alternate translation: "I will announce that he belongs to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father "in the presence of my Father"
|
||||
REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 rf9b 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia.
|
||||
REV 3 7 ksg4 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ REV 3 7 mm6x translate-names Φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Philadelphia This is the na
|
|||
REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David's key. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 aam6 0 he opens and no one shuts "he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it"
|
||||
REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open "he closes the door and no one can open it"
|
||||
REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door "I have opened a door for you"
|
||||
REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door "I have opened a door for you"
|
||||
REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word Possible meanings are 1) "you have followed by teachings" or 2) "you have obeyed my commands"
|
||||
REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name The word "name" here is is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: "me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor Satan are spoken of as if they were in a synagogue, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,18 +197,18 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor 0 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as
|
|||
REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit 0 I am coming soon It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. Alternate translation: "I am coming to judge soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: "Continue to believe firmly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here "crown" stands for a reward. See how you translated "crown" in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν ποιήσω στῦλον ἐν τῷ, ναῷ τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here "The one who conquers" refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The "pillar" represents an important and permanent part of God's kingdom. Alternate translation: "I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" or "Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν ποιήσω στῦλον ἐν τῷ, ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here "The one who conquers" refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The "pillar" represents an important and permanent part of God's kingdom. Alternate translation: "I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" or "Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 r6bz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Laodicea.
|
||||
REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 14 wzg9 translate-names Λαοδικίᾳ 1 Laodicea This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 f65v 0 The words of the Amen Here "the Amen" is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God's promises by saying amen to them.
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς τῆς κτίσεως κτίσεως' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the ruler over God's creation Possible meanings are 1) "the one who rules over everything that God created" or 2) "the one through whom God created everything."
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως' τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the ruler over God's creation Possible meanings are 1) "the one who rules over everything that God created" or 2) "the one through whom God created everything."
|
||||
REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Possible meanings are 1) "cold" and hot" represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where "cold" is to be completely against God, and to be "hot" is to be zealous to serve him, or 2) "cold" and "hot" both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: "you are like water that is neither cold nor hot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them out of the mouth. Alternate translation: "I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor , σὺ,,, εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος ἐλεεινὸς πτωχὸς τυφλὸς καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: "You are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς ἵνα πλουτήσῃς καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ ἵνα περιβάλῃ καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ,, ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς τῆς γυμνότητός γυμνότητός σου καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here to "buy" represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The "gold refined by fire" represents spiritual wealth. The "brilliant white garments" represents rightousness. And the "salve to anoint your eyes" represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: "Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς ἵνα πλουτήσῃς καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ ἵνα περιβάλῃ καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ,, ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here to "buy" represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The "gold refined by fire" represents spiritual wealth. The "brilliant white garments" represents rightousness. And the "salve to anoint your eyes" represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: "Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent "be serious and repent"
|
||||
REV 3 20 i7gy figs-metaphor ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω 1 I am standing at the door and am knocking Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: "I am like one standing at the door and knocking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 sr5y translate-symaction κρούω 1 am knocking When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they knock on the door. Alternate translation: "I want you to let me come inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,12 +219,12 @@ REV 3 21 h9pf 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the Son of Man's mess
|
|||
REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Anyone who resists evil" or "Anyone who does not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To sit on a throne means to rule. Alternate translation: "to rule with me" or "to sit down on my throne and rule with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.<br><br>John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald<br><br>These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John's day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.<br><br>##### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>##### Giving glory to God<br><br>God's glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Difficult images<br><br>Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br>
|
||||
REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God.
|
||||
REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things "After I had just seen these things" ([Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md))
|
||||
REV 4 1 z8r8 figs-metaphor θύρα θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 an open door in heaven This expression stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 1 z8r8 figs-metaphor θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 an open door in heaven This expression stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 1 a49s figs-simile ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 speaking to me like a trumpet How the voice was like a trumpet can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 4 1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet This refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md).
|
||||
REV 4 2 ie3w figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit John speaks of being influenced by God's Spirit as if he were in the Spirit. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: "I was influenced by the Spirit" or "The Spirit influenced me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ REV 5 1 txr5 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in
|
|||
REV 5 1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw "After I saw those things, I saw"
|
||||
REV 5 1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 the one who was seated on the throne This is the same "one" as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md).
|
||||
REV 5 1 yhm3 βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν 1 a scroll written on the front and on the back "a scroll with writing on the front and the back"
|
||||
REV 5 1 aj7m κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά 1 sealed with seven seals "and it had seven seals keeping it closed"
|
||||
REV 5 1 aj7m κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά 1 sealed with seven seals "and it had seven seals keeping it closed"
|
||||
REV 5 2 r2vt figs-events τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? The person would need to break the seals in order to open the scroll. Alternate translation: "Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
REV 5 2 v4r4 figs-rquestion τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? This can be translated as a command: "The one who is worthy to do this should come to break the seals and open the scroll!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 5 3 lj9u figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐδὲ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven or on the earth or under the earth This means everywhere: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. Alternate translation: "anywhere in heaven or on the earth or under the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ REV 5 8 e3fh writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a youn
|
|||
REV 5 8 cgs1 translate-numbers εἴκοσι- τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 ff8y ἔπεσαν 1 fell down "lay down on the ground." Their faces were toward the ground to show that they were worshiping the Lamb. They did this on purpose; they did not fall accidentally.
|
||||
REV 5 8 uv6w ἕκαστος 1 Each of them Possible meanings are 1) "each of the elders and living creatures" or 2) "each of the elders."
|
||||
REV 5 8 qak6 writing-symlanguage φιάλας φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας θυμιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων 1 a golden bowl full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints The incense here is a symbol for the believers' prayers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 qak6 writing-symlanguage φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας θυμιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων 1 a golden bowl full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints The incense here is a symbol for the believers' prayers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 9 yu7h figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐσφάγης 1 For you were slaughtered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For they slaughtered you" or "For people killed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 5 9 j1jn ἐσφάγης 1 slaughtered If your language has a word for killing an animal for a sacrifice, consider using it here.
|
||||
REV 5 9 qtv5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου 1 with your blood Since blood represents a person's life, losing the blood represents dying. This probably means "by your death" or "by dying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -294,20 +294,20 @@ REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέρα
|
|||
REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature "the next living creature" or "living creature number two" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν— πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: "came out. It was red like fire" or "came out. It was bright red"
|
||||
REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive 0 To its rider was given permission This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God gave permission to its rider" or "Its rider received person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "This rider received a huge sword" or "God gave this rider a huge sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 n58n μάχαιρα μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 a huge sword "a very large sword" or "a great sword"
|
||||
REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "This rider received a huge sword" or "God gave this rider a huge sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 n58n μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 a huge sword "a very large sword" or "a great sword"
|
||||
REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal "the next seal" or "seal number three" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature "the next living creature" or "living creature number three" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales a tool used for weighing things
|
||||
REV 6 6 cq7h χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου 1 A choenix of wheat for one denarius Some languages might want a verb such as "cost" or "buy" in the sentence. There was very little wheat for all the people, so its price was very high. Alternate translation: "A choenix of wheat now costs one denarius" or "Buy a choenix of wheat with one denarius"
|
||||
REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume 0 A choenix of wheat ... three choenices of barley a "choenix" was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of "choenix" is "choenices." Alternate translation: "one liter of wheat ... three liters of barley" or "one bowl of wheat ... three bowls of barley" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 one denarius This coin was worth a day's wages. Alternate translation: "one silver coin" or "the pay for one day of work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up.
|
||||
REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up.
|
||||
REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine These expressions probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal "the next seal" or "seal number four" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal φωνὴν τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature "the next living creature" or "living creature number four" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse "grey horse." This is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death.
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον- τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here "the earth" represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "one-fourth of the people on the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον- τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here "the earth" represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "one-fourth of the people on the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword A sword is a weapon, and here it represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 with the wild animals of the earth This means that Death and Hades would cause the wild animals to attack and kill people.
|
||||
REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal "the next seal" or "seal number five" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are oft
|
|||
REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal "the next seal" or "seal number six" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes sackcloth was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: "as black as mourning clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of blood is meant to lead people to think of death. How it was like blood can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "red like blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς ὑπὸ ἀνέμου ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The sky was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and rolled up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals This word refers to the warriors who command in the battle.
|
||||
REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 caves large holes in the sides of hills
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ REV 6 17 r1ta figs-metonymy τίς δύναται σταθῆναι 1 Who is abl
|
|||
REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.<br><br>Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Worship<br>God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### The Lamb<br>This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase "the four corners" refers to the north, south, east, and west.
|
||||
REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word "seal" here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God's people. Alternate translation: "the marker" or "stamp" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word "seal" here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God's people. Alternate translation: "the marker" or "stamp" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων 1 put a seal on the foreheads The word "seal" here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: "put a mark on the foreheads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 je8m μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 those who were sealed This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "those whom God's angel marked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ REV 7 4 lh7h translate-numbers 0 144000 "one hundred forty-four thousand people
|
|||
REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers ἐκ φυλῆς δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe "12,000 people from the tribe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 7 7 ru7t 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of the people of Israel who were sealed.
|
||||
REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude "a huge crowd" or "a great number of people"
|
||||
REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude "a huge crowd" or "a great number of people"
|
||||
REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color "white" represents purity.
|
||||
REV 7 10 m5az 0 Salvation belongs to "Salvation comes from"
|
||||
REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns 0 Salvation belongs ... to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun "salvation" can be expressed with the verb "save." AT "Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -353,35 +353,35 @@ REV 7 12 d74f 0 forever and ever These two words mean basically the same thing
|
|||
REV 7 13 wz8z περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκὰς 1 clothed with white robes These white robes showed that they were righteous.
|
||||
REV 7 14 p6en οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 have come out of the great tribulation "have survived the great tribulation" or "have lived through the great tribulation"
|
||||
REV 7 14 u6fc τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great tribulation "the time of terrible suffering" or "the time when people will suffer terribly"
|
||||
REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐλεύκαναν ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: "They have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: "They have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 14 ym21 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the blood of the Lamb The word "blood" is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 15 q73i 0 Connecting Statement: The elder continues to speak to John.
|
||||
REV 7 15 qs23 0 they ... them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 15 us3i figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 day and night These two parts of the day are used together to mean "all the time" or "without stopping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 7 15 k9f2 figs-metaphor σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 will spread his tent over them "will put his tent up over them." Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: "will shelter them" or "will protect them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 16 p6u7 0 They ... them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ πέσῃ ὁ ἥλιος 1 The sun will not beat down The sun's heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: "The sun will not burn them" or "The sun will not make them weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ ὁ ἥλιος 1 The sun will not beat down The sun's heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: "The sun will not burn them" or "The sun will not make them weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 wc49 0 their ... them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 the Lamb at the center of the throne "the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne"
|
||||
REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor 0 For the Lamb ... will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb's care for his people as if it were a shepherd's care for his sheep. Alternate translation: "For the Lamb ... will be like a shepherd to them" or "For the Lamb ... will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: "he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water" or "he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: "he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water" or "he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes Tears here represent sadness. Alternate translation: "God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears" or "God will cause them to not be sad anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 08 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Seven seals and seven trumpets<br>This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Passive voice<br>John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator's language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>##### Similes<br>In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. Alternate translation: "the next seal" or "the final seal" or "seal number seven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God gave them seven trumpets" or 2) "the Lamb gave them seven trumpets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 3 f9g9 0 he would offer it "he would offer the incense to God by burning it"
|
||||
REV 8 4 lq1q figs-metonymy τοῦ ἀγγέλου' χειρὸς ἀγγέλου 1 the angel's hand This refers to the bowl in the angel's hand. Alternate translation: "the bowl in the angel's hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 4 lq1q figs-metonymy τοῦ ἀγγέλου' χειρὸς 1 the angel's hand This refers to the bowl in the angel's hand. Alternate translation: "the bowl in the angel's hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 5 l79w figs-metonymy ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς 1 filled it with fire The word "fire" here probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: "filled it with burning coals" or "filled it with coals of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 6 xys5 0 General Information: The seven angels sound the seven trumpets, one at a time.
|
||||
REV 8 7 g5gp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 It was thrown down onto the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The angel threw the hail and fire mixed with blood down onto the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 7 ga1r figs-activepassive 0 a third of it was burned up, a third of the trees were burned up, and all the green grass was burned up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it burned up a third of the earth, a third of the trees, and all the green grass" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 rnh8 translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος 1 The second angel "The next angel" or "Angel number two" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 uw2h figs-activepassive ὡς ὄρος ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον ἐβλήθη 1 something like a great mountain burning with fire was thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 uw2h figs-activepassive ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον ἐβλήθη 1 something like a great mountain burning with fire was thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 ev7g translate-fraction ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα 1 A third of the sea became blood The fraction "A third" can be explained in translation. Alternate translation: "It was like the sea was divided into three parts, and one of those parts became blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 k43y figs-simile ἐγένετο αἷμα 1 became blood Possible meanings are it 1) "became red like blood" or it 2) really became blood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 9 vgf4 τῶν κτισμάτων ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς 1 the living creatures in the sea "the things living in the sea" or "the fish and other animals that lived in the sea"
|
||||
REV 8 10 n8ue figs-simile ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ, ἀστὴρ μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς 1 a huge star fell from the sky, blazing like a torch "a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky." The fire of the huge star looked similar to the fire of a torch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 10 n8ue figs-simile ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ, μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς 1 a huge star fell from the sky, blazing like a torch "a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky." The fire of the huge star looked similar to the fire of a torch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 10 int4 λαμπάς 1 torch a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light
|
||||
REV 8 11 as2n translate-unknown 0 The name of the star is Wormwood Wormwood is a shrub that tastes bitter. People made medicine out of it, but they also believed that it was poisonous. Alternate translation: "The name of the star is Bitterness" or "The name of the star is Bitter Medicine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 8 11 gei4 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ἄψινθον 1 became wormwood The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were wormwood. Alternate translation: "became bitter like wormwood" or "became bitter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτ
|
|||
REV 9 1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit "the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit"
|
||||
REV 9 1 cjr9 τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the shaft of the bottomless pit Possible meanings are 1) "shaft" is another way of referring to the pit and describes it as long and narrow, or 2) "shaft" refers to the opening of the pit.
|
||||
REV 9 1 p886 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are 1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or 2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom.
|
||||
REV 9 2 tp79 figs-simile ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου καμίνου μεγάλης 1 like smoke from a huge furnace A huge furnace gives off a great amount of thick, dark smoke. Alternate translation: "like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 2 tp79 figs-simile ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης 1 like smoke from a huge furnace A huge furnace gives off a great amount of thick, dark smoke. Alternate translation: "like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 2 nd4n ἐσκοτώθη 1 turned dark "became dark"
|
||||
REV 9 3 mb9m translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 locusts insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up all the leaves in gardens and on trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 9 3 a4e7 figs-explicit 0 power like that of scorpions Scorpions have the ability to sting and poison other animals and people. Alternate translation: "the ability to sting people as scorpions do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -405,20 +405,20 @@ REV 9 4 cl6p ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς μὴ ἀδικήσουσιν τὸν
|
|||
REV 9 4 pb9q figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 but only the people The phrase "to damage" or "to harm" is understood. Alternate translation: "but only to harm the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 gi1a figs-metonymy τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the seal of God The word "seal" here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God's people. See how you translated "seal" in [Revelation 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: "the marker of God" or "stamp of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 tl6n μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 9 5 rui1 ἐδόθη ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς μὴ 1 They were not given permission "They" refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md))
|
||||
REV 9 5 rui1 ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς μὴ 1 They were not given permission "They" refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md))
|
||||
REV 9 5 vfj7 αὐτούς 1 those people the people whom the locusts were stinging
|
||||
REV 9 5 ii8s figs-ellipsis 0 but only to torture them Here the words "given permission" are understood. Alternate translation: "but only given permission to torture them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 9 5 nm7q 0 to torture them for five months The locusts would be allowed to do this for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 5 a3dw 0 to torture them "to make them suffer terrible pain"
|
||||
REV 9 5 qtk9 βασανισμὸς σκορπίου 1 the sting of a scorpion A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death.
|
||||
REV 9 6 p4mb figs-abstractnouns ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν 1 people will seek death, but will not find it This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "death." Alternate translation: "people will try to find a way to die, but will not find it" or "people will try to kill themselves, but will not find a way to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 9 6 p4mb figs-abstractnouns ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν 1 people will seek death, but will not find it This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "death." Alternate translation: "people will try to find a way to die, but will not find it" or "people will try to kill themselves, but will not find a way to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 9 6 hiq8 ἐπιθυμήσουσιν ἀποθανεῖν 1 will greatly desire to die "will want very much to die" or "will wish that they could die"
|
||||
REV 9 6 f1b4 figs-personification φεύγει ὁ θάνατος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 death will flee from them John speaks of death as if it were a person or animal that could run away. Alternate translation: "they will not be able to die" or "they will not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 9 7 zh82 0 General Information: These locusts did not look like ordinary locusts. John describes them by telling how parts of them looked like other things.
|
||||
REV 9 7 s9gl στέφανοι ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ 1 crowns of gold These were likenesses of wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
REV 9 10 mac3 ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς 1 They had tails The word "They" refers to the locusts.
|
||||
REV 9 10 qdc3 figs-simile ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα 1 with stingers like scorpions A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: "with stingers like scorpion stingers" or "with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας μῆνας πέντε 1 in their tails they had power to harm people for five months Possible meanings are 1) they had power for five months to harm people or 2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε 1 in their tails they had power to harm people for five months Possible meanings are 1) they had power for five months to harm people or 2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 11 fiu6 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are 1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or 2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 9 11 bkg6 translate-names 0 Abaddon ... Apollyon Both names mean "Destroyer." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
REV 9 12 ts26 figs-metaphor 0 there are still two disasters to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ REV 9 17 pqe8 θειώδεις 1 sulfurous yellow "yellow like sulfur" or "brig
|
|||
REV 9 17 mzf7 ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύεται πῦρ,, καπνὸς καὶ θεῖον 1 out of their mouths came fire, smoke, and sulfur "fire, smoke, and sulfur came out of their mouths"
|
||||
REV 9 18 q9mp 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the horses and the plagues brought upon humanity.
|
||||
REV 9 18 x4fr translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A third of the people "One third of the people." See how you translated "A third" in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 9 20 xf3t figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 those who were not killed by these plagues This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom the plagues had not killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 20 xf3t figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 those who were not killed by these plagues This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom the plagues had not killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 20 d3vn figs-distinguish 0 things that cannot see, hear, or walk This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: "even though idols cannot see, hear, or walk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Seven thunders<br>John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for "thunder" when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### "The mystery of God"<br>This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Simile<br>John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
REV 10 1 xr6f 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John's vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
|
||||
|
|
@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ REV 11 11 x3gn translate-numbers τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμ
|
|||
REV 11 11 al5w figs-metaphor πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν αὐτούς 1 a breath of life from God will enter them The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: "God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 11 u265 figs-metaphor φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς 1 Great fear will fall on those who see them Fear is spoken of as if it is a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: "Those who see them will be extremely afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 f8ze καὶ ἤκουσαν 1 Then they will hear Possible meanings are 1) the two witnesses will hear or 2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
|
||||
REV 11 12 mkq9 figs-metonymy φωνῆς φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a loud voice from heaven The word "voice" refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: "someone speak loudly to them from heaven and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 mkq9 figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a loud voice from heaven The word "voice" refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: "someone speak loudly to them from heaven and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 l1x7 λεγούσης αὐτοῖς 1 say to them "say to the two witnesses"
|
||||
REV 11 13 p56r translate-numbers ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά 1 Seven thousand people "7,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 13 fa14 οἱ λοιποὶ 1 the survivors "those who do not die" or "those who are still living"
|
||||
|
|
@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ REV 11 15 sxx9 translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 the seven
|
|||
REV 11 15 zt2f 0 loud voices spoke in heaven and said The phrase "loud voices" represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: "speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said"
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy 0 The kingdom of the world ... the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here "kingdom" refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: "The authority to rule the world ... the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 en51 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This refers to everyone in the world. Alternate translation: "everyone in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ "Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world"
|
||||
REV 11 15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ "Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world"
|
||||
REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers εἴκοσι- τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 16 s2nv figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 fell upon their faces This is an idiom that means they lay down facing the ground. See how you translated "prostrated themselves" in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: "they bowed down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 11 17 dw6v figs-distinguish σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ,, ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 you, Lord God Almighty, the one who is and who was These phrases can be stated as sentences. Alternate translation: "you, Lord God, the ruler over all. You are the one who is, and you are the one who was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -517,15 +517,15 @@ REV 11 18 v18q figs-metaphor 0 The time has come Existing in the present is spo
|
|||
REV 11 18 h833 figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι 1 for the dead to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for God to judge the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 zk1u figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the dead This nominal adjective can be stated as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: "Those who have died" or "the dead people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 k3ba figs-metonymy 0 the prophets, those who are believers, and those who feared your name This list explains what "your servants" means. These were not three completely different groups of people. The prophets also were believers and feared God's name. "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "the prophets, those who are believers, and those who fear you" or "the prophets and the others who are believers and fear your name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη' ὁ ναὸς τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 Then God's temple in heaven was opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then someone opened God's temple in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη' ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 Then God's temple in heaven was opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then someone opened God's temple in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language's way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 11 19 ap5g φωναὶ, βρονταὶ 1 rumblings, crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language's way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Serpent<br>The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "A great sign was seen in heaven"<br>By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say "A great sign appeared in heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br>
|
||||
REV 12 1 n4ii 0 General Information: John begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision.
|
||||
REV 12 1 d7pw figs-activepassive σημεῖον σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 A great sign was seen in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A great sign appeared in heaven" or "I, John, saw a great sign in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 1 d7pw figs-activepassive σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 A great sign was seen in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A great sign appeared in heaven" or "I, John, saw a great sign in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον καὶ ἡ, σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 a woman clothed with the sun, and with the moon under her feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 1 tg62 στέφανος ἀστέρων ἀστέρων δώδεκα 1 a crown of twelve stars This was apparently a likeness of a wreath made of laurel leaves or olive branches, but with twelve stars included in it.
|
||||
REV 12 1 tg62 στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα 1 a crown of twelve stars This was apparently a likeness of a wreath made of laurel leaves or olive branches, but with twelve stars included in it.
|
||||
REV 12 1 x45q translate-numbers ἀστέρων δώδεκα 1 twelve stars "12 stars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 12 3 y4c1 0 Connecting Statement: John describes a dragon that appears in his vision.
|
||||
REV 12 3 s1j6 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -540,25 +540,25 @@ REV 12 8 uj6a 0 So there was no longer any place in heaven for him and his ang
|
|||
REV 12 9 pk5u figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος καλούμενος Διάβολος καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην—,—, ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 dragon—that old serpent called the devil or Satan, who deceives the whole world—was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: "dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 12 9 v1tp figs-activepassive 0 The great dragon ... was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God threw the great dragon ... and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 I The word "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 12 10 i112 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 I heard a loud voice in heaven The word "voice" refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: "I heard someone saying loudly from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 nt1j figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ τοῦ, Θεοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God's ruling and Christ's authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: "Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 i112 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 I heard a loud voice in heaven The word "voice" refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: "I heard someone saying loudly from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 nt1j figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ, Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God's ruling and Christ's authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: "Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 a5fm ἐγένετο 1 have come "have begun to really exist" or "have appeared" or "have become real." God is revealing these things because their time to occur has "come." It is not that they did not exist before.
|
||||
REV 12 10 yg1a ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 the accuser of our brothers has been thrown down This is the dragon that was thrown down in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md).
|
||||
REV 12 10 yg1a ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 the accuser of our brothers has been thrown down This is the dragon that was thrown down in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md).
|
||||
REV 12 10 a9wf figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 our brothers Fellow believers are spoken of as if they were brothers. Alternate translation: "our fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 jn6q figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 day and night These two parts of the day are used together to mean "all the time" or "without stopping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 lkk6 0 Connecting Statement: The loud voice from heaven continues to speak.
|
||||
REV 12 11 qmg8 αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν 1 They conquered him "They conquered the accuser"
|
||||
REV 12 11 zt7v figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 by the blood of the Lamb The blood refers to his death. Alternate translation: "because the lamb had shed his blood and died for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 lht6 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς τῆς μαρτυρίας μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 by the word of their testimony The word "testimony" can be expressed with the verb "testify." Also who they testified about can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 lht6 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 by the word of their testimony The word "testimony" can be expressed with the verb "testify." Also who they testified about can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 n6wk ἄχρι θανάτου 1 even to death The believers told the truth about Jesus, even though they knew that their enemies might try to kill them because of it. Alternate translation: "but they kept testifying even though they knew that they might die for it"
|
||||
REV 12 12 l3ra figs-metaphor ἔχων θυμὸν θυμὸν μέγαν 1 He is filled with terrible anger The devil is spoken of as if he were a container, and anger is spoken of as if it were a liquid that could be in him. Alternate translation: "He is terribly angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 12 l3ra figs-metaphor ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν 1 He is filled with terrible anger The devil is spoken of as if he were a container, and anger is spoken of as if it were a liquid that could be in him. Alternate translation: "He is terribly angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 13 x7st figs-activepassive εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 the dragon realized he had been thrown down to the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the dragon realized that God had thrown him out of heaven and sent him to earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 13 z3hb ἐδίωξεν τὴν γυναῖκα 1 he pursued the woman "he chased after the woman"
|
||||
REV 12 13 kgv9 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 14 sxw1 τοῦ ὄφεως 1 the serpent This is another way of referring to the dragon.
|
||||
REV 12 15 c73v ὄφις 1 serpent This is the same being as the dragon mentioned earlier in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md).
|
||||
REV 12 15 y5ml figs-simile ὡς ποταμόν 1 like a river The water flowed from his mouth like a river flows. Alternate translation: "in large volume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 12 15 a9wh αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποταμοφόρητον 1 to sweep her away "to wash her away"
|
||||
REV 12 15 a9wh αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον 1 to sweep her away "to wash her away"
|
||||
REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon was pouring out of his mouth The earth is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a mouth that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: "A hole in the ground opened up and the water went down into the hole" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 17 t6jf ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus The word "testimony" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "continue to testify about Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,10 +606,10 @@ REV 13 12 ys3n figs-activepassive οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τ
|
|||
REV 13 12 jc77 ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 lethal wound "deadly wound." This was an injury that was serious enough that it could have made him die.
|
||||
REV 13 13 z2ws ποιεῖ 1 It performed "The beast from the earth performed"
|
||||
REV 13 15 dl87 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 It was permitted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God permitted the beast from the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 cw55 figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ τοῦ θηρίου' εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 to give breath to the beast's image Here the word "breath" represents life. Alternate translation: "to give life to the beast's image" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 dey8 τῇ τοῦ θηρίου' εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 the beast's image This is the image of the first beast that had been mentioned.
|
||||
REV 13 15 cw55 figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ τοῦ θηρίου' εἰκόνι 1 to give breath to the beast's image Here the word "breath" represents life. Alternate translation: "to give life to the beast's image" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 dey8 τῇ τοῦ θηρίου' εἰκόνι 1 the beast's image This is the image of the first beast that had been mentioned.
|
||||
REV 13 15 ruk5 0 cause all who refused to worship the beast to be killed "put to death anyone who refused to worship the first beast"
|
||||
REV 13 16 h9u9 καὶ ποιεῖ ποιεῖ πάντας 1 It also forced everyone "The beast from the earth also forced everyone"
|
||||
REV 13 16 h9u9 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας 1 It also forced everyone "The beast from the earth also forced everyone"
|
||||
REV 13 17 t7wm figs-explicit 0 It was impossible for anyone to buy or sell unless he had the mark of the beast "People could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast." The implicit information that the beast from the earth commanded it can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "He commanded that people could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 13 17 j8x4 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 18 i46m 0 General Information: This verse is a break from John's account of his vision. Here he gives another warning to the people reading his account.
|
||||
|
|
@ -622,31 +622,31 @@ REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word "I" refers to John.
|
|||
REV 14 1 ck6y 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb.
|
||||
REV 14 1 a3kz writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίον 1 Lamb A "lamb" is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 uc96 translate-numbers 0 144000 "one hundred forty-four thousand." See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 z963 figs-activepassive ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ' τοῦ Πατρὸς Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 who had his name and his Father's name written on their foreheads This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 z963 figs-activepassive ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ' Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 who had his name and his Father's name written on their foreheads This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 rf47 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 14 2 hwu4 φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice from heaven "a sound from heaven"
|
||||
REV 14 3 sz1f ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν ᾠδὴν καινὴν 1 They sang a new song "The 144,000 people sang a new song." This explains what the sound was that John heard. Alternate translation: "That sound was a new song that they sang"
|
||||
REV 14 3 sz1f ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν 1 They sang a new song "The 144,000 people sang a new song." This explains what the sound was that John heard. Alternate translation: "That sound was a new song that they sang"
|
||||
REV 14 3 ii11 τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures "living being" or "living thing." See how you translated "living creature" in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 14 3 m75y πρεσβυτέρων 1 elders This refers to the twenty-four elders around the throne. See how you translated "elders" in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md).
|
||||
REV 14 3 q6fc translate-numbers 0 144000 "one hundred forty-four thousand." See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 14 4 jet6 μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν ἐμολύνθησαν 1 have not defiled themselves with women Possible meanings are 1) "have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman" or 2) "have never had sexual relations with a woman." Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
|
||||
REV 14 4 jet6 μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν 1 have not defiled themselves with women Possible meanings are 1) "have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman" or 2) "have never had sexual relations with a woman." Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
|
||||
REV 14 4 a7ir παρθένοι 1 they have kept themselves sexually pure Possible meanings are 1) "they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife" or 2) "they are virgins."
|
||||
REV 14 4 q3hg figs-metaphor οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει 1 follow the Lamb wherever he goes Doing what the Lamb does is spoken of as following him. Alternate translation: "they do whatever the Lamb does" or "they obey the Lamb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 4 mlw3 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ 1 redeemed from among mankind as firstfruits "Firstfruits" here is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: "purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 5 ga8p figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 No lie was found in their mouth Their "mouth" refers to what they said." Alternate translation: "They never lied when they spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 6 n1fr 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This is the first of three angels who proclaim judgment on the earth.
|
||||
REV 14 6 pp1l πᾶν ἔθνος, φυλὴν, γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν 1 every nation, tribe, language, and people This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς τῆς κρίσεως κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here "the hour" represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having "come" is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of "judgment" can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: "now is the time that God has chosen for judgment" or "it is now the time for God to judge people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here "the hour" represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having "come" is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of "judgment" can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: "now is the time that God has chosen for judgment" or "it is now the time for God to judge people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 b18s figs-metaphor 0 Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. Alternate translation: "Babylon the great has been destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 jh3r writing-symlanguage Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great "Babylon the large city" or "the important city of Babylon." This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 kg1i figs-metonymy ἣ πεπότικεν 1 who persuaded Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 ldz2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ τοῦ θυμοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πεπότικεν 1 to drink the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "to be sexually immoral like her" or "to get drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 ldz2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πεπότικεν 1 to drink the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "to be sexually immoral like her" or "to get drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 v3zk figs-personification τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 9 z6xp ἐν φωνῇ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice "loudly"
|
||||
REV 14 10 qw28 writing-symlanguage καὶ πίεται πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will also drink some of the wine of God's wrath Drinking the wine of God's wrath is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: "will also drink some of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 9 z6xp ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice "loudly"
|
||||
REV 14 10 qw28 writing-symlanguage καὶ πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will also drink some of the wine of God's wrath Drinking the wine of God's wrath is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: "will also drink some of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 fe83 figs-activepassive τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 that has been poured undiluted This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has poured full strength" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 bb38 writing-symlanguage τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 that has been poured undiluted This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage ποτηρίῳ τῆς τῆς ὀργῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cup of his anger This symbolic cup holds the wine that represents God's anger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cup of his anger This symbolic cup holds the wine that represents God's anger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 11 hh91 0 Connecting Statement: The third angel continues to speak.
|
||||
REV 14 11 dds6 figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The smoke from their torment The phrase "their torment" refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: "The smoke from the fire that torments them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 11 z5ea οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 they have no rest "they have no relief" or "the torment does not stop"
|
||||
|
|
@ -664,9 +664,9 @@ REV 14 15 v2xf figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι 1 the time t
|
|||
REV 14 16 nt7k figs-activepassive ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ 1 the earth was harvested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he harvested the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 17 fb4y 0 Connecting Statement: John continues describing his vision about the earth being harvested.
|
||||
REV 14 18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 who had authority over the fire Here "authority over" refers to responsibility to tend the fire.
|
||||
REV 14 19 f3mn τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ τοῦ θυμοῦ θυμοῦ' τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 the great wine vat of God's wrath "the large wine vat where God will show his wrath"
|
||||
REV 14 19 f3mn τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 the great wine vat of God's wrath "the large wine vat where God will show his wrath"
|
||||
REV 14 20 b1bw ληνὸς 1 winepress This is "the great wine vat" of [Revelation 14:19] (./19.md).
|
||||
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων' τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to the height of a horse's bridle "as high as the bridle in a horse's mouth"
|
||||
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων' 1 up to the height of a horse's bridle "as high as the bridle in a horse's mouth"
|
||||
REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 bridle a device made of leather straps that goes around a horse's head and is used for directing the horse
|
||||
REV 14 20 gdl8 translate-numbers σταδίων 1 1,600 stadia "one thousand six hundred stadia" or "sixteen hundred stadia." A "stadium" is 185 meters. In modern measures this would be about "300 kilometers" or "200 miles." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Victorious over the beast"<br><br>These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### "The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven"<br>Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God's perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God's heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### Songs<br><br>The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -679,10 +679,10 @@ REV 15 1 gdt5 ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τ
|
|||
REV 15 2 ytq6 0 General Information: Here John begins to describe his vision of the people who had been victorious over the beast and who are praising God.
|
||||
REV 15 2 n9yj figs-metaphor θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην 1 sea of glass How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. Possible meanings are 1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: "a sea that was as smooth as glass" or 2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: "glass that was spread out like a sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 pt8v figs-explicit τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου καὶ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ 1 who had been victorious over the beast and his image How they were victorious can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 dbz9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 over the number representing his name How they were victorious over the number can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 lra7 τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the number representing his name This refers to the number described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md).
|
||||
REV 15 2 dbz9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 over the number representing his name How they were victorious over the number can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 lra7 τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the number representing his name This refers to the number described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md).
|
||||
REV 15 3 l5hu ᾄδουσιν 1 They were singing "Those who had been victorious over the beast were singing"
|
||||
REV 15 4 hh87 figs-rquestion τίς? οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ Κύριε, φοβηθῇ, καὶ δοξάσει σου τὸ ὄνομά Κύριε 1 Who will not fear you, Lord, and glorify your name? This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. It can be expressed as an exclamation. Alternate translation: "Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 hh87 figs-rquestion τίς? οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ Κύριε,, καὶ δοξάσει σου τὸ ὄνομά 1 Who will not fear you, Lord, and glorify your name? This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. It can be expressed as an exclamation. Alternate translation: "Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 j9gj figs-metonymy δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 glorify your name The phrase "your name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "glorify you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 ei9k figs-activepassive τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν 1 your righteous deeds have been revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you have made everyone know about your righteous deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 15 5 v4ye 0 Connecting Statement: The seven angels with the seven plagues come out of the most holy place. They were spoken of previously in [Revelation 15:1](../15/01.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ REV 15 8 s67r ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τ
|
|||
REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "I heard a loud voice call out of the temple"<br><br>This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.<br><br>##### Seven bowls of God's wrath<br><br>This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God's wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.<br><br>##### Armageddon<br><br>This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>
|
||||
REV 16 1 nj83 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God's wrath.
|
||||
REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ' τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God's wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word "wrath" here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: "bowls full of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ' 1 bowls of God's wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word "wrath" here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: "bowls full of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 2 n7mw figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 2 e66u ἕλκος πονηρὸν 1 painful sores "painful wounds." These could be infections from diseases or injuries that have not healed.
|
||||
REV 16 2 nux1 χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -728,10 +728,10 @@ REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large,
|
|||
REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John's vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16.
|
||||
REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit 0 Look! I am coming ... his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. It can be stated clearly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one's clothes on. Alternate translation: "doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate, "keeping his garments with him."
|
||||
REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one's clothes on. Alternate translation: "doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate, "keeping his garments with him."
|
||||
REV 16 15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 they see his shameful condition Here the word "they" refers to other people.
|
||||
REV 16 16 m2v7 συνήγαγεν συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς 1 They brought them together "The spirits of the demons brought the kings and their armies together"
|
||||
REV 16 16 m2v7 συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς 1 They brought them together "The spirits of the demons brought the kings and their armies together"
|
||||
REV 16 16 cdx1 figs-activepassive τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον 1 the place that is called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place that people call" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 16 x6ff translate-names Ἁρμαγεδών 1 Armageddon This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 16 17 ny8p 0 Connecting Statement: The seventh angel pours out the seventh bowl of God's wrath.
|
||||
|
|
@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ REV 16 19 q8lg figs-activepassive 0 The great city was split This can be stated
|
|||
REV 16 19 r2vh 0 Then God called to mind "Then God remembered" or "Then God thought of" or "Then God started to pay attention to." This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten.
|
||||
REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage 0 he gave that city the cup filled with the wine made from his furious wrath The wine is a symbol of his wrath. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: "he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 20 eb5w 0 Connecting Statement: This is part of the seventh bowl of God's wrath.
|
||||
REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any mountains is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: "there were no longer any mountains" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any mountains is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: "there were no longer any mountains" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 a talent You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "33 kilograms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Prostitute<br><br>Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### Seven hills<br><br>This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br><br>John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up "<br><br>This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called "the one who is, and who was, and who is to come" elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: "the beast ... is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings." The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md))<br>
|
||||
REV 17 1 ppd7 0 General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute.
|
||||
|
|
@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ REV 17 1 f7ry writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1
|
|||
REV 17 1 crs4 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 on many waters If you need to, you can use a more specific word for the kind of water. Alternate translation: "on many rivers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 2 paa4 figs-distinguish 0 It is with the wine of her sexual immorality that the earth's inhabitants became drunk The wine represents sexual immorality. Alternate translation: "The people of the earth became drunk by drinking her wine, that is, they were sexually immoral" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 17 2 ayw3 figs-metaphor τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her sexual immorality This may well have a double meaning: sexual immorality among people and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 3 hf43 writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν Πνεύματι 1 carried me away in the Spirit to a wilderness The setting changes from John being in heaven to being in a wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
REV 17 3 hf43 writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν Πνεύματι 1 carried me away in the Spirit to a wilderness The setting changes from John being in heaven to being in a wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
REV 17 4 rw19 translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls beautiful and valuable white beads. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 17 5 az5b figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 On her forehead was written a name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had written on her forehead a name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 5 l75t figs-explicit Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great If it needs to be made clear that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a sentence. Alternate translation: "I am Babylon, the powerful one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -764,14 +764,14 @@ REV 17 7 j412 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας? 1 Why are you ast
|
|||
REV 17 8 upm7 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are 1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or 2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 17 8 usl4 figs-abstractnouns καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 Then it will go on to destruction The noun "destruction" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "Then he will be destroyed" or "Then God will destroy him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 glf1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it will go on to destruction The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 r6h4 figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα 1 those whose names have not been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whose names God did not write" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 r6h4 figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα 1 those whose names have not been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whose names God did not write" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 p3lb 0 Connecting Statement: The angel continues speaking. Here he explains the meaning of the seven heads of the beast that the woman is riding.
|
||||
REV 17 9 p6lr figs-abstractnouns 0 This calls for a mind that has wisdom The abstract nouns "mind" and "wisdom" can be expressed with "think" and "wise" or "wisely." Why a wise mind is needed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "A wise mind is needed in order to understand this" or "You need to think wisely in order to understand this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 i6ta 0 This calls for "This makes it necessary to have"
|
||||
REV 17 9 nr42 αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν 1 The seven heads are seven hills Here "are" means "stand for" or "represent."
|
||||
REV 17 10 yk93 figs-metaphor οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν 1 Five kings have fallen The angel speaks of dying as falling. Alternate translation: "Five kings have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 d2wx ὁ εἷς ἔστιν 1 one exists "one is king now" or "one king is alive now"
|
||||
REV 17 10 kw95 figs-metaphor ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν ἦλθεν; ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 the other has not yet come; when he comes Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: "the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 kw95 figs-metaphor ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν; ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 the other has not yet come; when he comes Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: "the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 v8vx figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ ὀλίγον αὐτὸν μεῖναι 1 he can remain only for a little while The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: "he can be king only for a little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 11 b1ct ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν 1 it is one of those seven kings Possible meanings are 1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king or 2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them.
|
||||
REV 17 11 w7sk figs-metaphor εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it is going to destruction The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. Alternate translation: "it will certainly be destroyed" or "God will surely destroy it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ REV 17 16 f9as figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται
|
|||
REV 17 17 y8cn 0 For God has put it into their hearts to carry out his purpose by agreeing to give ... until God's words are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: "For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give ... until God's words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God's purpose"
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy 0 God has put it into their hearts Here "heart" is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: "God has made them want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν 1 power to rule "authority" or "kingly authority"
|
||||
REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τοῦ Θεοῦ' τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until God's words are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until God fulfills what he said will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τοῦ Θεοῦ' τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι 1 until God's words are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until God fulfills what he said will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast.
|
||||
REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here "is" stands for "represents." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the city rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: "the great city whose leader rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ REV 18 1 xxe5 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and
|
|||
REV 18 2 a2f5 figs-metaphor 0 Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 2 ii4l ὀρνέου μεμισημένου 1 detestable bird "disgusting bird" or "repulsive bird"
|
||||
REV 18 3 l5jq figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations The nations is a metonym for the people of those nations. Alternate translation: "the people of all the nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kpp1 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ τοῦ θυμοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πέπτωκαν 1 have drunk the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "have become sexually immoral like her" or "have become drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kpp1 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πέπτωκαν 1 have drunk the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "have become sexually immoral like her" or "have become drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kp3p figs-personification τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 ejc5 ἔμποροι 1 merchants A merchant is a person who sells things.
|
||||
REV 18 3 ql37 ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς 1 from the power of her sensual way of living "because she spent so much money on sexual immorality"
|
||||
|
|
@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ REV 18 4 e7c7 0 Connecting Statement: Another voice from heaven begins to spea
|
|||
REV 18 4 nz77 figs-metonymy ἄλλην φωνὴν 1 another voice The word "voice" refers to the speaker, which is probably either Jesus or the Father. Alternate translation: "someone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 5 e32w figs-metaphor ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Her sins have piled up as high as heaven The voice speaks of Babylon's sins as if they were objects that could form a pile. Alternate translation: "Her sins are so many they are like a pile that reaches heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 5 u2yu ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 has remembered "has thought of" or "has started to pay attention to." This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten. See how you translated "called to mind" in [Revelation 16:19](../16/19.md).
|
||||
REV 18 6 ec42 figs-metaphor ἀπόδοτε ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν 1 Pay her back as she has paid others back The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "Punish her as she has punished others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 ec42 figs-metaphor ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν 1 Pay her back as she has paid others back The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "Punish her as she has punished others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 pa62 figs-metaphor διπλώσατε 1 repay her double The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "punish her twice as much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 xba5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν 1 in the cup she mixed, mix double the amount for her The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: "prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others" or "make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 l3n5 κεράσατε διπλοῦν 1 mix double the amount Possible meanings are 1) "prepare twice the amount" or 2) "make it twice as strong"
|
||||
|
|
@ -817,13 +817,13 @@ REV 18 7 we2t ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν 1 she glorified herself "the peopl
|
|||
REV 18 7 yt32 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 For she says in her heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: "For she says to herself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 m3mg figs-simile κάθημαι βασίλισσα 1 I am seated as a queen She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 dy5k figs-metaphor χήρα οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not a widow She implies that she will not be dependent on other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 eh5r figs-metaphor πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω ἴδω 1 I will never see mourning Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing mourning. Alternate translation: "I will never mourn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 eh5r figs-metaphor πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 I will never see mourning Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing mourning. Alternate translation: "I will never mourn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 8 u6r9 figs-metaphor ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς 1 her plagues will come Existing in the future is spoken of a coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 8 vkk2 figs-metaphor ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται 1 She will be consumed by fire Being burned up by fires is spoken of as being eaten up by fire. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Fire will completely burn her up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 9 lj14 0 General Information: In these verses the word "her" refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 9 pmz9 0 Connecting Statement: John tells what people say about Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 9 wk13 μετ’ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες 1 committed sexual immorality and went out of control with her "sinned sexually and did whatever they wanted just as the people of Babylon did"
|
||||
REV 18 10 j3ln figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ τοῦ βασανισμοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 afraid of her torment The abstract noun "torment" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "afraid that they will be tormented as Babylon is" or "afraid that God will torment them as he torments Babylon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 10 j3ln figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 afraid of her torment The abstract noun "torment" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "afraid that they will be tormented as Babylon is" or "afraid that God will torment them as he torments Babylon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 10 qn81 οὐαὶ, οὐαί 1 Woe, woe This is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
REV 18 10 hkd8 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου 1 your punishment has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 11 fe7u πενθοῦσιν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 mourn for her "mourn for the people of Babylon"
|
||||
|
|
@ -837,9 +837,9 @@ REV 18 13 gz3v κιννάμωμον 1 cinnamon a spice that smells nice and com
|
|||
REV 18 13 z894 ἄμωμον 1 spice a substance used to add flavor to food or a good smell to oil
|
||||
REV 18 14 x3kl figs-metaphor ἡ ὀπώρα 1 The fruit "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "The result" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 14 a1aa ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς 1 longed for with all your might "wanted very much"
|
||||
REV 18 14 p7f7 figs-activepassive ἀπώλετο, οὐκέτι οὐκέτι οὐ οὐ μὴ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν 1 vanished, never to be found again Not to be found stands for not existing. This figure of speech can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "vanished; you will never have them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 14 p7f7 figs-activepassive ἀπώλετο, οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν 1 vanished, never to be found again Not to be found stands for not existing. This figure of speech can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "vanished; you will never have them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 15 n25k 0 General Information: In these verses, the word "her" refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 15 s4iq figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ τοῦ βασανισμοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 because of the fear of her torment This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "fear" and "torment." Alternate translation: "because they will be afraid of God tormenting them they way he torments her" or "because they will be afraid of suffering the way she is suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 15 s4iq figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 because of the fear of her torment This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "fear" and "torment." Alternate translation: "because they will be afraid of God tormenting them they way he torments her" or "because they will be afraid of suffering the way she is suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 15 ii7v κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες 1 weeping and mourning loudly This is what the merchants will be doing. Alternate translation: "and they will weep and mourn loudly"
|
||||
REV 18 16 i7ip figs-metaphor ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 the great city that was dressed in fine linen Throughout this chapter, Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. The merchants speak of Babylon as being dressed in fine linen because its people were dressed in fine linen. Alternate translation: "the great city, which was like a woman dressed in fine linen" or "the great city, whose women were dressed in fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 16 nji6 figs-activepassive ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 that was dressed in fine linen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that wore fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -852,17 +852,17 @@ REV 18 18 v7qe figs-rquestion τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγά
|
|||
REV 18 20 ld6c figs-abstractnouns ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 God has brought your judgment on her The noun "judgment" can be expressed with the verb "judge." Alternate translation: "God has judged her for you" or "God has judged her because of the bad things she did to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 b94u 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel begins to speak about Babylon. This is a different angel than the ones who have spoken previously.
|
||||
REV 18 21 el4e μύλινον 1 millstone a large round stone used to crush grain
|
||||
REV 18 21 dlp4 figs-metaphor ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται, Βαβυλὼν, ἡ μεγάλη πόλις καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 Babylon, the great city, will be thrown down with violence and will not be seen anymore God will completely destroy the city. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 kre6 figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 will not be seen anymore "no one will see it anymore." Not being seen here means that it will not exist. Alternate translation: "it will not exist anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 j6aq figs-activepassive φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν μουσικῶν αὐλητῶν καὶ,, σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The sound made by harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters will not be heard anymore in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 dlp4 figs-metaphor ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται, Βαβυλὼν, ἡ μεγάλη πόλις καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 Babylon, the great city, will be thrown down with violence and will not be seen anymore God will completely destroy the city. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 kre6 figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 will not be seen anymore "no one will see it anymore." Not being seen here means that it will not exist. Alternate translation: "it will not exist anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 j6aq figs-activepassive φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν μουσικῶν αὐλητῶν καὶ,, σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The sound made by harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters will not be heard anymore in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 da3h figs-apostrophe ἐν σοὶ 1 in you The angel speaks as if Babylon were there listening to him. Alternate translation: "in Babylon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c88l figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard anymore in you "no one will hear them anymore in you." Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "they will not be in your city anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c88l figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard anymore in you "no one will hear them anymore in you." Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "they will not be in your city anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 cu19 figs-metonymy 0 No craftsman ... will be found in you Not being found there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "No craftsman of any kind will be in your city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c7p2 figs-metonymy φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 No sound of a mill will be heard anymore in you The sound of something not being heard means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: "No one will use a mill in your city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 pmd2 0 General Information: The words "you," "your," and "her" refer to Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 23 d3yq 0 Connecting Statement: The angel who threw the millstone finishes talking.
|
||||
REV 18 23 d67i figs-activepassive φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The voices of the bridegroom and the bride will not be heard in you anymore This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one will ever again hear in Babylon the happy voices of a bridegroom and a bride" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 ja6m figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard in you anymore Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "will not be in your city anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 d67i figs-activepassive φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The voices of the bridegroom and the bride will not be heard in you anymore This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one will ever again hear in Babylon the happy voices of a bridegroom and a bride" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 ja6m figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard in you anymore Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "will not be in your city anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 q8qm figs-metaphor οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς 1 your merchants were the princes of the earth The angel speaks of important and powerful people as if they were princes. Alternate translation: "your merchants were like princes of the earth" or "your merchants were the most important men in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν τὰ ἔθνη 1 the nations were deceived by your sorcery This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 24 s8bp figs-activepassive , ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Blood being found there means that the people there were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: "Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξ
|
|||
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-inclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here "our" refers to the speaker and all God's servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 you who fear him Here "fear" does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: "all you who honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 qdb3 figs-merism 0 both the unimportant and the powerful The speaker uses these words together to mean all of God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου ὄχλου πολλοῦ ὡς φωνὴν,, ὑδάτων ὑδάτων πολλῶν καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ ὡς φωνὴν,, ὑδάτων πολλῶν καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 mdj6 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means "Praise God" or "Let us praise God." See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 6 e3ua ὅτι Κύριος 1 For the Lord "Because the Lord"
|
||||
REV 19 7 hi52 0 Connecting Statement: The voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking.
|
||||
|
|
@ -893,8 +893,8 @@ REV 19 7 m5av δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 give him the glory "g
|
|||
REV 19 7 bwf9 figs-metaphor 0 wedding celebration of the Lamb ... his bride has made herself ready Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 r5xt writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίου 1 Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 j6d7 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 q9e4 figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 his bride has made herself ready John speaks of God's people as if they were a bride who has gotten ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 8 pz72 figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 She was permitted to be dressed in bright and clean fine linen Here "she" refers to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God's people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: "God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 q9e4 figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 his bride has made herself ready John speaks of God's people as if they were a bride who has gotten ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 8 pz72 figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 She was permitted to be dressed in bright and clean fine linen Here "she" refers to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God's people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: "God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 ayc4 0 General Information: An angel begins to speak to John. This is likely the same angel who began to speak to John in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 9 l72p figs-activepassive οἱ κεκλημένοι 1 those who are invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: "the people whom God invites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 q4ya figs-metaphor τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the wedding feast of the Lamb Here the angel speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people forever as if it were a wedding feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -911,9 +911,9 @@ REV 19 12 yhr7 figs-activepassive 0 He has a name written on him You can state
|
|||
REV 19 12 kk9x figs-rpronouns 0 on him that no one knows but himself "on him, and only he knows the meaning of that name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 vny3 figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι 1 He wears a robe that was dipped in blood You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Blood had covered his robe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 hdk1 figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 his name is called the Word of God You can state this in active form. "Word of God" here is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "his name is called the Message of God" or "his name is also the Word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 m9yn ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα 1 Out of his mouth goes a sharp sword The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 19 15 m9yn ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα 1 Out of his mouth goes a sharp sword The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 19 15 a88t πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη 1 strikes down the nations "destroys the nations" or "brings the nations under his control"
|
||||
REV 19 15 uq4z figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 rule them with an iron rod John speaks of the rider's power as if he were ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:5](../12/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 uq4z figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 rule them with an iron rod John speaks of the rider's power as if he were ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:5](../12/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 nb4y figs-metaphor αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 He tramples in the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty John speaks of the rider's destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Here "wrath" refers to God's punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: "He crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 16 a61a figs-activepassive ἔχει:" γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον ὄνομα ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν μηρὸν καὶ 1 He has a name written on his robe and on his thigh: This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 17 m6dt figs-metonymy εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 I saw an angel standing in the sun Here "the sun" is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: "Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -962,13 +962,13 @@ REV 20 13 bg4u figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν 1 the dead were judged Thi
|
|||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here "Hades" is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God's judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 Death and Hades were thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God threw Death and Hades" or "God's angel threw Death and Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 the second death "dying a second time." This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: "the final death in the lake of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις' τις οὐχ εὑρέθη εὑρέθη γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone's name was not found written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If God's angel did not find a person's name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις' οὐχ εὑρέθη γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone's name was not found written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If God's angel did not find a person's name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 wq31 figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 he was thrown into the lake of fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angel threw him into the lake of fire" or "the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Second death<br><br>Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### New heaven and new earth<br><br>It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word "new" in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time.<br>
|
||||
REV 21 1 tj16 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband This compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 i8za figs-metonymy φωνῆς φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης 1 a great voice from the throne saying The word "voice" refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: "someone speak loudly from the throne saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband This compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 i8za figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης 1 a great voice from the throne saying The word "voice" refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: "someone speak loudly from the throne saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 gk3m ἰδοὺ! 1 Look! The word "Look" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
REV 21 3 hpt1 figs-parallelism 0 The dwelling place of God is with human beings, and he will live with them These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that God will, indeed, live among men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 4 w39g figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 He will wipe away every tear from their eyes Tears here represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: "God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears" or "God will cause them to not be sad anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -984,17 +984,17 @@ REV 21 8 zu27 0 the fiery lake of burning sulfur "the lake of fire that burns
|
|||
REV 21 8 k1hl writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second death "dying a second time." This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](./08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: "the final death in the lake of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 21 9 cf2m figs-personification τὴν νύμφην, τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the bride, the wife of the Lamb The angel speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a woman who is about to marry her groom, the Lamb. Jerusalem is metonymy for those who believers who will inhabit it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 9 bil2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 21 10 czp2 writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι 1 carried me away in the Spirit The setting changes as John is taken to a high mountain where he can see the city of Jerusalem. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 17:3](../17/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
REV 21 10 czp2 writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι 1 carried me away in the Spirit The setting changes as John is taken to a high mountain where he can see the city of Jerusalem. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 17:3](../17/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 g44j ἔχουσαν 1 Jerusalem This refers to the "Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven" that he described in the previous verse and not to the physical Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 21 11 xvg6 figs-parallelism ὅμοιος λίθῳ λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ ὡς λίθῳ,- ἰάσπιδι ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 like a very precious jewel, like a stone of crystal-clear jasper These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the brilliance of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 n51z κρυσταλλίζοντι- κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 crystal-clear "extremely clear"
|
||||
REV 21 11 xvg6 figs-parallelism ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ ὡς λίθῳ,- ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 like a very precious jewel, like a stone of crystal-clear jasper These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the brilliance of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 n51z κρυσταλλίζοντι- 1 crystal-clear "extremely clear"
|
||||
REV 21 11 vvq1 translate-unknown ἰάσπιδι 1 jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 12 j9eb translate-numbers πυλῶνας δώδεκα 1 twelve gates "12 gates" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 21 12 qgh3 figs-activepassive ἐπιγεγραμμένα 1 were written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 14 mm12 Ἀρνίου 1 Lamb This refers to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
REV 21 16 fs8z translate-numbers σταδίων δώδεκα χιλιάδων 1 twelve thousand stadia "12,000 stadia." You may convert this to modern measures. Alternate translation: "2,200 kilometers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
REV 21 17 eut1 translate-numbers πηχῶν 1 144 cubits "one hundred forty-four cubits." You may convert this to modern measures. Alternate translation: "66 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 g7w8 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐνδώμησις τοῦ τείχους ἴασπις καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρὸν καθαρὸν 1 The wall was built of jasper and the city of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had built the wall with jasper and the city with pure gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 g7w8 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐνδώμησις τοῦ τείχους ἴασπις καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρὸν 1 The wall was built of jasper and the city of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had built the wall with jasper and the city with pure gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 n3hu figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ 1 pure gold, like clear glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it were glass. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 h239 translate-unknown ἴασπις 1 jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ick5 figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους κεκοσμημένοι 1 The foundations of the wall were adorned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone adorned the foundations of the wall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1006,10 +1006,10 @@ REV 21 21 vp22 figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὡς ὕαλος δ
|
|||
REV 21 22 m2ew figs-metaphor 0 Lord God ... and the Lamb are its temple The temple represented God's presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 23 v2m9 figs-metaphor 0 its lamp is the Lamb Here the glory of Jesus, the Lamb, is spoken of as if it were a lamp that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 24 j3lk figs-metonymy περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 The nations will walk The words "the nations" are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. "Walk" here is a metaphor for "live." Alternate translation: "The people from all the different nations will live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 25 lq1z figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν κλεισθῶσιν 1 Its gates will not be shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one will shut the gates" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 25 lq1z figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 Its gates will not be shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one will shut the gates" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 26 ps25 οἴσουσιν 1 They will bring "The kings of the earth will bring"
|
||||
REV 21 27 n3nh figs-doublenegatives 0 nothing unclean will ever enter into it, nor anyone This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς' ζωῆς τοῦ τοῦ Ἀρνίου Ἀρνίου 1 but only those whose names are written in the Lamb's Book of Life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his Book of Life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς' ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 but only those whose names are written in the Lamb's Book of Life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his Book of Life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 27 cw99 writing-symlanguage τῷ τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Tree of life<br><br>There is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Alpha and omega<br><br>These are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be "A and Z" in English.<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Revelation 22:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../21/intro.md) | __<br>
|
||||
REV 22 1 b1ad 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ REV 22 1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the river of the water
|
|||
REV 22 1 yn2p figs-metaphor ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 1 mxp4 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 2 l2aq figs-metonymy θεραπείαν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations Here "nations" refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: "the people of all nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔσται ἔτι 1 There will no longer be any curse Possible meanings are 1) "There will never be anyone there that God will curse" or 2) "There will not be anyone there who is under God's curse"
|
||||
REV 22 3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι 1 There will no longer be any curse Possible meanings are 1) "There will never be anyone there that God will curse" or 2) "There will not be anyone there who is under God's curse"
|
||||
REV 22 3 by36 οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 his servants will serve him Possible meanings of "his" and "him" are 1) both words refer to God the Father, or 2) both words refer to both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
|
||||
REV 22 4 zy4x figs-idiom ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 They will see his face This is an idiom, meaning to be in God's presence. Alternate translation: "They will be in God's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 j51i figs-explicit 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the end of John's vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. This can be shown clearly as is is in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he respo
|
|||
REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md).
|
||||
REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John.
|
||||
REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit 0 Do not seal up ... this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: "Do not keep secret ... this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ τοῦ βιβλίου βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here "words" refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: "This prophetic message of this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here "words" refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: "This prophetic message of this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 12 idc6 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ ὁ πρῶτος, καὶ, ὁ ἔσχατος ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 uup6 figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and who ends all things" or 2) "the one who has always lived and who always will live." If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first and the last" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1764.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue